Skip to main content

Full text of "The East and West Indian mirror : being an account of Joris van Speilbergen's voyage round the world (1614-1617), and the Australian navigations of Jacob Le Maire"

See other formats 


tv 


.  ';) 


I 


WORKS    ISSUED    BY 


XLbc  IDaklu^t  Society. 


-o 


THE 

EAST   AND    WEST    INDIAN    MIRROR. 


SECOND    SERIES. 
No.  XVIII. 


ISSUED    FOR    1906. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2008  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/eastwestindianmiOOspiluoft 


THE 

EAST  AND  WEST    INDIAN 
MI  RROR, 

BEING   AN   ACCOUNT   OF 

JORIS    VAN    SPEILBERGEN'S 

VOYAGE  ROUND  THE  WORLD 
(1614— 1617), 

AND 

THE    AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS    OF 
JACOB    LE    MAIRE. 


Cranslatetr,  toitift  iEotPgi  anti  an  ilntrotruction, 

BY 

J.    A.    J.    DE    VILLIERS, 


OF  THE   BRITISH    MUSEUM. 


LONDON : 

PRINTED    FOR    THE    HAKLUYT    SOCIETY. 


LONDON : 
PRINTED   AT  THE   BEDFORD   PRESS,  20   AND   21,    BEDFORDBURY,  W.C. 


1117V38 


THIS   TRANSLATION 

IS   RESPECTFULLY   DEDICATED  TO 

CHARLES   ALEXANDER    HARRIS,   Esq.,   C.B.,  CM.G. 

OF  THE  COLONIAL  OFFICE. 


**A  great  naval  and  commercial  commonwealth, 
occupying  a  small  portion  of  Europe,  but  con- 
quering a  wide  empire  by  the  private  enterprise 
of  trading  Companies,  girdling  the  world  with  its 
innumerable  dependencies  in  Asia,  America,  Africa, 
Australia — exercising  sovereignty  in  Brazil,  Guiana, 
the  West  Indies,  New  York,  at  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  in  Hindostan,  Ceylon,  Java,  Sumatra,  New 
Holland — must  always  be  looked  upon  with  in- 
terest by  Englishmen,  as  in  a  great  measure  the 
precursor  in  their  own  scheme  of  empire." 

Motley. 


COUNCIL 


THE    HAKLUYT    SOCIETY 


Sir  Clements  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S. ,  President. 

The  Right  Hon.  The  Earl  of  Liverpool,  Vice-President. 

The  Right  Hon,  The  Lord  Amherst  of  Hackney,  Vice-President. 

The  Right  Hon.  Lord  Belhaven  and  Stenton. 

Colonel  George  Earl  Church. 

Sir  William  Martin  Conway. 

George  William  Forrest,  CLE. 

William  Foster,  B.A, 

The  Right  Hon.  Sir  George  Taubman  Goldie,  K.C.M.G., 

Pres.  R.G.S. 
Albert  Gray,  K.C. 
Edward  Heawood,  M.A. 

Colonel  Sir  Thomas  Hungerford  Holdich,  K.C.M.G.,  K. C.S.I. 
John  Scott  Keltie,  LL.D. 

Admiral  Sir  Albert  Hastings  Markham,  K.C.B 
Captain  John  Franklin  Parry,  R.N. 
Ernest  George  Ravenstein. 

Admiral  of  the  Fleet  Sir  F.  W.  Richards,  G.C.B. 
Sir  Richard  Carnac  Temple,  Bart.,  CLE. 
Richard  Stephen  Whiteway. 

Basil  H.  Soulsby,  B.A.,  F.S.A.,  Honorary  Secretary. 


CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION 

Speilbergen's  Letter  of  1607 
Remarks  on  Various  Treatises 

TITLE-PAGES 

SPEILBERGEN'S   DEDICATION 

TO   THE   READER     . 

ODE  .  .  . 

LIST   OF   PLATES       . 

SPEILBERGEN'S   JOURNAL  . 

de  Madriga's  Description  of  Peru 
The  Kingdom  of  Chili 
Discourse  by  Apoloni  Schot 
Description  of  the  Forts 
List  of  Vessels 


PAGE 

xi 

xlix 
Ivi 

Ixiii 

I 
3 


II 

86 
100 
133 
154 
160 


LE    MAIRE'S   AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS  : 

Portrait  of  Jacob  Le  Maire^         .  .  Opposite     165 

To  THE  Reader  .  65 

The  Journal  .  .  .169 

BIBLIOGRAPHY  .  .  235 

INDEX  .253 


^  This  is  not  in  the  Spiegel,  and  therefore  not  in  the  List  of  Plates  on  p.  9. 


INTRODUCTION 


HE  two  journals  that  form  the 
present  volume  were  first  pub- 
lished together  in  the  Dutch 
edition  of  1619,  from  which 
version  this  translation  is  made, 
the  Australische  Navigatien^  of 
Jacob  le  Maire  being  there  appended  to  J  oris  van 
Speilbergen's^  Nieuwe  Oost  ende  West  Indische 
Navigatien,'^  '*  for  this  reason,  to  wit,  that  in  this  pre- 
ceding Journal  or  New  East  and  West  Indian  Naviga- 
tions, mention  is  made*  in  passing  Magellanes  Strait 
of  a  thoroughfare  into  the  South  Sea,  and  moreover, 
that  this  aforementioned  le  Maire  did  take  ship  with 
the  aforesaid  J  oris  Spilbergen  in  order  to  return 
home,  but  died  on  the  voyage."^  Since  then  they 
have  seen  the  light  in   various  languages,  editions. 


^  The  first  version  of  which  appeared  in  161 8,  under  the  name 
of  Willem  CorneUsz.  Schouten.  See  infra  (note  2,  p.  xxxi, 
p.  xlvii)  and  the  Bibhography. 

2  Concerning  the  adoption  of  this  form  of  the  name,  see  note  5, 

p.    XXXV. 

^  Being  the  running  title  or  head-Hne  to  Speilbergen's  Journal. 
*   Pp.  42  and  46.  5  P.  164. 


Xll  INTRODUCTION. 

and  abridgments — together,  apart,  and  even  under 
names  other  than  those  of  their  real  authors — the 
full  tale  being  given  in  the  accompanying  Biblio- 
graphy. 

Of  Speilbergen's  narrative  no  thoroughly  satis- 
factory edition,  complete  in  all  its  details,  has 
appeared  since  the  Dutch  one  of  1619.  In  dis- 
cussing the  expedition  to  which  it  relates  Captain 
Burney^  says,  "  The  prudent  management  by  which 
so  many  ships  were  kept  together  through  such  an 
extensive  navigation,  the  care  and  attention  shown 
for  the  preservation  of  his  men,  his  steady  pursuit 
of  his  duty  in  preferring  the  honour  and  service  of 
his  country  to  all  other  considerations,  are  so  many 
evidences  which  the  conduct  of  Admiral  Spilbergen 
furnishes  to  prove  that  he  possessed  the  most 
requisite  talents  of  a  great  commander  ;  and  there 
has  seldom  been  found  in  the  same  man  such  a 
union  of  valour  and  circumspection." 

This  appreciation  is  here  introduced  as  being 
that  of  an  experienced  navigator  ;  unfortunately, 
Burney  has  perpetuated  a  deplorable  error  (origin- 
ating   in    a    faulty    French    version^)    in    attribut- 

1  A  Chronological  History  of  the  Voyages  and  Discoveries  in  the 
South  Sea.     London,  1806.     Pt.  ii,  p.  352. 

2  Recueil  des  Voyages  qui  ont  servi  a  V etablissement  et  aux 
progrez  de  la  Compagnie  des  Indes  Orientates,  formee  dans  les 
Proinnces-Unies  des  Pais-Bas.  (Edited  by  Rene  Augustin  Con- 
stantin  de  Renneville.)  10  torn.  Rouen,  1725.  This  edition,  out 
of  several,  has  been  selected  for  quotation  here  for  the  reason 
that  the  words  "  revue  par  Tauteur  et  consid^rablement  aug- 
mentee  "  appear  on  the  title-page,  and  because  it  was  the  edition 


INTRODUCTION.  Xlll 

Ing^  the  authorship  of  Speilbergen's  Journal  to  Jan 
Cornelisz.  May,^  and  it  being  imperative  to  explode 
such  an  error,  slavishly  copied  by  later  historians 
and  bibliographers,  by  tracing  it  to  its  source,  it 
consequently  becomes  necessary  to  set  out,  some- 
what at  length,  the  following  details. 

A  long  dissertation  might  be  written,  after  the 
manner  in  which  Camus^  has  treated  the  subject, 
upon  the  correlation  of  the  various  editions  of  the 
Nieuwe  Oost  ende  West  Indische  Navigatien,  and 
the  sequence  in  which  they  appeared  ;  it  will  pro- 
bably serve  every  useful  purpose,  however,  if  here 
it  be  simply  placed  upon  record  that  a  very  careful 
comparison  of  all  the  earlier  editions  proves  the 
natural  sequence  of  publication  to  be  also  biblio- 
graphically  correct  —  i.e.,  that  the  Dutch  edition 
published  by  Geelkercken  at  Amsterdam  in  1619 
is  the  original  version,  being  followed  most  closely 
and  fully  (though  not  always  with  a  correct  render- 
ing, and  often  with   a  frank,  intelligible  evasion  of 

used  by  de  Brosses.  (See  note  2,  infra,  and  note  5  on  p.  xix.) 
For  the  passage  in  question,  see  note  3,  p.  xvii. 

^   Chronological  History,  pp.  330  and  353.     Vide  p.  xx,  note. 

2  It  was  first  definitely  so  attributed,  obviously  on  de  Renne- 
vilie's  authority,  by  Charles  de  Brosses  (1709-177 7),  President  of 
the  Parliament  of  Dijon,  in  his  Histoire  des  Navigations  aux 
Terres  Australes,  Paris,  1756,  torn,  i,  p.  343.   ( Vide  note  5,  p.  xix.) 

^  Armand  Gaston  Camus  (1740-1804),  Secretary  to  the  National 
Convention  and  Keeper  of  the  Archives.  In  his  work  entitled 
Memoire  sur  la  Collection  [of  de  Bry  and  Thevenot]  des  Grands 
et  Petits  Voyages  (Paris,  1802,  pp.  153-159)  he  describes  Speil- 
l)ergen's  Journal  at  some  length.    See  also  note  5,  pp.  xix^  xx, 


XIV  INTRODUCTION. 

the  more  obscure  passages)  by  the  French  of 
1621/ 

It  is  of  some  importance  to  have  established  this, 
for  neither  the  Latin  edition,  published  at  Leiden 
in  1 6 19,  nor  the  above-mentioned  French  edition  of 
1 62 1  has  the  dedication  to  the  States-General, 
signed  by  Joris  von  Speilbergen^ — the  former  having 
in  its  stead  a  dedication  by  Geelkercken  to  Petrus 
Graef,^  whilst  the  latter  commences  with  the  Preface 
to  the  Reader.  This  omission  of  Speilbergen's  own 
dedication  from  two  versions  which  would  naturally 
be  more  generally  consulted  by  posterity  than  one 
in  Dutch  was  to  be  deplored,  for  a  sight  of  that 
document — so  very  emphatic  in  its  language  as  to 
authorship — would  have  precluded  the  possibility  of 
the  error  above  alluded  to  taking  root. 

In  the  Latin  version  of  the  Journal,  dated  1620, 
in  de  Bry's  Collection,  where  it  forms  AmericcB 
Tomi  Undecimi  Appendix,  the  title-page  has  Auctore 

1  Published  by  Jan  Jansz.,  at  Amsterdam,  the  translator's  name 
not  being  mentioned. 

^  See  pp.  I  and  2,  following  on  this  Introduction. 

^  Pieter  Schrijver,  also  known  as  Petrus  Scriverius  or  Petrus 
Graef,  in  accordance  with  the  classicising  tendency  of  the  period, 
was  born  at  Haarlem,  January  12,  1576  ;  historian  and  poet,  he 
enjoyed  the  friendship  of  Grotius,  Casaubon  and  Vondel,  the 
last  hailing  him  as  the  Dutch  Martial,  the  first  as  Martiali? 
redivivus,  whilst  his  name  frequently  occurs  in  the  correspondence 
of  all  three.  He  died  April  30,  1660.  Though  the  absence  of 
his  biography  from  Van  der  Aa's  Biographisch  Woordenboek  is 
one  of  the  most  striking  omissions  in  that  work,  a  very  full 
account  of  his  life  is  given  in  an  edition  of  his  poems,  Gedichten 
van  Petrus  Scriverius,  Amsterdam,  1738. 


INTRODUCTION.  XV 

M.  Gothardo  Arthusio  Dantiscano,  but  that,  of 
course,  means  only  that  it  was  translated  (and  pos- 
sibly arranged)  by  Gothard  Arthus,  of  Dantzio-.  It 
is  not  so  close  nor  so  full  a  rendering  as  that  of 
1 619,  but,  though  differing  from  it  in  form,  is  most 
evidently  based  directly  upon  it/ 

Purchas,  the  next  great  collector  to  include  the 
Journal,  gives  it^  (much  abridged)  simply  as  The 
Voyage  of  George  Spilbergen  .  .  .  gathered  out  of 
the  Latine  Journal l,^  without  further  remarks  as  to 
its  authorship. 

It  appears  next  in  an  important  collection  of 
voyages  published  in  1646  under  the  title  Begin 
ende  Voortgangh  van  de  Vereenighde  Nederlandtsche 
Geoctroyeerde  Oost-Indische  Compagnie,^  the  value 
of  the  collection  being  enhanced  by  the  extreme 
purity  of  the  text,^  whilst  its  fame  was  spread  and 

^  On  this  point  Camus'  remarks  are  perfectly  correct. 
"L'edition  de  de  Bry,  quoique  faite  en  latin,  aussi  bien  que 
I'edition  de  Leyde,  ne  presente  pas  le  meme  texte.  .  .  .  Cepen- 
dant  il  est  manifeste  que  le  redacteur  a  travaille  d'apres  I'edition 
latine  de  1619,  dont  il  a  employ^  souvent  les  expressions  :  mais 
il  a  fait  quelques  retranchemens  dans  les  details."    Op.  cit.^  p.  154. 

^  Purchas  His  Pi/grimes,  1625.     Lib.  II,  chap.  6. 
^  By  internal  evidence,  from  the  Latin  edition  of  16 19,  and  not 
from  de  Bry. 

*  The  editor  was  Izaak  Commelin,  of  Amsterdam  ;  born  1598, 
died  1676.  He  also  published  the  Hollandsch  Placcaatboek^ 
Amst.,  1644,  2  vols.,  and  wrote  a  life  of  Frederick  Henry  of 
Nassau,  Prince  of  Orange,  in  two  volumes,  Amst,  165 1. 

^  It  is  peculiarly  free  from  the  typographical  errors  in  proper 
names  so  common  at  that  period,  and  is  altogether  the  most 
accurate  of  any  of  the  early  works  consulted  during  the  compila- 


Xvi  INTRODUCTION. 

perpetuated  by  reason  of  its  beinor  so  often  quoted, 
at  second-hand,  in  de  Renneville's  imperfect  French 
version,^  by  later  writers  who  were  either  unable  to 
procure  it  in  the  original  or  to  read  it  when  pro- 
cured. 

The  error  which  attributes  the  authorship  of 
Speilbergen's  Journal  to  Jan  Cornelisz.  May  arose, 
according  to  all  the  evidence  now  procurable,  through 
this  corrupt  French  version  of  Commelin's  collection 
in  the  following  manner. 

The  Dutch  edition  of  1 6 1 9  of  the  Spiegel  has  a 
number  of  plates,  each  accompanied  by  descriptive 
text,  this  text  being  always  in  roman  type  to  distin- 
guish it  from  the  text  (in  black  letter)  of  the  Journals 
themselves  ;  the  difference,  too,  between  the  rude, 
colloquial  Dutch  of  the  former  and  the  more  polished 
style  of  the  latter  being  most  marked.^  Immediately 
after  the  description  of  Plate  No.  19 — it  would  not 
be  misleading  to  say,  accompanying  it,  as  the  words, 
*'  I  have  drawn  this  little  map"  (referring  only  to  the 
inset  of  Booton  I.)  clearly  indicate — is  a  document 
signed  ]2Xi  Cornelisz.  Moy,^  written  in  the  unpolished 
Dutch  of  the  above-mentioned  descriptions  ;*  it  was 

tion  of  this  Introduction  and  the  notes  accompanying  the  transla- 
tion of  the  Spiegel.  It  has  an  historical  preface,  manifestly 
written  by  one  who  was  a  master  of  his  subject. 

1  Recueil  des  Voyages.     See  note  2,  on  p.  xii. 

2  See  note  i  opposite  p.  24. 

^  Concerning  this  variation  of  the  name,  see  note  i  on  p.  xxxii. 

*  See  the  facsimile^  with  translation,  opposite  p.  128.  In  that 
translation  it  has  been  printed  as  part  of  the  description  on  the 
authority  of  the  above  quotation.     It  is  entirely  missing  from  the 


INTRODUCTION.  XVll 

set  up  in  black  letter/  as  if  it  formed  part  of  the 
text,  and  in  black  letter  also  in  the  Begin  ende 
Voortgangh ;  the  editor  of  the  latter  collection, 
however,  evidently  recognising  that  it  was  an  accom- 
panying document,  not  forming  part  of  the  text,  had 
it  set  up  in  inverted  commas.^ 

Though  de  Renneville's  Recueil  is  quoted  by 
geographical  writers  and  bibliographers  as  a  trans- 
lation of  Commelin's  Begin  ende  Voortgangh,  it  is 
nothing  but  an  ill-proportioned,  faulty  abridgment 
in  French  of  that  collection,  the  rendering*^  of  the 

French  edition  of  162 1,  and  appears  in  the  Latin  edition  of  16 19 
(on  p.  94)  as  part  of  the  ordinary  text,  in  a  greatly  abridged  form, 
and  without  signature. 

1  Whether  intentionally  or  not  cannot  be  known  ;  it  must  be 
sufficient  to  state  here  undoubted  facts  only  and  to  trust  that  the 
Dutch  Archives,  the  classification  of  which  is  now  being  so 
exemplarily  carried  on,  may  one  day  yield  evidence  that  will 
determine  beyond  all  doubt  (if  any  still  exist)  the  true  authorship 
of  Speilbergen's  Journal.     (See  p.  xxi.) 

2  Begin  ende  Voortgangh,  Deel.  II,  Pt.  18,  p.  64. 

2  The  following  faulty  rendering  of  May's  note  and  its  context 
should  be  compared  with  its  true  translation  opposite  p.  128,  and 
with  the  accompanying /«<:i-/;«/7(?  of  the  original,  which  shows  how 
the  continuity  of  the  narrative  was  interrupted.  (It  will  be  seen 
that  in  the  original  May  lays  no  claim  to  the  compilation  of  the 
Molucca  map,  but  only  to  that  of  the  small  inset  of  Booton  I.) 

"  II  faut  remarquer  ici  qu'en  voulant  terrir  a  Ternate,  nous 
perdimes  une  journee  de  chemin,  parce  que  pour  nous  rendre  a 
la  Ville,  nous  courilmes  de  I'Est  a  I'Ouest,  au  lieu  que  quand  on 
court  de  I'Ouest  a  I'Est  on  la  gagne. 

"  Voici  une  Carte  des  Isles  Moluques  &  de  Botton,  que  moi 
Jean  Cornelisz  de  Moye  ai  dessinee  avec  toute  I'exactitude  pos- 
sible, pendant  les  diverses  navigations  que  j'y  ai  faites,  sur  tout 
dans  le  detroit  de  Botton,  011  je  me  suis  applique  a  observer  tout. 

b 


XVlli  INTRODUCTION. 

descriptive  note  above  referred  to,  without  inverts, 
with  May's  mis-spelt  signature  brought  up  into  the 
text,  and  the  whole  incorporated,  furthermore,  as 
part  of  the  actual  Journal,  being  but  one  out  of  a 
thousand  examples  of  the  unreliability  and  sloven- 
liness of  the  work. 

It  would  not  be  surprising  if  a  casual  reader 
of  de  Renneville's  Recueil,  chancing  upon  this 
passage,  should  think  it  fair  evidence  of  author- 
ship, but  for  editors  and  writers  like   de  Brosses,^ 

On  trouve  toujours  fond  dan  ce  detroit,  &  les  chiffres  qu'on  y 
voit  en  marquent  la  profondeur ;  les  cinq  zeros  ooooo  marquent 
les  endroits  ou  il  n'y  a  point  de  fond,  ou  du  moins  qu'il  y  a  plus 
de  ICO  brasses  de  profondeur,  ou  bien  il  faudroit  etre  tout  proche 
de  terre.  Dans  une  des  petites  bales  qui  sont  du  cote  Oriental, 
il  y  a  une  bonne  aiguade,  ou  j'ai  fait  deux  fois  de  I'eau,  me 
tenant  sous  voiles,  &  faisant  de  petites  bordees,  pendant  qu'on 
amenoit  les  ft\tailles  a  bord,  parce  qu'il  n'y  avoit  pas  moien  d'y 
ancrer  ;  ce  qui  se  faisoit  assez  aisement.  Au  reste,  je  n'ai  rien 
marque  que  je  n'aie  vu,  ou  sonde  moi-meme.  C'est  par  cette 
raison  qu'on  y  trouve  certains  pais  qui  ne  sont  pas  entierement 
dessinez,  &  vers  lesquels  du  cote  de  I'Ouest  git  un  bas-fond  de 
4  a  6  brasses  de  profondeur,  fond  de  roche,  ainsi  que  me  I'ont 
assur^  Jean  Krijn,  et  plusieurs  autres,  qui  y  ont  navige,  &  qui 
ont  vu  clairement  le  fond. 

"  Le  3  d'Avril  i6i6  il  vint  a  Maleie  un  navire  charge  a  la  Chine. 
II  fut  promtement  d^charge,  &  les  marchandises  furent  portees  dans 
les  magasins."  Recueil  des  Voyages  (Nouvelle  edition,  revue  par 
I'Auteur,  1725),  tom  viii,  pp.  104,  105. 

^  Histoire  des  Navigations  aux  Terres  Australes.  Paris,  1756, 
tom.  I,  p.  343.  It  is  just  possible  that  de  Brosses  may  have  been 
confirmed  in  his  error  by  misunderstanding  the  appellation 
nauderus  (captain,  skipper)  applied  to  May  in  the  Latin  version, 
published  by  de  Bry  in  16 19  (tom.  xi.  Appendix,  pp.  47  and  49), 
(that  version  being  a  translation,  with  slight  abridgments,  of  the 


INTRODUCTION.  XIX 

Callander/  Camus,^  Burney,^  and  finally,  Tiele,*  to 
have  accepted  it  as  such  without  further  investiga- 
tion is  almost  incredible,  particularly  when  it  is 
remembered  that  before  the  publication  of  the 
Recueil  no  mention  can  be  found  of  this  authorship 
attributed  to  May. 

Yet  all  these  later  writers  put  the  critic  on  his 
guard  by  their  ingenuous  references^  and  their  open 


English  version  quoted  on  p.  xxxi,  note  2)  and  taking  it  to  mean 
ships'  clerk  or  writer.  As  shown  in  note  5,  infra^  de  Bry  was  one 
of  de  Brosses'  authorities. 

1  John  Callander,  Terra  Australis  Cognita  :  or,  Voyages  to 
the  Terra  Australis.     Edinburgh,  1768,  vol.  ii,  p.  191. 

2  Memoire  sur  la  Collection  des  Grands  et  Petits  Voyages. 
Paris,  1802,  p.  154. 

^  James  Burney.  A  Chronological  History  of  the  Voyages  and 
Discoveries  in  the  South  Sea.     London,  1806,  pt.  ii,  p.  330. 

^  P.  A.  Tiele,  Librarian  of  Leiden  University.  Memoire 
bibliographique  sur  les  Journaux  des  Navigateurs  Neerlandais. 
Amsterdam,  1867,  p.  70. 

^  de  Brosses.  Op.  cit,  tom  I,  p.  343.  "George  Spilberg,  En 
Magellanique.  Son  journal  ecrit  en  hollandois  par  Jean  Cornelitz 
de  Maye,  est  imprim^  en  latin  dans  les  grands  voyages  de  Th.  de 
Bry ;  en  anglois  dans  Purchas,  tom.  I,  liv.  ii,  chap.  6  ;  en  frangois 
dans  le  VIII  tom.  du  recueil  de  la  compagnie  des  Indes. 
Rouen,  1725,  in  12." 

Callander.  Op.  cit.,  vol.  ii,  p.  191.  "George  Spilberg  to 
Magellanica  and  Polynesia.  The  original  journal  of  this  voyage 
was  composed  by  John  Cornelitz  de  Maye,  in  Low-Dutch,  whence 
it  was  translated  and  published  in  Latin  by  Theodore  de  Brye. 
Purchas  has  inserted  it  in  his  Collection,  vol.  I,  lib.  ii,  cap.  6. 
It  is  also  to  be  found  in  the  collection  of  voyages  of  the  Dutch 
East  India  Company,  tome  VIII,  Amst.  17 16." 

Camus.  Op.  cit.,  p.  153.  "  Ce  voyage  de  Spilberg,  qui  forme 
I'appendix  a  la  onzibme  partie  des  grands  voyages  [of  de  Bry], 
publiee  en  1620,  a  ete  donne  pour  la  premiere  fois  au  pubhc,  a 

b2 


XX  INTRODUCTION. 

or  implied  admissions  that  they  consulted  only 
certain  editions,  and  in  no  case,  except,  perhaps, 
that  of  Tiele,  the  Dutch  original  of  Speilbergen's 
Journal  ;   as   has   been  shown  above/  it    was  just 

Leyde,  en  16x9,  par  Nicolas  de  Geelkercken,  in-4°  oblong.  Le 
recit  du  voyage  de  le  Maire  y  est  joint ;  le  titre  des  deux  ouvrages 
reunis  est  :  Speculum  orientalis  occidentalisque  Indies  navtga- 
tionumr  ...  p.  154.  "Lestrois  editions  que  j'ai  confrontees, 
savoir  I'edition  latine  de  Leyde  en  16 19,  de  de  Bry  en  1630, 
et  de  I'auteur  du  recueil  des  voyages  qui  ont  servi  a  I'etab- 
lissement  de  la  Compagnie  des  Indes,"^  sont  les  memes  pour  le 
fond,  mais  elles  ont  des  differences  qui  exigent  qu'on  les  compare 
entre  elles,  ou  plutot  que  Ton  se  fixe  a  I'edit.f  de  16 19.  Celle-ci 
paroit  etre  le  prototype  des  autres  et  I'original  de  la  relation  redigee 
par  Corneille  de  Maye,  lequel  etoit  un  des  navigateurs.  | 

Burney.  Op.  cit.^  pt.  ii.,  p.  330.  "An  account,  in  the  form  of 
a  Journal,  of  the  voyage  of  Admiral  Spilbergen  round  the  World- 
accompanied  with  charts  and  plates,  was  published  soon  after  the 
completion  of  the  voyage.  It  was  written  by  Jan  CorneHsz  May, 
alias  Mensch-eter,  principal  mariner  or  Ship-master  in  Admiral 
Spilbergen's  ship,  and  is  the  only  original  account  of  the  ex- 
pedition that  has  appeared.  Translations  of  May's  Journal  were 
published  in  different  languages.  .  .  .  The  copy  followed  in  this 
work  is  a  French  translation  printed  at  Amsterdam  in  162 1,  in  a 
work  entitled  Miroir  Oost  6^  West  Judical"^ 

Tiele.    Mhnoire  Bibliographique,  p.  70.      Vide  pp.  xxii,  xxlii. 

^  P.  xiv. 


*  The  quotation  of  this  title  proves,  of  course,  that  it  was  not  Commelin's 
original  Dutch  version,  but  de  Renneville's  abridgment  that  Camus  consulted. 

t  The  Latin  one,  since  that  was  the  only  edition  of  16 19  he  saw, 

X  So  that  Camus,  who  does  not  mention  the  Dutch  edition  of  16 19  at  all, 
and  appears  to  be  ignorant  even  of  its  existence,  supposes  the  worthy  skipper, 
Jan  Cornelisz.  May,  who  wrote  such  rude,  unpolished  Dutch,  capable  of  com- 
posing the  long  narrative  of  the  Journal  in  Latin  ! 

§  But,  strangely  enough  {vide  note  4,  p.  xvi),  May's  descriptive  note  of 
Booton  L  is  entirely  omitted  from  that  French  translation,  so  that  Burney 
must  have  obtained  his  erroneous  information  concerning  the  authorship  of  tlie 
Journal  from  de  Renneville  and  de  Brosses,  both  of  whom  he  quotes  pretty 
freely  throughout  his  work. 


iNTRObUCtlON.  XXI 

those  editions  from  which  [Speilbergen's  own  sig- 
nature was  missing,  May's  descriptive  note  being 
absent,  too,  from  the  French  edition  of  1621,^  whilst 
it  appears  only  in  a  mutilated  form  in  the  Latin 
of  1619.^ 

A  careful  search  among  the  papers  of  the  Dutch 
East  India  Company  deposited  in  the  Rijks  Archief 
at  The  Hague,  very  courteously  undertaken  by 
Dr.  J.  de  Hullu,  who  has  especial  charge  of  that 
section,  has  failed  to  bring  to  light  any  MS.  Journal 
of  Speilbergen's  Nieuwe  Oost  ende  West  Indische 
Navigatien ;  it  would  have  been  interesting  to 
compare  the  caligraphy  of  such  a  manuscript,  if 
found,  with  the  Journal  (in  the  Rijks  ArchieP)  of  an 
expedition  undertaken  to  Spitsbergen  and  Novaya 
Zemlya  by  Jan  Cornelisz.  May  in  161 1  and  161 2.* 

My  friend.  Dr.  A.  Telting,  second  in  command  at 
the  Rijks  Archief,  has  been  good  enough  to  com- 
municate to  me  a  resolution^  of  the  Board  of  Direc- 

^    Vide  note  4,  p.  xvi,  and  note  §,  p.  xx. 

2    Vide  note  4,  p.  xvi. 

^  According  to  de  Jonge,  Opkomst  van  het  Nederlandsch  Gezag 
in  Oost- Indie,  1862,  Deel.  I,  p.  30. 

^  For  that  expedition  see  pp.  xxix  and  xxx. 

^  "  Resolutie  van  de  Vergadering  van  XVII.  Woonsdach  den 
15  Mayo,  1 619.  In  dese  vergaderinge  gesien  sijnde  seker  boeck, 
geintituleert  Oost-ende  West-Indische  Spiegel  der  Twee  leste 
navigatien  bij  Joris  van  Spilbergen  uijtgegeven  ende  gedediceert 
aen  de  Ho  :  Mo  :  heeren  Staten-Generael)  ende  den  doorluchtigen 
Prince  van  Orange,  is  verstaen  (alsoo  men  daer  vele  onwaerheden 
in  is  vindende  ende  tselve  is  strijdende  tegens  het  placcaet  van 
den  Ho.  Mo.  heeren  Staten-Generael)  dat  men  sal  trachten  tselve 
boeck  te  doen  ophouden  door  alle  behoorlijcke  ende  mogelijcke 
middelen.  Ende  sijn  gecommiteert  d'heeren  Burgermr.  Gerrit 
Jacob  Witsen  ende  Adriaen   Paeuw   Reynierssoon,    raedt  ende 


XXll  INTRODUCTION. 

tors  of  the  East  India  Company,  wherein  that 
assembly  manifests  much  Irritation  against  the 
Spiegel  {'' o\x  etaient  devollees,"  says  Tlele,^  "  plu- 
sleurs  choses  quelle  auralt  probablement  voulu  tenir 
secretes  "),  and  suggests  that  this  resolution  Is  good 
evidence  that  the  Journal  was  not  handed  over  to 
the  Directors  of  the  Company  In  manuscript,  but 
only  brought  to  their  cognisance  after  It  came  from 
the  press. 

Tiele  (an  eminent  bibliographical  authority  from 
whom  more  close  and  thorough  investigation  might 
have  been  expected)  further  says  in  the  passage 
quoted  above,  "  Nous  ne  saurions  nommer  la  source 
oil   Meusel  a  pulse  pour  attribuer  ^  dans  sa  Biblio- 

pensionaris  der  stadt  Amsterdam,  omme  tseFve  bij  de  Ho.  Mo. 
heeren  Staten-Generael  te  vervoorderen." 

''Resolution  of  the  Assembly  of  XVII.  Wednesday,  15  May, 
16 1 9.  There  having  been  seen  in  this  Assembly  a  certain  book, 
entitled  East  and  West  Indian  Mirror  of  the  Two  last  Voyages, 
published  by  Joris  van  Spilbergen  and  dedicated  to  Their  High 
Mightinesses  the  States  General  and  to  His  Serene  Highness  the 
Prince  of  Orange,  it  has  been  resolved  (since  many  untruths  are 
to  be  found  therein  and  it  violates  a  proclamation  of  Their  High 
Mightinesses  the  States-General)  to  endeavour  to  stop  the  said 
book  by  every  expedient  and  possible  means.  And  Messieurs 
Burgomaster  Gerrit  Jacob  Witsen  and  Adriaen  Paeuw  Reyniers- 
soon,  councillor  and  pensionary  of  the  town  of  Amsterdam,  are 
charged  with  the  furtherance  of  this  matter  in  the  States- 
General." 

1  Memoire  Bibliographique^  p.  70. 

2  In  these  words :  "  Diarium  itineris  ipsum  Joh.  Cornelius  de 
Maye  conscripsit."  Loc.  cit.  Bibliotheca  Historica.  histructa  a 
Burcardo  Gottheif  Struvio,  aucta  a  Christi.  Gottlieb  Budero,  nunc 
vero  a  Joanne  Georgio  Meuselio  ita  digesta,  amplificata  et  emendata, 
ut paene  novum  opus  videri p&ssit.    11  vol.    Lipsiae,  1 782-1 802. 


INTRODUCTION.  XXlll 

theca  historica  (III,  2,  p.  120)  la  ccmposition  du 
Journal  de  Spilbergen,  et  en  particulier  de;  la  carte 
du  detroit  de  Magellan,  a  May — qu'il  nomme  a  tort 
de  Maye  / — mais  ce  qui  est  certain,  c'est  que  dans 
le  texte  du  journal  hollandais,  a  I'endroit  ou  est 
indiquee  la  carte  des  iles  de  Tlnde  Orientale  (No.  19), 
May  se  designe  lul-meme  comme  le  dessinateur  de  la 
petite  carte  du  detroit  de  Botton  ;  detroit  quil  avail 
lui-meme  plusieurs  fois  franchi  et  examine.  Dans 
I'edition  latine  le  nom  et  omis,  mais  le  temoignage 
subsiste  dans  I'emploi  de  la  premiere  personne. 
Dans  I'edition  fran^aise,  I'addition  est  entierement 
omise." 

It  will  be  seen  that  Tiele  was  "  burning,"  as  the 
children  say  in  their  game.  He  had  all  the  facts 
before  him.  If  he  had  only  compared  the  Dutch 
edition,  of  which  he  speaks,  with  the  mutilated 
version  given  by  de  Renneville,  which  Meusel  ac- 
tually quotes  as  an  (possibly  the  only)  edition 
consulted  by  him,  he  would  probably  have  detected 
where  the  first  "  deraillement"  took  place. 

What  do  we  know  of  the  man  who,  for  exactly  one 
hundred  and  fifty  years^  has  posed,  malgre  lui,  as 
the  author  of  Speilbergen's  Journal  ? 

Lack  of  material  renders  it  almost  hopeless,  after 
this  lapse  of  time,  to  compile  a  full  account  of  the 

1  But  quite  naturally,  for  it  has  been  shown  above  (see  p.  xix, 
note  5),  that  Meusel's  predecessors,  de  Brosses  and  Callander, 
called  him  so. 

2  It  was  de  Brosses,  in  1756  {Vide  p.  xviii,  note  i,  and  p.  xix, 
note  5),  who  was  the  first  definitely  to  make  the  statement. 


icxiv  iNTRODUCTlON. 

doings,  especially  of  the  early  ones,  of  Jan  Corne- 
liszoon  May,  alias  Menscheter  or  Anthropophagus,^ 
and  it  was  probably  this  fact  which  led  to  his  being 
confounded,  by  an  eminent  and  generally  most  care- 
ful bibliographer,  with  another  navigator  of  a  some- 
what similar  name,  though  of  a  slightly  earlier 
period. 

Dr.  G.  M.  Asher,  in  his  Introduction  to  Henry 
Hudson,  the  Navigator^  speaks  of  "  Cornelis  Cor- 
neliszoon  Nai,  also  called  Menscheter  or  Anthropo- 
phagus,  a  seaman  of  consideral  experience,''  taking 
part,  already  in  1594,  in  an  expedition  to  Novaya 
Zemlya  fitted  up  by  Moucheron  and  his  Enkhuizen 
friends.^  This  unfortunate  transference  by  Asher, 
who  adduces  no  warrant  or  authority  for  so  doing* 
of  the  sobriquet  borne  by  Jan  Corneliszoon  May  to 
Cornelis  Corneliszoon  Nai,  would  naturally  tend  to 
the  confusion  of  the  two  in  the  eyes  of  posterity,  and 
it  is  therefore  expedient,  in  view  of  Dr.  Asher's 
standing,  to  interpolate  here  a  few  bio-bibliographi- 
cal details  in  order  to  clear  up  another  error,  lightly 
made  and  hitherto  unrefuted. 

^  Journael  ofte  Beschrijvinghe  van  de  wonderlicke  reyse  ghedaen 
door  Will 6711  Come  lis  z  Schouten  vafi  Hoorn  inden  Jaren  161 5, 
1616,  en  1617.  Amsterdam,  1624,  pp.  53  and  56.  See  also /«/"/-«, 
note  3  on  pp.  xxxi,  xxxii,  for  an  earlier  version,  in  English, 
where  he  is  likewise  so  designated. 

It  is  most  probable  that  the  sobriquet  of  menscheter,  or  man- 
eater,  is,  as  Tiele  {pp.  cit.,  p.  70)  ingeniously  suggests,  a  jeu  de 
mots — may,  maai,  or  made,  signifying  in  Dutch  a  maggot. 

2  Hakl.  Soc.  Publications,  i860,  Ser.  I,  vol.  27,  p.  cxxxiii. 

^  Op.  cit.,  p.  cxxxv. 


INTRODUCTION*  XXV 

Jan  Huyghen  van  Linschoten,  an  authority  in 
every  sense  of  the  word,  who  took  part  in  the 
expeditions  of  which  he  wrote,  mentions,  in  his 
description  of  the  voyage  of  1594  alluded  to  by 
Asher,  as  "superintendent"  of  the  three  vessels, 
*'  one  Cornelis  Cornelisz.  Nay,  skipper  of  the  Zeeland 
ship,  as  one  who  had  been  for  some  time  employed 
(as  Moucheron  relates)  as  a  pilot  to  Moscovia,  and 
had  by  long  custom  good  experience  of  the  shores 
of  the  north.  "^  And  in  three  other  passages  in  the 
same  volume  (one  in  the  same  Voyage,^  two  in  the 
Second  Voyage^  made  northwards,  in  1595)  the  name 
of  Cornelis  Cornelisz.  Nay  is  always  found  without 
any  further  suffix. 

In  a   much-quoted   work  written   by  two   Dutch 

^  Voyage  ofte  schipvaert  van  Jan  Huyghen  van  Linschoten^  van 
bij  Noorden  om  door  de  Engte  van  Nassau  .  .  .  Anno  1594. 
Franeker,  1601,  fol.  3. 

This  edition  is  quoted  here  (and  has  been  consulted  in  addition 
to  the  slightly  earlier  one  published  at  Amsterdam)  by  reason  of 
its  being  the  one  cited  by  Dr.  Beke  {vide  infra,  note  3). 

2  Fol.  23.  "  Alhier  wesende  nam  den  Ammerael  Cornelis 
Cornelisz.  sijn  afscheydt  van  ons." 

^  Z>e  Tweede  Reyse  afte  Schipvaert  van  Jan  Huygen  van  Lins- 
schoten  .  .  .  bij  Noorden-o7n  .  .  .  Anno  1595.     Franeker,  1601. 

Fol.  24.  "  Zijnde  Ammerael  ofte  Superintendent  vande  Vloot 
ofte  Schepen  Cornelis  Cornelisz.  Nay  op't  schip  van  Zeelandt." 

Fol.  34.  This  is  a  protest  drawn  up  by  the  Admiral  Cornelis 
Cornelisz.,  and  signed  by  him  and  others.  For  an  English  version 
see  A  True  Description  of  Three  Voyages  by  the  North-East 
.  .  .  Undertaken  .  .  .  by  Gerrit  de  Veer.  Edited  by  Charles 
T.  Beke,  Phil.  D.,  F.S.A.  {ffakl.  Soc.  Publications,  1853). 
Introduction,  pp.  Ixiii-lxxv. 


XKVl  INTRODUCTION. 

scholars  at  the  commencement  of  the  last  century/ 
and  published  by  the  "  Provinclaal  Utrechtsche 
Genootschap,"  the  Superintendent  or  Admiral  Cor- 
nelis  Cornelisz.  Naij,  is  also  constantly  spoken  of 
without  epithet.^ 

In  1853,  Dr.  Charles  Beke  edited  for  the  Hakluyt 
Society  Gerrit  de  Veer's  Three  Voyages  by  the 
North-East,^  and  following  Linschoten  closely  both 
in  text  and  in  his  own  learned  Introduction,  naturally 
always  wrote  of  Cornelis  Cornelisz.  Nai}  What, 
then,  must  be  our  astonishment  to  find  Asher,  in 
i860,  whilst  making  copious  use  of  Beke's  work, 
confusing  us  by  tacking  the  epithet  belonging  to  Jan 
Cornelisz.  May  on  to  Cornelis  Cornelisz.  Nai  ?^ 
Fortunately,  there  came  soon  after  him  an  historian 
in  whose  invaluable  work^  implicit  reliance  may  be 
placed,  who  had  at  hand  not  only  the  various  books 
quoted  above,  but  also  in  his  charge  the  vast  col- 
lection of  unpublished  documents  known  as  the 
Old  Colonial  Archives  of  the  Netherlands. 

^  Verhandeling  over  de  Nederlandsche  Ontdekkingen  in  Amerika, 
Atistralie,  de  Indien  en  de  PooUanden  .  .  .  door  R.  G.  Bennet  en 
J.  van   Wijk,     Utrecht,  1827. 

2  Op.  cit,^  pp.  26,  29,  46,  and  in  the  lists  ad  fin. 

3  See  note  3  on  p.  xxv.  *  Ibid. 

^    Vide  supra  J  p.  xxiv. 

^  Unfortunately  limited  to  all  too  short  a  period,  and  modestly 
entitled  De  Opkomst  van  het  Nederlandsch  Gezag  ijt  Oost-Indie 
(1595-1610).  Verzameling  van  onuitgegeven  siukken  uit  het  Oud 
Kolcniaal  Archie/.  Uiigegevcn  en  bewcrkt  door  Jhr.  Mr.  J.  K.  J. 
dejonge.     3  vol.  1 862-1 865. 


I 


INTRODUCTION.  XXVll 

De  Jonge  deals  very  gently  with  Asher,  whose 
work  he  quotes/  by  making  no  reference  to  his 
contemporary's  blunder,  which  he  must  have  noticed, 
but  speaks  repeatedly,  with  distinct  differentiation 
between  the  two,  both  of  Cornelis  Cornelisz.,  of 
Enkhuizen,  who  had  sailed  to  Moscovia  for  many 
years  for  the  Moucherons,"^  and  of  Jan  Cornelisz. 
May.^  Was  it  likewise  his  extreme  delicacy  which 
prompted  him,  out  of  respect  for  Dr.  Beke,  whose 
work  he  also  quotes  and  praises  greatly,*  purposely 
to  omit,  without  comment,  the  surname  of  Nai 
in  the  former  case,  therein  disregarding  the  high 
authority  of  Linschoten,  who  repeatedly  uses  it  ? 
Whatever  may  have  led  him  to  make  the  omission, 
it  may  safely  be  assumed  that  de  Jonge  was  unable 
to  find  any  documentary  evidence  to  entitle  Cornelis 
Cornelisz.  to  the  suffix  of  Nay  f  concerning  May, 
however,  there  was  no  lack  of  material,  and  in  de 
Jonge's  own  keeping,  wherefore  we  follow  him  in 
resuming  our  account  of  that  worthy,  and  the  thread 
of  our  research  into  the  authorship  of  Speilbergen's 
Journal. 

Jan  Cornelisz.  May  is  first  introduced  to  us^  as 
skipper  of  the  Vriesland,  one  of  eight  vessels  that 

1  Op,  cit,  Deel.  I,  p.  27. 

2  Op.  cit.,  Deel.  I,  pp.  18,  19,  and  21. 
2    Vide  infra,  pp.  xxvii-xxx. 

*  Op.  cit,  Deel.  I,  p.  23. 

^  The  Admiral's  protest,  adduced  by  Linschoten  {vide  supra ^ 
note  3,  p.  xxv),  was  signed  simply  Cornelis  Cornelisz. 
^  De  Jonge.     Opkomst.     Deel.  II,  p.  204. 


XXVlll  INTRODUCTION. 

sailed  from  Texel  for  the  East  on  May  i,  1598, 
under  the  command  of  Admiral  Jacob  van  Neck, 
the  Vice-Admirals  being  Wijbrand  van  Warwijck, 
and  later,  Jacob  van  Heemskerck.  A  journal  was 
kept  by  the  latter  from  May  i,  1598,  to  May  19, 
1600,  from  which  de  Jonge  gives  a  lengthy  extract,^ 
and  wherefrom  we  learn  that  May  was  transferred 
to  the  Zee/and  on  January  5,  1599,^  his  own  ship, 
the  Vrieslandy  returning  home. 

Under  date  of  July   7,    11  and   12,    1599,   there 
are  some  interesting  entries,^  curiously  corroborating 


1  Op,  cit.     Deel.  II,  pp.  385-454. 

2  Op.  cit.     Deel.  II,  p.  399. 

3  Op.  cit.^  Deel.  II,  pp.  445,  446  :— 

"  7  July,  Woensdachs,  Jan  Corneliss.  ende  syn  stierman  aen 
boort  gehadt,  is  beslooten  W.S.W.  aen  te  loopen  om  de  Cadipes 
ende  Buton  te  beseylen.  .  . 

"11  July,  Sondachs,  van  smorgens  tot  savonts  langes  Buton 
geseylt  S.W.,  S.W.  ten  W.,  W.S.W.,  W.N.W. ;  voort  maendachs 
morgens  N.W.  ten  W.,  doen  waren  wy  by  het  eylant  Cabayne. 

"12  July,  Maendachs,  S.O.  son  ontboot  ick  Jan  Corneliss. 
schipper  op  Zeelandia  ende  wert  voor  best  gevonden,  dat  wy 
onse  seylen  souden  innemen  ende  dryven." 

[Transl.]  "Wednesday,  July  7,  had  Jan  Corneliss.  and  his 
mate  on  board ;  it  was  resolved  to  run  W.S.W.,  in  order  to 
reach  the  Cadipes*  and  Buton  .  .  . 

"Sunday,  July  11,  sailed  along  Buton  from  morning  till  even- 
ing, S.W.,  S.W.  by  W.,  W.S.W.  and  W.N.W.  ;  further  Monday 
morning  N.W.  by  W. ;  then  we  were  near  the  island  of  Cabayne.t 

"  Monday,  July  12,  sun  in  the  S.E.,  I  summoned  Jan  Corneliss., 
skipper  of  the  Zeelandia,  and  it  was  thought  best  that  we  should 
take  in  our  sails  and  drift." 


*  Kadoepan.     See  de  Jonge,  loc.  cit.  \  Cambyna. 


INTRODUCTION.  XXIX 

the  document^  descriptive  of  Booton  I.  and  its 
surrounding  depths  discussed  at  length  above.^  On 
May  19,  1600,  May  returned  to  the  Netherlands 
with  Heemskerckj^and  again  sailed  eastwards  under 
Admiral  Wolphert  Harmensz.,  but  in  company 
once  more  with  the  former,  on  April  23,  1601/ 
the  combined  fleet  of  these  two  admirals,  consisting 
of  thirteen  vessels,  being  the  largest  that,  up  to  that 
time,  had  left  the  Netherlands  for  India.  It  split 
into  two  divisions  at  the  Azores  on  May  8,  1601, 
Heemskerck  proceeding  direct  to  the  Moluccas, 
Harmensz.  to  the  Island  of  Mauritius  and  so  to 
Bantam,  which  he  reached  only  after  a  desperate 
fight  with  a  Spanish-Portuguese  Armada  under 
Andrea  Furtado  de  Mendoga  in  the  roadstead  off 
that  town,  wherein  the  Dutch  were  completely 
victorious.  Wolphert  Harmensz.,  still  having  May 
with  him  as  skipper  on  the  Zeeland,  the  Vice- 
Admiral's  ship,  set  out  homewards  on  August  25, 
1602,  and  reached  Flushing  in  April  of  the  following 
year.^  May's  further  doings  until  March  28,  1611, 
are  not  chronicled. 

On  that  date  he  sailed  to  the  north  in  command 

^  Reproduced  opposite  p.  128. 

"^  Introduction,  pp.  xvi,  xxi,  and  xxiii. 

^  de  Jonge,  Opkomst^  Deel.  II,  p.  209. 

^  Op.  cit.^  Deel.  II,  pp.  261,  262. 

^  For  the  account  of  this  voyage  and  famous  naval  encounter, 
see  Begin  ende  Voortgangh,  Deel.  I,  Pt.  9  (Joiirnael  ofte  dach- 
register  vande  Voyagie  ghedaen  onder  .  .  .  Admirael  Wolfhart 
Harmansen  .  .   .    i6oi,  1602  ende  1603). 


XXX  INTRODUCTION. 

of  an  expedition  undertaken  at  the  instance  of  the 
States-General,  at  the  cost  and  under  the  orders  of 
the  Admiralty  of  Amsterdam,  its  main  object  bein^  to 
find  a  passage  through  Behring  Straits,  in  those  days 
called  the  Straits  of  Anian.  From  May  to  Septem- 
ber the  vessels  lay  between  Spitsbergen  and  Novaya 
Zemlya,  reaching  the  latitude  of  fully  76  degrees;  but 
they  could  not  break  through  the  ice,  and  therefore 
May  proceeded  west  to  the  coasts  of  N.  America, 
where  he  wintered  and  made  important  discoveries. 
On  February  20  of  the  following  year,  he  once 
more  sailed  eastwards,  and  reaching  the  shores  of 
Novaya  Zemlya  found  that  the  winter  in  those 
regions  had  been  the  severest  within  the  memory  of 
the  inhabitants.  There  being  thus  no  hope  of 
attaining  the  aim  for  which  the  expedition  had  set 
out,  he  returned  home  in  September,  1612.^  On 
August  8,  1 6 14,  he  sailed  under  Speilbergen. 

1  The  MS.  journal  of  this  remarkable  voyage  is  in  the  Rijks 
Archief  at  The  Hague.  De  Jonge  has  a  short  resume  of  it  in  his 
Opkomst^  Deel.  I,  pp.  28-32. 

Here,  too,  it  may  be  most  expedient  to  remind  the  reader  that 
Sir  Martin  Conway,  in  a  work  in  which  the  present  writer  had  the 
honour  of  being  associated  with  him  {Early  Dutch  and  English 
Voyages  to  Spitsbergen^  Hakl.  Soc,  Ser.  H,  vol.  xi,  p.  83),  also 
gives  a  useful  warning  in  differentiating,  apparently  without  the 
least  doubt,  Jan  Cornelisz.  May  from  the  discoverer  of  Jan  Mayen 
Island  : — 

"In  16 14,  a  Dutch  ship,  with  the  pilot  Joris  Carolus  on  board, 
saw  it  and  claimed  it  as  a  new  discovery.  Jan  Jacobsz.  May  was 
the  skipper,  and  the  island  takes  its  modern  name  from  him. 
Later  Dutch  writers  confound  him  with  another  skipper,  Jan 
Cornelisz.  May." 


INTRODUCTION.  XXXI 

In  the  slightly  fuller  account^  of  Jacob  le  Maire's 
Australische  Navigatien  published  under  the  name 
of  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten-  there  are  two  pas- 
sages^ towards  the  end  which  show  what  position 

1  i.e.^  than  the  one  pubhshed  in  this  volume. 

2  The  first  edition  in  Dutch  in  the  British  Museum  (Joumael 
ofte  Beschrijvinghe  van  de  wonder licke  reyse  ghedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten  van  Hoorn  inden  Jaren  1615,  16 r 6  eit  161 7) 
is  that  of  1624 ;  the  first  in  EngHsh  is  that  of  1619  {The  Relation 
of  a  Wonderfull  Voiage  ?nade  by  William  Cornelison  Schouten  of 
Home).  The  earliest  extant  is  that  of  16 18  in  Dutch  (see  the 
Bibliography),  and  that  mentioned  by  Camus  (Memoire  sur  la 
Collection  des  Grands  Voyages,  Paris,  1802,  p.  149)  as  of  161 7 
(Amsterdam,  veuve  Michel  de  Groot)  cannot,  according  to  Tiele 
{Memoire Bibliographique,  1867,  p.  41),  possibly  have  existed. 

2  These  passages  (which  it  will  be  interesting  to  compare  with 
the  text  in  this  volume  at  pp.  229  and  231)  run  thus  in  the  English 
edition  above  quoted,  pp.  77,  78: — "The  17  we  had  a  good 
gale,  and  did  our  best  to  get  to  Tar?iata,  that  morning  betimes 
we  saw  a  sayle  to  loofeward  from  us,  which  also  made  towards 
Tarnata,  being  the  Morning  Sarre  of  Rotterdam,  of  300  Tunnes 
burthen,  having  in  her  26  great  pieces.  At  noone  our  Shalop 
came  from  that  ship,  where  she  had  lyen  3  nights,  they  being  in 
the  Creeke  of  Sabou,  found  there  the  Admirall  Verhaghen  there, 
in  one  of  the  Admirall  Speilberghis  ships,  by  whose  men  we  under- 
stood, that  Speilberg  being  in  the  Straights  of  Magelan  (which  he 
past  in  2  Monthes)  had  lost  his  smallest  Pinnace,  and  that  in  the 
river  of  Spirito  Santo,  on  the  coast  of  Brasilia,  hee  had  lost 
3  boates  with  men  in  them,  that  he  had  spoyled  the  towne  of 
Payta,  and  had  fought  with  8  Spanish  shippes,  whereof  he  had 
suncke  three,  viz.,  the  Admirall,  the  Vice-Admirall,  and  an  other, 
without  any  great  hurt,  onely  the  losse  of  some  men,  and  got 
nothing.  That  he  had  bin  at  Lima,  and  searched  many  creekes, 
where  the  Spanish  ships  lay  up :  and  in  one,  wherein  there  was 
40  shippes,  but  did  nothing,  and  that  he  sayled  along  by  the 
coast  of  JVova  Spania,  through  the  Manillas  to  the  east  Indies 
being  from  thence  gone  homeward  with  John  Cornelison  Meu- 


XXXll  INTRODUCTION. 

May  held  in  Spellbergen's  fleet/  These  may  have 
lent  some  colour  to  the  erroneous  statement  con- 

scheater"^^  with  4  ships  :  their  names,  the  Amsterdam^  the  armes  of 
Amsterdam^  Zeland^  and  Midleburgh.\  They  also  told  us,  that 
there  were  10  ships  well  furnished  at  the  Manillas,  their  generall 
being  John  Dirickeson  Lam  of  Home,  to  set  upon  the  Spanish 
fleete,  that  were  comming  to  Tarnata.  We  also  understood  that 
Peter  BotX  sayling  home  with  4  Ships,  was  cast  away,  upon 
Mauricius  Island,  with  3  ships,  by  meanes  of  a  storme  that  cast 
him  upon  the  clififes,  where  many  of  his  men  and  himselfe  also 
was  drowned,  the  4  ship  scapt. 

"  The  same  evening  we  anchored  before  Maleye  in  Ternata,  at 
II  fathome  sandy  ground,  with  great  Joy  that  we  were  come 
among  our  Countrymen,  our  Master  and  the  Marchant  went 
presently  on  shore,  to  speake  with  the  Generall  Laurence  Real." 

P.  81.  "Our  ship  being  in  this  manner  taken  from  us,  some 
of  our  men  put  themselves  into  service  with  the  east  Indian 
company.  The  rest  were  put  into  two  ships  (that  were  to  goe 
home  into  Holland),  called  the  Amsterdam  and  the  Zeland :  their 
general],  being  George  van  Spielberghen,  The  master  William 
Cornelison  Schouten,  and  Jacob  le  Maire,  10  of  our  men,  went 
with  the  generall  in  the  Amsterdam,  The  masters  name  John 
Cornelison  May,  alias  Meuscheater,  and  Aris  Clawson  and  the 
Pilot  Claus  Peterson  with  10  others  in  the  Zeland,  the  masters 
name  Cornells  Riemlande  of  Midleburgh,  which  set  sayle  from 
Bantam  the  14  of  December." 

^  In  the  only  instance  in  which  his  name  appears  in  the 
Spiegel%  it  is  spelt  Moy,  but  little  importance  attaches  to  this 
variation  of  the  vowel,  probably  a  printer's  error  ;  even  admitting 


*  i.e.,  Jan  Cornelisz.  May,  vide  infra,  in  the  second  extract. 

f  Concerning  the  names  of  these  vessels,  vide  p.  153,  note. 

X  An  account  of  the  interesting  Hfe  of  this  intrepid  mariner  (including;  the 
occurrence  mentioned  above),  is  given  by  van  der  Aa  {Biographisch  Woorden- 
boek),  whilst  a  relation  of  his  first  expedition  to  the  East  is  found  in  Commelin's 
Begin  ende  Voortgangh  (Deel.  I,  Pt.  6),  Kort  Verhael  ofte  Joiirnael  van  de 
reyse  gedaen  naer  de  Oost  Indien  met  4  schepen  .  .  .  onder  den  Admirael  Pieter 
Both  van  Amesfort .  .  .  in  den  Jar  en  1599,  1600  ende  1601. 

§  Opposite  p.  128.     See  also  supra,  p.  xvi. 


INTRODUCTION.  XXXUl 

cerning  the  authorship  of  the  Journal  in  the  eyes 
of  those  who  never  saw  or  heard  of  Speilbergen's 
Dedication  to  the  States-General,  which  is  to  be 
found  only  in  the  Dutch  versions  of  1619  and  1621.^ 
That  Dedication  is,  however,  a  pihe  justificative 
that  allows  of  no  further  discussion  ;  its  restoration 
to  its  proper  place  restores  the  Journal  to  Speil- 
bergen,  and  relegates  Jan  Cornelisz.  May  to  his 
skipper  s  post.^ 

But  a  much  stronger  and  closer  link  than  any 
forged  by  bibliographers  binds  May  and  Speilbergen 
together.  It  has  been  shown  above^  how  May 
makes  his  dSbut  (so  far  as  posterity  is  concerned) 
by  serving  two  full  years  in  the  East  under  Jacob  van 
Heemskerck,  and  fully  to  understand  the  value  of 
such  an  apprenticeship  and  the  influence  it  must  have 
had  upon  his  life  and  character  we  must  read  what 

the  possibility  that  in  the  same  fleet  there  could  have  been  a  Jan 
Cornelisz.  Moy,  competent  to  draw  the  map  of  Booton  I.  that 
forms  the  inset  to  plate  No.  19  of  the  Spiegel^  and  a  Jan  Cor- 
nelisz. May,  skipper  of  the  Admiral's  ship  and  well  acquainted 
with  the  East  Indian  navigation  (a  coincidence  almost  inconceiv- 
able), the  extracts  from  Heemskerck's  Journal  given  above* 
establish  beyond  all  doubt  the  identity  of  Moy  and  May. 

1  Vide  supra,  p.  xiv,  and  for  the  Dedication  itself,  pp.  i,  2. 

^  No  apology  is,  I  trust,  needed  for  the  length  of  this  exposd 
To  remove  a  long-standing  misconception,  even  at  the  risk  of 
wearying  the  reader,  I  have  deemed  to  be  the  unshirkable  duty 
of  an  editor  towards  his  author,  the  more  imperative,  indeed, 
when  three  centuries  lie  between  them. 

2  Vide  supra^  p.  xxvii. 


*   Vide  p.  xxviii,  note  3, 


XXxiv  INTRODUCTION. 

de  Jonge  says  of  Heemskerck  when  describing  his 
return  home  from  the  expedition  just  alluded  to. 
*'  Jacob  van  Heemskerck,  the  man  who  had 
courageously  wintered  with  Barendsz  on  the 
forbidding  shores  of  Novaya  Zemlya  and  was 
subsequently  to  lay  down  his  life  for  his  country 
in  the  Bay  of  Gibraltar,  had  now  once  more 
served  his  land  and  masters  with  zeal  and  dis- 
cretion. Though  some  decent  writers  have  regarded 
the  fame  acquired  by  Heemskerck  as  being  out  of 
proportion  to  his  merits,  yet  his  conduct  during 
this  difficult  expedition  shows  again  how  he  pru- 
dently established  trade  in  Banda,  how  he  was 
equally  ready  with  the  pen  and  the  sword,  and  how 
favourably  he  compared  with  his  comrades  both 
in  his  methods  and  manners.  He  was  less  of  a 
rough  sailor,  more  of  a  Drake  or  a  Cavendish,  a 
gentleman  adventurer,  somewhat  proud  and  lofty, 
but  polished  and  afraid  of  naught.  He  was  not 
always  acceptable  to  the  old  sea-dogs,  for  he  was 
a  man  of  a  new  age.  When  a  somewhat  too 
assertive  and  certainly  too  censorious  factor,  on 
the  coast  of  Madura,  gave  utterance  to  the  remark 
that  the  Company's  ships  and  cargoes  ought  not  to 
be  so  boldly  risked,  Heemskerck's  cool,  courageous 
answer  was :  *  Where  we  risk  our  lives,  the  gentlemen 
of  the  Company  must  risk  their  ships  and  cargoes.' 
He  had,  moreover,  one  great  merit  as  a  commander. 
He  knew  how  to  inspire  his  men  with  a  blind 
confidence  in  himself;  and  though  the  critic  of  a 
later  generation  may,  seated  at  his  desk,  find  the 


INTRODUCTION.  XXXV 

balance  between  fame  and  merit  not  perfectly  true, 
the  hands  of  Jack  Tar  were  too  rough  to  handle  so 
fine  an  instrument.  When  Jacob  van  Heemskerck 
was  on  board,  the  sailors  felt  safe  ;  they  grappled 
light-heartedly  with  the  foe,  and  called  the  batde 
a  *  Heemskerck  fight.'  It  was,  too,  the  enterprise 
of  Jacob  van  Heemskerck  and  Jacob  van  Neck 
that  was  the  first  to  be  crowned  with  success  in 
India,  and  for  that  reason  they,  more  than  a 
Houtman,^  are  to  be  regarded  as  the  founders  of 
the  Dutch  trade  there. "^ 

It  is  surely  a  strange  coincidence  that  in  a  letter^ 
to  the  States-General,  dated  May  9,  1607,  announcing 
the  death  of  this  gallant  sailor  under  the  guns  of 
Gibraltar,  during  an  engagement  in  which  May 
possibly  (nay,  probably)  took  part — for,  as  shown 
above,  his  doings  are  hidden  from  April,  1603,  until 
March,  161 1 — we  first  come  into  touch  with  any- 
thing directly  from  the  hand  of  Speilbergen  him- 
self.^ 

The    biography  of    J  oris    van    Speilbergen,^  the 


1  See  note  i  on  p.  xl. 

2  De  Jonge,  Opkomst  van  het  Nederlandsch  Gezag  in  Oost 
Indie,  Deel.  II,  pp.  209,  210. 

3  The  letter  is  given  in  extenso  on  pp.  xlix-lv. 
^    Vide  infra^  p.  xxxvi. 

^  This  form  of  the  name  has  been  adopted  (in  preference  to 
and  after  full  consideration  of  the  claims  of  all  others)  for  the 
following  reasons.  It  is  the  form  used  by  Speilbergen  himself  in 
signing  the  Dedication  to  the  Journal,  which  appears  in  the 
Dutch  edition  of  1619;  it  is  also  the  form  adopted  by  Floris 

(^2 


XXXVl  INTRODUCTION. 

second  Dutchman  to  circumnavigate  the  globe,  has 
yet  to  be  written  ;  let  us  hope  by  one  of  his  own 
countrymen,  with  leisure,  too,  to  exhaust  the  rich 
stores  of  the  Netherlands  Archives.  The  very 
meagre  details  given  by  the  standard  works  tell  us 
nothing  beyond  what  may  be  learnt  from  the 
navigator's  two  Journals. 

The  first  of  these^  (the  second  being  the  one 
published  in  this  volume)  is  an  account  of  an  expe- 
dition to  the  East  Indies  equipped  by  Balthazar  de 
Moucheron,  the  enterprising  adventurer  who,  having 
been  among  the  first  to  send  out  ships  both  east 
and  west,  was  now  also  one  of  the  last  (before  the 
establishment  of  the  Chartered  East  India  Company 

Balthazar  —  the  publisher  of  the  first  Journal  * —  in  his  own 
dedication  to  that  work  in  the  edition  of  1605,  the  first  in 
which  such  dedication  appeared. 

A  further  proof  of  its  accuracy  is  furnished  by  a  coat-of-arms 
that  adorns  the  title-page  of  the  edition  last  mentioned,  the  dexter 
impalement  representing  a  spear,  in  pale,  on  a  mound,  crossed 
by  two  arrows,  in  fess,  (the  colours  not  being  marked,)  under 
which  is  the  name  Speilbergius  in  a  panel.  Spijl  in  Dutch 
signifies  a  large  iron  pin,  skewer  or  arrow  (speil  having  precisely 
the  same  pronunciation),  and  berg  is,  of  course,  a  hill. 

^  Het  Journae^i  van  /oris  van  Speilberghen  .  .  .  I^e/ff,  1605. 
This  is  the  first  edition  of  which  a  copy  is  extant  in  this  country. 
There  was  but  one  earlier,  also  printed  at  Delft,  in  1604. 

The  journal  is  meagre  in  details  compared  with  that  of  the 
expedition  of  16 14  (except  where  it  relates  to  Speilbergen's 
reception  by  the  Maharajah  of  Candy),  and  bears  internal  evi- 
dencet  of  having  been  dictated. 


*  See  note  i  on  this  page. 

t  Fide  p.  62  in  the  above-mentioned  edition. 


INTRODUCTION.  XXXVU 

of  the  Netherlands)  to  send  a  fleet  once  more  to  the 
East. 

The  expedition,  which  set  out  from  Veere  on 
May  5,  1601,  consisted  of  three  vessels  :  the  Ram, 
the  Schaep  and  the  Lam,  and  proceeding  along  the 
west  coast  of  Africa,  reached  on  December  2nd 
(after  some  fighting  at  Puorto  Dale  and  Refrisco^)  a 
bay  which  **our  General  called  Table  Bay  by 
reason  of  a  high  mountain,  flat  on  top  and  square 
like  a  table."^ 

Extremely  interesting,  both  to  English  and  Dutch, 
must  be,  after  this  lapse  of  time,  the  following  re- 
marks of  Speilbergen's  : — 

''  With  regard  to  the  land  of  the  Cape  de  Buona 
Esperance,  it  is  a  very  healthy  and  temperate  land, 
very  fit  and  useful  to  be  cultivated  and  inhabited 
and  to  produce  all  kinds  of  fruits,  and  although  it 
appears  to  be  somewhat  mountainous  and  hilly, 
there  are  also  very  fine  and  wide  valleys  covered 
with  verdure  and  sweet-smelling  herbs,  as  well  as 
many  green  woods  or  bushes  where  herds  of  stags 
and  deer  are  seen  grazing,  all  very  pleasant  and 
delightful  to  behold.  It  is,  moreover,  also  furnished 
with  good  water  that  comes  from  the  mountains 
along  streams  running  into  the  sea  near  the  strand, 
and  with  animals  such  as  oxen  and  sheep.  Concern- 
ing the  people  of  the  aforesaid  Capo  de  bon 
Esperance,  they  are  yellow  in  colour  like  mulattoes, 

^  See  p.  172. 

'\Het  Journael  van  Joris  van  Speilberghen,  1605,  p.  14. 


XXXVIU  INTRODUCTION. 

very  ugly  of  feature,  of  medium  stature,  frail  and 
lean  in  body,  but  very  swift  in  running  ;  they  have 
a  strange  clucking  language,  like  Turkey  cocks. 
Their  clothes  are  skins  of  deer  or  other  wild  animals 
shaped  like  mantles."^ 

Leaving  Table  Bay  on  December  23,  Speilbergen 
proceeded  some  way  up  the  east  coast  of  Africa,  but 
nothing  of  very  great  moment  is  recorded  until  the 
arrival  of  the  expedition  off  Point  de  Galle  in 
Ceylon  on  May  28,  1602.  Anchoring  on  the  31st 
in  the  harbour  of  Batticaloa,  Speilbergen  attempted 
to  open  up  trading  relations  with  the  rajah,  but  the 
prince  durst  trust  himself  to  no  definite  action,  fear- 
ing the  wrath  of  the  Portuguese,  whom  he  cordially 
hated,  on  the  one  hand,  and  that  of  the  Maharajah 
of  Kandy  on  the  other.  Speilbergen  thereupon 
boldly  determined  to  proceed  to  Kandy  in  person, 
accompanied  by  a  retinue  of  only  ten  men,  and  was 
received  at  the  Maharajah's  court  with  every  mark 
of  friendship  and  esteem.  This  portion  of  the 
Journal  is  exceedingly  interesting,  life  in  the  Cin- 
galese capital  being  naively  described  with  much 
detail.  With  great  tact  did  Speilbergen  ingratiate 
himself  with  the  chief  ruler  of  Ceylon,  submitting 
that  he  had  been  specially  sent  as  an  ambassador  by 
Prince  Maurice  of  Nassau,  who  had  so  recently 
defeated  in  a  glorious  naval  encounter^  at  Nieuport 
in  Flanders  the  Spanish  under  the  Archduke  Albert 


1  Op.  cit.^  p.  14. 

2  July  2,  1600,  not  i6o2,  as  printed  in  the /ournae/  {p.  37). 


tNTRODtrCTlON,  XXXIX 

of  Austria.  The  next  day  a  life-size  portrait  of 
Prince  Maurice,  on  horseback,  in  all  his  martial 
habiliments,  adorned  the  apartment  of  the  Cingalese 
ruler,  who  in  an  ardent  speech  declared  that  hence- 
forth Kandy  and  the  Netherlands  must  be  one,  that 
he  and  all  his  house  would  gladly  carry  on  their 
shoulders  the  stone  and  cement  should  the  Dutch 
desire  to  build  a  fort  anywhere  on  the  island  of 
Ceylon.^ 

On  September  2nd,  1602,  Speilbergen  sailed  from 
Ceylon  for  Sumatra.  Here  he  entered  into  an  al- 
liance with  the  English  to  attack  the  richly-laden 
Portuguese  carrack  that  annually  crossed  from  St. 
Thomas  on  the  Bengal  coast  to  Malacca  ;  the  attack 
was  most  successful,  and  after  a  partition  of  the 
spoils  Speilbergen  returned  to  Acheen. 

Nearly  two  years  had  now  elapsed  since  Speil- 
bergen had  left  the  Netherlands,  and  in  that  time 
the  General  Chartered  East  India  Company,  enjoy- 
ing many  important  monopolies^  had,  after  endless 
discussion  and  difficulty,  come  into  existence.^  In 
January,  1603,  two  vessels,  belonging  to  the  first 
fleet  sent  out  to  the  East  for  the  account  of  that 
great  trading  body,  arrived  at  Acheen,  and  Speil- 

^  "  Den  Coninck  sprack :  siet,  ick,  mijn  Coninginne,  Prins 
ende  Princes  sullen  op  hare  schouderen  de  Steenen,  Calck  ende 
anders  helpen  dragen  so  de  Heeren  Staten  ende  zijn  Princelijke 
Excellentie  believen  hier  in  mijn  lant  een  Casteel  te  comen 
maken,  sullen  moghen  daer  toe  sulcke  plaetse,  haven  ofte  Baye 
kiesen  als  hun  sal  gheraden  vinden." — Het  Journael^  P-  37- 

-    Vide  i.a.y  p.  165.  ^  20th  March,  1602. 


xl  INTRODUCTION. 

bergen  deemed  it  expedient  to  sell  one  of  his  vessels 
to  the  Company,  himself  proceeding  homewards 
after  a  brief  call  at  Bantam.^ 

Arriving  off  that  town  on  April  27th,  1603,  he 
found  assembled  there  no  fewer  than  nine  Dutch 
ships,  and  this  number  was  shortly  afterwards  in- 
creased, to  thirteen,  when  Jacob  van  Heemskerck 
dropped  anchor  in  the  roadstead.  Curiously  enough, 
with  Speilbergen's  arrival  at  Flushing^  on  March 
24th,  1604,  ^^  ^s  ^ost  t^  ^he  eyes  of  posterity  until 
we  read  of  him,  in  his  own  words,  fighting,  almost  to 


1  ''Vers  1596,  les  Hollandais,  conduits  par  un  homme  qui  a  laisse 
un  grand  nom  dans  I'histoire  de  la  fondation  de  la  puissance  colo- 
niale  des  Hollandais  en  Orient,  le  capitaine  Houtman,  parurent  a 
Bantam,  sur  le  detroit  de  la  Sonde,  ou  les  Portugais  avaient  une 
factorerie ;  quatre  ans  plus  tard,les  nouveaux  arrivants  y  fonderent  a 
leur  tour  un  etablissement  qui  ne  tarda  pas  a  supplanter  celui  des 
Portugais.  En  1602,  les  Etats-Generaux  de  Hollande  creerent 
la  Compagnie  des  Indes  Orientales,  et  avec  le  droit  de  porter  son 
traiic  au  dela  du  capde  Bonne-Esperance,  ils  lui  octroyerent  celui 
d'elever  des  forts  et  de  soutenir  leurs  operations  au  besoin  par 
les  armes.  Dbs  I'annee  1618,  le  gouverneur  general  regut  I'ordre 
de  choisir  dans  le  Grand  Archipel  d'Asie  une  localite  convenable 
et  d'y  fonder  un  etablissement  permanent  qu'aurait  le  titre  de 
Rendez-vous  general.  Le  choix  du  gouverneur  general*  se  fixa 
sur  une  localite  appelee  Djakatra,  a  I'E.  de  Bantam  :  telle  fut,  en 
1 6 19,  I'origine  de  Batavia."  Vivien  de  Saint  Martin,  Nouveau 
Dictionnaire  de  Geographie  Universelle,  Paris,  1884,  tom.  II, 
p.  965. 

2  He  is  generally  held  to  have  been  a  native  of  Zeeland,  like 
the  majority  of  the  men  who  made  the  Dutch  merchant  marine 
the  pride  of  their  country  and  the  terror  of  the  world. 


Jan  Pieterszoon  Coen.      Vide  p.  151,  note  i. 


INTRODUCTION.  xll 

the  death,   by   the  side   of  the  gallant  Admiral  in 
whose  company  we  last  left  him. 

I  have  therefore  thought  it  most  fitting  to  append 
to  this  Introduction  a  translation  of  his  letter,^  little 
doubting  that  the  gallantry  shown  on  the  occasion 
of  its  despatch  had  much  to  do  with  Speilbergen's 
appointment  to  the  command  of  so  important  an 
expedition  as  that  of  which  the  Oost-  en  West- 
Indische  Navigatien  relate.'^ 


The  tenour  of  the  concluding  paragraph  of  Speil- 
bergen's Journal,^  wherein  is  given  the  reason 
(already  adduced  in  the  opening  words  of  this  Intro- 
duction '*)  for  including  le  Maire's  Australische 
JMavigatien  in  the  Spiegel,  is  little  in  keeping  with 
the  tirade  against  le  Maire  and  his  companions,  deli- 
berately set  down  in  writing  upon  their  arrival  at 
Jacatra,  on  October  20th  of  the  foregoing  year/  It 
should,  however,  be  borne  in  mind,  as  the  entry  of 
December  22nd  proves,^  that  a  companionship  of 
only  two  months  had  already  wrought  a  considerable 
change  in  the  feelings  of  the  Commander  towards 
those  whom  he  had  more  than   once   branded   as 


^    Vide  pp.  xlix-lv. 

2  Very  few  further  details  concerning  Speilbergen  than  those 
contained  or  indicated  in  this  volume  have  yet  been  dug  out  of 
the  Netherlands  Archives.  He  died  at  Bergen-op-zoom,  31st 
January,  1620. 

*   Vide  p.  164.  *   Vide  p.  xj. 

^    Vide^^^.  151,  152.  *   Vide^^.  162,  163. 


xlil  INTRODUCTION. 

mere  **  claimants  ;"  there  Is  also  a  possibility  that 
even  in  October  Speilbergen,  as  a  mariner,  may- 
have  entertained  for  the  intrepid  le  Maire  senti- 
ments which,  as  a  servant  of  the  East  India  Com- 
pany of  the  Netherlands,  it  was  not  politic  or  per- 
missible for  him  publicly  to  express. 

We  have  seen^  how  Speilbergen  himself,  caught 
in  the  East  by  the  long  arm  of  the  newly-established 
Company,  had  in  1603  deemed  it  expedient  to  sell 
one  of  his  vessels  to  that  favoured  body,  and  imme- 
diately to  proceed  home.  But  others  there  were 
who  regarded  the  Company  and  its  valuable  mono- 
polies in  a  more  truculent  spirit.  Amongst  these 
was  Isaac  le  Maire,'^  of  Egmont,  a  merchant  of 
European — nay,  world-wide — reputation,  whose  son 
was  miserably  to  die  of  a  broken  heart  on  a 
stranger's  ship,  after  gaining  immortal  fame  by 
steering  his  own  vessel  through  waters  hitherto 
unknown  to  the  civilized  world.  In  those  empire- 
building  times  the  Netherlands  traders,  more  esteemed 
then  than  now  by  the  leisured  classes,  stood  on  the 
same  plane  as  her  statesmen  and  nobles,  and  Isaac 
le  Maire  fought  shoulder  to  shoulder  with  no  meaner 
a  man  than  Johan  van  Oldenbarnevelt  in  attacking 
the  Dutch  East  India  Company.     But  a  "  Remons- 

^   Vide  supra^  p.  xl. 

2  An  essay  by  R.  C.  Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink,  written  in 
trenchant  style,  and  fully  setting  forth  the  unequal  combat  waged 
between  this  typical  Dutch  trader  and  the  East  India  Company  of 
the  Netherlands,  appeared  in  De  Gids  in  the  year  1865.  I  am 
indebted  to  it  for  some  valuable  particulars. 


INTRODUCTION.  xliii 

trance"  against  the  increasing  powers  of  the  Com- 
pany, presented  to  the  States-General  early  in  1609, 
was,  after  much  agitation  and  wire-pulling,  signally 
defeated,  and  le  Maire  had  to  fight  his  powerful  foe 
in  other  fields  and  fashions — on  'Change  and  in  the 
Southern  Sea. 

Since  the  days  of  the  earliest  navigators,  a  belief 
had  always  obtained  in  the  existence  of  a  great 
southern  continent  extending  along  the  South  Pole  ; 
Tierra  del  Fuego  was  held  to  be  one  of  the  northern- 
most forelands  of  that  Continent,  and  Magellan's 
Straits  the  channel  which  separated  it  from  America. 
The  passage  of  those  Straits,  as  one  of  the  routes  to 
the  Indies,  had  in  1602  become  the  chartered 
monopoly  of  the  Dutch  East  India  Company,  and 
though  an  isolated  vessel  may  occasionally  have 
drifted  somewhat  more  to  the  south  than  was 
customary,  it  discovered  little  else  than  forbidding 
shores,  whilst  the  Company  possessed  neither  the 
means  nor  the  energy  to  organize  expeditions  such 
as  the  later  ones  of  Tasman  and  Vlamingh.^ 

"  Therefore  Isaack  le  Maire  .  .  .  being  very  in- 
clined to  trade  in  strange  and  far-distant  parts,  and 
Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten,  of  Hoorn  (a  man  well 
experienced  and  very  famous  in  navigation,  as  having 
already  sailed  three  times  to  nearly  all  places  in  the 
East  Indies  as  skipper,  pilot,  and  merchant,  and  still 


^  For  Some  Particulars  relating  to  the  Voyage  of  Willem  de 
Vlamingh  to  New  Holland  in  1696,  see  Early  Voyages  to  Terra 
Australis^  edited  by  R.  H.  Major,  Hakl.  Soc.  Pub.,  1859. 


xliv  INTRODUCTION. 

very  eager  after  strange  voyages  and  the  visiting  of 
new  and  unknown  lands),  did  often  speak  and 
deliberate  together  whether  it  were  not  possible  to 
come  by  some  other  way  not  mentioned  nor  for- 
bidden in  the  aforesaid  Charter  into  the  great  South 
Sea."  .  .  .  These  words,  which  are  probably  le  Maire's 
own,  are  followed  in  the  preface  to  the  Australische 
Navigatien  by  such  explicit  details  of  the  prelimi- 
naries to  that  celebrated  circumnavigation  of  the 
globe,  that  it  has  been  thought  unnecessary  to 
attempt  to  supplement  them  here.^  The  Journal 
tells  its  own  tale. 

The  great  victory  over  the  East  India  Company 
was  gained  on  January  24th,  1616  ;  on  that  day  the 
expedition  entered  the  new  channel  to  which  Jacob 
le  Maire  gave  his  father's  name,  and  this  was 
followed  by  the  discoveries  of  Cape  Horn,  of  Staten 
Land,  of  the  land  they  called  after  Prince  Maurice 
of  Nassau,  of  Barnevelt's  Island,  and  finally  of 
Willem  Schouten  Island. 

But  so  much  success  had  to  be  dearly  paid.  At 
Jacatra,  whither  he  had  been  allowed  to  proceed  by 
Laurens  Reael,  who  was  for  a  short  time  acting  as 
Governor  of  the  Indies  at  Ternate,  le  Maire  met 
one  of  Holland's  strongest  and  severest  men,  Jan 
Pieterszoon    Coen,^  whose   iron    rule    in   the    East 


1  In  the  article  by  Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink,  alluded  to  above, 
there  are  set  forth  some  Secret  and  Detailed  Instructions  for  Jagues 
la  Maire  \sic\  upon  his  approaching  voyage  to  the  South. 

2  For  a  brief  sketch  of  his  career,  vide  pp.  151,  152. 


INTRODUCTION.  xlv 

was    to    begin    by    a    most    harsh    and    tyrannical 
measure. 

Scepticism  with  regard  to  le  Maire's  statement 
that  he  had  come  by  another  passage  than  Magellan's 
Strait,  and  by  one  not  forbidden  in  the  Charter  of  the 
East  India  Company,  was  to  be  expected;  but 
straightway  to  brand  the  whole  of  a  mariner's  log 
as  an  infamous  forgery  and  to  confiscate  his  vessel 
were  high-handed  proceedings,  especially  since  in 
Speilbergen's  log,^  too,  mention  at  least  was  made  of 
what  might  have  been  the  very  channel  claimed 
by  le  Maire  to  be  first  navigated  by  him. 

Once  more  it  is  fitting  to  quote  Captain  Burney's 
words  : — ''This  was  a  most  cruel  requital  for  men 
to  meet  with  from  their  own  countrymen,  in  return 
for  having,  with  superior  sagacity  and  spirit,  under- 
taken and  accomplished  an  enterprise  so  hazardous 
and  so  reputable,  the  lustre  of  which  continues  to 
this  day  to  reflect  honour  on  their  country."^ 

What  actually  happened  is  recorded  in  a  few 
words  in  the  Journal,  touching  by  reason  of  their 
simplicity  and  brevity. 

**On  the  I  St  of  November,  the  President  (of  the 
East  India  Company),  Jan  Pietersz.  Koenen,  in- 
vited our  skipper  and  supercargoes  to  come  ashore 
to  him.  On  their  arrival  he  signified  to  them,  in 
the  presence  of  his  council,  convoked  by  him,  and  in 
the  name  and  behalf  of  the  Directors  of  the  East  India 

^   Vide  pp.  42  and  46. 

2  Chronological  History  of  the  Voyages  and  Discoveries  in  the 
South  Sea,  1806,  Pt.  II,  p.  437. 


xlvi  INTRODUCTION. 

Company,  that  they  must  give  up  and  hand  over  to 
him  their  vessel  and  all  their  goods,  as  was  done."^ 
The  writer's  pen  then  rambles  off  into  an  inaccurate 
explanation  concerning  a  discrepancy  of  dates,  evi- 
dently written  at  random,^  but  wherewith  his  thoughts 
were  meanwhile  busied  may  be  gathered  from  the 
words  that  follow  : — "  So  our  ship  remained  here." 

Jacob  le  Maire  and  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten^ 
were  sent  home  in  the  same  vessel,  but  the  former 
died  on  the  way,  his  death,  which  took  place  on 
December  22nd,  16 16,*  being,  as  his  father  alleged 
in  a  petition  to  the  States-General,  ''caused  by  the 
affront  and  harshness  put  upon  him."^  Be  that  as  it 
may,  we  are  told  that  when  he  died  '*  our  Admiral 
and  all  the  others  were  deeply  grieved,  since  he  was 
a  man  endowed  with  remarkable  knowledge  and 
experience  in  matters  of  navigation."^ 

Such  sentiments  expressed  by  no  less  a  man  than 
Joris  van  Speilbergen,  and  published  in  his  Journal 
throughout  the  civilized  world,  were  probably  as 
much  valued  by  old  Isaac  le  Maire  as  the  decree  of 
the  "  Hooge  Raad"  which,  after  two  years  of  litiga- 
tion, recognized  the  rights  of  Jacob  le  Maire  and  his 
companions  to  their  discovery  by  ordering  the  East 

^    Vide  Journal,  P-  231.  '   Vide  note  on  p.  232. 

*  Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink,  I  know  not  on  what  authority, 
states  that  Schouten  was  left  behind  at  Jacatra. 

*  He  was  born  at  Amsterdam  in  1585. 

^  Vide  Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink,  De  Gids,  1865  :  "  Gecauseerd 
deur  de  affronte  ende  fiericheyt  hem  aengedaen." 

*  Vide  Speilbergen'syi?^^//^/,  p.  163. 


INTRODUCTION.  xlvil 

India  Company  to  return  the  confiscated  vessel  and 
its  cargo  to  the  owners,  and  to  pay  all  costs  and 
interest,  computed  from  the  day  of  the  illegal 
seizure.^ 

The  reference  to  the  authorship  of  the  Austral- 
ische  Navigatien,  wherewith  the  Preface  to  that 
portion  of  the  Spiegel  closes,-  will  not  fail  to  strike 
the  reader  as  a  somewhat  curious  one,  almost 
studiously  vague,  and  as  if  veiling  or  vindicating 
some  unfair  proceeding ;  and,  indeed,  the  history  of 
the  publication  of  the  earlier  accounts  is  anything 
but  an  edifying  one,  being  nothing  more  than  the 
record  of  an  unseemly  squabble  between  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten  and  the  friends  of  Jacob  le 
Maire. 

From  the  Bibliography  appended  to  this  volume 
may  be  seen  in  what  order  and  under  whose  name 
the  various  relations  of  the  voyage  appeared  ;  but  I 
must  at  once  warn  the  reader  that  the  matter  is  so 
involved  as  to  render  the  true  authorship  unknown. 

Schouten  was  evidently  successful  in  getting  the 
first  editions  to  bear  his  name,  but  a  man  who  would 
hide  under  the  bench  of  a  boat  whilst  his  companions 
were  being  shot  down^  would  probably  not  be  very 
scrupulous  regarding  his  share  of  ownership  in  a 
manuscript. 

1  Vide  Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink,  loc.  cit. 

2  See  p.  i68. 

^  This  incident  is  recorded  by  Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink, 
loc.  cit. 


xlviii  INTRODUCTION. 

Though  Tide's  judgment,  even  in  matters  biblio- 
graphical, is  not  necessarily  final,  as  I  have  attempted 
to  show  when  dealing  with  Speilbergen's  Journal,^ 
there  has  been  such  cross -swearing  with  regard  to 
the  authorship  of  the  Ausiraliscke  Navigatien  (not, 
as  in  Speilbergen's  case,  for  the  past  150  years 
only,  but  ever  since  their  first  appearance),  that 
we  may  safely  concur  in  the  eminent  bibliographer's 
dictum — *Me  veritable  auteur  du  journal  de  Schouten 
est  reste  inconnu."^ 


^    Vide  pp.  xxii,  xxiii. 

2  P.  A.  Tiele,  Memoire  Bibliographique  sur  les  Journaux  des 
Navigateurs  Neerlandais,  Amst.,  1867,  p.  60. 


INTkODUCTION.  xlix 


COPY  OF  A  LETTER' 

WRITTEN   BY 

JORIS   VAN   SPELBERGH,  Commissary-General 
and  Captain  of  the  Zeeland  soldiers  under  the  com- 
mand of  the  Honourable  and  Gallant  Jacob  van 
Heemskercke,  appointed  Admiral   by  the 
Honourable  and  Mighty  Lords  the  States 
of   the   Free   United    Netherlands, 
treating  of  the  conquest  of  the 
Spanish  Fleet. 

Written  from  our  fleet  off  Cape  Saint  Vincent,  May  9, 

1607. 


Whereas  we  reached  the  latitude  of  36  degrees  off  the 
river  of  Lisbon  on  April  10,  it  was  resolved  by  Admiral 
Heemskercke  and  his  Council  to  enter  the  said  river  with 
all  our  ships  in  order  to  capture  the  carracks  and  galleons,  as 
we  were  well  able  to  do :  but  receiving  reliable  news  that 
the  carracks  had  departed,  that  the  galleons,  some  eight  or 
nine  in  number,  were  still  quite  unready,  their  guns  being 
still  on  shore,  and  that  fully  two  months'  work  was  neces- 
sary to  get  them  ready,  we  rescinded  the  aforesaid  resolu- 
tion, especially  when  some  French  and  English,  who  came 
from  S.  Lucas^  and.Calis,^  brought  us  certain  tidings  that 
fifteen  Spanish  warships  had  set  out  from  S.  Lucas  and 
Calls  for  the  Strait  of  Jubaltar,^  and  that  amongst  them 

1  See  the  Bibliography. 

2  S.  Lucar.     See  especially  p.  Ixi. 

2  Cadiz.  4  Gibraltar. 

d 


I  INTRODUCTION. 

were  eleven  galleons,  the  rest  being  smaller  merchant 
vessels  fitted  up  for  war. 

We  therefore  resolved  to  go  and  visit  them,  and  the 
wind  being  against  us,  from  the  east,  we  met  a  Flushing 
man,  named  Loy  Seylmaker,  who  had  come  through  the 
Strait  on  April  22,  and  he  told  us  that  he  had  been 
amongst  the  Spanish  fleet  in  the  night,  but  finding  himself 
outside  the  fleet  in  the  morning,  he  imagined  they  had  set 
their  course  for  Calis,  for  the  aforesaid  fleet  had  also  to  get 
out  of  the  Strait  on  account  of  the  east  wind. 

The  wind  veering  to  west  again,  we  ran  close  past  the 
bar  of  S.  Lucas  and  the  Bay  of  Calis  on  April  24,*but  we 
could  not  ascertain  whether  the  galleons  had  run  in  there : 
else  we  had  been  resolved  to  attack  the  said  galleons  in  the 
aforesaid  Bay  of  Calis. 

On  the  same  day  we  proceeded  further  towards  the 
Strait  of  Jubaltar,  stoutly  determined  to  find  the  galleons 
or  the  fleet  of  Spain,  and  attack  them. 

Arriving  off  the  town  of  Tanger,  on  the  Barbary  coast, 
at  the  beginning  of  the  Strait  of  Jubaltar,  on  April  25, 
and  perceiving  no  galleons,  the  Council  was  there  again 
convoked  on  board  the  Admiral's  ship,  when  it  was  resolved 
in  God's  name  to  attack  the  Spanish  Armada  if  the  latter 
were  in  the  Bay  of  Jubaltar,  we  being  well  determined, 
even  if  it  were  in  their  own  harbour,  under  the  guns  of  the 
town  and  the  castle.  To  that  end  orders  were  issued  that 
if  we  found  the  foe  there  he  should  be  first  attacked  by 
our  Admiral  and  Captain  Lambert  Hendricksz.,  of  Rotter- 
dam, being  the  rear-admiral ;  these  two  were  to  get  along- 
side the  Spanish  Admiral,  and  the  Vice-Admiral  with 
Captain  Bras,  of  Hoorn,  alongside  the  Spanish  Vice- 
Admiral,  and  so  each  following. 

Reaching  then  the  Bay  of  Jubaltar  and  seeing  the 
Spanish  Armada  there,  we  carried  out  our  resolution  with 
God's  aid  and  in  such  order  as  was  possible,  finding  there 


INTRODUCTION.  H 

twenty-one  vessels,  amongst  which  were  French,  English, 
Embdeners^  and  other  merchantmen.  The  Spanish  Ad- 
miral weighed  anchor  and  drifted  to  the  town  close  to  four 
other  galleons.  The  Spanish  Vice-Admiral,  who  had  450 
men  on  board,  as  the  prisoners  afterwards  told  us,  remained 
where  he  was.  The  Spanish  Admiral  was  joined  by 
another  100  cavailleros  from  the  shore  who  came  to  his 
assistance  out  of  love,  though  he  was  well  provided  with 
men.  Notwithstanding  that  the  Spanish  Admiral  was 
protected  by  the  guns  of  the  town  and  castles,  our  Admiral 
Heemskercke  and  Captain  Lambert,  of  Rotterdam,  never- 
theless approached  him  and  stoutly  attacked  him,  and  so 
did  further  everyone  where  he  could  the  Spanish  Vice- 
Admiral  and  the  other  galleons.  The  furious  attacks  and 
cannonade  did,  by  God's  mercy,  after  four  hours'  hard 
fighting,  give  us  the  victory  over  our  foes. 

And  as  the  galleons  mostly  ran  ashore  they  were 
destroyed  and  their  crews  sent  to  the  bottom  ;  amongst 
these  being  the  Spanish  Admiral,  a  high  galleon  of  400 
lasts,^  named  the  S.  Augustine,  commsinded  by  the  General 
of  the  whole  Armada,  Don  Juan  Alveris  d'Avila,  born  at 
Esturges,^  and  killed  here — an  old  soldier  who  had  long 
served  on  sea  under  Don  John  of  Austria — together  with  his 
Vice-Admiral  and  the  colonel  of  the  soldiers,  and  nearly 
all  the  captains  of  the  aforesaid  Spanish  Armada.  The 
galleons  and  other  Spanish  war-ships  were  immediately 
burnt  and  sunk,  two  of  them  running  ashore,  but  sufficiently 
disabled  to  render  them  useless,  being  so  riddled  with  shot. 

We  captured  the  flags  of  the  Admiral,  the  Vice- Admiral 
and  the  other  galleons,  with  some  loot,  but  we  were  unable 
to  carry  off  any  ships  or  cannon  by  reason  of  the  great 
conflagration  in  the  Spanish  Vice-Admiral  and  the  other 

^  From  Emden,  a  sea-port  of  East  Friesland. 

2  800  tons.  3  Astorga. 

(i2 


Ill  INTRODUCTION. 

galleons,  which  took  fire  and  sank.  We  were  in  great 
danger  of  getting  the  fire  into  our  ships,  some  of  which 
had  enough  to  do  to  extinguish  the  flames  that  already 
broke  out  in  divers  of  them,  but  God  preserved  us.  Few 
people  were  saved  from  this  aforesaid  Spanish  Armada ; 
the  bay  or  roadstead  of  Jubaltar  looked  as  if  it  were  sown 
with  human  beings  by  reason  of  the  Spaniards  who  sprang 
overboard.  On  board  the  Spanish  Admiral  there  lay 
two  or  three  hundred  dead,  in  addition  to  those  who  had 
sprung  overboard.  The  Spanish  prisoners  admit  that 
there  were  fully  four  thousand  men  in  their  fleet ;  there 
were  few  prisoners,  about  fifty,  amongst  whom  is  the  son 
of  the  Spanish  Admiral,  named  Juan  Alvaris  d'Avila, 
captain  of  the  galleon  the  .9.  Augtistine. 

We  have  lost  our  Admiral  Jacob  van  Heemskercke, 
who  went  into  this  battle  with  great  honour  and  gallant 
determination,  and  was  constantly  and  gallantly  supported, 
through  God's  aid,  by  the  Vice-Admiral  and  Captain 
Lambert,  Captain  Pieter  Willemsz.,  and  all  the  other 
captains  of  soldiers  and  seamen. 

On  April  26  we  got  our  ships  away  from  the  town  and 
the  castles,  as  they  were  constantly  doing  us  damage  with 
their  fire. 

We  sent  some  boats  and  men  to  some  of  the  burnt 
wrecks  and  vessels  that  lay  around  us.  The  Spaniards  on 
land,  seeing  this,  themselves  set  fire  to  the  Spanish  Admiral, 
which  lay  aground  disabled  ;  so  that  they  themselves  did 
what  we  intended  to  do. 

In  defeating  this  Armada  over  eight  thousand  shots 
were  fired  from  the  big  guns.  The  fighting  was  very  hard 
and  terrible,  in  addition  to  which  the  tremendous  con- 
flagration of  the  Spanish  galleons  was  awful  and  wonderful 
to  behold,  especially  when  the  fire  reached  the  powder. 
It  seemed  as  if  new  clouds  and  lightning  rose  from  the 
sea  to  the  heavens.     From  a  skipper  named  Govert  den 


INTRODtfCTiON.  Hii 

Engelsman,  of  Rotterdam,  who  says  he  is  an  Embden 
man,  and  was  a  prisoner  in  the  Spanish  Admiral,  we  learnt 
that  the  Admiral  liberated  him  when  he  saw  our  ships 
coming,  in  order  that  he  might  deliberate  with  and  consult 
the  aforesaid  skipper.  He  told  us^that  the  Spanish  Admiral 
would  not  believe  that  we  would  be  bold  enough  to  attack 
him  in  the  harbours  and  bays  of  the  King  of  Spain,  and 
especially  under  the  guns  of  the  town  and  castle  of 
Jubaltar,  which  opinion  we  have  indeed  taught  him  to 
alter.  The  aforesaid  Spanish  General  was  perfectly  well 
advised  of  our  coming,  also  how  many  warships,  victualling- 
ships  and  soldiers  we  had,  all  of  which  we  found  among 
his  papers ;  also  his  general  instructions  and  commission 
signed  by  the  Spanish  King  Vo  el  Re.  And  therein  we 
also  found  and  saw  with  what  outrageous  tyranny  the 
aforesaid  King  orders  and  commands  that  honest  Nether- 
landers  and  those  who  consort  with  them  be  persecuted 
and  tyrannized,  especially  Hollanders  and  Zeelanders, 
the  other  nations  being  in  these  instructions  of  his  not 
regarded  as  entirely  free  or  immune  from  molestation. 

On  the  27th  of  the  said  month  we  set  sail  from  the  Bay 
of  Jubaltar  to  the  coast  ofBarbary,  first  passing  so  close  to 
Sceuta  in  the  Bay  that  they  in  the  town  and  in  other 
places  fired  at  us  from  the  shore.  Numbers  of  the  Portu- 
guese were  on  horseback,  fearing  a  repetition  of  the  game 
at  Jubaltar,  but  insecurity  and  inexpediency  led  us  to 
proceed  further  on  to  the  Bay  of  Tutuan,  5  miles  from 
Sceuta,  in  order  to  re-furnish  our  ships,  many  of  which  had 
sustained  damage  to  bowsprits,  masts,  yards  and  sails  (the 
latter  being  much  pierced  by  shot),  as  well  as  in  their  sides 
whilst  grappling  the  Spanish  galleons,  all  such  being  much 
battered.  On  arriving  off  Tutuan,  being  a  place  under  the 
dominion  of  the  Turks  and  Moors,  we  were  made  very 
welcome,  so  that  on  the  28th  of  the  said  month  the 
Governor   came   on    board   with   many    Turkish    nobles, 


liv  INTRODUCTION. 

bidding  us  welcome  and  offering  us  every  friendship  and 
aid  we  might  require  for  our  wounded  or  otherwise.  The 
aforesaid  Governor  and  all  those  of  his  country  appeared 
to  be  very  glad  at  the  victory  granted  us  by  God  over  the 
arrogant  Spaniards. 

Here  follow  the  names  of  the  galleons  and  warships  that 
were  destroyed,  some  being  sent  to  the  bottom,  others 
burnt  and  driven  ashore,  so  riddled  with  shot  and  damaged 
as  to  render  them  unfit  for  further  use. 

The  first  galleon,  on  board  of  which  was  the  Admiral, 
was  called  the  5.  Augustine. 

The  Vice-Admiral,  Nostra  Signora  del  Vega. 

The  Rear- Admiral,  Madre  de  Dios. 

The  fourth,  6".  Anna. 

The  fifth,  Nostra  Signora  de  la  Regla. 

The  sixth,  Nostra  Signora  de  la  Conceptione. 

The  seventh,  6".  Christoffel. 

The  eighth,  Nostra  Signora  de  los  Doloros. 

The  ninth,  6".  Nicolas. 

The  tenth.  Nostra  Signora  de  Rosaros. 

The  eleventh.  Nostra  Signora  de  la  0. 

The  twelfth,  6'.  Pedro} 

There  were  some  smaller  vessels,  but  their  names  are 
unknown  to  me  ;  fourteen  of  them  were  destroyed. 

On  May  7th  God  granted  us  a  favourable  wind  so  that 
we  got  out  of  the  Strait  of  Jubaltar  and  reached  Cape 
St.  Vincent,  passing  S.  Lucas  and  Calls.  We  were  told  by 
some  who  were  at  Calis  when  the  report  of  the  defeat  at 
Jubaltar  arrived  that  there  was  such  great  wailing  in  the 
towns  all  around  that  it  was  like  the  shrieking  of  lean  pigs, 
all  crying  aloud  that  Spain  had  never  been  so  clawed  as 
now  by  us,  God  be  praised. 

1  It  will  be  seen  that  most  of  these  names  are  somewhat  muti- 
lated, but  they  are  easily  recognisable. 


INTRODUCTION.  Iv 

The  ships  that  sail  to  India  and  Nova  Hispania  are 
seven  in  number,  but  the  King,  hearing  of  the  brave 
exploit  of  the  Netherlands  ships,  ordered  them  to  proceed 
higher  up  to  Porto  Royal/  fearing  that  we  might  run  them 
down  or  set  fire  to  them.  It  was  our  intention,  if  there  had 
been  any  warships  in  the  Bay  of  Calis,  to  have  visited  them, 
but  finding  none  we  passed  on  and  reached  Cape  St. 
Vincent  this  9th  of  May,  1607. 

1  Puerto  Real,  a  little  east  of  Cadiz,  and  more  protected  than 
that  city. 


,V1  INTRODUCTION. 


THE  VARIOUS  TREATISES  by  other 
hands  included  in  Speilbergen's  Journal  call  for  a 
word  or  two  here. 

I.  The  Description  of  the  Government  of  Peru,^ 
"  compiled  by  a  Spanish  prisoner,  named  Pedro  de 
Madriga,  a  native  of  Lima,"  was,  of  course,  written 
in  that  prisoner's  own  language,  and  subsequently 
translated  into  Dutch,  probably  by  an  officer  of 
Speilbergen's  fleet,  and  by  one  not  too  well  versed 
in  Spanish,  as  the  large  number  of  errors  testify. 

That  treatise  was  in  1643  appended  (with  all  its 
original  errors,  as  printed  in  this  Dutch  edition  of 
1 6 19)  to  the  Journael  vande  Nassausche  Vloot,  ofte 
Beschryvingh  vande  Voyagie  oin  den  gantschen  Aerd- 
Kloot  ghedaen  met  elf  Schepen  onde^i  V  beleydt  van 
den  Admirael  Jaques  VH eremite  .  .  .  in  de  Jar  en 
1623,  1624,  1625  en  1626.  f  Amstelredam.  It  was 
again  appended  to  a  later  edition  of  the  same  work 
in  1648,  and  in  both  cases,  although  its  authorship 
was  properly  ascribed  to  de  Madriga,  without  ac- 
knowledgment of  its  source  or  of  any  indebtedness 
to  Speilbergen  or  his  publishers,  the  reader  being 
thus  led  to  suppose  that  de  Madriga  had  really  been 
taken  prisoner  by  the  Dutch  Admiral,  Jacques 
L'Hermite  ;  indeed,  this  misconception  was  kept  up 
by  the  fact  that  when  in  1646  Commelin  published 
his  Begin  ende  Voortgangh  vande  Vereeinghde  Neder- 
landsche  Geoctroyeerde  Oost-Indische  Compagnie^  to 
which  it  has  already  been  necessary  to  allude 
(better  known,  as  stated  above,  in  de  Renneville's 

1  Pp.  86-99, 


INTRODUCTION.  Ivil 

French  version,  as  the  Recueil  des  Voyages  qui  ont 
servi  a  V ^tablissement  de  la  Compagnie  des  Indes 
Orientales)  and  included  Speilbergen's  Oost  en  West 
Indische  Spiegel,  de  Madriga's  treatise  was  actually 
excluded  from  the  latter  and  placed  at  the  end  of 
the  Journael  van  de  Nassausche  Vlooty  as  in  the 
separate  edition  of  1643  of  that  work.  It  was  strange 
for  so  careful  an  editor  as  Commelin  to  commit,  or 
perpetuate  this  error,  but  it  would  have  been  stranger 
still  to  have  found  de  Renneville  rectify  it ;  and 
therefore  de  Madriga's  treatise  also  appears  in  his 
collection  in  the  same  collocation  as  in  the  Begin  ende 
Voortgangh. 

2.  The  Kingdom  of  Chili  and  its  Circumstances.^ 
— We  have  the  authority  of  Tiele  for  stating  that 
this  short  description  of  Chili  appended  to  de 
Madriga's  treatise  on  Peru  forms  part  of  an  un- 
published "  Declaration"  made  by  Jacob  Diricks- 
zoon  van  Purmerlant,  pilot  of  a  vessel  in  the  fleet 
of  Jacob  Mahu  and  Simon  de  Cordes  (the  expe- 
dition of  the  Five  Rotterdam  Ships  that  set  out  in 
1598)  who  was  taken  prisoner  at  Valparaiso  by 
the  Spaniards,  and  that  the  original  is  in  the 
Rijks  Archief  at  the  Hague.^  This  statement 
does  not  appear  to  be  quite  in  keeping  with  the 
facts  related  in  the  journals  of  that  expedition,^ 
but  it  is  a  small  matter,  and  possibly  Tiele  had 
later  information,  and  probably  saw  the  MS.  he 
mentions. 

^    Pp.    100,    lOI. 

^  Memoir e  bibliographique^  P«  7i- 

^  See  Commelin's  Begin  ende    Voortgangh^    Deel.    II,   No    5, 
p.  22. 


Ivlii  INTRODUCTION. 

3.  A  Discourse  by  the  very  renowned  Apoloni 

SCHOT,  A  native  OF  MiDDELBURGH,  IN  ZEELAND.^ 
— The  author  of  this  treatise  appears  to  have  been 
a  man  of  many  parts.  Van  der  Aa^  knew  him 
only  by  his  learning,  quoting  Grotius,  Heinsius, 
Barlaeus  and  Hooft  as  his  friends,  and  laying  more 
stress  upon  his  Latin  poetry  and  his  jurisprudence 
than  upon  his  geographical  treatises.  From  him, 
too,  we  learn  that  A.  Vorstius  calls  him  "  sidus 
fulgentissimum,  omnium  eruditorum  fautor  aestima- 
torque  eruditissimus,"  and  that  J.  Fr.  Gronovius 
spoke  of  him  as  "  vir  doctrina  et  virtutibus  prorsus 
incomparabilis,  ac  eo  major,  quo  id  magis  tegit" 

De  Jonge,  on  the  other  hand,  speaks  of  him  as 
"  the  gallant  captain  "  whom  Admiral  van  Caerden,^ 
in  June,  1608,  entrusted  with  the  charge  of  the 
garrison  at  Taffasoho,^  on  the  island  of  Macjan, 
after  routing  the  Spaniards,  the  Dutch  occupation 
of  the  fort  securing  the  whole  island  for  the  East 
India  Company.^  There  he  remained  as  captain 
and  chief  factor  until  1611,^  assisting  in  a  successful 
attack  upon  the  Spanish  fort  on  Batjan  Island, 
November  25,  1609,^  which  resulted  in  an  offensive 
and  defensive  alliance  against  Spain  and  Portugal 
between  the  King  of  Ternate  and  the  Dutch  on 
the  one  side,  and  the  chief  ruler  of  Batjan  on  the 

1  Pp.  133-149- 

2  Biographisch  Woordenboek^  Deel.  XVII,  pp.  456,  457. 
2   Vide  p.  135,  note  2. 

*    Vide  The  Discourse^  p.  136,  in  this  volume. 

^  De  Opkomst  van  het  Nederlandtsch  gezag  in  Oost  Indie^ 
Deel  III,  p.  66. 

6  Op.  cit.,  Deel  III,  p.  396. 

'^  Vide  The  Discourse^  p.  137,  and  Dejonge^  Op.  cit.^  Deel  III, 
pp.  104  and  ^Z^. 


INTRODUCTION.  llX 

Other.  A  copy  of  this  treaty  is  given  in  extenso 
by  de  Jonge,^  followed  by  a  letter  from  Schot  to 
the  Governor  of  Banda,  dated  Jan.  3,  1610,2  des- 
cribing the  conquest  of  Batjan  Island  in  1609. 

The  terms  in  which  the  Discourse  is  alluded  to 
at  the  end  of  a  subsequent  treatise  concerning  the 
forts  and  abandoned  places^  would  almost  lead  to 
the  inference  that  Schot  wrote  it  specially  for  in- 
sertion in  the  Spiegel,  whilst  from  the  fact  that 
reference  is  more  than  once  made  in  the  text  itself 
to  "documents  and  letters  .  .  .  appended  hereunto"* 
it  would  appear  as  if  it  formed  some  kind  of 
official  report.  We  have  seen  that  Schot  wrote  to 
Hendrick  van  Bergel,  Governor  of  Banda,  relating 
the  conquest  of  Batjan  I.,  and  in  Commelin's 
Begin  ende  Voortgangh,  included  in  a  large  num- 
ber of  narratives  appended  to  the  Journael  of 
Pieter  Willemsz.  Verhoeven,  there  comes,  after 
a  copy  of  this  Discourse,  another,  describing  a 
voyage  performed  by  Schot  to  "  Botton,  Solor, 
and  Tymor,^'  dated  July,  161 3,  and  addressed  to 
Mathijs  Couteel,  at  Bantam.  Schot,  therefore,  as 
de  Jonge  leads  one  to  suppose,  was  evidently  as 
ready  with  the  pen  as  with  the  sword. 

There  is  a  divergence  of  opinion  concerning  his 
later  history.  De  Jonge^  makes  no  mention  of  him 
after  161 1,  and  the  letter  of  July,  161 3,  to  Couteel, 
was  written  on  board  the  vessel  Der  Veer  ;"*"  Tiele^ 


^  Op.  cit,  Deel  III,  pp.  328-330. 
2  De  Jonge,  Op.  cit.,  Deel.  Ill,  pp.  331-334- 
^   Vide  p.  160.  *   Vide  pp.  143  and  146.  ^  Op.  cit. 

^  Begin  ende  Voortgangh,  Deel  II,  Pt.  15. 
^  Memoire  bibliographique  sur  les  journaux  des   navigateurs 
Neerlandais,  p.  176. 


INTRODUCTION. 

says  that  he  perished  in  the  river  of  Jacatra  on  the 
25th  November,  161 3,  and  van  der  Aa^  states  that 
he  returned  to  Middelburg,  his  native  town,  was 
appointed  pensionary  and  councillor,  and  died  ist 
November,  1639. 

4.  A  Short  Description  ...  of  the  Forts  and 

Concerning  some  abandoned  Places.^— This 
treatise  has  likewise  been  appended,  in  Commelin's 
Begin  ende  Voortgangh,  to  the  above-mentioned^ 
Journal  of  Verhoeven,  without  further  indication  of 
authorship  than  that  of  following  immediately  upon 
Schot's  "  Discourse."  From  the  fact  of  its  being 
dated  July,  161 6,  which  date  coincides  with  that 
upon  which  the  "Discourse"  is  interpolated  in 
Speilbergen's  Journal,*  it  appears  very  probable  that 
this  "  Description  "  formed  part  of  that  treatise.  It 
has,  however,  been  left  in  this  edition  in  the  position 
it  occupies  in  the  Dutch  one  of  1619,  to  append  it 
to  Schot's  "  Discourse "  being  a  bolder  piece  of 
editing  than  the  evidence  of  its  authorship  would 
strictly  warrant. 

5.  A  List  of  the  Vessels,^  from  its  date,  style  and 

matter,  is  manifestly  an  accompanying  document  to 
the  preceding. 

1  Biographisch  Woordenboek^  Deel  XVII,  p.  456. 

2  See  pp.  154-160.  3  See  under  3,  p.  lix. 
*  See  p.  133.  -^    Vide  pp.  160-162. 


INTRODUCTION.  Ixi 


N.B.— THE  SPELLING  of  all  proper  names,  with  their 
numerous  variations,  is  given  as  in  the  original,  but,  except 
where  quite  superfluous  for  the  purpose  of  identification, 
the  modern  English  appellation  will  be  found  in  a  foot-note, 
whilst  every  form  used  is  comprised  in  the  Index.  In 
general,  the  names  of  native  objects  have  been  dealt  with 
in  the  same  manner. 

The  reproduction  (opposite  pp.  8/  and  137)  of  two 
pages  of  the  original  text — in  addition  to  that  of  May's 
important  note  (opposite  p.  128) — will  give  an  idea  of  the 
peculiarities  of  the  Dutch  version,  and  likewise  show  the 
liberties  which  the  diarists,  and  possibly  also  the  printer, 
allowed  themselves  to  take  with  the  Spanish  language. 
May  they  also  serve  to  show  that  an  endeavour  has  been 
made  to  render  faithfully,  without  embellishment,  both 
the  sense  and  style  of  the  Dutch. 

The  Society  is  indebted  to  its  Honorary  Secretary,  Mr. 
B.  H.  Soulsby,  for  the  compilation  of  the  Bibliography 
and  Index. 


EAST  AND  WEST  INDIAN 
MIRROR 


Of  the  two  most  recent  voyages  per- 
formed In  the  years  1614,  161 5,  161 6,  161 7  and 
1 61 8,  wherein  is   shown   in  what  manner  JoRlS 
VAN     Speilbergen     circumnavigated     the 
world  by  way  of  the  Magellanes,  with 
some  battles,  on  sea  and  land,  and 
two  narratives,  one  of  the  East, 
the    other   of    the    West 
Indies,  the  number  of 
forts,  soldiers,  ships 
and  cannon. 

With  the  Australian  Navigations  of  Jacob  le 
Maire,  who  passed  through  a  new  strait  in 
the    South,   with    the    many  strange 
things  they  met  with  in  coun- 
tries, peoples,  and  nations, 
depicted  in  26  copper- 
plates. 

Nicolaes  van  Geelkercken,  Leyden,  Anno  16 19. 


The  wording  of  the  preceding  title-page,  which  is  that  of 
the  Dutch  edition  of  1619,  was,  evidently  also  in  Dutch  eyes, 
so  ambiguous  that,  on  the  publication  of  the  edition  of  1621 
(which,  so  far  as  the  text  is  concerned,  is  merely  a  re-print), 
the  publisher  thought  it  desirable  to  draw  up  a  fresh  one, 
and  this  is  therefore,  for  the  sake  of  its  greater  clearness, 
also  reproduced  here,  with  an  accompanying  English  version. 
In  the  second,  however,  as  in  the  first,  the  year  161 8  was 
erroneously  added. 


EAST  AND  WEST   INDIAN 
MIRROR, 

WHEREIN    ARE    DESCRIBED 

The   Two   most    recent  Navigations  performed   in 
the  years  1614,  1615,  1616,  1617  and  1618. 

The  one  by  the  renowned  Marine  hero,  J  oris  van 

Spilbergen,  through  the  Strait  of  Magellanes, 

and  so  around  the  entire  globe, 

With  all  the  battles  fought  both  on  land  and  water. 

To  this   are   added   two  accounts,   the  one  of  the 

East,  the  other  of  the  West  Indies,  with  the  number 

of  ships,  forts,  soldiers  and  guns. 


The  other  performed    by  Jacob    le   Maire,  who 

discovered  a  New  Strait  south  of  Magellanes  Strait, 

with  a  description  of  all  countries,  peoples 

and  natives,     All  adorned  with  fine 

maps  and  plates  expedient 

hereunto. 


Jan  Janssz.,  Bookseller,  at  the  sign  of  the  Pas-Caert, 
op  't  Water,  Amsterdam,  A^  MDCXXI. 


TO   THEIR    HIGH    MIGHTINESSES 
MY    LORDS    THE    STATES    GENERAL 

OF  THE 

FREE  UNITED   NETHERLANDS 

AND 

TO   HIS   MOST  SERENE   HIGHNESS 

AURICE,  by  the  Grace  of  God,  Prince 
of  Orange,  Count  of  Nassau,  Catzen- 
elleboghen,  Vianden,  Diets,  Lingen, 
Muers,  Buren  and  Leerdam  ;  Mar- 
quis of  Vere  and  Vlissinghen,  Lord 
and  Baron  of  Breda,  the  town  of 
Grave  and  the  lands  of  Cuyck,  Diest,  Grimberghen,  Arlay, 
Noseroy,  St.  Vit  and  Daesborch  ;  Hereditary  Burgrave  of 
Antwerp  and  Bezan^on  ;  Governor  and  Captain-General 
of  the  United  Provinces  of  the  Netherlands  ;  Admiral- 
General  at  Sea,  etc. 


High  and  Mighty  Sirs  and  Most  Serene 
Prince, 

The  pleasure  I  derived  from  revealing  and  describing 
my  previous  voyages  has  served  me  as  an  incentive  and 
caused  me  to  omit  nothing  worthy  of  mention  from  this 

B 


2  DEDICATION. 

narrative  of  my  last  journey,  performed  with  six  vessels 
through  the  Magelanes,  along  the  coasts  of  Chili,  Peru, 
Nova  Hispania  and  California,  the  Manilles,  Molucques, 
and  other  East  Indian  shores,  but  to  observe  and  set 
down  whatever  the  daily  circumstances  and  a  visit  to  the 
localities  brought  before  our  eyes ;  the  more  so  as  I 
deemed  such  to  appertain  to  my  office,  since  I  had  the 
honour  of  being  employed  on  that  journey  as  Commander- 
General,  with  a  commission  from  Your  High  Mightinesses 
and  Princely  Excellency.  I  therefore  beg  that  the  Aforesaid 
may  be  pleased  to  accept  the  said  work  with  a  benevolence 
equal  to  the  zeal  and  attachment  with  which  the  same 
is  dedicated  and  offered  to  Your  High  Mightinesses  and 
Princely  Excellency  by  their  most  humble  and  faithful 
servant, 

JORIS  VAN   SPEILBERGEN. 


^ 


TO    THE    READER.^ 


iRACIOUS  READER,  having  resolved 
to  set  before  you  as  in  a  mirror  some 
strange  things  that  the  art  of  naviga- 
tion has  brought  to  light — an  art  which 
in  these  our  days  has  become  so 
famous,  and  has,  moreover,  revealed  to 
us  many  lands  of  which  Strabo  and  Ptolemy  make  no 
mention,  to  wit,  such  lands  as  lie  beyond  the  realms  of  Asia, 
Africa,  and  Europe,  where  in  recent  years  we  have  received 
ample  assurance,  both  from  experience  and  from  living 
witnesses,  that  there  are  various  new-found  lands  that  have 
been  and  are  daily  being  discovered  by  Dutch  navigators — I 
have  therefore  thought  fit  to  depict  for  you,  both  in  writing 
and  copper-plates,  the  two  most  recent  and  most  excellent 
voyages,  in  order  to  extol  to  the  highest  degree  by  this 
means  those  navigators,  who,  with  their  directors,  will 
herein  find  for  the  expense,  labour,  danger,  and  trouble 
incurred  by  them,  laurels  which,  in  addition  to  the  rich 
profits,  will  endure  to  the  end  of  the  world  ;  whilst  the 


^  This  is  obviously  merely  the  publisher's  preface,  which  the  authors 
of  the  two  Journals  probably  never  saw  in  manuscript.  Ii  would  other- 
wise be  difficult  to  conceive  how  either  could  have  allowed  such  glaring 
inaccuracies  as  Mendura  pana  and  the  Straits  of  Tagiina  Sanguine 
{vide  p.  5)  to  pass  into  print. 

B  2 


4  TO   THE   READER. 

reader  will  be  greatly  pleased  to  learn  all  things  most 
pertinently,  without  risking  his  life  in  the  investigation  of 
these  rarities,  and  obtain  a  very  good  knowledge  of  all 
foreign  countries,  peoples,  nations  and  trade,  just  as  if  he 
had  visited  the  same  in  person.  I  therefore  set  before  you 
here  in  what  manner  Their  High  Mightinesses  the  States, 
His  Princely  Excellency  Maurice  of  Nassau,  and  the 
Directors  of  the  East  India  Company,  equipped  a  fleet  of 
six  vessels,  under  the  command  of  Joris  van  Speilbergen,  to 
sail  through  Magelanes  Strait  and  the  Southern  Sea  to  India. 
Thus  it  came  about  that  the  aforesaid  Speilbergen,  after 
setting  out  from  these  United  Netherlands,  did,  by  God's 
mercy,  pass  the  Canarie  Islands,  the  Cape  Verde  or  Salt 
Isles,  the  equinoctial  line,  and  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn, 
skirt  the  coast  of  Brazil,  from  St.  Vincent^  to  Cape  Vergine,^ 
pass  through  the  Strait  of  Magelanes  and  along  the  coast 
of  Schily,2  touch  at  the  island  of  La  Moche,*  Sta.  Maria, 
Conseption,  Quintera,^  Valparisa,^  and  Arica,  and  engaging 
in  an  encounter  or  battle,  first  by  night  and  afterwards  by 
day,  off  Canjette^  in  Peru,  with  the  fleet  that  set  out  from 
Lima  under  the  command  of  Don  Rodrigo  de  Mendosa, 
did  enter  the  famous  harbour  of  Lima,  named  Caljou,^  the 
harbour  of  Guerme,^  and  capture  the  town  of  Peyta  ;^^  and 
then,  proceeding  further  along  the  coast  of  Nova  Hispania, 
Aquapolco,^^  Selages,^^  St.  Jago^^  and  Natividat^^  as  far  as 


1  S.  Vicente,  near  Santos. 

2  Cabo  de  las  Virgenes.  ^  Chile.  *  La  Mocha. 

^  Quintero.  ^  Valparaiso. 

"^  Caneta.     This  town  is  some  distance  inland  on  the  river  of  the 
same  name. 

^  Callao.  ^  Huarmey. 

i<>  Payta.  ^^  Acapulco. 

12  The  two  bays  of  Salagua  and  Santiago  face  the  neck  of  land  on 
which  the  town  of  Manzanillo  now  stands. 

1'  Navidad,  in  19°  13' N. 


TO   THE   READER.  5 

the  discovery  of  Californis  and  some  islands  thereabouts,  we 
took  our  course  to  the  Lad  rone  Islands  or  Islos  de  Velos, 
to  Cape  Spirite  Santos,^  Maneljos  Straits,^  the  Island  of 
Capul,  Mendura^  and  other  islands  as  far  as  the  bay  of  the 
town  of  Manilja,*  passed  for  the  rest  along  Mendura^ 
pana,^  Cadera/  Mindenao,^  the  Straits  of  Tagima^  San- 
guine,^^  as  far  as  the  rich  and  famous  Moluques  Islands,  and 
anchoring  with  the  aforesaid  fleet  of  six  vessels  off  the  town 
of  Maleyen  in  Ternaten,  continued  our  voyage  to  Java  and 
this  country.  For  the  better  elucidation  of  the  following 
journal  and  narratives  we  have,  in  order  more  fully  to 
instruct  the  kind  reader,  added  hereunto,  with  great  dili- 
gence, expense,  and  trouble,  drawings  of  all  the  afore- 
mentioned places,  and  also  an  account  of  the  whole  voyage, 
with  a  description  of  the  brave  assiduity  and  care  of  the 
leaders  and  all  others  of  this  fleet,  who  at  all  times  quitted 
them  in  true  and  manly  fashion  for  the  service  and  honour 
of  our  dear  country. 

Secondly,  mention  is  made  in  the  following  Journal  of  a 
new  thoroughfare  or  passage  in  the  south,  whereof  we 
were  assured  by  the  most  renowned  Jacob  le  Maire,  whose 
journey  is  added  hereunto  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  he 
died  on  Speilbergen's  ship  whilst  returning,  and  also 
because  our  two  voyages  took  place  at  the  same  time 
as  the  Australian  Navigation  was  begun  and  completed 
by  Jacob  le  Maire,  which  is  likewise  very  pleasantly 
illustrated  with  his  maps  and  figures. 


1  C.  Espiritu  Santo,  in  the  Philippines. 

2  The  Straits  of  Manila.  ^  Mindoro. 
*  Manila.  ^  Mindoro. 
^  Panay. 

^  Cape  la  Caldera,  the  most  westerly  point  of  the  I.  of  Mindanao. 
®  The  island,  not  the  town. 

^  Between  the  island  of  Taguima,  the  ancient  name  for  Basilan  I., 
and  the  island  of  Mindanao. 

^^  Sangir  I.,  called  Sangnijn  in  the  text  (p.  127). 


ODE^ 

IN    HONOUR   OF   THESE   FRESH    NAVIGATIONS. 


When  Ceres  started  up  with  rich  ripe  ears  becrowned, 

And  threshing-floors  groaned  loud  'neath  many  a  golden  mound  ; 

When  Autumn  still  was  stained  with  wealth  of  Bacchus'  sap, 
And  dropped  the  luscious  grape  into  each  joyful  lap  ; 

Equipped  was  then  the  fleet  to  ride  the  billows  blue, 
To  sail  around  the  earth  and  cut  the  ocean  through  : 

How  great  the  enterprise,  how  glorious  the  deed  ! 

That  on  their  long,  drear  way  these  doughty  men  did  lead, 

In  honour  of  the  Lord  to  view  Earth's  marvels  all, 
To  see  the  landscapes  fair  that  rose  up  at  His  call, 

Adorned  with  fruits  so  sweet,  with  many  kinds  of  creatures, 
With  mountains,  woods  and  dales,  and  all  such  varied  features 

As  Nature  with  her  arts  makes  diff'rently  appear  : 
Magellan's  Strait,  to  wit,  a  passage  much  to  fear, 

Where  oft  they  pay  Death's  toll  who  that  false  course  would  run, 
A  way  with  dangers  set,  which  we  had  liked  to  shun. 

Though  biting  cold  came  ever  piercing  through  our  skin. 
Steadfast  and  ever  true  our  purpose  we  did  win. 

Barbaric  giants  wild  sprang  up  from  out  their  lair, 
Human  in  their  shape,  but  of  all  human  feelings  bare. 

We  rode  the  blasting  wind,  the  fearful  tempests  through. 
Which  caused  us  much  delay  these  Straits  to  get  into. 

But  honour  was  at  stake,  so  one  and  all  did  fight 
Most  bravely  and  like  men  to  steer  our  course  aright. 

So  that  we  soon  passed  through,  God  granting  this  salvation, 
For  the  fame  and  honour  great  of  the  Netherlandish  nation. 

We  sailed  the  Southern  Sea,  where  the  Spaniard  spied  our  trail. 
And  brought  the  King's  ships  up  to  fight  us  tooth  and  nail. 

*  The  jingle  and  metre  of  which  have  been  retained. 


ODE. 

Well  armed  with  shot  and  shell,  their  Dons  and  colonels  bold 
Line  up  their  men-at-arms,  who  glitt'ring  halberds  hold 

To  beat  us  off  their  coasts  and  drive  us  back  again  ; 
But  all  that  mighty  force  strove  this  to  do  in  vain. 

The  Sacrament  received,  each  blithely  boards  his  ship. 
Intending  us  to  hang  when  we're  smitten  on  the  hip. 

The  vain  hope  Folly  cherished  their  brav'ry  could  not  win. 
Who  digs  a  pit  for  others,  oft  falls  himself  therein. 

When  now  on  earth  all  cares  by  slumber  sweet  were  lightened 
The  darkness  of  the  night  the  flash  of  cannon  brightened. 

The  Spanish  Commandant,  Rodrigo  de  Mendoza, 
Was  loth  to  know  us  there  and  not  approach  us  closer. 

That  arrogance  of  his  we  quickly  turned  to  mourning, 
Three-fifty  cavaliers  we  drowned  with  little  warning. 

It  was  a  gruesome  sight,  by  hellish  sounds  attended, 
As  though  the  elements  were  eke  thereat  offended. 

No  brave  or  manly  heart  was  wanting  in  the  fray, 
Each  fought  as  if  his  deeds  alone  must  win  the  day. 

When  black  night  by  the  dawn  from  heaven's  vault  was  swept. 
With  shouts  and  cries  of  rage  each  man  to  combat  leapt. 

Full  soon  the  Spanish  arms  with  shame  were  turned  to  rout, 
Their  men,  their  ships,  their  wealth,  left  scattered  all  about. 

The  vessels  that  we  took,  the  towns  and  forts  we  carried, 
I  need  not  here  relate,  nor  how  the  land  we  harried. 

The  fortress  Acapulco  did  pay  us  toll  and  tax 

In  numbers  of  fat  cattle,  ripe  fruits  in  well-filled  sacks. 

Then  joyfully  our  sails  were  set  to  hie  away. 
And  California's  coast  we  kept  in  sight  by  day. 

God  gave  us  wind  so  fair  that  we  could  scarcely  fail 
The  islands  of  Ladrone  within  a  trice  to  hail. 

Here  fruits  of  various  kinds  were  brought  us,  and  full  soon 
These  healed  our  sick  on  board,  and  proved  indeed  a  boon. 

At  Capul,  'tis  an  isle  that's  under  Spanish  rule, 

Each  native  came  with  gifts  our  parching  throats  to  cool. 


ODE. 

Then  further  on  we  passed  Manilla's  Strait  with  speed, 
And  entering  the  bay  in  triumph  took  our  meed 

Of  tribute  from  the  Dons,  for  junks  and  sampangs  came 
With  goodly  victuals  stored  to  set  us  up  again. 

And  so  the  fleet  was  fed  for  many  months  right  well. 
When  Mindenao  was  reached,  the  natives  there  did  tell 

That  Spain  their  foeman  was,  and  pressed  us  straight  away 
For  friendship,  favour,  help  ;  how  could  we  say  them  nay  ? 

Of  poultry  and  of  fruit  they  also  brought  great  store  ; 
At  length,  when  out  we'd  been  of  months  about  a  score, 

To  Ternaten  we  came,  for  which  we'd  long  looked  out. 
Where  all  were  well  received  in  blithe  and  friendly  rout. 

The  Governor  Reael  did  welcome  us  as  friends 

To  the  city  of  Maleye  ;  in  praise  then  each  knee  bends 

That  we  are  brought  thus  far,  with  numbers  undiminished, 
In  mercy  and  in  love,  with  labours  well-nigh  finished". 

They  marvelled  us  to  see,  whilst  we  were  glad  to  meet 
A  fleet  that  had  just  come  from  far  Magellan's  street. 

When  Governor  Reael  in  July  gave  command 

That  Speilberg  and  some  men  in  Java's  isle  should  land. 

The  Zeeland  vfdiS  the  one,  the  other  A7iisterdam^^ 
That  set  out  for  Japar,  Jacatra,  and  Bantam. 

How  from  Dutch  lands  we  saw  there  many  ships  arrive. 
All  filled  with  wealth  and  men,  is  in  our  Narrative. 

From  Zumatra,  Japan,  Arabia,  India,  treasures 

Came,  captured  from  our  foes,  and  all  by  warlike  measures. 

Ofl"  Jacatra,  Bantam,  nigh  three  months  had  we  lain. 
Ere  all  such  cargo  rich  Into  our  holds  was  ta'en, 

At  length,  our  anchors  weighed,  we  set  sail  in  December, 
And  took  good  care  each  man  his  duty  should  remember 

To  get  us  swift  return,  and  God,  so  ends  our  story, 

Did  grant  us  this,  wherefore  to  Him  be  praise  and  glory. 

A.  L.  Z. 


The  rhymester  was  mistaken  ;  the  vessels  were  not  so  named,  but 
equipped  by  the  province  of  Zeeland  and  the  town  of  Amsterdam 
(see  pp.  II,  132  and  153). 


TO   THE    BINDER. 


This  is  the  order  in  which  the  plates  should  i 

stand  in 

relation  to  the  pages.^ 

NO. 

PAGE 

I.  Map  of  the  World 

10 

2.  St.  Vincent^ 

24 

3.  Magelanes  Strait 

38 

4.  Island  of  La  Mocha 

52 

5.  St.  Maria 

54 

6.  Conception 

62 

7.  Val  Parysa^ 

.      63 

8.  Quintero  Bay 

64 

9.  The  Battle  by  Night 

72 

10.  The  Battle  by  Day 

74 

II.  Caljou  de  Lima    . 

78 

12.  The  hamlet  of  Guarme*  . 

81 

13.  The  Capture  of  Payta      . 

82 

14.  The  Castle  of  Aquapolque^ 

107 

15.  St.  lago,  Selagues,^  and  Natividaet^ 

no 

16.  The  Ladrone  Islands 

114 

17.  Manila  Strait       .             .             .             . 

117 

18.  Manila  Bay 

120 

19.  Map  of  the  Indies 

128 

,     20.  Macjan  and  Bacjan. 

136 

21.  Amboyna  and  Solor 

154 

22.  Port  Desire 

181 

23.  Le  Mair's  Strait  .             .             .             . 

187 

24.  Cocos  Island 

200 

25.  Horn  Island 

206 

1  The  pagination  has  been  transposed  to  that  of  this  edition. 

2  S.  Vicente,  near  Santos,  on  the  Brazil  coast. 

3  Valparaiso.  ^  Huarmey.  ^  Acapulco. 
^  Salagua.                                                                ^  Navidad, 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL. 


Historical  Journal  of  the  Voyage 

undertaken  from  out  the  United  Netherlands  with 

six  vessels  equipped  by  the  Renowned  Directors  of 

the  East  India  Company,  to  wit,  the  Groote  Sonne, 

the   Groote  Mane,  the  Jciger}    a   yacht,  the 

Meeuwe,  of  Amsterdam,  the^^/?/^,  of  Zealand, 

and  the  Morgensfer,  of  Rotterdam, 

in  order  to  sail 

Through  the  Straits  of  Magallanes  to  the  Molucques 

under  the  orders  of  Mister  JORIS  VAN  SPILBERGHEN 

as  Commander  -  General  of  the  Fleet,  with  a 

commission  from  Their  High  Mightinesses  the 

States-General  and  His  Princely 

Excellency. 


ON  the  eighth  of  August  of  the  year  sixteen  hundred 
and  eighteen,^  we  sailed  out  from  Texel  with  the 
help  of  God  with  four  ships,  the  wind  being  south-east  : 
may  the  same  God  grant  us  good  fortune  and  prosperity 
on  this  voyage.     Amen. 

On  the  9th  ditto,  the  wind  veered  to  the  south-west. 
On  the  loth,  the  yacht  and  the  Meeuwe  got  separated 
from  us  through  a  bad  look-out. 

^  This  is  frequently  referred  to  merely  as  "de  Jacht"  (=the  yacht)  ; 
where  there  is  danger  of  ambiguity  this  designation  has  been  retained 
in  the  translation  to  distinguish  the  vessel  from  the  other  yacht,  "  de 
Meeuwe."  The  size  of  these  two  vessels  explains  the  mention  of  only 
"four  ships"  in  the  opening  paragraph. 

2  A  slip  for  fourteen,  as  is  later  most  evident, 


12  speilbergen's  journal.        [Aug.,  1614 

On  the  1 2th,  arrangements  were  made  for  dealing  out 
bread,  and  four  and  a-half  pounds  per  week  were  ordered 
to  be  given  each  man. 

Sailing  in  this  fashion  until  the  night  of  the  i6th,  we 
then  saw  one  of  our  ships,  the  ^olus,  of  Vlissinghen, 
lying  at  anchor  near  the  Zingels  ;^  wherefore,  with  the 
consent  of  the  Admiral,  it  was  deemed  proper  by  the 
skippers  and  mates  to  run  to  the  Downs,  which  was  done. 

On  the  1st  of  September,  the  yacht  came  back  to  us, 
having  lain  so  long  at  Pleydmuyen,^  for  which  the  skipper 
could  not  find  any  excuse. 

On  the  morning  of  the  2nd,  we  had  a  contrary  or  head- 
wind, and  the  ^olus,  coming  to  the  Admiral,  informed 
him  that  she  was  leaking  badly ;  wherefore  we  ran  with  all 
the  ships  and  two  other  merchantmen  to  the  Isle  of  Wight, 
and  anchored  at  night  off  the  Cow^  before  the  Castle. 

There  we  stayed  some  days,  and  on  the  12th  regulations 
were  made  regarding  the  beer,  each  man  being  allowed 
one  tankard  per  day. 

On  the  15th,  the  Admiral  held  a  general  inspection 
of  the  whole  fleet. 

On  the  1 6th,  the  Admiral  having  caused  a  shot  to  be 
fired  as  a  signal  for  setting  sail,  we  all  weighed  anchor  and 
put  out  to  sea. 

On  the  17th,  the  wind  blowing  from  the  west,  we  had  a 
stiff  breeze. 

On  the  1 8th,  the  wind  veered  entirely  to  the  north,  and 
we,  steering  our  course  north  by  west,  made  good  progress 
for  some  days  in  this  fashion. 

On  the  27th,  the  wind  being  again  south-west,  and  our 
course  lying  south-east,  we  got  along  pretty  fairly,  and  at 
mid-day  we  were  in  18°  of  latitude. 

On  the  afternoon  we  saw  a  drifting  mast  which  had  been 

*  The  Shingles,  Dungeness.  ^  Plymouth.  ^  Cowes. 


Sept.,  1 6 14]        speilbergen's  journal.  13 

struck  by  lightning,  and  some  of  our  ships  coming  near  it 
saw  round  about  the  said  mast  great  numbers  of  fish,  of 
which  we  caught  so  many  that  two  hundred  men  ate  their 
fill  of  them.  Towards  evening,  we  hauled  the  said  mast 
on  board,  and  it  came  in  very  handy  to  us  for  repairs. 

Sailing  further  along  until  the  3rd  of  October,  we  were 
then  in  the  latitude  of  the  island  of  Madera. 

On  the  6th,  the  Admiral  invited  to  his  ship  the  two 
skippers  of  the  merchantmen  who  were  in  our  company, 
and  after  a  friendly  leave-taking  many  letters  were  given 
them  to  forward  home. 

The  same  night  it  blew  a  top-gallant  gale  from  the  east, 
our  course  lying  south-west  by  south. 

On  the  9th  we  saw  the  high  country  of  Canaria,  and 
shortly  after  the  land  Gerensycque,^  from  which  the  peak 
mountain  rises  very  high. 

On  the  17th,  in  the  afternoon,  we  closed  the  starboard 
hatch,  and  sailed  west,  afterwards  west  by  south. 

And  in  the  evening  the  Admiral  sent  the  Meeuwe  on  in 
front,  with  orders  to  fire  a  shot  as  soon  as  they  spied  land. 

On  the  1 8th,  the  same  breeze  and  progress  continuing, 
we  were  at  midday  in  18°  of  latitude,  and  during  the  night 
the  Jag-er  and  the  Meeuwe  sailed  on  in  front. 

On  the  morning  of  the  19th  we  saw  no  land,  but  Job 
Cornelissen,  skipper  of  the  ^Eolus^  came  to  the  Admiral, 
and  earnestly  assured  him  that  the  islands  lay  farther 
back  ;  wherefore  the  .Admiral,  hoisting  his  pennant,  called 
a  Broad  Council,  and  by  order  of  the  same  we  closed  the 
hatches  towards  night,  and  set  our  course  east-south-east. 

On  the  2 1st  we  came  in  sight  of  He  de  Brave,2and  after- 
wards of  He  de  Fogue,^  which  lay  very  high.  The  Admiral 
then  gave  orders  for  the  Jager  and  the  Meeuwe  to  run  on 
in  advance,  and  lie  close  under  the  He  de  Brave,  in  order 

1  Teneriffe.  ^  Brava  or  Sao  Joao,  in  14°  49'  N.,  24°  45'  W. 

3  Fogo,  in  14°  53'  N.,  24°  30'  W. 


14  speilbergen's  journal.         r^^^'  i^H 

to  find  a  good  anchorage  there,  and  to  signal  the  same  by 
the  flag  and  a  shot. 

In  the  afternoon  we  were  in  15°  30'  latitude,  and  so  we 
sailed  past  the  Salt  Islands,  which  are  not  placed  in  the 
right  latitude  in  the  maps,  as  we  find  them  marked  by 
Captain  Vincent^  in  17°.  .         ^ 

On  the  24th  we  were  not  far  from  the  land,  and  sailed 
towards  it  all  together ;  the  Jager  and  the  Meeuwe,  how- 
ever, a  little  in  advance  close  in  to  the  shore.  But  finding 
that  there  was  no  anchorage  for  the  large  vessels,  we  put 
out  to  sea  again,  taking  our  course  south-south-east. 

On  the  25th,  continual  rain  falling,  we  collected  a  deal 
of  water  in  sheets,  cloths,  shirts,  and  other  things,  and  it 
was  very  calm  all  day. 

After  deliberation,  it  was  resolved  by  the  Broad  Council 
to  put  forth  every  endeavour  to  double  Cape  Frio,  and 
proceed  so  to  the  He  Grande,  on  the  coast  of  Braseil,  in 
order  to  lay  in  a  stock  of  wood  and  water. 

On  the  26th,  regulations  were  made  for  dealing  out 
water  and  wine,  and  each  man  was  ordered  to  be  given 
twelve  pannikins  of  water  and  two  pannikins  of  French 
wine  daily.  The  same  afternoon  we  were  in  latitude 
13°  34',  and  we  sailed  on  the  whole  night  south  by  east. 

On  the  28th,  early  in  the  morning  during  the  day-watch, 
we  had  a  squall,  with  rain,  lightning,  and  much  wind, 
coming  from  the  east-south-east,  and  our  course  lying 
south  and  south  by  east. 

From  October  30th  until  November  17th  we  had  con- 
tinually much  calm  weather,  a  deal  of  rain  and  variable 
winds,  as  often  happens  in  that  clime. 

On  November  22,  the  Admiral  called   up  all  the  men. 


1  Vicente  Yanez  Pinzon,  Spanish  navigator.  He  supplied  Columbus 
with  an  eighth  of  the  expenses  of  the  expedition  to  discover  America, 
and  v^^as  himself  in  command  of  one  of  the  vessels.  He  was  the  first 
Spaniard  to  cross  the  Line  in  1499,  discovered  the  mouth  of  the 
Amazon,  and  sailed  along  the  coast  of  Brazil. 


Nov.,  1614]  SPEILBERGEN'S   JOURNAL.  1 5 

and  told  them  with  good  reasons  that  each  man  could  not 
have  more  than  eight  pannikins  of  water  per  day  in 
addition  to  his  usual  wine. 

The  same  afternoon  we  were  in  2°  8'  latitude,  and  sailed 
with  a  south-east  wind,  our  course  being  south  by  west 
and  sou'-sou'-west. 

On  December  9th,  after  the  whole  fleet  had  hoisted 
their  flags,  a  general  prayer  was  offered  up,  and  we  all 
praised  Almighty  God  that  he  had  brought  us  so  safely 
through  the  dangerous  shoals  of  the  Abroles,^  which  extend 
very  far  out  to  sea. 

The  same  evening  each  mess  was  given  a  stoop  of 
Spanish  wine  in  addition  to  the  usual  allowance. 

On  the  nth,  the  wind  blowing  from  the  north,  we  sailed 
with  a  topsail  west  by  south,  in  order  to  discover  the  land. 

At  dawn  on  the  morning  of  the  13th,  we  came  in  sight 
of  the  land  of  Brasilia,  and  the  mates  were  of  opinion, 
judging  by  the  latitude  they  had  taken  that  night,  and  the 
appearance  of  the  land  that  we  saw,  that  it  was  Saint 
Clara^  and  Cape  Santhome.  According  to  guess,  we  were 
still  about  4  miles  from  the  shore,  and  we  cast  the  line  in 
26  fathoms. 

The  land  of  Brasilia  was  rather  high,  full  of  hills,  some 
very  pointed,  and  others  being  big  and  massive,  but  on  the 
coast  it  was  flat.  Towards  evening  it  was  thought  fit  and 
decided  that  we  should  again  run  out  seawards,  and  return 
again  to  the  shore  at  midnight,  as  was  done.  But  finding 
there  a  great  shoal,  the  vessel,  the  Groote  Son,  fired  a  shot 
in  order  to  warn  the  other  ships  still  to  hold  out  for  a 
while  seawards. 

About  two  hours  before  daylight  we  turned  and  sailed 
south-south-west,  running  along  the  shore. 

On  the  14th,  we  sailed  almost  the  whole  day  along  the 
shore,  and  in  the  afternoon  it  became  very  calm. 

^  Abrolhos.  "^  This  name  has  disappeared  from  the  maps. 


l6  SPEILBERGENS  JOURNAL.  [Dec,  1614 

Towards  evening  we  came  in  for  a  strong  squall,  which 
lasted  a  long  time,  with  continual  rain,  so  that  we  had  to 
take  in  all  the  sails.  In  the  evening  we  cast  anchor  in 
14  fathoms. 

On  the  morning  of  the  1 5th,  the  Admiral  had  the  white 
ensign  hoisted,  and  shortly  afterwards  summoned  the 
council. 

Towards  evening  we  set  sail  with  a  south-east  wind, 
taking  a  sou'-sou'-westerly  course  along  the  shore  until 
after  nightfall,  when,  about  two  hours  after  the  setting  of 
the  watch,  we  came  in  for  such  a  variable  breeze  that  we 
could  not  keep  a  steady  course. 

On  the  19th,  we  sailed  west  and  west  by  north,  with 
a  fine  breeze  from  the  east,  and  made  good  progress, 
gradually  approaching  the  shore.  The  land  was  here 
rather  high  and  peaked,  wherefore  the  mates  thought  we 
were  off  Cape  Frio,  but  the  Meeuwe,  which  had  sailed  on 
in  advance  the  whole  night,  coming  up  to  us,  brought  us 
tidings  that  Rio  Javero^  lay  in  front  of  us,  that  there  were 
three  islands  before  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  hoped 
that  we  might  still  come  in  sight  of  lies  Grandes  that  day, 
wherefore  the  Meeuwe  was  ordered  to  sail  on  again  in 
advance. 

On  the  morning  of  the  20th,  we  found  ourselves  close 
to  the  lies  Grandes,  and  ran  straight  to  the  roadstead, 
where  we  anchored  in  13  fathoms  between  two  large 
islands  covered  with  trees  ;  the  Admiral  had  himself  put 
ashore  here  in  order  to  inspect  the  place. 

On  the  2 1st,  we  sailed  away  with  the  whole  fleet  to 
another  island  about  half  a  mile  off,  and  anchored  in 
5  fathoms. 

In  these  places  we  caught  a  large  quantity  of  fish,  with 
the  net  and  otherwise,  and  among  them  were  crocodiles  the 
length  of  a  man. 

^  Rio  de  Janeiro. 


Dec,  1614]        speilbergen's  journal.  17 

On  the  22nd,  several  boats  were  sent  out,  each  to  a 
different  channel,  in  order  to  sound  the  depths  and  seek  a 
better  anchorage. 

On  the  23rd,  the  Admiral  had  a  pennant  hoisted,  and  all 
the  skippers  and  mates  having  come  on  board,  it  was 
resolved  that  we  should  again  move  our  ships,  which 
was  done,  and  we  ran  in  close  behind  another  island, 
just  under  the  shore,  in  5  fathoms,  where  we  found  two 
small  huts  on  land,  with  many  human  bones  lying  under 
a  rock. 

On  the  morning  of  the  24th,  the  Admiral  and  Captain 
Willem  van  Anssen,  with  the  carpenters,  went  ashore,  in 
order  to  set  up  the  tents  there  for  the  sick  ;  and  towards 
the  evening  the  latter  were  taken  thither  from  all  the  ships, 
and  were  protected  at  night  by  three  corporal's  guards. 

On  the  28th,  the  Admiral  hoisted  the  white  ensign,  and 
called  a  Broad  Council  on  board  his  ship,  wherein  it  was 
resolved  that  the  Jager  should  be  despatched  to  a  river 
situated  2  miles  from  the  fleet,  in  order  to  protect  the  boats 
which  were  to  go  there  for  water.  This  was  accordingly  done, 
and  the  Jager,  setting  sail,  dropped  anchor  about  \\  mile 
from  the  fleet,  so  that  the  land  was  hardly  within  range  of 
her  fire  ;  she  was  not  acting  therefore  in  accordance  with 
orders,  which  were  that  she  should  anchor  close  under  the 
shore,  as  a  perfect  protection  to  our  boats. 

At  about  two  hours  before  daylight  on  the  morning  of 
the  29th,  the  boat  and  the  Admiral's  barge  went  off  for 
water.  A  party  was  also  sent  with  them  to  cut  some 
firewood  on  the  island  off  which  we  lay,  and  as  the  boat  and 
barge  returned  to  the  ship  at  midday,  they  again  set  out, 
as  soon  as  they  had  discharged,  in  order  to  lay  in  a  further 
stock. 

Having  again  discharged  their  water  at  night,  they 
thought  to  come  aboard,  but  being  too  fast  aground,  they 
could  not  get  off,  and  had  to  spend  the  night  there  until 

C 


i8  speilbergen's  journal.        [Dec,  1614 

the  tide  rose ;  and  having  passed  the  night  there  in  a  hut 
which  the  men  from  the  yacht  had  built,  they  came  on 
board  with  the  tide  in  the  morning,  declaring  that  they 
had  heard  some  noise  of  men  in  the  bush. 

On  the  30th,  some  boats  were  again  sent  out  for  water, 
one  from  the  Mane^  the  Morgenster,  and  the  Jager,  with 
nine  or  ten  soldiers,  amongst  whom  was  Franchoys  du 
Chesne,  lieutenant  to  Captain  Roelant  Philipsen,  the  rest 
of  the  mariners  being,  contrary  to  the  orders  which  had 
been  given  them,  without  their  arms. 

About  sunrise  we  saw  ih^Jager  was  firing  many  a  cannon 
shot  at  the  land,  and  continued  thus  to  do,  wherefore  we 
deemed  there  must  indeed  be  something  wrong  and  quickly 
despatched  thither  three  boats,  well  manned  and  armed, 
which,  on  reaching  th^Jager,  learned  that  five  canoys  (which 
are  a  kind  of  skiff),  filled  with  Portuguese  and  mestis,  had 
come  and  carried  off  by  force  three  of  our  boats  and 
massacred  all  our  men,  and  that  the  Jager's  own  boat  had 
been  taken  whilst  distant  but  a  musket-shot  from  the 
vessel. 

Our  men  in  the  aforesaid  three  boats,  seeing  the  place 
where  the  canoys  still  lay,  set  out  for  them  ;  the  latter, 
observing  this,  made  off.  Our  men,  pursuing  them,  gained 
upon  them  hand  by  hand,  but  on  turning  a  corner  close 
under  a  rock  they  discovered  two  frigates  protecting  the 
enemy,  wherefore,  perceiving  their  disadvantage,  they  came 
back  on  board  with  these  sad  tidings. 

On  the  morning  of  the  ist  of  January  the  Admiral  had 
the  white  ensign  hoisted,  and  a  Broad  Council  having  met, 
four  sailors  were  brought  aboard  the  Admiral's  ship  as 
prisoners,  they  being  accused  of  treason,  to  wit,  of  running 
away  from  the  Meeuwe  with  the  yacht,  in  order  to  make 
themselves  masters  of  the  latter  and  use  her  to  their  own 
advantage.  They  were  very  narrowly  and  separately 
heard,  and  we  learnt  that  the  accomplices  were  fourteen  in 
number. 


Jan.,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN^S  JOURNAL.  I9 

On  the  2nd  ditto,  all  the  men  of  the  Meeuive  were 
distributed  amongst  the  other  ships,  on  account  of  the 
treason,  and  a  fresh  crew  were  put  aboard  her. 

And  as  we  did  not  yet  have  our  full  quantity  of  water, 
the  Jager  was  again  sent  about  a  mile  distant  from  the 
fleet  to  lie  there  close  under  the  shore  as  a  protection  for  the 
boats,  and  the  yacht,  by  reason  of  the  dead  calm,  was 
towed  thither  by  four  boats  ;  the  said  four  boats,  having 
been  laden,  again  returned  to  the  fleet,  finding  on  the  way 
the  floating  body  of  the  boatswain's  mate  of  the  yacht,  with 
some  arrows  sticking  in  it,  and  they  buried  it  on  land. 

On  the  3rd,  the  prisoners  were  examined,  and  a  report 
of  the  matter  drawn  up. 

On  the  4th,  an  examination  was  again  held  by  the 
Council.  On  the  same  day,  the  Meeiiwe  was  ordered,  by 
common  agreement,  to  go  and  lie  between  the  Jager  and 
the  shore,  for  the  greater  protection  of  our  boats  while 
fetching  water. 

During  the  night,  two  canoys  full  of  savages  came  to  in- 
spect our  yacht. 

On  the  5th,  the  Admiral  had  the  Broad  Council  sum- 
moned, which  found  two  of  the  prisoners  guilty  of  crimen 
IcBsce  majestatis  and  sentenced  them  to  forfeiture  of  life  and 
property,  wherefore  each  was  to  be  hung  up  at  the  yard- 
arm  and  be  shot  through  by  six  musketeers  as  he  was 
being  hauled  up,  and  that  on  the  vessel  upon  which  each 
had  served. 

On  the  afternoon,  the  Fiscal,  Christiaen  Stulinck,  and 
the  Reader  were  deputed  to  acquaint  the  delinquents  with 
the  sentence  of  death  ;  which  was  done,  and  they  remained 
the  whole  night  with  the  latter,  in  order  to  exhort  them  to 
a  state  of  repentance  and  remorse  for  their  sins. 

On  the  6th,  the  Admiral  had  the  blood  flag  of  the  Com- 
pany hoisted,  and  the  Orange  at  the  top-mast,  as  did  also 
all  the  other  ships.    After  breakfast,  all  the  soldiers  bearing 

C  2 


20  speilbergen's  journal.         [Jan.,  1615 

arms,  the  Fiscal  read  the  sentence  publicly ;  and  after  the 
Admiral  with  the  merchant  Cornelis  de  Vianen  and  Cap- 
tain Willem  van  Anssen  had  gone  on  before,  the  provosts 
with  the  miscreants  followed,  and  the  execution  was  imme- 
diately carried  out,  the  bodies  being  buried  on  land.  The 
names  of  the  condemned  were  Hieronimus  Hendricksen,  of 
Hamburgh,  about  twenty-four  years  old,  and  Jan  Hen- 
dricksen, of  Enckhuysen,  about  twenty-five  years  old,  their 
examination,  confession,  and  sentence  being  registered  in 
the  minute-book. 

On  the  8th,  we  got  our  last  water  in,  and  in  the  evening 
both  vessels  came  back  to  the  fleet. 

Before  the  departure  from  He  Grande,  the  Broad  Council 
met  and  resolved  upon  the  departure,  as  well  as  upon  the 
rendevous  in  the  Strait  of  Magellanes,  which,  unless  it 
should  happen  that  some  of  the  ships  went  astray  during 
storm  or  other  cause,  was  ordered  to  be  Cordes^  Bay, 
and  further  all  other  bays  and  islands  thereabouts,  where  a 
stake  should  be  planted  in  passing,  upon  which  each  ship 
should  hang  a  hoop  or  rope  with  some  other  direction,  in 
order  that  the  later  comers  might  know  which  had  passed 
there  ;  and  it  was  ordered  that  the  stakes  should  be  set 
up  in  the  most  conspicuous  places  and  in  the  usual 
anchorages. 

It  was  then  also  arranged  how  long  one  should  wait  for 
the  other  in  the  Bay  ;  this  was  six  or  seven  days.  After 
that  time,  each  one  might  pursue  his  journey  to  He 
Lamochie,^  in  the  South  Sea,  in  order  to  await  further 
orders  there. 

On  the  nth,  the  Council  again  met,  and  it  was  proposed 
that,  since  the  necessary  victuals  were  not  to  be  got  here, 
and  the  sick  were  still  very  weak,  a  run  should  be  made  to 
the  Bay  of  St.  Vincent,^  the  Admiral  deeming  this  very 

*  Cordus  on  the  map  herewith,  but  see  p.  43. 

2  La  Mocha.  ^  S.  Vicente,  near  Santos. 


Jan.,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  journal.  21 

necessary,  and  representing  to  all  those  on  the  Council 
how  greatly  victuals  were  needed,  and  how,  moreover, 
sickness,  and  especially  scurvy,  was  daily  increasing,  and 
that,  according  to  human  judgment,  it  was  impossible  to 
bring  such  heavy  ships,  which  have  to  be  tacked,  turned, 
and  often  brought  to  anchor,  through  Magellanes  Straits 
without  first  having  sound  and  able-bodied  crews.  Some, 
on  the  contrary,  proposed  that  the  voyage  should  be  con- 
tinued without  first  seeking  fresh  provisions  ;  but  the 
Admiral,  Vice-Admiral,  and  the  majority  of  the  Council 
resolved  before  all  else  to  seek  provisions,  as  appears  from 
the  minute-book,  and  this  resulted  in  such  great  profit  and 
advantage  touching  the  preservation  of  our  men  that  one 
and  all  had  good  cause  to  thank  God  therefor. 

Accordingly  to  a  resolution  passed,  we  took  down  all 
the  tents  on  the  same  day,  and  brought  the  goods  on 
board. 

On  that  shore,  too,  we  made  new  boats  in  place  of  those 
which  had  been  taken  from  us.  And  so  we  weighed 
anchor  that  night,  and  set  sail,  but  with  the  dawn  we  had 
again  to  cast  anchor  on  account  of  the  exceeding  calm. 

On  the  14th,  the  Admiral  had  the  white  ensign  hoisted, 
and  the  Broad  Council  being  assembled,  the  provosts 
brought  the  prisoners  and  accomplices  of  the  treason  on 
board,  and  all  the  officers  having  fallen  on  their  knees  and 
begged  for  pardon,  this  was  granted  them  by  the  Council, 
and  the  prisoners  were  released  on  parole  and  distributed 
amongst  the  other  ships. 

The  same  day  it  was  so  very  calm  that  the  ships  drifted 
without  wind,  the  one  here,  the  other  there. 

On  the  15th,  the  Admiral  held  a  general  inspection 
of  the  whole  fleet. 

On  setting  sail  at  night,  we  set  our  course  nor'-west  by 
north,  in  the  direction  of  the  land. 

On  the  17th,  we  saw  a  great  column  of  smoke  rising 


22  SPEILBERGEN'S   JOURNAL.  [Jan.,  1615 

from  the  land,  wherefore  the  Jager  and  Meeuwe  were  sent 
on  in  advance,  the  other  ships  following  on  behind. 

Towards  the  evening,  when  the  Meeuwe  returned  to  the 
fleet,  the  Admiral  sent  his  boat  to  it  and  Balten  Stevens, 
of  Vlissinghen,  commanding  the  Meeuwe,  who  had  been 
several  times  in  that  country,  declared  that  he  did  not 
recognize  this  land,  and  that  we  must  have  come  much  too 
far.  The  Broad  Council  being  thereupon  summoned,  it  was 
resolved  that  the  Admiral's  boat,  carrying  two  swivel-guns, 
sixteen  soldiers  and  ten  sailors,  under  the  command  of 
Lieutenant  Coignet,  should  proceed  two  hours  before  day- 
break to  the  place  where  we  had  seen  the  fire,  taking  with 
them  a  basket  of  beads  and  other  trifles,  in  order  to  see 
whether  they  could  get  into  friendly  negotiations  ;  this  was 
done,  but  with  no  result. 

We  cast  anchor  there,  about  a  mile  from  the  shore,  in 
16  fathoms. 

On  the  1 8th,  the  Meeuwe,  flying  a  small  white  flag 
astern,  approached  the  shore,  on  reaching  which  they  saw 
many  people,  both  on  the  beach  and  in  the  bush.  After 
they  had  come  still  closer  to  them,  the  Portuguese  called 
out  that  we  should  send  one  man  only,  and  that  we  should 
not  approach  the  shore  with  any  boats  ;  whereupon  Jan 
Hendricxsz.,  boatswain  on  the  Mane,  sprang  naked  into 
the  sea  and  swam  towards  them.  The  Portuguese  and 
savages  stood  in  great  numbers  on  the  shore,  armed  with 
bows  and  arrows,  wherefore  our  boatswain,  standing  on  a 
rock,  called  out  that  they  should  lay  down  their  arrows, 
and  that  one  of  them  should  speak  with  him  ;  this  was 
done,  and  one  of  them  coming  forward  and  making  the 
others  draw  back,  asked  our  boatswain  where  we  came 
from,  what  we  wanted  there,  and  whither  we  wished  to  go ; 
whereupon  he  replied  that  we  came  from  Flanders,  that 
w^e  had  come  thither  in  search  of  provisions  for  love  and 
money,  and  that  we  wished  to  go  to  Rio  de  Plata.     The 


Jan.,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  23 

other  replied  that  we  well  knew  that,  by  reason  of  the 
King's  prohibition,  they  might  not  trade  with  us,  but 
that  if  we  would  promise  to  keep  the  matter  secret 
and  not  to  proceed  to  St.  Vincent^  to  reveal  it  there 
they  would  provide  us  sufficiently  with  everything  the 
next  day. 

At  midday  the  Admiral's  big  boat,  carrying  two  swivel 
guns  and  thirty  well-armed  men,  was  sent  to  the  Meeuwe, 
with  orders  for  the  latter  to  go  on  in  advance  and  search 
for  the  bay,  and  that  having  found  it,  to  give  some  signal 
by  shot.  This  having  been  done,  the  four  vessels  pro- 
ceeded thither,  the  Jager  remaining  at  anchor  until  further 
orders  in  the  place  where  we  had  previously  spoken  with 
the  Portuguese. 

At  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the  19th,  we  saw  two 
canoes  round  the  corner  of  the  river  and  immediately  turn 
back  again  ;  whereupon  the  Admiral  sent  the  Meeuwe  and 
two  boats  into  the  river  in  order  to  sound  the  depth  there. 
But  very  soon  after  we  saw  a  canoy  bearing  a  small  white 
flag  come  from  the  town  of  Sanctus,^  which  was  situate 
there,  and  where  there  were  many  people  on  the  beach ; 
we  at  length  approached  so  close  to  it  that  we  could  speak 
with  it,  and  when  we  told  them  the  reason  of  our  coming 
there  they  said  that  we  should  write  a  letter  to  their 
governor  and  place  it  upon  a  stake  on  the  beach  and  that 
they  would  bring  us  an  answer  to  it.  Amongst  other 
things  they  warned  us  to  be  on  our  guard  against  the 
savages  who  dwelt  near  St.  Vincent.  Shortly  after,  the 
Meeuwe,  having  proceeded  up  the  river  in  advance,  fired  a 
shot,  wherefore  our  ships  weighed  anchor,  and  ran  up  the 
river. 

In  the  afternoon  we  took  a  letter  ashore,  and  placed  it 
on  a  stake. 

^  See  note  3,  p.  20.  2  Santos. 


24  speilbergen's  journal.  [Jan.,  1615 

On  the  20th,  the  Admiral  had  the  white  ensign  lowered, 
and  the  Orange  ran  up  in  its  stead,  both  with  and  without 
the  pennant ;  he  also  had  the  ships  dressed.  After  that, 
some  boats  were  sent  to  the  spot  where  we  had  placed  the 
letter  on  the  previous  day  ;  on  arriving  there,  two  canoys 
full  of  Portuguese  came  up  to  our  men,  and  delivered  to 
them  a  letter,  which,  on  being  opened  and  read  by  the 
Admiral  and  Council  was  found  to  contain  nothing  of 
special  import ;  it  was  therefore  resolved  to  write  once 
more,  wherefore  some  boats  again  proceeded  thither, 
taking  with  them  two  bottles  of  Spanish  wine,  two  cheeses, 
and  a  parcel  of  knives  with  some  beads,  with  which  we 
presented  the  Portuguese  who  were  standing  there  on  the 
shore. 

At  the  same  time  we  saw  on  the  shore  of  St.  Vincent, 
being  the  place  whither  those  of  Sanctus  had  told  us  not 
to  go,  many  people  carrying  a  white  flag,  wherefore  four 
of  our  boats  immediately  proceeded  thither,  and  on 
reaching  the  savages  were  told  by  the  latter  that  they 
durst  not  trade  with  us  without  the  consent  of  the 
Governor,  so  that  we  presently  again  departed  thence, 
and  said  that  we  should  get  some  fruits  from  the  adjacent 
island,  which  they  neither  consented  to  nor  forbade. 

Towards  evening,  two  of  our  boats  came  from  the 
Jager,  laden  with  apples,  lemons,  and  a  little  meat. 

On  the  2 1  St,  Captain  Willem  van  Anssen,  accompanied 
by  his  ensign  and  Lieutenant  Ruffijn,  proceeded  to  the 
shore  with  three  boats  full  of  armed  men,  in  order  to 
ascertain  something  definite.  On  reaching  land,  a  letter 
was  handed  them,  being  written  in  the  Governor's  name, 
but  not  signed  by  anyone.  They  brought  on  board  with 
them  two  Portuguese,  a  mesti  and  a  Brazilian,  being  their 
slave  and  pilot,  in  the  place  of  which  Lieutenant  Ruffijn, 
Dirck  Voedt,  ensign,  and  an  assistant  from  the  Morgen- 
sterre,  had  remained  on  land  as  hostages. 


PLATE   No.    2. 


Number  2  is  the  Illustration  of  Cape  St.  Vincent,   in 
Brazil, 

Where  our  ships  re-victual,  marked  with  letters,  as  follows^  : — 

A.  Are  six  boats  or  sloops,  in  which  the  men  were  taken  ashore. 

B.  Are  our  soldiers  drawn  up  in  battle-array,  so  that  we  might  be 

more  protected  whilst  collecting  provisions. 

C.  Is  a  small  church  called  St.  Maria  de  Negue,  with  a  mill  or  sugar- 

house,  which  after  having  furnished  us  with  an  adventure,  was 
burnt  for  reasons  that  you  may  read. 

D.  Is  one  of  our  ships  lying  on  guard. 

E.  Are  a  number  of  armed  Portuguese  and  savages  making  their 

appearance  on  the  beach. 

F.  Is  a  view  of  the  town  of  St.  Vincent.^ 

G.  Is  a  view  of  the  town  of  Sanctus.^ 

H.  Is  the  castle  which  Hes  inland  on  that  river. 

I.    Are  four  of  our  boats  that  proceeded  up  the  river  for  victuals. 

K.  Is  one  of  four  ships  on  guard,  in  order  to  see  what  might  befall 

our  boats. 
L.    Is  another  band  of  Portuguese  and  savages,  who  appeared  on  the 

beach. 
M.  A  small  Portuguese  vessel  which  we  captured. 
N.  Is  a  skirmish,  in  which  four  men  were  killed. 
O.  Is  our  whole  fleet. 
P.    How  the  Portuguese  barque  was  burnt. 
Q.  The  mode  of  dress  of  the  BraziHans,  both  male  and  female. 
R.  Is  how  some  of  them  sleep  in  a  net  made  fast  between  trees. 

1  All  the  descriptions  of  the  plates  are  loosely  written,  and  evidently 
by  a  hand  other  than  that  of  the  respective  diarists.  See  Introduction, 
p.  xvi. 

2  S.  Vicente,  ^  Santos, 


Jan.,  161";]         speilbergen's  journal.  25 

These  persons,  coming  on  board,  were  handsomely- 
received  by  the  Admiral,  and  were  shown  all  over  the 
ship  ;  the  commanders  of  the  other  vessels  also  came  to 
visit  them,  and  so  they  enjoyed  good  cheer  the  whole  day. 

Towards  evening,  when  they  left  the  ship,  the  Admiral 
accompanied  them  a  little  way,  taking  them  round  the 
Mane  and  the  Sonne,  which  they  gazed  at  with  great 
wonder ;  and  as  soon  as  they  were  beyond  musket  range, 
a  salute  of  three  guns  was  fired  from  each  of  the  two 
ships,  and  so  they  proceeded  ashore. 

Our  officers  that  were  on  land  requested  to  be  allowed 
to  go  and  inspect  the  town  of  Sanctus,  but  the  Portuguese 
replied  that  they  had  no  orders  for  this,  and  so  they 
returned  on  board  with  our  boats. 

On  the  22nd,  the  Jager  returned  to  the  fleet,  and  the 
Admiral,  recognising  that  the  Portuguese  negotiations 
were  naught  else  than  deceit,  and  that  they  sought  only  to 
delay  us,  and  make  us  lose  time  that  was  very  valuable 
to  us,  summoned  all  the  merchants,  captains,  and  skippers, 
in  order  to  deliberate  hereupon. 

Meanwhile,  we  were  procuring  from  the  Portuguese  by 
secret  negotiations  various  fruits,  pigs,  fowls,  sugar,  and 
some  preserves. 

At  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the  23rd,  seven  boats 
full  of  armed  men  were  despatched  to  St.  Vincent,  followed 
by  the  Jager  and  the  Meeuwe,  carrying  large  numbers  of 
men,  the  Admiral  and  all  the  military  commanders  being 
on  board  too.  On  reaching  the  land,  three  persons  ad- 
vanced with  a  flag  of  peace  and  placed  a  letter  on  a  stake 
and  a  white  flag  near  it.  After  which,  a  Portuguese 
presently  advanced,  took  the  letter,  and  having  read  it, 
showed  that  it  did  not  please  him  ;  he  thereupon  address- 
ing our  men  in  angry  fashion,  our  flags  of  peace  were 
hauled  down  and  the  Orange  run  up  in  their  place. 
Shortly  afterwards  we  rowed  up  the  river,  where  we  found 


26  SPEILRERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  [Jan.,  1615 

a  mill  into  which  they  had  all  fled  with  their  furniture,  the 
said  mill  being  large,  strong,  well-built,  and  inhabited, 
having  a  church  named  Signora  de  Negues  ;  we  under- 
stood from  the  Portuguese  that  it  had  been  built  by  a 
certain  family  of  Antwerp,  named  the  Scotch  ;^  it  was  very 
pleasant  in  this  spot,  and  the  district  all  around  was  rich 
in  sugar-cane. 

We  plucked  a  quantity  of  fruit  here,  and  having  placed 
it  in  a  canoy,  which  we  found  there,  and  then  in  our  boats, 
we  all  went  back  on  board  together. 

On  the  24th,  the  Admiral  proceeded  up  the  river  to 
Sanctus  with  the  Jager,  the  Meeiiwe,  and  five  or  six  boats, 
in  order  to  sec  whether  there  was  anything  to  be  done 
there,  but  as  it  rained  hard,  and  we  saw  no  one,  we  came 
back  again. 

On  the  25th,  the  Admiral  again  proceeded  with  six 
well-manned  boats  and  the  Meeuzve  to  the  place  where  we 
had  been  on  the  23rd  ;  but  as  the  Meeuive  was  somewhat 
behind,  we  ran  to  a  sand-bank,  on  which  stood  a  dilapi- 
dated house  that  looked  like  a  redoubt,  in  order  to  wait 
for  her,  and  we  found  some  fruit  there.  Whilst  we  were 
engaged  in  plucking  this,  the  Portuguese  and  savages, 
standing  behind  the  house,  shot  a  great  many  arrows,  but 
no  one  was  wounded  ;  thereupon  our  musketeers  also  shot 
very  bravely  with  their  muskets,  and  so  drove  them  away. 
When  we  were  leaving,  the  Admiral  ordered  thirty  mus- 
keteers to  conceal  themselves  in  the  said  house,  whilst  the 
boats  with  the  rest  of  the  men  should  stop  a  short  distance 
from  the  shore  in  order  to  see  whether,  according  to  their 
old  manner  and  custom,  they  would  come  in  numbers  and 
shout  after  us  ;  but  they,  suspecting  something,  sent  a  spy 
near  the  house,  and  he,  perceiving  our  men,  warned  the 
others.    So  the  boats  returned  to  the  shore  and  took  in  the 

*  "  de  Schotsen"  in  the  text,  but  probably  the  same  family  as  that 
of  Apollonius  Schot,  Schotte  or  Scotte.     See  the  Introduction,  p.  Iviii. 


Jan.,  1615]  SPEILBRRGEN'S  JOURNAL.  2/ 

musketeers,  and  as  it  rained  very  hard,  we  returned  on 
board  with  a  quantity  of  oranges. 

On  the  26th,  it  was  resolved  (since  much  time  had 
elapsed)  to  make  one  expedition  more,  and  then  to  set  sail 
with  a  favourable  wind,  in  accordance  with  which  three 
boats  proceeded  to  a  small  island  in  order  to  pluck  some 
fruit,  but  as  soon  as  they  arrived  they  perceived  a  sail 
making  straight  for  the  bay,  with  which  new^s  they  imme- 
diately returned  to  the  fleet  to  give  information  to  the 
Admiral.  Thereupon  four  boats,  filled  with  armed  men, 
were  at  once  sent  out  in  advance,  the  Admiral  and  Vice- 
Admiral  following  them  on  board  the /<^^^r,  and  directly 
afterwards  the  Meeuwe.  We  were  no  sooner  under  way 
than  we  saw  the  little  vessel  coming  along  ;  the  latter, 
perceiving  our  approach,  turned  seawards,  but  as  it  was 
quite  calm,  and  therefore  impossible  for  her  to  escape,  she 
gave  herself  up  to  us  without  any  resistance,  Maerten 
Pieterssen,  skipper  of  the  Morgensterre,  and  his  crew  being 
the  first  to  board  her,  followed  immediately  by  the  Admiral 
and  Vice- Admiral. 

The  aforesaid  barque  was  like  a  French  ship  in  shape, 
being  about  thirty-six  lasts^  in  size,  came  from  Lisbona  to 
Rio  de  Javero,^  and  belonged  here.  She  had  on  board 
eighteen  Portuguese,  both  crew  and  passengers,  two  guns, 
and  a  number  of  muskets  and  short  lances.  Her  cargo 
was  of  no  great  consequence,  other  than  a  little  iron, 
cotton,  oil,  salt,  and  such  like. 

As  soon  as  we  boarded  her  the  Portuguese,  fearing  for 
their  lives,  said  that  there  were  still  ten  or  twelve  of  our 
men  prisoners  at  Rio  Javero,  amongst  them  being  Lieu- 
tenant Franchoys  du  Chesne,  who  had  been  wounded  by 
an  arrow  in  his  breast,  but  had  recovered,  and  was  lodging 
there  with  the  Governor  of  the  country. 

1  A  last  was  equal  to  two  tons.  '^  Rio  de  Janeiro. 


28  speilbergen's  journal.  [Jan.,  1615 

Towards  the  evening,  one  of  the  prisoners  was  sent  ashore 
in  the  canoy  which  we  had  taken  on  the  23rd,  bearing  a 
letter  which  the  Portuguese  had  written  and  signed  between 
them,  in  order  to  find  out  whether  an  exchange  of  prisoners 
could  be  effected,  or  whether  some  could  be  exchanged  for 
fruit  or  cattle. 

On  the  27th,  we  saw  a  peace  flag  on  the  shore,  whither 
the  Fiscal  proceeded  with  two  boats  ;  on  reaching  the  land, 
he  found  placed  upon  a  small  stake  a  letter,  which  he 
presently  handed  to  the  Admiral. 

This  letter  smacked  entirely  of  the  Spanish  style  and 
temper,  for  the  purport  was  that  they  would  grant  none  of 
our  requests,  that  they  would,  indeed,  not  release  a  single 
Flamengo  for  a  number  of  Portuguese,  but  that  if  we 
desired  ought  we  should  come  and  fetch  it  ourselves  at  the 
point  of  the  rapier,  and  that  we  should,  moreover,  make 
haste  to  depart. 

On  the  28th,  the  Admiral,  being  moved  by  compassion, 
although  he  might  well  have  proceeded  with  rigour  against 
the  prisoners,  and  desirous  of  releasing  his  own  men, 
resolved  to  make  one  more  attempt  to  arrive  at  some 
agreement,  wherefore  he  charged  the  prisoners  to  write 
some  letters  both  to  their  friends  and  to  the  priests,  which 
he  despatched  to  St.  Vincent  by  a  prisoner  with  two  little 
children.  The  latter,  on  reaching  land,  gave  the  letters 
up  to  a  Portuguese,  who  promised  to  deliver  them,  and 
to  bring  an  answer  the  following  day. 

In  the  afternoon,  we  unloaded  the  captured  vessel  and 
transhipped  the  goods,  amongst  which  were  some  chests 
well  filled  with  clothes,  wherewith  we  provided  our  naked 
men.  We  also  found  therein  many  relics,  crosses,  grants  of 
absolution,  indulgences,  and  such-like  foolery  ;  moreover, 
some  very  fine  written  books  containing  matters  of  theology 
and  law,  a  chest  full  of  beautiful  prints  and  paintings,  a 
silver  gilt  crown  and   some  more  silver-work.      We  also 


Jan.,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN's  JOURNAL.  29 

found  in  the  vessel  two  slaves  and  some  other  goods 
belonging  to  the  Society  of  the  Jesuits  established  there  ;  all 
of  which — including  vessel  and  crew — our  Admiral  offered 
to  return  to  them  if  we  could  have  had  our  prisoners  back 
instead,  but  all  was  in  vain.  So  that  it  was  plain  that  they 
preferred  to  have  the  life  and  blood  of  a  Netherlands  sailor 
than  much  property  of  which  they  are  otherwise  so  super- 
stitiously  fond. 

We  negotiated  with  the  Portuguese  in  all  courtesy,  wrote 
very  politely,  yea,  the  prisoners  themselves,  being  in  great 
fear  and  trembling  that  we  might  throw  them  overboard, 
wrote  very  earnestly  to  the  Paters  and  clergy  requesting 
the  release  of  our  prisoners,  but  there  was  no  compassion, 
nay,  not  even  with  their  own  fellow-citizens. 

On  the  29th,  we  made  another  expedition  with  seven 
boats  to  the  place  where  we  had  been  the  day  before,  and 
on  stepping  ashore  with  a  peace  flag,  some  letters  were 
handed  to  us  by  the  Portuguese,  being  of  the  same  purport 
as  the  previous  ones.  Wherefore  we  proceeded  to  the 
building  and  plucked  all  around  there  oranges  and  lemons, 
as  many  as  we  could  put  in  the  boats,  and  on  leaving 
we  set  fire  to  the  building,  the  church,  and  all  that  was 
thereabouts,  for  the  reason  that  the  Portuguese  had  done 
naught  else  than  fool  us  and  had  previously  dealt  very 
tyrannically  with  our  men.  As  we  were  departing,  some 
arrows  were  shot  at  us  from  the  bush,  but  no  one  was  hit. 

On  the  30th,  the  captured  vessel  was  set  on  fire  by 
common  agreement. 

From  the  letters  we  found  in  her,  we  observed  how,  not 
only  here  but  in  all  places,  they  had  long  before  been 
apprised  of  our  coming,  so  that  it  must  be  true  that  there 
are  some  traitors  in  our  country  who  give  the  King  of  Spain 
warning  of  all  that  takes  place. 

At  two  hours  before  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the 
31st  we  made  an  expedition  with  four   boats  to  a  place 


30  speilbergen's  journal.         [Jan.,  1615 

where  we  had  not  yet  been,  but  as  we  found  the  mountain 
very  rugged  and  sharp  there,  and  guarded  on  all  sides 
by  men,  we  returned  without  doing  anything. 

The  wind  having  meanwhile  veered  to  the  north,  the 
Admiral  fired  a  shot  as  a  signal  for  setting  sail,  but  no 
sooner  had  we  weighed  anchor  than  we  had  to  cast  it  again, 
by  reason  of  the  wind  veering,  and  its  being  very  calm. 

Immediately  afterwards  two  boats,  one  belonging  to  the 
Admiral  and  the  other  to  the  Jager,  proceeded  to  the  land 
with  five  musketeers  to  fetch  some  more  water,  but  whilst 
they  were  busy  filling  their  casks,  the  savages  ran  forth 
out  of  the  bush  in  great  numbers,  shooting  arrows  as 
thickly  as  if  they  were  hail  ;  the  Portuguese  remained 
behind,  and  drove  the  others  forward  with  sticks,  and  after 
our  men  had  fired  a  few  shots  they  fled  to  the  boats,  but 
were  pursued  so  stoutly  that  the  Jager^s  boat  was  forcibly 
taken  from  them.  Our  men,  taking  to  the  other  boat, 
rowed  away  from  the  shore,  and  meeting  four  of  our  other 
boats,  which  had  followed  them,  and  telling  them  of  their 
mishap,  all  proceeded  together  to  the  spot ;  on  their 
arrival,  the  savages  again  shot  valiantly  with  their  bows, 
but  as  our  men  began  to  charge  with  muskets  they  took 
to  flight,  and  our  men  returned  to  the  fleet  with  \h<&  Jaget^s 
boat,  which  had  been  sunk. 

In  this  expedition  we  lost  four  men,  whilst  all  the  rest, 
three  only  excepted,  were  severely  wounded. 

This  misfortune  occurred  through  the  fault  of  the 
skippers,  in  that  they  pay  no  heed  to  the  orders  issued, 
and  carelessly  send  the  boats  to  the  shore  without  letting 
one  wait  for  the  other. 

February. 

On  the  2nd,  the  Admiral  caused  four  of  the  Portuguese 
prisoners  to  be  released  and  set  ashore,  retaining  the 
others  for  the  service  of  the  fleet. 


Feb.,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN's  JOURNAL.  3 1 

Amongst  these  four  was  Pedro  Alvares,  skipper,  who 
appeared  to  have  had  many  dealings  with  our  nation.  He 
made  great  promises  of  getting  our  prisoners  released,  but 
we  freed  him,  without  paying  much  heed  to  his  promises, 
because  he  had  a  wife  and  children,  as  also  had  the  others, 
and  out  of  regard  for  the  fact  that  he  had  lost  his  ship  and 
cargo.  The  Admiral  gave  him  some  money  besides,  for 
which  act  of  benevolence  they  proffered  us  many  thanks 
and  expressions  of  gratitude,  as  is  the  custom  of  the 
Portuguese. 

Two  hours  before  daybreak,  on  the  3rd,  the  Admiral 
had  a  shot  fired  as  a  signal  for  setting  sail,  but  a  dead 
calm  compelled  us  to  cast  anchor  again  towards  midday. 
Whilst  weighing,  the  Admiral  broke  his  anchor.  As  soon 
as  we  had  cast,  a  canoy  came  alongside  with  a  Portuguese, 
who  brought  a  parrot,  a  number  of  fowls,  and  some  apples, 
and  offered  these  to  the  Admiral,  together  with  a  request 
that  he  might  deign  to  release  his  brother-in-law,  who  was 
a  prisoner  with  us  ;  and  because  the  latter  had  a  wife  and 
children,  he  himself,  being  still  a  single  man,  offered  to 
remain  in  his  brother-in-law's  stead.  This  was  refused 
him,  and  he  accordingly  went  away  with  the  presents, 
which  the  Admiral  caused  to  be  replaced  in  his  canoy. 

Before  daybreak,  on  the  4th,  we  weighed  anchor  for  the 
fourth  time,  but  cast  again  about  sunrise,  on  account  of 
calm. 

A  fair  breeze  springing  up  after  breakfast,  we  got  out 
to  sea. 

After  the  Council  had  been  summoned,  it  was  ordered 
that  each  man  should  have  but  one  pannikin  of  wine  per 
day,  and  three  pounds  of  bread  per  week. 

On  the  1 6th,  we  sailed  constantly  south-west  by  south, 
the  wind  coming  from  the  north-east,  for  the  reason  that 
it  had  been  resolved  that  as  soon  as  we  were  in  the 
latitude    of  Rio   de  Plate   the  Admiral  should   hoist  the 


32  SPEILBERGEN^S   JOURNAL.  [Feb.,  1615 

Prince's  flag  as  a  signal,  and  that  we  should  then  direct 
our  course  more  towards  the  shore.  We  were  there  in 
latitude  38°  46'. 

We  continued  in  the  same  course,  and  with  the  same 
wind,  until  March  ist,  when  at  midday  we  were  in  latitude 
46°  46'. 

March. 

On  the  2nd  it  was  very  foggy,  so  that  the  ships  fired 
a  shot  from  time  to  time  in  order  not  to  go  astray,  but  as 
soon  as  it  had  cleared  up  again  we  perceived  that  two 
of  our  vessels,  the  Mane  and  the  Sterre,  had  remained 
behind  ;  wherefore  we  hauled  down  our  sails  and  waited 
for  them. 

Here  we  were  in  latitude  47°  17',  and  in  a  depth  of 
70  fathoms,  the  wind  being  north-east,  and  our  course 
lying  west  by  south. 

On  the  morning  of  the  5th,  we  sailed  on  to  the  south- 
west, with  a  north-west  wind,  and  made  good  progress 
until  noon,  when  the  wind  veered  round  to  the  north  ;  we 
were  then  in  latitude  50°. 

By  the  evening  we  had  come  so  near. the  land  that  we 
could  perfectly  well  see  the  smoke  rising  ;  directing  our 
course  to  the  south-west,  we  sailed  along  the  shore,  where 
the  land  appeared  to  be  very  bad  and  without  hills. 

On  the  7th,  the  weather  was  very  clear  and  bright,  and 
at  noon  we  were  in  latitude  52°  6\ 

There  we  perceived  that  we  were  only  about  2  miles 
from  land,  and  we  also  saw  some  land  in  front  of  us  with 
nine  mountains  upon  it,  the  whole  being  uniform  down- 
land.  We  saw  smoke  rising  there,  and  so  we  continued 
to  sail  along  the  coast  with  a  nor'-nor'-east  wind,  until  we 
perceived  that  it  was  the  river  of  Rio  Galeges,^  being  a  fine 
broad  river,  but  very  shallow. 

^  Gallegos. 


March,  1615]      speilbergen's  journal.  33 

On  first  seeing  this  country  some  thought  it  was  the 
Strait  of  Magellanes,  wherein  they  were  deceived,  since 
the  said  Strait  lies  in  52°  30' latitude. 

Then  the  Meeuwe  and  the  Sterre  were  sent  on  in 
advance,  because  the  skipper,  Maerten  Pieterssen,  had 
been  here  several  times. 

Towards  evening  we  all  cast  anchor  in  15  fathoms,  and 
that  only  half  a  mile  from  the  shore,  near  a  corner 
stretching  very  far  out,  which  we  deemed  to  be  Cape 
Virginia.^ 

About  midnight  the  Admiral's  cable  broke,  so  that  he 
lost  his  anchor,  wherefore  he  fired  a  shot,  and  showed 
two  lights,  finding  no  better  measure  to  adopt  than  to 
keep  out  seawards  under  short  sail. 

At  last  the  storm  grew  more  and  more  intense,  so  that 
we  all  lost  sight  of  each  other. 

Early  on  the  8th,  the  tempest  increased  very  much,  so 
that  the  Meeuwe  alone  found  herself  near  the  Admiral,  the 
other  ships  being  here  and  there.  We  were  continually 
tacking,  now  directing  our  course  seawards,  and  then  to 
the  shore,  the  constant  use  of  the  lead  line  showing  us 
first  10,  then  15,  17,  20,  afterwards  25  fathoms,  and  finally, 
no  bottom  at  all. 

The  weather  then  began  to  calm  down,  but  only  for  a 
little  while,  for  shortly  afterwards  the  storm  increased  very 
much  in  intensity,  so  that  we  were  not  without  great 
danger,  and  therefore  tacked  in  between  the  shoals,  con- 
stantly casting  the  lead  to  get  our  depth.  Then  the 
Meeuwe  got  separated  from  the  other  ships. 

We  also  saw,  lying  sou'-sou'-east  and  south-east  of  us, 
a  very  high  country,  which  we  opined  to  be  Terre  de 
Fogue.^  We  were  then  not  more  than  4  miles  from  Cape 
Virignie,^  lying  nor'-nor'-west  of  us.  But  to  all  appearances 
we  should  have  run  straight  upon  la  Terre  de  Fogue  had 

^  Cabo  de  las  Virgenes,  ^  Tierra  del  Fuego. 

P 


34  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.      [March,  1615 

not  God  mercifully  granted  us  a  west  wind,  with  which  we 
sailed  due  north,  thus  gradually  getting  out  into  deep 
water,  in  order  to  avoid  the  shoals. 

On  the  8th,  all  our  ships  being  together  again,  a  Broad 
Council  was  held  after  the  Admiral  had  given  the  signal 
with  shot  and  flag,  and  it  was  resolved  that  we  should 
have  the  same  quantity  of  bread  and  wine  as  we  had 
previously  been  accustomed  to  have. 

Towards  evening  we  sailed  nor'-nor'-west,  and  the  wind 
veering  to  westward  at  midnight,  the  Jacht,  which  sailed 
on  in  front  and  carried  the  light,  fired  a  shot,  whereupon 
we  all  tacked,  and  directed  our  course  northwards  and 
north  by  east. 

On  the  loth,  the  gale  abating,  it  was  very  fine  weather, 
and  with  a  north-west  wind,  our  course  being  north-east, 
we  sailed  on  all  night  north-east  by  north. 

At  noon  on  the  nth  we  had  sailed  back  one  degree,  for 
the  boatswains  could  make  it  no  more  than  51°  30'.  The 
whole  night  it  blew  very  hard  from  the  west-sou'-west. 

On  the  morning  of  the  12th,  the  wind  being  west-sou'- 
west,  and  our  course  north-west,  we  tacked,  and  the  gale 
increasing,  we  had  to  range  along  with  only  a  try- 
sail. 

At  noon  on  the  13th,  we  were  in  latitude  50°  20',  with 
fine  weather.  The  wind  veering  to  the  north  towards  the 
evening,  we  sailed  during  the  night  south  and  south  by 
west. 

Closing  the  hatches  on  the  morning  of  the  14th,  we  ran 
towards  the  shore.  At  midday  we  were  again  in  51°  26'. 
Towards  night  the  wind  rose  higher,  wherefore  we  sailed 
all  night  to  the  north-west  with  a  south-west  wind. 

From  the  14th  to  the  20th  we  had  much  storm  and  foul 
weather,  with  very  variable  winds,  so  that,  with  much 
trouble  and  tacking,  we  got  near  the  land  at  the  same 
spot  in  which  we  had  been  on  the  7th,  to  wit,  in  lati- 
tude 52". 


March,  1615]       SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  35 

That  same  night,  before  daybreak,  the  Jacht  and  the 
Meeuwe,  which  had  been  separated  from  us  since  the  8th, 
came  back  to  us,  having  been  as  far  as  the  Straits,  where 
they  had  left  the  Morghen-sterre  lying  near  Puguine 
Islands.^ 

On  the  2 1st  the  Admiral,  in  order  to  have  fuller  in- 
formation, sent  to  those  vessels  Skipper  Blauwen  Willem, 
who  learnt  that,  having  got  separated  from  us  some  time 
ago  by  the  storm,  they  had  come  as  far  as  Cape  Virginia, 
where  they  had  anchored  in  order  to  await  better  weather  ; 
and  that  on  the  17th  March  they  had  come  to  the  Piguine 
Islands,  where  they  had  again  anchored  2  miles  from  each 
other.  There  a  great  tumult  had  arisen  on  board  the 
Meeuwe,  the  sailors  having  made  themselves  masters  of 
the  ship,  obtained  possession  of  the  gun,  and  compelled 
the  skipper  and  ship's  clerk  to  do  as  they  desired,  making 
the  clerk  their  cook  ;  and  they  would  also  have  murdered 
him  in  the  cabin  had  not  the  skipper  interceded  for  him, 
submitting  to  them  that  his  death  could  not  help  them, 
which  to  some  extent  satisfied  them.  But  at  last  (being 
drunk  and  full)  two  of  them  jumped  up  and  came  into  the 
cabin,  each  with  a  sword  in  his  hand,  in  order  to  take  the 
clerk's  life.  They  two  were  young  fellows,  the  one,  named 
Warnaert,  being  from  Friesland,  and  not  more  than  twenty 
years  old  ;  the  other  from  Dort,  in  Holland,  a  scamp  who 
would  have  been  strung  up  long  ago  had  not  his  father 
obtained  pardon  for  him.  Continuing  their  knavery,  they 
were  minded  to  cut  the  cable  asunder,  but  were  again 
prevented  by  the  skipper,  so  that  the  anchor  being  weighed, 
they  drifted  into  the  Strait. 

The  wanton  spirit  of  these  rioters  having  somewhat 
calmed  down,  a  dispute  arose  as  to  who  should  be  captain, 
and  this  quarrel  gave  opportunity  and  courage  to  the 
skipper,  the  barber,  and  some  others  who  were  innocent  of 

1  Penguin  Islands. 

D  2 


36  speilbergen's  journal.      [March,  1615 

treason,  to  break,  sword  in  hand,  into  the  cabin,  and  to 
attack  these  two  principal  mutineers,  wounding  them, 
whereby,  with  more  help  and  support  of  other  guiltless 
ones,  they  obtained  the  mastery  of  all  the  others,  who, 
easily  made  obedient,  excused  themselves,  laying  all  the 
blame  upon  the  two  aforementioned. 

This  being  done,  it  was  agreed  to  throw  those  two 
overboard,  which,  too,  was  immediately  done,  and  attes- 
tations were  drawn  up  of  all  that  took  place. 

Bringing  such  grievous  tidings,  the  Meeuwe  came  up 
with  us,  wherefore  the  Admiral  sent  the  Vice- Admiral  to 
make  further  inquiry  into  everything.  The  Admiral  also 
summoned  the  clerk  and  skipper  to  his  presence,  in  order 
to  hear  everything  from  them  verbally,  and  offered,  if  they 
had  any  further  distrust  of  their  men,  to  place  them  on 
other  vessels,  and  put  others  in  their  stead ;  whereupon  they 
answered  nay,  and  that  they  trusted  their  own  crew  suffi- 
ciently, wherefore  the  Council  decided  to  send  them  back, 
and  to  charge  the  Vice-Admiral  to  take  heed  that  every- 
thing went  on  smoothly. 

On  the  morning  of  the  25th,  after  much  trouble,  storm, 
and  contrary  winds,  we  came  in  sight  of  Cape  Virginia, 
and  making  towards  it,  reached  it  about  noon.  But  not- 
withstanding that  we  cast  three  anchors,  one  after  the 
other,  it  was  impossible  for  them  to  hold,  on  account  of  the 
softness  of  the  bottom,  whereby  the  whole  afternoon  was 
spent  in  re-weighing  them  each  time  ;  and  towards  the 
evening  the  Admiral,  by  two  shots,  gave  the  signal  for 
setting  sail  again,  directing  his  course  west-nor'-west,  but 
he  was  followed  by  none  of  the  other  ships. 

On  the  26th,  the  Admiral  kept  on  tacking  until  he 
finally  came  near  the  land  of  the  nine  hills,  where,  finding 
no  more  than  10  fathoms  of  water,  he  again  turned  sea- 
wards. 

On  the  27th,  the  wind  veering  to  the  west,  the  Admiral 
again  ran  to  Cape  Virginia,  sailing  all  the  time  along  the 


March,  1615]       SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  37 

coast,  which  was  low  and  flat,  being  very  like  the  shores  of 
England.  At  the  same  place,  the  Admiral  sighted  the 
Meeuwe,  which,  by  firing  a  shot,  gave  a  signal  that  it  was 
dangerous  to  run  so  near  the  land,  wherefore  the  Admiral 
again  turned  seawards,  where,  after  much  tacking,  he 
found  the  three  other  ships,  to  wit,  the  Mane,  the  ^olus,  and 
the  y<2^^r,  all  of  which  had  anchored  together  near  Terre 
de  Fogue.  The  Meeuwe  cast  anchor  in  another  place 
somewhat  further  off,  so  that  in  the  night  she  was  driven 
far  back  by  the  strong  wind. 

During  these  contrary  winds,  and  whilst  we  lay  drifting 
in  this  way  trying  to  enter  the  Straits,  many  began  to 
mutter  that  we  would  have  difficulty  in  passing  through  in 
such  big  vessels.  Some  spoke  of  going  to  winter  in  Porto 
Desirado,^  where  Candis^  and  Olivier  van  Noort  had  been  ; 
others  said  that  it  would  be  better  to  make  our  way 
betimes  to  Cape  de  Bonne  Esperance,^  and  so  to  the  East 
Indies,  and  more  such-like  opinions. 

There  also  came  to  the  Admiral  in  his  cabin  Pieter  Buers, 
a  merchant,  and  declared  in  the  presence  of  many  others 
that  he  and  his  skipper  would  like  to  know  whither  they 
were  to  sail  in  the  event  of  their  being  frustrated,  and 
unable  to  get  through  the  Straits,  whereupon  the  Admiral 
replied  :  "  Our  orders  and  charge  are  to  sail  through  the 
Magellanes  ;  I  know  of  no  other  way  to  show  you  ;  take 
heed  to  do  your  best  and  keep  up  with  us."  Through  this 
prompt  and  resolute  reply  the  mutterings  were  stopped, 
and  each  one  did  his  best  to  get  through  these  dread 
Straits. 

After  midnight,  on  the  28th,  the  Admiral  fired  a  shot  as 
a  signal  to  set  sail,  and  when  daylight  was  come  we  saw 
the  Meeuwe  nowhere,  neither  before  nor  behind,  whereat 

^  Port  Desire.      Vide  infra. 

2  Thomas  Cavendish,  the  third  circumnavigator  of  the  globe,  who, 
on  his  way  to  the  Straits  of  Magellan,  discovered  Port  Desire,  so 
named  after  his  own  ship,  the  Desire,  on  17th  December,  1586. 

^  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 


38  speilbergen's  journal.      [March,  1615 

we  were  not  a  little  astonished,  and  of  opinion  that  she  had 
certainly  deserted,  on  account  of  the  two  sailors  who  had 
been  thrown  overboard  ;  so  that  with  four  vessels  we  tacked 
into  the  Strait,  the  weather  being  fine  and  the  wind  west 
and  west  by  south. 

In  the  evening  we  anchored  in  28  and  30  fathoms,  nearer 
to  the  northern  than  the  southern  shore. 

On  the  29th,  the  wind  being  west  and  west  by  south, 
with  fine  weather,  the  stream  ran  with  such  force  out  of  the 
Strait  that  we  were  obliged  to  lie  at  anchor  the  whole  day. 
But  towards  the  evening  a  strong  gale  sprang  up,  so  that 
the  cable  of  the  Admiral's  ship  slipped  its  anchor,  and 
whilst  we  were  engaged  in  hauling  in  the  loose  end,  we 
drifted  over  a  shoal  where  there  was  a  depth  of  not  more 
than  16  or  17  fathoms,  but  finding  greater  depth  shortly 
after,  we  let  her  drift  out  of  the  Strait  the  whole  night. 

On  the  30th,  we  drifted  without  a  sail  until  noon,  when 
we  unfurled  the  main-  and  fore-sail,  and  directed  our  course 
north  by  west,  with  a  west  wind,  that  is,  of  course,  the 
Admiral  alone,  he  having  got  separated  from  the  other 

ships. 

April. 

On  the  1st,  the  weather  being  fine,  we  crowded  all  sail, 
taking  our  course  south-west,  with  a  nor'-nor'-east  wind. 

On  the  2nd,  the  weather  was  dark,  and  the  wind  veered 
to  the  north-west,  but  this  did  not  last  long,  for  very  soon 
it  turned  to  east-south-east,  with  fine  weather,  so  that  about 
midday  we  sailed  into  the  Strait  once  more,  taking  our  course 
south-east  by  south,  and  gradually  somewhat  more  wes- 
terly, in  order  to  get  the  weather-shore  to  the  north.  After 
that  we  sailed  due  west-north-west,  constantly  casting  the 
lead  until  the  first  quarter  was  up ;  we  then  dropped 
anchor,  to  our  great  good  fortune,  in  25  and  30  fathoms,  for 
as  soon  as  we  weighed  anchor  in  the  morning,  we  found 
shallower  water  on  all  sides. 

On  the  3rd,  we  had  a  fine  breeze  from  the  north-north- 


PLATE   No    3. 


Number  3  is  the  Map  of  Magellanes  Strait 

As  it  was  navigated  by  Admiral  Joris  Spilberghen  and  his  fleet.    Here 
follows  the  explanation  thereof,  indicated  by  A,  B,  C  : — 

A.  Is  one  of  our  ships  that  was  mastered  through  the  treason  of  some 

sailors,  and  finally  made  off  with. 

B.  Are  the  five  other  ships  successfully  sailing  into  the  Strait. 

C.  Is  a  human  being  who  often  made  his  appearance  on  the  south 

side. 

D.  Shows  how  the   savages   surprise   our  fellows  with  clubs,   and 

kill  them. 

E.  Are  a  number  of  savages  who  came  to  us  on  the  beach,  and  spoke 

with  some  of  our  men  in  a  strange  tongue. 

F.  Shows  how  the  savages  were  treated  to  Spanish  wine  and  were 

given  other  things,  they  giving  signs   that  these  pleased  and 
were  acceptable  to  them. 

G.  Are  some  red  berries  of  very  good  flavour  that  grow  there  in 

abundance. 
H.  Is  a  penguin,  which  are  to  be  seen  in  great  numbers  there. 
I.    Are  some  sailors  shooting  birds  on  land. 
K.  Is  the  shape  of  their  canoys^  or  skiffs. 


April,  1615]       speilbergen's  journal.  39 

east,  and  took  our  course  all  along  the  northern  shore  to 
the  north-west  and  north-west  by  west.  And  as  we  came 
into  the  narrows,  we  found  a  reef  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in 
width,  where  we  got  first  98,  then  76,  and  at  last  only 
5  fathoms  of  water.  Shortly  afterwards  it  began  to  get 
deeper  again,  and  then  we  first  saw  the  channel  of  the  first 
narrows,  which  was  not  wider  than  half  a  mile,  and  getting 
into  calm  water  there,  we  were  carried  into  the  channel  on 
a  tide,  and  cast  the  lead  in  40  fathoms,  but  without  a  good 
bottom  for  anchoring. 

Here  we  saw  on  the  shore  of  Terre  de  Fogue  a  human 
being  of  very  big  stature  make  his  appearance  several 
times,  sometimes  climbing  up  some  eminence  or  little  hill 
the  better  to  see  us. 

This  land  of  Terra  de  Fogue  was  very  dry  and  dune- 
like in  the  first  narrows,  being  not  unlike  the  dunes  in 
Zeeland. 

As  it  continued  calm  we  launched  our  boat,  and  were 
towed  through  the  first  narrows,  casting  anchor  at  noon 
between  the  first  and  second  narrows  in  16  fathoms,  and 
thanking  God  that  we  had  so  passed,  not  without  great 
trouble  and  danger. 

At  about  noon  on  the  4th,  we  set  sail  again  with  a  nor'- 
nor'-west  wind,  our  course  lying  west  by  south,  and  so  we 
continued  with  a  fine  breeze  and  good  weather  until  late  in 
the  day,  when  we  were  obliged  by  contrary  winds  to  anchor 
in  16  fathoms,  near  the  tongue  of  the  second  narrows,  off 
the  northern  shore. 

On  the  5th,  the  wind  being  west  by  south  and  the 
weather  fine,  we  set  sail  again  in  the  afrernoon,  and  con- 
tinued tacking  inwards,  but  we  could  not  make  much 
progress  on  that  tide  by  reason  of  strong  wind,  wherefore 
we  again  cast  anchor  in  24  fathoms. 

On  the  morning  of  the  6th,  it  began  to  blow  very  hard, 
so  that  at  noon,  one  arm  of  our  anchor  breaking,  we  began 
to  drift  to  the  lee-shore,  but  we  hoisted  the  fore-sail  and 


40  sPEilbergen's  journal.        [April,  1615 

ran  to  the  spot  where  we  had  passed  the  night  on  the  4th, 
dropping  the  anchor  there  behind  a  tongue  of  land  in 
25  fathoms. 

On  the  morning  of  the  7th,  the  merchant,  Cornelis  de 
Vianen,  went  ashore,  followed  by  the  Admiral,  in  order  to 
inspect  the  locality,  but  they  found  no  living  person,  though 
they  indeed  saw  two  ostriches,  which  ran  so  fast  that  it 
would  have  been  difficult  to  keep  up  with  them  on  horse- 
back. They  found  there  a  river  of  fresh  water,  being  very 
large  and  broad,  with  small  trees  growing  around  it,  bearing 
black  berries,  which  were  of  good  flavour.  In  the  after- 
noon, we  again  set  sail,  with  a  north-west  wind  and  fine 
weather  ;  but  as  it  grew  calm  we  again  anchored  till  in 
the  night,  when  we  continued  our  course,  but  with  little 
progress. 

The  cape  of  this  country  was  given  the  name  of  Vianen 
by  our  people. 

On  the  afternoon  of  the  8th,  we  again  set  sail,  directing 
our  course  towards  the  south-west  as  far  as  the  corner  of 
the  second  narrows,  where  we  turned  to  the  sou'-sou'-west 
An  hour  or  two  after  sunset  we  arrived  near  the  Piguines 
Islands,  of  which  there  are  three,  and  which  were  named  by 
us  as  follows  :  that  lying  to  the  south,  the  Great  Shore  ; 
the  middle  one,  being  the  largest,  Patagones  or  Giant's 
Island ;  and  the  most  northerly,  being  the  smallest, 
Cruyck's  Island. 

At  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the  9th,  the  Admiral 
sent  the  Fiscal  and  some  soldiers  to  Great  Shore  Island, 
in  order  to  see  whether  he  could  find  any  signs  there  of 
any  of  our  ships  that  might  have  been  there.  Coming  on 
land,  he  found  a  stake,  hanging  to  which  was  a  hoop 
with  a  letter  that  the  Morghen-sterre  had  left  there, 
that  vessel  having  departed  thence  into  the  Strait  on 
March  25th. 

These  tidings  having  been  received,  a  similar  mission 
was  sent  to  Cruyck's   Island,  where  they  found  indeed  a 


April,  1615]         SPEILBERGEN^S   JOURNAL.  4^ 

stake  with  a  hoop,  but  no  letter,  from  which  we  presumed 
that  the  Morghen-sterre  had  set  this  up  too. 

Thereupon  the  Admiral  proceeded  in  person  to  Great 
Shore  Island,  where  he  found  two  dead  bodies  that  had 
been  buried  after  a  fashion,  having  a  little  earth  over  them, 
and  enclosed  all  around  with  bows  and  arrows.  The 
bodies  were  found  in  penguin  skins,  one  being  of  about 
our  average  height,  the  other  not  longer  than  3^  feet,  and 
having  round  the  neck  a  chaplet,  very  finely  made  of  small 
shells,  which  shone  as  clear  as  any  pearls.  The  Admiral 
ordered  them  to  be  put  back  in  the  ground,  which  was 
done,  and  so  we  returned  on  board.  In  the  afternoon  we 
set  sail,  always  hugging  the  northern  shore,  until  the 
evening,  when  we  anchored  in  22  fathoms,  close  to  the 
land. 

On  these  islands  we  found  absolutely  no  means  of 
subsistence,  for  the  land  appeared  to  be  very  barren, 
nothing  growing  there  but  some  grass,  and  being  burrowed 
out  by  penguins,  just  as  the  dunes  in  Holland  are  by 
rabbits. 

At  dawn,  on  the  lOth,  we  set  sail,  with  fine  weather  and 
a  north-east  wind.  At  about  noon  we  came  near  a  very 
fine  sand  bay,  where  the  Spaniards  had  once  built  a  town 
named  Philippus,  but  which  was  entirely  in  ruins.  We 
dropped  anchor  there  in  15  fathoms,  on  a  good  bottom. 
It  then  began  to  blow  very  hajd,  so  that  we  were  obliged 
to  take  down  our  top-masts  ;  but  it  did  not  last  long,  for 
shortly  afterwards  the  weather  turned  fine  again. 

On  the  nth  April,  the  weather  being  very  calm,  the 
Admiral  proceeded  ashore  with  two  boats,  well  manned 
and  armed  ;  but  he  found  nothing  particular  there,  except 
a  place  where  there  was  fine  fresh  water,  and  round  about 
it  the  footprints  of  animals,  from  which  we  presumed  that 
the  latter  come  to  drink  there.  Near  by  there  were  also 
three  huts,  wherein  no  human  beings  appeared  to  have 
been  for  a  long  time. 


42  SI^EILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.         [April,  1615 

About  midday  we  again  set  sail,  with  a  nor'-nor'-east 
wind,  keeping  our  course  along  the  north  shore,  where  the 
land  was  thickly  wooded,  and  in  some  places  quite  flat ;  so 
that  it  appeared  as  if  the  Spaniards  had  once  used  it  for 
growing  crops  upon.  Along  the  coast  it  was  very  deep, 
so  that  no  bottom  can  be  got  for  anchorage  until  one  is 
quite  close  to  the  shore. 

Towards  nightfall  we  anchored  in  30  fathoms,  so  close 
to  the  land  that  it  was  quite  within  musket  range. 

We  were  surprised  to  see  here,  on  the  south  side,  very 
fine  green  woods  and  many  parrots,  being  then  in.  54°  of 
latitude.  We  also  saw  here,  to  our  great  astonishment,  a 
gap  forming  a  thoroughfare  or  passage  through  which  we 
could  see  the  open  sea,  and  if  we  had  had  the  Jacht  with 
us,  the  Admiral  would  have  sent  the  same  thither,  for  in 
our  opinion  we  might  very  quickly  have  come  through 
there  into  the  Silean^  Sea,  but  as  that  vessel  had  got 
separated  from  us  before  the  first  narrows,  it  could  not  be 
done. 

Early  on  the  morning  of  the  12th,  we  again  sailed  south 
and  south  by  east,  until  we  came  to  a  great  tongue  of  land, 
behind  which  there  was  a  large  bay  which  appeared  to  be 
a  good  roadstead.  Here  the  land  began  to  be  high  and 
hilly,  with  the  snow  lying  as  white  upon  the  mountains  as 
if  it  were  midwinter. 

And  thus  we  sailed  in  a  south-westerly  direction  to  the 
third  narrows ;  but  as  the  wind  was  very  variable,  we  cast 
anchor  as  evening  fell  in  42  fathoms,  just  before  the  third 
narrows. 

On  the  morning  of  the  13th,  the  Admiral  sent  the 
smallest  boat  to  a  great  inlet,  where  we  supposed  Mossel 
Bay  to  be.  Moreover,  the  Admiral  himself,  with  many 
others,  went  ashore,  where  we  found  nought  else  than  fresh 
water.     In  the  same  spot  were  trees,  the  bark  of  which 

1  Chilean. 


April,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN*S  JOURNAL.  43 

was  as  strong  as  pepper  ;  wherefore  we  gave  the  same  the 
name  of  Pepper  Bay,  although  similar  trees  also  stood  in 
other  places.  Very  soon  afterwards  we  went  back  to  the 
ships,  and  set  sail,  but  made  no  progress,  indeed,  rather 
drifting  back  on  account  of  variable  winds,  which  came 
blowing  down  from  the  high  country,  so  that  we  had  to 
cast  anchor  again. 

On  the  14th  and  15th  it  blew  very  hard,  so  that  we  had 
to  stay  at  anchor. 

Two  or  three  hours  before  daybreak,  on  the  i6th,  the 
wind  veered  to  the  east,  whereupon  we  set  sail,  going  first 
south  by  east,  afterwards  south,  and  finally  south-west, 
because  the  land  trends  here  in  so  westerly  a  direction, 
indeed,  entirely  towards  the  north-west.  Thus  we  sailed 
past  Mossel  Bay,  close  to  which  lies  a  small  islet.  The 
land  here  was  very  high,  hilly,  and  enveloped  in  snow. 
Towards  evening  the  Admiral  fired  a  shot,  in  order  to  let 
our  ships  hear  it  in  the  event  of  there  being  any  about. 

About  eventide  we  saw  smoke  rising,  wherefore  we 
fired  another  cannon  shot,  and  shortly  afterwards  we  saw 
a  boat  come  rowing  along,  which  brought  us  tidings  that 
our  four  ships  lay  in  Cordes  Bay,^  having  only  arrived 
there  that  very  day,  and  being  still  occupied  in  anchoring. 


^  So  called  after  Simon  de  Cordes,  one  of  the  chief  commanders  of 
the  expedition  of  five  ships  of  Rotterdam  which  set  out  from  Goeree 
in  159b  and  anchored  here  from  April,  1599,  until  the  end  of  August. 

"  Les  peines  qu'ils  souffrirent  en  hivernant  dans  cette  baie,  alors 
nommee  la  Baie  Verte,  la  disette  ou  ils  se  trouverent,  la  perte  qu'ils  y 
firent  de  plus  de  six-vingts  hommes,  leur  fit  venir  la  pensee  de  la 
nommer  la  Baie  de  Cordes,  en  memoire  de  tous  ces  accidents  qui  leur 
etoient  arrivez  sous  le  General  de  ce  nom."  Reaieil  des  Voyages  qui  ont 
servi  a  l^ etablissement  .  .  .  de  la  Compagnie  des  Indes  Orie?itales. 
Amsterdam,  1702,  p.  654. 

Burney  {A  Chronological  History  of  the  Voyages  and  Discoveries  in 
the  South  Sea^  Ft.  II,  pp.  189  and  332) professes  to  find  some  difficulty 
in  identifying  this  bay  with  the  hart)our  of  Fort  Galan  or  Gallant  ; 
this  difficulty,  however,  does  not  arise  out  of  the  text  of  the  Spiegel^ 
either  in  the  French  version,  which  Burney  saw,  or  in  the  original 
Dutch,  but  rather  from  the  fact  of  Burney  having  written  his  note 
concerning  this  bay  on  the  text  of  the  Voyage  of  the  Five  Rotterdam 
Ships  in  1598  and  then  subsequently  referring  his  readers  to  that  note 
without  further  consulting  the  text  of  the  Spiegel, 


44  SPEILBERGEN*S  JOURNAL.         [April,  1615 

It  was  a  wonderful  mercy  of  God  that  such  big  ships  had 
come  with  such  great  trouble,  contrary  winds  and  storms 
through  such  narrow  channels,  various  turns,  and  many 
whirlpools,  at  the  same  time  and  day  to  their  appointed 
Rendevous,  especially  as  they  had  got  separated  from 
each  other,  and  had  passed  the  first  narrows  at  different 
times. 

Towards  the  evening  we  cast  anchor  in  17  fathoms,  and 
shortly  afterwards  the  Vice-Admiral,  with  the  merchants, 
captains,  and  skipper,  came  to  welcome  the  Admiral ;  each 
telling  what  had  befallen  him,  and  thanking  God  for  such 
a  happy  meeting. 

During  that  day  there  were  many  savages  with  their 
wives  and  children  on  the  shore,  with  whom  Maerten 
Pieterssen  Cruyck,  skipper  of  the  Morghen-sterre,  and 
some  others  had  spoken,  evincing  much  friendship  for 
them,  and  giving  them  some  knives  and  other  wares, 
treating  them  also  to  Spanish  wine,  whereupon  they 
made  signs  that  they  liked  it  very  much.  In  exchange, 
they  gave  our  people  certain  pearl  shells  strung  together, 
and  very  finely  made.  But  these  savages  did  not  come 
back  again  as  long  as  we  lay  there,  the  cause  whereof  we 
opined  to  be  that  they  had  been  frightened  by  the  shoot- 
ing, for  we  went  ashore  daily  with  guns,  in  order  to  shoot 
geese,  ducks,  and  other  birds. 

On  the  17th,  it  was  so  calm  that  we  had  to  be  towed,  in 
order  to  get  to  the  other  ships  in  the  bay,  where  we  cast 
anchor  in  13  fathoms. 

On  the  1 8th,  the  Broad  Council  met,  and  resolved  to 
abide  in  that  place  another  week,  and  to  provide  ourselves 
in  the  meanwhile  with  water,  firewood,  and  other  neces- 
saries. 

On  the  same  day,  the  Jager  was  towed  by  the  boats 
behind  a  small  island  lying  in  the  bay,  and  was  cleaned 
there. 

During  the  week,  all  the  ships  were  well  provided  with 


April,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  45 

all  that  they  required,  and  the  crews  well  refreshed  with 
mussels,  which  are  very  large  and  good  there  ;  also  with  a 
kind  called  "  clipcouses,"  superior  in  flavour  and  quality  to 
oysters ;  there  was  also  much  watercress,  parsley,  salad 
and  many  red  berries. 

For  joy  at  our  re-union,  the  Admiral  invited  all  the 
principal  officers  to  dinner  on  board  his  ship,  and  they 
were  well  regaled  there  with  many  fresh  dishes  of  meat, 
pork,  poultry,  oranges,  lemons,  candied  peel  and  marma- 
lades, most  of  which  we  had  procured  at  Saint  Vincent  ; 
also  with  olives,  capers,  good  Spanish  and  French  wine, 
Dutch  beer,  and  many  other  things  which  it  would  take 
too  long  to  mention  here  ;  and,  moreover,  we  enjoyed  there 
a  fine  concert  of  various  instruments,  and  music  of  many 
voices. 

Before  daybreak  on  the  24th,  we  set  sail  again,  the  wind 
being  north  by  west,  and  so  we  tacked  till  past  a  corner. 
On  the  other  side,  opposite  to  us,  we  saw  a  number  of 
people  who  had  kindled  a  fire,  and  having  by  them  some 
canoys,  one  of  which  rowed  some  way  towards  us,  and 
made  signs  to  us  with  an  oar,  but  they  durst  not  come  on 
board.  Towards  evening,  we  anchored  in  16  fathoms, 
under  a  small  island,  near  which  there  were  quite  seven  or 
eight  islets  more,  to  which  such  names  were  given  as  may 
be  seen  in  the  map  of  the  Magellan  Straits. 

On  the  25th,  the  Admiral  sent  out  three  boats,  the  one 
hither,  the  other  thither,  in  order  to  seek  a  good  roadstead 
and  proper  anchorage.  They  finally  found  a  fine  bay, 
situated  about  a  mile  and  a-half  distant  from  us,  having 
good  anchorage  in  16,  18,  and  20  fathoms,  whither  we 
sailed  in  the  afternoon,  with  a  south-east  wind,  that  shortly 
afterwards  veered  round,  so  that  we  could  not  reach  the 
bay,  but  had  to  cast  anchor  a  little  to  the  east  in 
25  fathoms. 

At  daybreak  on  the  26th,  we  weighed  anchor  again,  and 
set  sail  with  an  east-nor'-east  wind,  and   making  a  little 


46  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.         [April,  1615 

progress,  but  the  wind  soon  veering  to  the  north,  with  a 
strong  gale,  we  were  compelled  to  anchor  to  the  south  of 
an  island,  in  25  fathoms. 

From  this  place  we  saw  a  passage  and  thoroughfare  into 
the  South  Sea,  and  the  Admiral  and  many  others,  going 
ashore,  climbed  up  the  mountains,  whence  they  opined 
that  it  was  a  direct  thoroughfare,  as  we  have  also  narrated 
in  other  places,  and  especially  in  the  entry  of  the 
nth  April;  but  our  orders  and  instructions  were  always 
to  follow  the  Strait  of  Magellanes,  without  trying  any 
other  passage. 

We  are  sufficiently  informed  that  there  were  passages  on 
the  south,  as  one  may  read  in  the  History  of  the  East 
Indies,  written  by  Le  Padro  Josephus  de  Coste^  in  the 
Spanish  language,  and  afterwards^  translated^  by  Jan  Huy- 
ghens  van  Lindschoten  f  and  among  other  places  at  the  end 
of  his  tenth  chapter,^  where  he  says  that  Don  Gaua^  Men- 
doza.  Governor  of  Chili,  having  sent  Captain  Ladrillero 
with  two  vessels  in  search  of  the  passage  south  of  the 
Magellanes,  the  latter  found  the  passage  and  entered  the 
Sea,  sailing  from  north  to  south,  without  continuing  along 
the  aforementioned  Strait.'^ 

Further,  all  other  historians  are  of  the  same  opinion,  and 
hold  it  certain  that  there  is  in  the  Magellanes  a  way  out 
by  which  one  can  reach  the  open  sea,  and  in  a  short  time 
the  Silean  Sea.^ 

On  the  29th,  at  noon,  the  Morghen-sterre  ran  into  the 


^  Acosta  (Joseph  de),  Historia  natural  y  moral  de  las  Indias, 
Sevilla,  1590. 

2  In  1598.  '  Into  Dutch. 

^  Linschoten  (Jan  Huygen  van). 

s  Of  the  Third  Book.  «  Garcia. 

^  For  a  contemporary  English  rendering  of  the  passage  and  its 
context,  see  Sir  Clements  Markham's  edition  of  Acosta's  work,  Hakl, 
Soc,  Ser.  I,  60,  pp.  137  et  seq. 

®  Chilean  Sea, 


April,  1615]         SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  47 

bay  which  we  had  found  on  the  25th,  casting  anchor  in 
25  fathoms.  This  bay  was  very  fine,  having  good  an- 
chorage, near  which  there  grew  very  many  red  and  blue 
berries,  that  were  of  very  good  flavour.  There  was  also 
near  by  a  fresh-water  river  that  ran  down  from  the  hills 
through  the  bush  into  the  sea.  In  addition  to  this,  there 
was  here  an  abundance  of  mussels,  "  clip-couses,"  and  other 
things  of  that  kind,  wherefore  the  Admiral  had  this  bay 
named  after  himself,  to  wit,  Spilberghen. 

On  the  30th,  the  other  ships  entered  the  bay,  and  all 
anchored  together. 

May. 

On  the  1st,  the  Admiral  sent  out  Maerten  Pieterssen, 
skipper  of  the  Morghen-sterre^  and  Hendrick  Reyers,  boat- 
swain's-mate,  with  a  boat,  to  look  for  the  right  passage. 

Before  these  had  gone  very  far  from  us  they  saw  some 
fine  birds  sitting  on  the  shore,  wherefore  four  of  the  hands 
sought  and  obtained  permission  to  go  on  land  and  shoot 
these  birds.  No  sooner  were  they  ashore  than  the  savages, 
each  bearing  a  club,  suddenly  pounced  upon  them  with 
wild  shouts,  and  slew  two  of  the  sailors  from  the  Morghen- 
sterre,  to  wit,  an  arquebusier  and  the  cabin-boy,  whilst  the 
two  others  escaped.  The  Admiral  having  been  informed 
of  this  was  not  at  all  pleased  that  permission  had  been 
given  the  men  to  go  ashore,  no  orders  having  been  issued 
to  that  effect. 

On  the  2nd,  fresh  officers  were  appointed  in  place  of 
those  who  had  remained  on  Ilo  Grande,  and  had  died  on 
the  way. 

About  noon,  we  again  set  sail  with  an  east-south-east 
wind  and  fine  weather,  and  sailed  until  the  evening,  when 
we  cast  anchor  in  10  fathoms,  in  a  very  fine  bay,  near 
which  there  was  a  fresh-water  river. 

During  the  night  of  the  3rd,  one  of  the  Admiral's  ser- 


48  speilbergen's  journal.        [May,  1615 

vants  named  Abraham  Pieterssen,  of  Middelburch,  died  ; 
and  we  buried  him  in  the  morning  on  an  island  close  to 
the  river,  wherefore  we  gave  the  latter  the  name  of 
Abraham's  River. 

In  the  afternoon,  the  Admiral  sent  the  boat  of  the 
j^olus  on  in  advance,  in  order  to  sound  the  bottom,  and 
look  for  a  good  anchorage. 

Meanwhile,  the  Admiral  and  Vice-Admiral,  with  three 
boats  well-manned  and  armed,  rowed  into  the  river,  in 
order  to  inspect  the  same  ;  but  as  soon  as  they  were  in  it 
they  found  that  the  tide  was  carrying  them  up  with  such 
force  that  they  had  enough  to  do  to  get  each  boat  out 
again  with  eight  oars. 

Along  this  river  we  saw  many  small  huts,  which  the 
savages  had  inhabited,  but  from  which  they  had  now  fled. 
In  the  entrance  to  the  river  were  a  large  number  of  stakes, 
looking  like  a  fishery. 

The  Admiral  then  came  aboard  again  and  waited  for  the 
boat  sent  out,  which  did  not  return  until  the  night,  without 
having  found  any  proper  anchorage,  for  the  reason  that  it 
was  so  deep  all  around  that  the  least  they  had  found  was 
130  fathoms. 

On  the  4th,  the  Admiral  summoned  all  the  pilots  on 
board  his  ship  to  hear  their  opinion  concerning  the  advisa- 
bility of  setting  sail  or  not,  and  it  was  thereupon  resolved 
to  send  out  two  boats  again  to  sound  the  depths.  This 
having  been  done,  and  the  wind  veering  to  the  east  in  the 
afternoon,  we  set  sail,  and  directed  our  course  to  the  west- 
nor'-west. 

On  the  northern  shore  we  saw  a  big  channel,  nearly  as 
wide  as  the  Strait  itself,  into  which  the  tide  ran  with  great 
force. 

Sailing  thus,  the  Admiral  ordered  a  shot  to  be  fired 
from  time  to  time  in  order  to  inform  the  boats,  which  had 
rowed  on  in  advance,  that  we  were  under  sail, 


May,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  49 

Towards  the  evening  the  two  boats  came  back,  saying 
that  the  channel  extended  west-nor'-west  straight  before 
us  ;  wherefore  they  deemed  it  advisable  that  we  should 
sail  on  the  whole  night,  since  wind  and  current  served. 
Some  were  opposed  to  this,  saying  that  it  was  better  to 
cast  anchor  and  await  daylight ;  to  which  end  Maerten 
Pieterssen,  skipper  of  the  Morghen-sterre,  the  mates  of  the 
Mane,  the  ^olus,  and  some  others,  came  on  board  the 
Admiral's  ship  to  get  him  to  anchor,  especially  as  we  were 
becalmed  between  high  coasts  near  Cape  Maurity.  But 
whilst  we  were  busied  therewith,  the  wind  rose  so  much  to 
our  advantage  that  by  the  common  agreement  of  all  we 
proceeded  through  the  Strait  that  night.  Maerten  Pieters- 
sen sailed  on  somewhat  in  advance  with  the  Jacht,  and  it 
was  very  fearsome  and  awful  to  behold  such  great  ships 
sailing  between  such  high  coasts  without  a  bottom  for 
anchorage,  and  that  by  night. 

On  the  5th,  the  channel  began  to  get  gradually  wider,  so 
that  we  could  see  straight  out  to  sea,  and  as  the  wind 
dropped,  the  Admiral's  ship  drifted  to  the  southern  shore, 
wherefore  he  fired  a  shot  as  a  signal  for  the  boats  of  the 
other  ships  to  come  and  help  him  get  away  from  the  lee- 
shore  ;  but  no  sooner  had  the  boats  got  alongside  of  him 
than  the  wind  improved,  so  that  we  sailed  on  the  whole 
day  and  night  north-west  by  west,  making  good  progress. 

At  daybreak,  on  the  morning  of  the  6th,  we  had  a  strong 
wind  and  drizzling  weather.  We  then  saw  the  south 
corner,  which  is  very  steep  and  conspicuous,  having  some 
peaks  that  look  like  turrets. 

So  we  sailed  out  along  the  southern  shore,  since  against 
the  north  shore  were  many  rocks  and  islets  that  were  very 
dangerous.  And  the  same  day  we  came,  with  God's  help 
into  the  South  Sea,  for  which  He  must  be  praised  in 
eternity. 

In  the  afternoon,  the   wind  increasing  very  much,  we 

E 


50  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  [May,  1615 

tried  to  haul  the  boats  on  board,  but  the  waves  were  so 
violent  that  the  Admiral's  big  boat  was  smashed  in  pieces, 
and  drifted  away ;  we  managed  to  get  the  others  up  with 
difficulty,  and  not  without  great  danger  of  loss  of  life. 
The  ships  themselves  were  in  no  less  peril  on  account  of 
the  islands  that  lay  to  leeward  of  us,  and  upon  which  we 
feared  to  be  driven  by  the  strong  wind. 

The  whole  night  long  the  wind  increased  in  force,  with 
continual  rain  and  hail. 

These  islets,  lying  in  the  South  Sea  at  the  end  of  the 
Magellan  Strait,  we  gave  the  name  of  Sorlinges,  because 
they  were  not  unlike  the  Sorlinges^  outside  the  English 
Channel. 

The  exit  of  this  Strait  of  Magellanes  presents  a  very 
fearful  and  dangerous  appearance,  by  reason  of  the  number 
of  islets  and  rocks  of  great  height  that  lie  there,  and  there 
seems  to  be  no  place  where,  in  time  of  peril,  a  ship  could 
anchor  or  seek  shelter. 

The  southern  cape,  called  Cape  Desirado,  is  of  a  very 
unusual  shape,  as  may  be  seen  by  the  map,  and  as  soon  as 
the  same  is  passed  the  wind  generally  rises,  and  the  sea 
becomes  tumultuous,  so  that,  in  addition  to  the  danger  of 
passing  through  the  Strait,  one  has  still  to  endure  various 
extremes  and  hardships,  as  bear  witness  thereto  the  narra- 
tives and  journals  of  those  who  have  previously  passed  here. 

Towards  evening,  on  the  7th,  the  wind  blowing  very 
hard,  we  ran  towards  the  north,  so  that  we  took  in  our 
topsails  and  tacked  the  whole  night,  continually  turning 
again  and  again. 

On  the  8th,  the  weather  continued  the  same,  but  grew 
better  on  the  9th,  and  we,  still  tacking,  found  ourselves  in 
latitude  50°  at  noon. 

On  the  lOth,  our  Vice-Admiral,  who  had  got  separated 

^  Sorlingues,  the  French  name  for  the  Scilly  Islands, 


May,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  5 1 

from  us  on  the  8th  by  the  storm,  came  back  to  us.  We 
then  set  our  course  to  the  west,  the  wind  being  nor'-nor'- 
west,  and  increasing  in  strength  during  the  night,  with 
rain  and  fog. 

Sailing  in  this  fashion,  we  came  in  sight  of  the  land  of 
Chili  on  the  21st;  wherefore  we  turned  seawards  again, 
west-nor'-west,  and  saw  lying  in  that  direction  an  island 
which  we  deemed  to  be  La  Mocha,  and  on  casting  the 
lead  we  found  38  fathoms,  with  a  very  good  sand  bottom. 
All  the  afternoon  we  had  a  boisterous  wind  from  the 
nor'-nor'-east,  with  drizzly  weather. 

On  the  morning  of  the  22nd  the  same  weather  con- 
tinued, with  much  rain  ;  towards  midday  it  grew  calm,  the 
wind  veering  to  the  west,  and  we  took  our  course  to  the 
north-east. 

Very  early  on  the  23rd,  we  could  see  the  Island  of  La 
Mocha  distinctly,  wherefore,  the  wind  coming  from  the 
south,  we  sailed  eastwards  under  full  sail  until  noon,  when, 
on  account  of  the  wind  falling,  we  could  make  no  further 
progress.  The  Admiral  then  caused  a  cannon-shot  to  be 
fired  in  order  to  summon  the  Broad  Council.  And  towards 
the  evening  we  took  in  the  top-sails  in  order  to  make  less 
progress,  casting  the  lead  in  60  and  70  fathoms  until  night- 
fall, when  it  grew  quite  calm. 

Before  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the  24th,  we  got  the 
wind  from  north  by  east  with  a  fine  breeze,  and  set  our 
course  east  by  north,  so  that  by  daybreak  we  were  two  or 
three  miles  athwart  the  land,  casting  anchor  in  18  fathoms 
upon  a  very  good  and  proper  bottom. 

Since  we  could  not  get  to  the  island  on  account  of  the 
contrary  wind,  we  tacked  the  whole  day  long  until  night- 
fall, when  we  cast  anchor  in  17  fathoms,  about  a  mile  from 
the  island,  there  being  on  the  north  side  low  land  of  great 
extent  and  on  the  south  side  many  rocks,  against  which 
the  sea  dashed  with  a  great  roar. 

E  2 


52  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  [May,  1615 

On  the  morning  of  the  25th,  we  set  sail  again,  trying  to 
get  up  the  river  by  tacking,  but  could  make  no  progress 
the  whole  of  that  day  until  the  evening,  when  we  anchored 
half  a  mile  from  the  shore  in  13  fathoms,  where  the 
Admiral  had  the  Broad  Council  summoned. 

At  daybreak  on  the  26th,  the  Admiral  again  summoned 
the  Council,  when  it  was  resolved  that  four  boats,  well 
armed  and  manned,  should  be  sent  to  the  land  with  some 
merchandise.  Wherefore,  the  Admiral  himself  and  many 
others  of  the  Council  shortly  afterwards  proceeded  thither. 
On  landing,  they  found  numbers  of  the  inhabitants  on  the 
shore,  having  with  them  many  kinds  of  provisions — such 
as  sheep,  fowls,  and  other  poultry,  both  cooked  and  raw  ; 
and  offering  all  these  to  us,  they  bade  us  welcome,  evincing 
every  kind  of  friendship  and  good-will  towards  us. 

At  noon  the  Admiral  came  on  board  with  all  the 
provisions,  bringing  with  him  the  chief  of  the  island  and 
his  son,  who  were  very  well  received  and  entertained  by 
the  Admiral  and  other  officers.  After  dinner,  the  Admiral 
had  them  taken  all  over  the  ship,  showing  them  the  guns 
and  their  use,  and  indicating  to  them  by  signs  that  we 
came  to  fight  the  Spaniard  with  these,  which  they  gave  us 
to  understand  was  agreeable  to  them,  as  being  enemies  of 
the  aforesaid.  They  remained  all  night  with  the  Admiral, 
and  they  were  regaled  with  good  cheer  as  in  the  evening. 

On  the  27th,  the  Admiral  had  all  his  troops  drawn  up  in 
order  on  the  ship  fully  armed,  which  pleased  these  Chileans 
very  much. 

After  breakfast,  these  two  were  accompanied  ashore  by 
nearly  all  the  nobles  of  our  fleet,  and  were  honoured  by  a 
salute  of  a  few  guns. 

On  landing,  we  again  exchanged  some  hatchets,  beads, 
and  other  trifles  for  a  large  number  of  sheep.  They  gave 
us  for  a  service  axe  two  fat  sheep,  and  received  us  with 
every  amiability,  but   they  did  not  permit  any  of  us  to 


PLATE  No.    4. 


No.  4  is  the  Island  of  Mocha, 
With  the  explanations  as  shown  under  A,  B,  C. 

A.  Are  our  boats  in  which  we  rowed  ashore  to  trade  with  them. 

B.  Is  the    manner  in   which   we    traded    with     the  people  of    La 

Mocha,  exchanging  hatchets  and  knives  for  sheep,  fowls,  and 
fruit. 

C.  Is  the  manner  of  sitting  with  their  legs  cross- wise,  like  the  tailors 

sit  in  Christian  countries. 

D.  Is  the  manner  in  which  our  trumpeters  and  other  musicians  gave 

a  grand  concert  on  the  beach. 

E.  Are  the  La  Mochyanes  who  listened  to  that  playing  with  great 

pleasure. 

F.  Are  their  houses   or  huts,   into   which   they   would  not   let   our 

comrades  come. 

G.  Is  the  manner  in  which  they  bring  along  their  sheep  and  other 

commodities  to  barter  them. 
H.  Was  our  yacht,  which  lay  close  to  the  shore. 
I.    Are  our  four  other  ships,  with  which  the  boats  kept  up  constant 

communication. 
K.  Is  their  manner  of  dress  or  clothing. 
L.   Is  the  strange  shape  of  some  of  their  sheep,  which  have  a  hump 

on  the  back  like  a  camel. 


May,  1615]        speilbergen's  journal.  53 

come  into  their  houses  or  near  their  wives,  bringing  every- 
thing to  the  boats  themselves.  At  last,  they  made  signs  to 
us  with  their  hands  that  we  should  get  into  our  boats  and 
depart,  which,  by  order  of  the  Admiral,  was  immediately 
done,  and  at  the  same  instance  we  weighed  anchor  and 
set  sail  with  a  southerly  wind,  taking  our  course  to  the 
north. 

In  this  last  journey  we  had  made  ashore  we  brought 
back  on  board  a  sheep  of  a  very  wonderful  shape,  having 
a  very  long  neck  and  a  hump  like  a  camel,  a  hare  lip, 
and  very  long  legs.  They  till  their  land  with  these  sheep, 
employing  them  instead  of  asses  or  horses.  Of  other 
sheep  we  procured  here  more  than  a  hundred,  which  were 
very  large  and  fat,  having  white  wool  as  in  our  country, 
and  in  addition  to  these  a  large  number  of  fowls  and  other 
poultry,  by  which  our  men  were  greatly  set  up,  for  which 
the  Admiral  gave  them  some  hatchets,  knives,  shirts,  hats, 
and  other  similar  things,  so  that  we  parted  from  each  other 
in  great  friendship. 

These  Chilenoises  were  well-mannered,  very  polite  and 
friendly,  very  orderly  in  their  eating  and  drinking,  of 
good  morals,  and  almost  equal  to  Christians  ;  and  if  the 
Admiral  had  been  willing  to  tarry  there  longer,  they 
would  not  have  refused  to  provide  us  with  more  sheep 
and  other  things,  but  the  resolution  had  been  arrived  at 
to  pursue  our  journey  in  God's  name. 

On  the  morning  of  the  28th,  we  had  a  good  wind  from 
the  south  and  sailed  nor'-nor'-east,  so  that  by  midday  we 
came  in  sight  of  the  continent,  which  we  opined  to  be 
Sancta  Maria.^  Meanwhile,  the  Admiral  had  the  Council 
summoned  to  arrive  at  a  further  resolution  ;  in  doing  this, 
the  Jager  collided  with  the  Admiral's  bow,  doing  much 
damage,  breaking  the  spritsail  yard  and  tearing  some  sails 

1  The  island  of  Santa  Maria,  in  36''  59'  S. 


54  speilbergen's  journal.        [May,  1615 

to  pieces,  so  that  being  locked  together  they  were   at  last 
got  apart  with  great  difficulty. 

Towards  the  evening,  we  were  close  under  the  shore, 
near  which  lay  an  island  that  we  had  previously  taken  to 
be  Sancta  Maria,  being  a  very  rugged  rock  and  entirely 
surrounded  by  rocks.  Wherefore  we  again  put  out  to  sea, 
moving  to  and  fro  the  whole  night  whilst  awaiting  the  day. 

On  the  29th,  not  being  far  from  the  land,  we  crowded 
all  sail  and  proceeded  along  the  coast  until  we  came  in 
sight  of  the  real  island  of  Sancta  Maria,  where  we  entered 
the  roads  in  the  afternoon,  anchoring  in  6  fathoms. 

Shortly  afterwards,  there  appeared  here  twenty-five  or 
twenty-six  men  on  horseback,  each  holding  a  lance  in  his 
hand  and  riding  to  and  fro  ;  wherefore  the  Council  met, 
after  a  given  signal,  and  resolved  that  the  Fiscal  should  be 
sent  ashore  with  four  boats,  well-manned  and  equipped,  in 
order  to  ascertain  whether  it  would  be  possible  to  deal  in 
a  friendly  manner  with  these  Indians.  This  was  done,  and 
the  Fiscal  presently  returning,  brought  with  him  a  Spaniard 
and  an  Indian,  for  whom  he  had  left  a  sergeant  as  hostage. 

These  two  hostages  remained  on  board  the  whole 
night. 

Upon  our  first  arrival  off  this  island,  we  saw  a  barque 
lying  round  the  corner,  which,  as  soon  as  she  perceived  us, 
had  set  sail  and  fled. 

On  the  nor'-nor'-east  side  of  this  island  lay  a  reef 
extending  quite  three  miles  out  to  sea. 

On  the  morning  of  the  30th,  the  Admiral  had  all  the 
men  of  his  ship  drawn  up  armed  in  battle  array,  and  shown 
to  the  Spaniard,  who  observed  them  very  closely.  He 
was  afterwards  taken  to  the  Vice-Admiral's  ship,  where 
the  troops  stood  in  like  manner  under  arms,  and  was 
honoured  by  the  Admiral  with  a  salute  of  one  gun,  and 
by  the  Vice-Admiral  with  a  charge  of  musketry. 

The  Spaniard   having  invited  the  Vice-Admiral  and  a 


PLATE  No.   5. 


Number  5  is  the  Island  of  Sancta  Maria, 
With  an  explanation  of  all  things  shown  in  the  plate,  as  follows  : — 

A.  Is  the  continent  of  Chili,  called  Cabo  de  la  Vapii.^ 

B.  Are  a  number  of  Spanish  horsemen  who  made  their  appearance 

in  divers  places  with  much  defiance. 

C.  Are  our  soldiers  and  a  number  of  sailors  drawn  up  in  battle  array. 

D.  Is  the  small  town  of  Sancta  Maria,  which  is  being  burnt. 

E.  Are  some  skirmishes  with   the   Spaniards,  in  which  some  were 

killed. 

F.  Is  the  spot  in  which  our  men  landed  and  re-embarked  with  sheep 

and  provisions. 

G.  Are  our  boats  rowing  to  and  fro  with  what  they  had  obtained  for 

their  requirements. 
H.  Is  one  of  our  ships  lying  on  guard  close  to  the  shore. 
I.     Is  the  rest  of  our  fleet, 

^  Punta  Lavapie. 


May,  1615]        speilbergen's  journal.  55 

few  others  to  dinner,  they  proceeded  ashore  together,  to 
wit,  the  Vice- Admiral,  a  few  merchants,  and  the  captain. 

They  were  no  sooner  on  land  and  had  not  yet  sat  down 
to  table,  than  the  Jagers  boat  rowed  off  to  them  in  all 
haste,  informing  them  that  their  men  had  from  the  top- 
mast seen  a  troop  of  armed  men  marching  straight  for  the 
place  in  which  they  were  to  go  and  dine  ;  upon  hearing 
which  they  put  off  from  the  shore  in  all  haste,  coming  on 
board  with  the  Spaniard,  whom  they  brought  with  them  a 
prisoner. 

At  daybreak  on  the  31st,  the  Admiral  proceeded  ashore 
with  three  companies  of  soldiers  and  some  sailors,  and 
drew  them  up  in  order  there,  but  as  soon  as  they  landed 
the  Spaniards  fled  from  thence,  after  having  set  fire  to 
their  church. 

Our  troops,  therefore,  marched  forward  as  far  as  their 
quarters,  obtaining  there  a  large  quantity  of  sheep,  fowls, 
and  other  necessary  provisions. 

In  the  skirmishes,  only  two  of  our  men  were  wounded 
and  four  of  the  enemy  killed,  for  as  they  were  on  horse- 
back we  could  not  pursue  them  as  we  wished. 

On  leaving,  being  well  provided  with  all  kinds  of  food, 
we  set  fire  to  all  their  dwellings,  which  burn  very  easily 
and  quickly,  since  they  are  made  and  covered  with  cane. 

Towards  the  evening,  we  rowed  back  to  our  ships  with 
our  booty. 

The  island  of  Sancta  Maria  is  very  good,  fertile,  and 
healthy.  It  has  no  gold  or  silver  mines,  but  abundance  of 
wheat,  barley,  beans,  sheep,  fowls,  and  the  like,  whereof  we 
brought  away  in  this  last  expedition  some  five  hundred 
sheep,  and  many  other  things. 


56  speilbergen's  journal.         [May,  1615 


ORDER 

OF  THE  PRESENT  FLEET  IN   THE  SOUTH  SEA,  BEING  IN 
ABOUT   37°   LATITUDE  FROM  THE  SOUTH   POLE. 

All  captains  and  skippers  in  command  of  ships  and 
crews  are  beholden  to  have  the  following  order  promptly 
carried  out  with  all  diligence. 

The  Constable,  his  mate  and  arquebusiers,  shall  see  that 
all  the  guns  are  ready  and  fit  for  use,  each  in  its  proper  and 
appointed  place,  as  well  as  the  mortars  and  other  ordnance, 
with  trained  and  experienced  men  near  them,  so  that  all 
may  be  done  with  order. 

The  cannon-balls,  cross-bar  shot,  lanterns  and  other 
things,  must  be  ready  and  at  hand  near  each  gun. 

For  each  gun  there  must  be  at  least  ten  cartridges,  so 
that  on  no  account  shall  it  be  necessary  whilst  fighting  to 
go  into  the  powder-magazine. 

The  cartridges  must  stand  below  in  the  hold,  in  order  to 
be  spared,  as  far  as  possible,  from  all  accident,  and  whilst 
giving  battle  or  fighting,  experienced  men  must  be  near 
them  to  bring  them  up  as  they  are  required. 

The  ships'  captains  or  skippers  shall  take  care  that  each 
man  of  their  crew  shall  in  due  order  pay  heed  to  his  gun 
or  piece  of  ordnance,  some  be  in  charge  of  the  sails,  others 
be  in  readiness  with  their  guns  for  defence  or  attack. 

The  carpenters  shall  be  holden  to  have  all  their  tools  in 
readiness,  so  that  they  may  repair,  if  necessary,  any  leaks 
or  shots  piercing  the  ship,  and  during  a  battle  or  fight 
they  shall  give  quick  and  careful  heed  in  all  places  where 
any  cannon-balls  may  enter,  either  above  or  below 
water. 

The  aforesaid  captains  or  skippers  shall  endeavour  to 
make  all  their  other  officers  of  the  ships'  crews  take  heed 


May,  1615.]  SPEILBERGEN's  JOURNAL.  $7 

that  all  the  ship's  rigging  is  in  order,  all  the  yards  well 
secured  with  chains,  the  ships  well  provided  with  waste- 
cloths,  especially  in  the  top-masts,  in  order  to  protect  the 
latter  as  much  as  possible  from  musket-shots,  since  it  is 
mostly  found  necessary  to  place  men  in  them  to  carry  on 
all  manner  of  attack  and  defence  with  muskets,  fire-balls, 
grenades,  and  otherwise. 

The  mates  shall  especially  be  at  hand  and  superintend 
the  due  observance  of  this  order,  paying  good  heed  to 
loading  and  firing  with  the  greatest  and  best  advantage, 
according  to  time  and  opportunity. 

The  long  and  the  short  pikes,  as  well  as  broad-swords 
and  other  such  things,  must  be  fit  for  use,  ready  and  at 
hand. 

All  watches  at  their  appointed  work,  with  the  men  of 
each  watch,  according  as  occasion  may  require,  ready  near 
their  arms.  Hatchets  and  other  things  at  hand,  to  cut 
away  any  ropes,  yards  or  other  things  for  our  safety  or  the 
foe's  hurt. 

The  quartermasters  shall  see  to  it  that  all  around  the 
orlop  or  spare  deck,  both  fore  and  aft,  there  shall  stand 
ready  divers  tubs  of  water,  with  empty  pails  near  them,  in 
case  of  fire  (which  God  forfend !),  to  quench  the  same,  and 
whilst  fighting,  it  is  well  for  the  ship  to  be  sprinkled  with 
water,  lest,  any  powder  having  been  spilt  through  haste, 
some  matches  might  accidentally  be  dropped  into  it. 

Whereas  we  heard  in  Sint  Maria  that  in  April  last 
there  were  two  great  galleons  and  a  patache  there,  having 
together  one  thousand  men  on  board,  all  Spaniards  and 
experienced  mariners,  the  large  vessel  mounted  with  more 
than  forty  metal  guns,  the  other  in  proportion,  which 
aforesaid  galleons  were  equipped  and  sent  out  to  seek  and 
find  us,  having  been  warned  many  months  ago  of  our 
coming,  as  the  detailed  declaration  and  confession  of  the 
Spanish  prisoner  shows. 


58  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  [May,  1615 

It  has,  therefore,  been  resolved  to  go  in  search  of  the 
aforesaid  galleons — 

Firstly,  in  the  Bay  of  Conception,  then  in  Valparese, 
thence  along  the  coast  as  far  as  Arica,  which  might  be 
captured,  and  so  proceed  to  Pannanra.^  Besides  these 
galleons  (according  to  what  the  Spaniard  said),  there  are 
more  such  galleons  in  readiness,  and  waiting  for  us  in 
Lima,  for  which  many  troops  are  ready,  having  also 
German  and  other  constables,  but  as  we  hope  to  find  the 
first  galleons,  these  are  postponed  till  further  orders. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  order  of  the  ships'  captains 
or  skippers,  the  captain  or  other  officer  of  the  soldiers  shall 
hold  himself  in  readiness,  upon  any  ship  that  it  may  be,  to 
inspire  his  men  to  put  forth  every  effort  for  the  foe's  over- 
throw and  the  safety  of  our  fleet. 

The  captain,  lieutenant,  or  other  officer,  shall  betake 
himself  and  move  his  men  to  any  spot  which  the  Admiral 
or  Vice- Admiral  shall  point  out.  If  the  aforesaid  Admiral 
be  not  there,  it  shall  be  done  by  the  ship's  captain  or 
skipper,  who  should  be  acquainted  with  the  manner  and 
order  of  fighting  on  ship-board,  so  that  the  soldiers  and 
sailors  do  not  get  mixed  up  in  disorder,  the  authority  of 
the  super-cargo  remaining  intact  and  nought  to  occur 
without  his  knowledge. 

During  the  fight  or  battle,  no  soldier  or  sailor  shall  be 
permitted  to  move  from  his  appointed  place,  except  by 
order  of  his  captain,  or  other  officer. 

Those  who  happen  to  be  wounded  shall  be  carried  away 
by  others  appointed  to  do  so. 

In  the  event  of  the  fight  or  cannonade  lasting  a  long 
time  so  that  the  cases  got  empty,  no  one  shall  be  permitted 
to  leave  his  place,  but  shall  hand  over  his  bandolier  to  the 

1  Evidently  meant  for  Panama. 


May,  1615]         speilbergen's  journal.  59 

person  appointed  for  that  purpose,  who  shall  immediately 
supply  it  with  powder,  balls,  and  other  things. 

In  the  event  of  the  galleons  being  found  to  be  higher  or 
bigger  than  our  ships,  and  seeking  to  grapple  us  and  board 
us  in  large  numbers,  each  commander,  captain,  or  skipper, 
shall,  according  as  the  circumstances  demand,  take  such 
careful  measures  as  may  prevent  our  soldiers  and  sailors 
from  being  killed  where  they  can  do  no  good,  and  shall 
place  them  in  a  safe  spot  under  the  quarter-nettings  fore 
and  aft,  in  order  to  annihilate  the  boarders  by  the  fittest 
means,  wherewith  each  ship  is  well  provided  in  the  shape 
of  mortars  and  other  things. 

Should  the  galleons  further  get  alongside  of  us  and  set 
their  men  aboard,  the  Constable,  the  mate  and  the  arque- 
busiers  shall  make  all  haste  to  lower  the  aim  of  as  many 
guns  as  possible  and  hit  the  galleon  below  the  water-line ; 
and  in  getting  away,  when  the  galleon  has  sent  her  men 
aboard  of  us,  care  must  be  taken  to  fire  our  guns  as 
gallantly  as  possible. 

In  the  event  of  the  galleons  keeping  away  from  us,  we 
must,  after  having  exterminated  all  the  men  they  have  put 
aboard  us,  make  them  as  unfit  and  disabled  as  is  possible 
by  means  of  our  cannon  as  aforesaid,  and  we  must  see 
whether  it  is  advisable  and  advantageous  to  board  them  in 
our  turn,  but  not  without  notable  advantage. 

We  must  always  take  heed  and  remember  that  we  have 
a  further  voyage  to  perform,  as  our  detailed  instructions 
show,  well  knowing  that  there  is  little  or  no  chance  of 
making  good  whatever  we  may  lose,  having  come  a  long 
way,  being  surrounded  by  our  foes  and  far  from  our  friends. 

If  it  chance  that  these  two  galleons  and  forces  meet  us, 
the  Admiral  shall  give  battle  with  the  Sonne  and  the 
jfEolus  to  the  Spanish  Admiral,  bombard  him,  grapple 
him,  and  whatever  else  time  and  circumstance  may  demand. 

The  Vice-Admiral,  with  the  Mane  and  the  Morgen-ster, 


66  speilbergen's  journal.         [May,  1615 

shall  deal  in  like  manner  with  the  Spanish  Vice-Admiral, 
but  the/ager  shall  proceed  to  disable  the  patache  with  her 
fire  as  far  as  possible,  to  obstruct  its  course  in  every  way, 
and  make  every  effort  to  avoid  being  grappled  or  boarded, 
all  in  the  aforesaid  order,  as  above. 

This  order  is  only  in  the  event  of  our  meeting  the 
galleons  at  sea.  Meeting  them  in  any  roadsteads,  ports 
or  bays,  the  attack  shall  be  made  in  the  following  manner. 
Getting  close  alongside  of  them,  if  possible,  and  forcing 
them  with  our  cannonade,  it  shall,  if  it  seem  advantageous, 
be  permissible  to  board  them  in  order  to  master,  burn,  or 
sink  them,  all  according  to  circumstances,  which  the  good 
God  grant  us. 

Should  it  happen  that  six,  seven  or  eight  galleons  met 
us  at  sea,  which  number  we  deem  to  be  the  very  greatest 
that  they  could  assemble  in  the  South  Sea,  we  shall  shape 
our  course  according  to  the  wind,  keeping  always  a  point 
or  two  away  from  the  foe,  but  in  such  a  way  as  con- 
veniently to  exchange  shots  with  him.  Should  any  one 
of  the  galleons,  out-sailing  the  others,  seek,  with  their 
usual  audacity,  to  board  any  of  our  ships,  we  must  in  all 
vigilance  endeavour  so  to  meet  that  galleon  that  she  may 
injure  none  of  our  company. 

Should  we  be  unable  to  keep  these  galleons  off  with  our 
fire  and  they  board  us,  in  keeping  with  their  courage  and 
audacity,  and  having  the  advantage  of  numbers  in  their 
crews,  we  shall,  nevertheless,  trust  firmly  in  God — our  aid 
shall  He  be — and  seek  to  damage  the  galleons  by  sinking 
them  with  our  shot  or  setting  fire  to  them ;  thus  putting 
forth  every  endeavour  in  defence  and  attack,  and  surrender- 
ing no  ship  under  any  circumstances,  except  to  the  Lord 
God,  in  whose  honour  we  all  promise  to  fight  to  the 
death  with  ship,  means,  and  body,  in  which  God  help  us ! 

With  regard  to  any  galleons  laden  with  merchandise, 
or  any  other  particular  ships  in  the  South  Sea  and  else- 


May,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S   JOURNAL.  6l 

where,  we  shall  act  as  may  be  best  and  most  proper  on 
the  occasion  ;  whoever  comes  in  sight  of  any  by  day  or 
night  shall  give  due  signals  by  shots,  lights,  and  other 
means,  and  shall,  moreover,  endeavour  to  overtake  such 
galleon,  ship,  or  barque. 

In  order  that  these  aforesaid  regulations  may  be  obeyed 
in  the  best  possible  manner,  all  commanders,  especially 
ships'  captains  and  skippers,  shall  diligently  admonish 
their  crews,  officers,  and  others,  to  pay  heed  to  their 
honour,  and  especially  exhort  all  mates,  second  mates, 
and  quarter-masters,  to  be  on  their  guard,  and  keep  a 
diligent  look-out,  lest  by  want  of  care  and  negligence  we 
lose  one  or  other  of  our  fleet. 

All  the  aforesaid  regulations  and  precepts  should  be 
carefully  observed,  as  well  as  any  that  we  may  still  frame 
and  order  to  follow  hereupon. 


/une. 

On  the  1st  of  June,  in  the  afternoon,  we  again  set  sail, 
directing  our  course  first  to  the  continent,  and  afterwards 
to  the  north-east,  until  the  evening,  when  we  anchored  in 
30  fathoms  at  the  end  of  the  great  reef,  of  which  we  have 
already  spoken. 

In  the  night  the  wind  veered  to  the  north,  so  that  we 
were  compelled  to  remain  lying  there. 

Here  we  were  not  far  from  Auroca,^  being  a  small  town, 
in  which  there  is  ordinarily  a  garrison  of  some  five  hundred 
Spaniards,  who  are  in  daily  warfare  with  the  Chilenoises. 
In  this  spot  the  Spaniards  have  their  strongest  force,  but 
the  continual  fighting  prevents  them  from  using  this  to 
obtain  complete  mastery  of  the  country. 

At  daybreak,  on  the  morning  of  the  3rd,  we  again  set 
sail,  keeping  with  a  south  wind  along  the  shore  until  the 

^  Arauco. 


62  speilbergen's  journal.         [June,  1615 

afternoon,  when  we  found  ourselves  near  an  island  not  far 
from  the  mainland  and  named  Quinquina,  round  about 
which  we  sailed  to  a  hamlet  called  Conception,  in  which, 
as  we  learnt  from  our  prisoners,  there  lay  some  two 
hundred  Spaniards,  besides  many  Indians,  but  as  the  wind 
was  not  strong  enough  to  carry  us  to  the  hamlet,  we  cast 
anchor  in  26  fathoms. 

In  these  quarters,  situated  in  latitude  33°  23',  we  re- 
mained until  the  nth  of  the  same  month,  without  doing 
anything  in  the  meantime.  On  that  day  the  Vice-Admiral 
visited  the  Admiral,  and  it  was  resolved  by  them  to  shape 
our  course  straight  for  the  land,  which  was  done ;  and  we 
arrived  at  a  cape  lying  near  a  valley  running  down  from 
the  top  of  the  mountains,  which  we  opined  to  be  the 
roadstead  of  Val-Parijsa,  but  afterwards  we  discovered  the 
contrary,  wherefore  we  sailed  on  until  sunset,  and  then 
cast  anchor  in  40  fathoms  close  to  another  cape,  similar  to 
the  first,  and  being  a  beautiful  spot  and  country.  As  soon 
as  we  were  at  anchor  the  Council  met,  in  order  to  pass 
resolutions  concerning  all  and  sundry  matters  ;  and  mean- 
while Maerten  Pieterssen,  skipper  of  the  Morghen-sterre, 
came  on  board,  declaring  he  had  heard  a  horn  on  land, 
and  had  also  seen  fire.  The  Admiral  therefore  sent  three 
boats  in  haste  to  the  shore,  well  manned  with  armed  crews. 
The  latter,  on  landing,  found  only  a  few  persons  coming 
down  from  the  hills,  and  on  the  beach  they  saw  a  few 
animals  ;  near  the  hills  they  saw  some  huts,  but  no  one 
went  to  them,  since  the  Admiral's  orders  did  not  permit 
of  it,  and  so  they  came  on  board  again. 

At  daybreak  on  the  12th,  we  set  sail  again  with  a 
southerly  wind,  hugging  the  coast  all  the  time.  About 
midday  we  entered  the  aforementioned  bay  of  Val-Parijsi,^ 
where  there  was  good  anchorage  for  many  vessels. 


Valparaiso, 


PLATE   No.    6. 


Number  6  is  CONCEPTION,^ 
With  an  explanation  thereof  indicated  by  A,  B,  C,  as  follows  : — 

A.  Is  an  illustration  of  the  Bay  of  Conception,^  in  latitude  36^40'. 

B.  Is  the  island  of  Quiri-quyna,'  upon  which  stood  some  straw  huts 

that  were  set  on  fire. 

C.  Is  the  hamlet  of  Conception,  in  which  were  many  Spaniards. 

D.  Is  our  fleet,  lying  in  26  fathoms. 

E.  Are  some  wild  horses,  which  are  there  in  numbers. 

F.  Is  their  manner  of  dress. 

*  La  Concepcion. 

2  Now  also  known  as  Talcahuano  Bay. 

3  Quinquina  I. 


Number  7  is  Valparijse,^ 

Which  is  the  harbour  of  the  town  of  St.  Jago,^  situated  18  miles 
inland  ;  the  explanation  is,  for  the  rest,  alphabetically  indi- 
cated. 

A.  Is  the  harbour  of  Val-parijse,  as  it  is  in  reality. 

B.  Are  our  forces  on  land,  drawn  up  in  order  of  battle  to  fight  the 

Spaniard. 

C.  Is  a  Spanish  ship  which  was  burnt  between  the  rocks. 

D.  Is  our  fleet,  which  occasionally  fired  upon  the  Spaniards. 

E.  Are  divers  troops  of  Spanish  horse,  with  lances. 

F.  Are  our  musketeers,  who  had  some  skirmishes  with  the  Spaniard. 

G.  Are  some  houses  which  were  set  on  fire. 

H.  Is  the  spot  at  which  our  men  landed  and  re-embarked. 
I.    Is  the  form  of  the  natives  there. 

^  Valparaiso.  ''■  Santiago. 


PLATE   No.   7. 


June,  1615.]        speilbergen's  journal.  63 

On  the  shore  we  saw  three  houses,  and  a  ship  lying  at 
anchor  before  them,  but  the  crew  of  the  ship  had  no 
sooner  seen  us  than  they  let  slip  their  cable  and  set  fire  to 
the  vessel,  drifting  in  this  manner  all  aflame  into  a  little 
creek  lying  amid  many  rocks.  Seeing  this,  we  sent  some 
boats  out  with  armed  men  in  order  to  capture  the  said 
vessel,  but  they  could  nut  well  get  to  it,  since  many 
Spaniards  lying  behind  the  rocks  opened  a  heavy  musket 
fire  upon  them  ;  yet  they  finally  advanced  by  force  as  far 
as  the  said  ship,  in  which  the  fire  had  already  made  such 
progress  that  it  was  impossible  to  save  it,  and  so  they 
came  back  to  our  ships,  which  lay  anchored  right  in  front 
of  the  aforesaid  houses,  the  Jager  alone  remaining  near  the 
burning  ship. 

The  Council  having  met  concerning  these  matters,  the 
Admiral,  the  Vice- Admiral,  and  many  others,  went  ashore, 
accompanied  by  about  two  hundred  soldiers.  By  the  time 
these  landed,  the  Spaniards  had  already  set  fire  to  the 
aforesaid  houses,  and  drawn  themselves  up,  moreover,  in 
battle  array,  both  on  horse  and  foot,  without,  however, 
daring  in  any  wise  to  approach  us,  fearing  our  cannon 
very  much,  which  was  constantly  firing  upon  them. 

At  last,  as  they  did  nothing,  but  only  withdrew  the 
more  we  advanced  towards  them,  and  as,  moreover,  the 
evening  was  approaching,  the  Admiral  determined  to 
sound  the  retreat,  and  so  all  came  on  board  again,  and 
we  immediately  weighed  anchor,  and  proceeded  under  full 
sail  out  to  sea. 

At  midnight  we  hauled  down  the  sails,  fearing  that  we 
might  pass  the  harbour  of  Quintero. 

In  all  these  places,  in  Val-Parijse  as  well  as  in  St.  Jago 
and  Sancta  Maria,  they  had  already  long  before  been 
warned  of  our  coming,  as  we  likewise  understood  from 
Josephi  Cornelio,  our  Spanish  prisoner,  who  declared  that 
Rodrigo  de  Mendozza  had  already  been  three  months  in 


64  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  [June,  1615 

search  of  us  in  Baldavia^  and  some  other  places  in  the 
South  Sea,  with  two  galleons  and  a  patache. 

We  have  also  already  mentioned  the  letters  written  from 
Rio  Gevera^  in  Brazil,  from  which  we  could  likewise  observe 
that  they  had  already,  long  before,  had  tidings  of  us  and  of 
our  coming. 

The  above-mentioned  place  of  Val-Parijse  is  the  bay  or 
harbour  of  St.  Jago,  situated  18  miles  inland. 

On  the  13th,  it  was  very  calm,  so  that  we  did  our  best 
to  make  the  land  again. 

At  noon  we  were  in  latitude  32°  15'. 

In  the  afternoon,  we  entered  the  Bay  of  Quintero,  being 
a  very  fine  and  pleasant  place,  in  which  ships  lie  in  such 
security  that  no  wind  in  the  world  could  hurt  them.  We 
anchored  there  in  20  fathoms. 

The  same  evening,  the  Admiral  rowed  ashore  with  three 
boats,  full  of  armed  men,  partly  to  inspect  the  locality  and 
situation,  and  also  to  look  for  fresh  water,  of  which  we 
were  already  in  great  need. 

In  this  country,  we  saw  from  afar  many  animals  which 
at  first  we  deemed  to  be  cows  and  sheep,  but  at  last  we 
perceived  that  they  were  wild  horses,  coming  there  to  drink 
at  a  small  river  into  which  the  fresh  water  ran  down  from 
the  top  of  the  mountains.  These  horses  had  no  sooner 
caught  sight  of  us  that  they  fled  with  great  rapidity,  and 
never  returned  while  we  lay  there. 

The  next  day,  the  14th,  the  Admiral,  Vice- Admiral,  and 
some  captains  proceeded  ashore  again  with  a  large  number 
of  soldiers,  in  order  to  guard  the  rivulet,  so  that  the  sailors 
might  get  in  their  supply  without  any  danger.  The 
Admiral  had  a  half-moon  thrown  up  close  to  the  rivulet, 
so  that  we  might  take  shelter  behind  it  in  the  event  of  the 
enemy  surprising  us. 

^  Valdivia,  ^  Rio  de  Janeiro, 


PLATE   No.   8 


Number  8  is  QuiNTERO, 
With  its  explanation  all  well  indicated  as  follows  : — 

A.  Is  the  Bay  of  Quintero,  well  sheltered,  and  situate  in  i8  degrees. 

B.  Is  Crevecuer,  a  half-moon  made  by  our  men  for  protection  whilst 

getting  water. 

C.  Is  our  entire  fleet  lying  at  anchor. 

D.  Are  our  soldiers  trying  to  lure  on  the  Spaniards. 

E.  Are  a  number  of  Spanish  horsemen  who  came  to  surprise  us  each 

day. 

F.  Are  a  number  of  our  soldiers  guarding  the  west  side  whilst  the 

water  is  being  got. 

G.  Are  our  boats  bringing  the  men  to  and  fro. 
H.  Are  a  number  of  wild  horses. 

I.    Is  their  manner  of  dress,  as  is  customary  there. 


June,  1615]        speilbergen's  journal.  65 

The  foe  made  his  appearance  with  some  mounted  troops, 
but  although  we  lured  them  on,  they  durst  never  attack  us, 
either  from  fear  of  our  heavy  guns,  or  for  other  reasons, 
and  remained  without  budging  in  a  valley  at  the  corner  of 
a  wood. 

On  the  1 6th,  we  released  and  sent  ashore  two  Portuguese 
we  had  brought  from  St.  Vincent,  and  an  old  Chilenois 
from  St.  Maria,  who  were  overjoyed  at  this  unexpected 
release  of  theirs,  for  which  they  thanked  both  the  Admiral 
the  whole  Council  with  all  humility. 

The  Bay  of  Quintero  is  fine  and  pleasant,  having  a  well- 
situated  anchorage,  and  in  addition  to  that,  one  could  not 
find  in  the  world  a  better  place  for  getting  water,  the  latter 
being  very  clear  and  sweet  of  taste. 

In  this  spot  Mr.  Candijs^  likewise  got  in  his  supply  of 
water,  but  with  the  loss  of  many  men.  So  far  as  we  are 
concerned,  we  lost  not  a  single  man,  nor  was  anyone 
injured. 

The  half-moon  which  we  had  thrown  up  was  strong  and 
defensible  enough,  wherefore  we  named  it  Crevecoeur. 

In  this  place  we  also  found  yet  another  river,  in  which 
we  caught  a  large  quantity  of  all  kinds  of  fresh  fish. 

There  was,  besides  this,  a  good  opportunity  for  laying  in 
a  stock  of  timber,  so  that  this  place  must  be  regarded  as 
the  fittest  of  any  for  re-victualling  and  getting  the  neces- 
sary supplies. 

On  the  17th,  having  shipped  all  our  stock,  we  set  sail 

and  proceeded  right  out  to  sea  with  a  favourable  wind, 

pursuing   our   way   for   the   rest   of  this   month    without 

encountering  aught. 

July. 

On  the  1st  of  July,  we  sailed  along  the  shore  until  the 

evening,  when  we  hove  to  in  order  not  to  pass  the  hamlet 

of  Aricqua. 

1  Thomas  Cavendish.     Vide  supra,  p.  37. 


66  speilbergen's  journal.         [July,  1615 

On  the  2nd,  we  arrived,  with  a  favourable  wind,  towards 
evening  off  the  aforesaid  hamlet  of  Aricqua,  situated  in 
18°  40' latitude. 

On  one  side  of  this  hamlet  there  is  a  high  mountain,  and 
on  the  slope  of  the  latter  a  widely-extended  village, 
consistingof  many  houses,  and  on  the  other  side  a  pleasant 
green  spot,  planted  with  all  kinds  of  trees,  amongst  others, 
oranges  and  citrons. 

To  this  place,  Aricqua,  all  the  silver  from  the  whole  of 
Potesia^  is  brought,  and  is  again  trans-shipped  thence  to 
Pannama,  and  afterwards  taken  by  land  to  Porta  Vela,^  or 
otherwise  re-shipped  and  sent  direct  to  Spain. 

And  as  we  then  found  no  ships  or  galleons  for  shipping 
silver,  we  set  sail  and  put  out  to  sea. 

On  the  loth,  it  was  very  calm  and  drizzly  weather, 
which  set  us  wondering,  since  the  Spanish  prisoner  in- 
formed us  that  it  was  always  fine  weather  here,  and  that 
for  many  years  they  had  known  of  no  rain  here. 

The  Vice- Admiral,  having  boarded  the  Admiral's  ship, 
said  he  had  seen  a  sail  afar  off,  wherefore  two  boats  well 
manned  were  presently  sent  out  to  obtain  tidings  thereof 
The  said  boats,  having  rowed  for  some  time,  could  make 
out  no  vessel,  except  one  very  small  sail ;  with  these 
tidings  they  returned  aboard  towards  the  evening.  We 
opined  that  the  small  sail  must  be  some  spy,  in  order  that 
our  coming  might  be  made  known  on  all  sides  ;  this  we 
afterwards  found  to  have  been  the  case,  for  in  Lima,  the 
capital,  they  had  each  day  and  every  hour  had  tidings  of 
what  we  did,  and  in  what  spot  we  were. 

On  the  nth  we  were  in  13°  30'. 

In   the   afternoon,   the  aforesaid    sail    again    made    its 


1  Potosi. 

2  Porto  Bello,  on  the  N.  coast  of  the  isthmus  of  Panama,  the  terminus 
of  a  paved  way  constructed  by  the  Spaniards  to  connect  Panama  and 
the  Caribbean  Sea. 


July,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  6/ 

appearance,  when  the  Jacht  turned  its  course  towards  it, 
meaning  to  overtake  it,  but  it  was  in  vain,  since  it  rowed 
on  very  rapidly. 

In  the  evening  it  grew  quite  calm,  so  that  we  made  no 
progress. 

On  the  1 2th,  we  made  straight  for  the  land,  wnere  we 
anchored  in  the  evening  in  50  fathoms. 

On  the  13th,  we  set  sail,  but  by  reason  of  the  intense 
calm  we  had  to  cast  anchor  again,  without  having  gained 
aught. 

On  the  14th,  the  Admiral  sent  two  shallops  full  of 
soldiers  ashore  with  some  merchandise,  in  order  to  see 
whether  any  friendly  dealings  could  be  held  with  the 
Indians. 

As  soon  as  our  men  came  near  the  land,  they  saw  many 
houses  and  buildings,  so  that  it  looked  like  a  town  or 
fortress,  and  on  getting  still  nearer  we  saw  two  edifices, 
after  the  manner  of  some  monastery  or  castle,  in  front  of 
which  there  was  a  high  wall,  serving  as  a  defence,  that  was 
very  old  and  dilapidated.  Behind  the  said  wall  there  was 
a  troop  of  armed  men,  both  mounted  and  on  foot,  firing 
bravely  on  our  men  with  muskets,  in  order  to  prevent 
them  from  landing  ;  but  their  orders  were  not  to  go  ashore 
and  give  battle  under  these  circumstances. 

These  horsemen,  amid  continual  beating  of  drums,  came 
several  times  to  the  edge  of  the  sea-shore,  riding  to  and 
fro  with  great  bravado,  and  three  or  four  of  them  were 
hurled  on  the  sand  by  the  musket-shots  of  our  men,  thus 
compelling  them  to  run  back  behind  the  wall  without 
making  their  re-appearance,  so  that  all  our  men  came  back 
without  anyone  having  been  hurt  or  wounded. 

In  the  afternoon,  we  weighed  anchor  and  sailed  along 
the  shore,  though  this  did  not  last  long,  for  a  sudden  calm 
forced  us  to  cast  anchor  again. 

On  the   i6th  of  this  month  of  July,   161 5,  at  the  first 

F  2 


68  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  [July,  i6t5 

peep  of  day,  we  saw  a  ship  out  on  the  open  sea,  to  which 
the  Admiral  immediately  despatched  four  boats  filled  with 
armed  men,  who  had  no  sooner  come  alongside  the  said 
ship  than  she  was  given  up  to  them  without  resistance. 
The  skipper,  with  the  greater  part  of  the  sailors,  intended 
to  make  off  in  the  shallop,  but  they  were  soon  overtaken 
by  our  men  and  all  brought  at  the  same  time  to  the  fleet* 
They  were  nineteen  persons  in  all,  and  amongst  them 
some  passengers.  The  cargo  they  carried  was  of  little 
importance — among  other  things,  some  olives  and  the  like. 
There  was  also  a  good  sum  in  copper  coin,  the  greater 
part  of  which  was  distributed  and  shared  among  the 
soldiers  and  sailors. 

The  skipper,  Jan  Baptiste  Gonsales  by  name,  a  very 
good  and  honest  man,  was  on  his  way  from  Aripica^  to 
Caliou  de  Lima. 

As  soon  as  we  had  unloaded  the  ship,  we  knocked  a 
hole  in  her  and  sank  her. 

The  same  evening,  we  saw  eight  sail  out  at  sea,  and,  to 
all  appearances,  of  wonderful  size  ;  in  order  to  know  some- 
thing of  them,  the  Admiral  asked  our  Spaniards  what 
they  thought  of  the  said  vessels,  and  whether  they  did  not 
know  whence  and  with  what  intention  they  were  come. 
Whereupon  they,  and  especially  Jan  Baptista,  replied  that 
they  were  certain  it  was  the  fleet  which  had  been  equipped 
already  a  long  time  ago  by  the  King  of  Spain  expressly 
to  await  us,  and  that  it  would  undoubtedly  attack  us. 
As  it  indeed  did,  although  we  afterwards  heard  from  the 
prisoners  that  the  Grand  Council  of  Peru  had  been  very 
much  opposed  to  it,  alleging  that  it  was  inexpedient  for  a 
royal  fleet  to  betake  itself  beyond  its  advantages  and 
forts,  and  that  it  would  have  been  more  expedient  to  await 
our  coming,  of  which  they  were  certain,  in  Caliou,  and 

^  Arequipa. 


July,  1615]  SPElLBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  69 

that,  in  order  to  fight  with  greater  advantage,  some  pieces 
of  ordnance  should  be  plkced  on  the  shore,  so  that  under 
cover  of  the  same  they  might  overpower  all  our  ships. 
Which  proposition  had  been  opposed  by  Don  Rodrigo  de 
Mendozza,  Commander-General  of  the  Fleet,  being  a 
cousin  of  the  Marquis  des  Montes  Claros,^  Viceroy  of 
the  kingdoms  and  provinces  of  Peru  and  Chilli,  who 
replied  (being  more  impelled  by  a  frivolous  imagination 
and  youthful  wantonness  than  by  any  experience  of  war) 
that  two  of  his  ships  were  powerful  enough  to  conquer  all 
England,  how  much  more  us,  whom  he  regarded  as  chicks 
or  hens. 

Amongst  other  things,  he  also  submitted  that  the  long 
voyage  which  we  had  performed  must  have  weakened  and 
tried  us  to  such  a  degree  that  probably  a  large  number  of 
our  men  were  already  dead,  ill,  or  at  least  disabled. 

That  our  ammunition  and  provisions  must  be  greatly 
diminished. 

Finally,  he  assured  the  Council  of  Peru  that  he  was 
quite  certain  we  would  not  dare  to  await  his  coming,  and 
that  upon  his  first  attack  we  would  easily  surrender  to 
him,  as,  he  said,  many  others  had  done  before. 

This  having  been  heard  by  the  Viceroy  there,  who  was 
not  less  puffed  up  by  ambition  than  this  Rodrigo,  he  said  : 
"  Go,  then,  you  have  nought  else  to  do  but  to  bind  them 
hand  and  foot  and  bring  them  here."  Mendozza,  en- 
couraged by  these  words  to  a  still  greater  degree,  took  an 
oath,  and  promised  never  more  to  return  unless  he  had 
beaten  us,  or  at  least  brought  some  of  our  ships  into  the 
harbour  of  Cailiou,^  taking  the  Sacrament  on  this  condition. 

These  proposals  having  been  made  on  the  one  side  and 

^  Burney,  A  Chronological  History  of  the  Voyages  and  Discoveries 
in  the  South  Sea,  Ft  II,  p.  338,  calls  him  de  Monte  Castro ;  but  see 
p.  86. 

*  Callao.  The  reader  is  reminded  that  all  proper  names  are  repro- 
duced as  they  stand  in  the  original. 


yO  SPElLBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  [July,  1615 

the  other,  the  Council  was  of  opinion  that  Rodrigo  de 
Mendozza  had  good  reasons,  and  that  what  he  had  alleged 
was  not  without  a  sound  basis. 

And  as  he  had  received  his  orders,  he  set  sail  with  this 
royal  armada,  putting  out  from  the  harbour  of  Cailiou 
with  eight  great  galleons  on  the  nth  of  July. 

Here  follow  the  names  of  the  enemy's  ships,  and  the 
particulars  of  each,  whereof  we  afterward  received  a 
detailed  account  from  Caspar  Caldron,  the  captain  who 
was  taken  prisoner. 

The  Admiral's  ship,  called  the  Jesu  Maria,  mounted 
twenty-four  big  metal  guns,  was  proportionately  well  pro- 
vided with  all  ammunition  and  material  of  war,  had  on 
board  three  hundred  men,  sailors  as  well  as  soldiers  and 
arquebusiers,  and,  amongst  others,  two  captains,  one 
sergeant-major,  one  ensign-in-chief,  and  in  addition  twenty- 
four  ensigns  and  sergeants  on  half-pay,  each  with  his  pages 
and  servants,  excepting  the  person  of  Rodrigo  de  Men- 
dozza, who  was  besides  accompanied  by  many  Dons  and 
Cavalleros,  all  amounting  to  four  hundred  and  sixty  souls. 

This  vessel  had  cost  the  King  a  hundred  and  fifty 
thousand  ducats. 

The  second,  named  the  St.  Anna,  mounted  fourteen  big 
metal  guns,  besides  many  small  metal  pieces. 

She  was  commanded  by  the  Vice-Admiral  Pedro 
Alvares  de  Pigar,^  renowned  as  one  of  the  best  and  most 
valiant  soldiers  that  had  ever  been  sent  to  these  parts,  it 
being  he  who  had  some  years  ago  captured  an  English 
ship  in  this  Southern  Sea. 

He  had  for  his  second  Caspar  Caldron,  upon  whom  the 
command  would  have  devolved  in  his  absence. 

She  carried  two  hundred  men,  sailors,  soldiers,  and 
arquebusiers,  and  in  addition  a  captain  in  command  of 
the    soldiers,   an    ensign,   a    sergeant,    and    many   other 

1  Pilgar.     Burney,  op.  cit.^  Pt.  II,  p.  340. 


July,  1615]         speilbergen's  journal.  71 

volunteers,  with  their  pages  and  servants,  the  number 
being  three  hundred  men  in  all. 

This  was  the  most  powerful  and  finest  ship  that  had 
ever  been  in  the  Indies,  having  cost  the  King  a  hundred 
and  fifty  thousand  ducats. 

The  third  was  also  a  fine  and  powerful  vessel  named 
the  Carmer,  commanded  by  Captain  the  Field-Marshal 
Don  Diego  de  Strabis,  carrying  eight  big  metal  guns,  two 
hundred  men,  both  sailors  and  soldiers,  besides  all  the 
officers,  suites,  and  other  followers. 

The  fourth,  named  the  St.  Diego,  was  of  equal  size  and 
strength,  carrying  also  eight  metal  guns  and  about  two 
hundred  soldiers  and  sailors,  besides  six  captains  from 
Chilli,  and  other  half-pay  officers  and  their  retinue  in 
proportion,  especially  commanded  by  the  Field-Marshal 
Jeronimo  Peraca. 

The  fifth,  named  Le  Rosario,  commanded  by  Don  Mingo 
de  Apala,  carried  four  big  metal  guns,  and  about  a 
hundred  and  fifty  men. 

The  sixth,  named  the  St.  Francisco^  was  commanded  by 
Captain  St.  Lowys  Albedin,  and  carried  a  crew  of  seventy 
musketeers  and  twenty  sailors,  and  no  cannon,  which 
vessel  was,  during  the  first  encounter  by  night,  sent  to  the 
bottom,  as  will  be  narrated  hereafter. 

The  seventh,  bearing  the  name  St.  Andries,  was  com- 
manded by  Captain  Don  Jan  de  Nagena.  a  native  ©f 
Germany,  and  carried  eighty  musketeers,  twenty -five 
sailors,  and  many  other  officers,  but  likewise  had  no  big 
guns. 

The  eighth  was  a  vessel  which  the  Viceroy  had  des- 
patched after  the  departure  of  the  others,  in  order  to 
render  them  assistance  if  it  were  necessary,  but  how  it 
was  mounted,  or  how  many  men  it  carried,  those  of  the 
fleet  themselves  did  not  know. 

The  next  day,  July  17th,    the   said    armada    began  to 


Jl  StEiLBERGEN^S  JOURNAL.  [july,  1615 

approach  us,  as  we  did  them,  so  that  by  the  evening  both 
fleets  were  not  far  from  one  another,  which  being  observed 
by  the  Vice-Admiral,  who,  as  has  been  said,  was  an  old 
and  experienced  warrior,  he  was  of  opinion  that  this  could 
not  bring  them  any  advantage,  but  that,  on  the  contrary, 
it  was  temerity  on  their  part  to  get  so  near  the  foe  during 
the  night.  He  therefore  quickly  sent  a  small  fisher-boat, 
which  they  usually  had  by  them,  to  Rodrigo,  the  Admiral, 
in  order  to  warn  him  that  he  should  on  no  account  attack 
us  by  night,  but  that  if,  on  the  contrary,  he  did  so,  that 
he  protested  his  guiltlessness,  and  would  not  hold  himself 
responsible  for  any  hurt  or  damage  that  might  result 
therefrom. 

All  this  notwithstanding,  Don  Rodrigo,  with  great  self- 
conceit,  came  up  with  our  Groote  Sonne^  on  which  was  our 
Admiral,  at  about  ten  o'clock  at  night,  and  after  some 
words  had  been  exchanged  between  them,  they  fired  upon 
each  other,  first  with  a  salvo  of  musketry,  and  afterwards 
with  the  guns,  which  seemed  not  only  strange,  but  horrible 
in  the  hour  of  night.  After  our  Admiral  had  got  all  his 
musketeers  to  fire  in  good  order,  he  hurled  himself  so 
forcibly  with  his  cannon  upon  the  said  Mendozza  that  the 
latter  sought  every  means  of  escaping  from  the  fray,  but 
the  total  absence  of  wind  for  a  long  time  prevented  these 
two  Admirals  from  getting  clear  of  each  other,  there  being 
in  the  meantime  constant  charges  on  both  sides  of  cannon 
and  musketry,  continual  beating  of  drums,  sounding  of 
trumpets,  and  amidst  it  all  the  indescribable  yelling  and 
shrieking  of  the  Spaniards. 

The  Spanish  Admiral  having  now  passed  by,  there 
followed  another  ship,  which,  sailing  somewhat  more 
swiftly,  got  away  with  better  luck,  and  without  sustaining 
much  damage. 

Then  followed  the  third,  called  St.  Francisco,  and  com- 
manded by  Captain  St.  I.ovis  Albedien  ;  this,  by  reason 


PLATE   No.    9. 


Number  9  is  the  Battle  by  Night, 
With  its  illustration  and  explanation  in  what  manner  the  Spaniards 
approached  us,  and  how  we  gave  them  battle,  all  alphabetically 
indicated. 

A.  Is  the  Spanish  admiral ;  the  vessel  was  named  Jesu  Maria^  upon 

which  was  D.  Rodrigo  de  Mendose.^ 

B.  Is  the  Admiral    Joris    Spil-berghen,  who    bravely  attacks    the 

Spanish  Admiral  in  the  night. 

C.  Is  the  Spanish  Vice- Admiral  ;  the  vessel  was  named  St.  An7ia^ 

upon  which  was  the  Vice-Admiral,  named  St.  Pedro  Alvares  de 
Piegaer.2 

D.  Is  the  Spanish  Rear- Admiral. 

E.  Was  another  Spanish  ship,  as  is  narrated  in  the  Journal. 

F.  Is  our  Vice-Admiral,  den  Hovelingh  by  name. 

G.  Is  the  Morghen-sterre. 

H.  Is  the  jEoIus^  which,  becalmed,   could  not   well   get  near  the 

Spaniard  that  night. 
I.    Is  a  Spanish  ship  that  was  engaged  with  our  Vice-Admiral. 
K.  Are  two  Spanish  ships  which  fired  a  shot  from  time  to  time. 
L.   Is  \k\t,Jagher.,  which  sank  a  Spanish  ship  with  its  fire. 
M.  Is  a  Spanish  ship  which  sinks  after  being  repeatedly  struck. 

1   Vide  p.  69.  =^   Vide  p.  70. 


July,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  73 

of  the  calm,  drifted  alongside  of  our  Admiral,  who  riddled 
her  so  with  the  force  of  his  cannon  that  it  seemed  as  if  she 
must  presently  sink,  but  the  said  vessel,  still  drifting 
until  she  came  near  our  Jacht,  fired  a  charge  of  musketry 
at  the  latter  and  grappled  her,  thinking  easily  to  mastet 
her.  The  JaMs  crew,  however,  drove  them  back  with 
great  force  and  courage,  so  that  their  vessel  going  to 
the  bottom,  the  greater  number  of  the  Spaniards  were 
slain  by  our  men,  to  the  great  good  fortune  of  the  Jacht^ 
since  the  Spanish  Admiral,  during  this  fight,  had  also 
drifted  near,  and  was  beginning  to  fire  bravely  upon  her, 
for  which  the  Jacht^  the  fight  with  the  other  vessel  being 
ended,  soon  took  her  revenge.  Nevertheless,  she  would 
still,  by  reason  of  the  strength  of  the  Spaniards,  have  finally 
come  to  an  ill  end,  had  not  the  Admiral,  observing  this, 
sent  to  her  aid  a  boatful  of  well-armed  men,  and  ordered 
the  Vice- Admiral  to  do  the  same  ;  this  was  done,  but  as 
soon  as  our  aforesaid  Admiral's  boat  came  near  the  Jacht^ 
the  latter,  not  recognising  the  occupants,  although  they 
repeatedly  cried  "  Orange,  Orange  ! "  fired  a  cannon-shot 
upon  them,  which  was  so  well  aimed  that  the  boat  presently 
sank,  whilst  its  crew  were  saved  by  the  Jacht^  with  the 
exception  of  one  man,  who  was  drowned.  Meanwhile  the 
boat  from  the  Vice- Admiral  arrived  and  rescued  th^Jachty 
so  that  she  escaped  without  suffering  much  damage. 

The  same  evening,  some  Spanish  ships  also  attacked 
our  Vice-Admiral,  but  were  greeted  by  him  in  such  fashion 
that  they  had  no  desire  to  return  the  next  day. 

During  the  whole  of  the  night  we  could  nowhere  see  the 
Admirant,  or  Spanish  Vice- Admiral,  accompanied  by  some 
other  vessels,  wherefore  we  were  of  opinion  that  he  must 
be  engaged  with  our  ships,  the  ^olus  and  Morghen-sterre, 
which,  by  reason  of  the  great  calm,  had  drifted  so  far  from 
us  that  we  could  get  no  news  of  them  in  the  darkness  of 
the  night. 


74  SPEiLBERGEN^S  JOURNAL.  [July,  1615 

This  calm,  continuing  all  night,  prevented  the  ^olus  and 
Morghen-sterre  from  joining  the  fleet,  and  therefore,  at  the 
approach  of  day,  being  the  i8th  of  July,  the  said  vessels 
were  attacked  by  the  Spanish  Admiral  himself,  who  hoped 
to  have  better  luck  there,  but  he  met  with  such  a  stout 
resistance  that  all  he  sought  were  means  to  escape. 

The  wind  rising  in  the  meantime,  five  of  the  enemy's 
ships  got  together  and  repeatedly  sent  their  shallops  to 
their  Admiral  to  assure  him  that  they  were  resolved  to  get 
clear  of  us  by  every  means  in  their  power,  as  we  were 
afterwards  informed  by  our  prisoners,  and  amongst  others 
by  a  captain  and  the  chief  pilot.  These  ships,  too,  had 
been  so  attacked  and  damaged  in  the  night  that  they  had 
lost  all  desire  to  commence  afresh  by  day. 

Our  Admiral  and  Vice-Admiral  remarking  this,  made 
straight  for  Rodrigo,  the  Spanish  Admiral,  and  for  his 
Vice-Admiral,  or  Admirant,  the  two  being  separated  from 
the  other  ships,  and  they,  seeing  this,  took  to  flight ; 
Rodrigo,  however,  noticing  that  his  Admirant  could  not 
keep  up  with  him,  waited  for  him  with  lowered  sails,  so 
that  our  Vice-Admiral,  coming  up  with  them  first,  began  to 
charge  them  with  great  fury  until  he  was  supported  by  the 
Admiral's  arrival,  when  a  very  hot  fight  ensued  between 
these  four  ships,  the  one  riddling  the  other  with  shot  and 
musket-fire.  At  last,  our  ^olus  also  arrived  on  the  scene, 
discharging  its  guns  upon  the  Spaniards,  who  finally  laid 
their  vessels  right  alongside  of  each  other,  and  so  gave  our 
men  a  great  advantage  in  being  able  to  attack  them  from 
all  quarters.  This,  indeed,  reduced  them  to  such  a  state 
that  the  crew  of  the  one  sought  safety  on  board  of  the 
other,  and  a  large  number  of  the  Vice-Admiral's  men 
sprang  into  the  Admiral's  ship,  fearing  that  their  own, 
being  quite  riddled,  would  soon  go  down  ;  but  on  coming 
into  the  Admiral's  ship  they  found  therein  not  more  than 
forty  or  fifty  men  alive,  who  had  collected  together  in  the 


PLATE   No.    10 


Number  lo  is  the  Battle  by  Day, 

Showing  how  the  Spaniards  take  to  flight  after  some  of  their  ships 
have  been  shot  and  sunk,  all  properly  indicated. 

A.  Shows  how  the   Halve  Maen,   through  absence  of  wind,  got  in 

between  two  Spanish  galleons,  and  how  bravely  they  defended 
themselves. 

B.  Are  those  two  galleons  fighting  the  Maen. 

C.  Are  two  boats  which  are  being  sent  to  the  aid  of  the  Maen. 

D.  Is  the  Morghen-Ster^  which,  becalmed,  had  to  be  towed  by  two 

boats. 

E.  Is  the  Admiral,  Joris  Spilberghen. 

F.  Is  the  Spanish  Admiral,  which  was  thoroughly  riddled. 

G.  Are  two  of  our  ships  that  still  pursued  the  Spaniard. 

H.  Is  a  Spanish  ship  that  fired  many  rockets   whilst  sinking,  and 

whereof  the  crew  shrieked  piteously. 
I.    Is  another  Spanish  ship,  which,  after  much  firing  upon,  also  went 

down. 
K.  Are  the  Spanish  ships  that  were  left,  taking  to  flight. 
L.   Is  the  third  Spanish  ship,  sunk  whilst  fleeing. 


July,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  ^5 

fore  part  of  the  vessel,  as  we  afterwards  heard  from  their 
own  narratives. 

In  the  meantime  they  hoisted  a  white  flag  as  a  sign  of 
peace,  which  flag  was  several  times  hauled  down  again  by 
some  cavaliers,  since  the  latter  preferred  death  to  giving 
themselves  up  to  us.  Wherefore  we  kept  up  a  continual 
cannonade  upon  them,  and  the  deserters  from  the  Vice- 
Admiral  seeing  this,  returned  to  their  former  ship,  and, 
being  inspired  with  fresh  courage,  resumed  the  battle. 
Finally,  the  waves  carried  our  Vice-Admiral  in  between 
the  two  ships  of  the  enemy,  who  fired  heavily  upon  him 
from  either  side,  though  this  did  not  prevent  him  from 
taking  his  revenge  on  both. 

But  as  he  at  length  got  quite  close  to  the  Spanish 
Admiral,  the  enemy  boarded  him  in  a  great  heap,  and 
were  so  well  resisted  by  our  men  from  under  the  quarter- 
nettings  with  short  pikes,  swivel  guns,  and  other  arms  that 
the  greater  part  were  slain. 

Meanwhile,  we  did  not  desist  from  doing  our  best  with 
the  big  guns,  so  that  the  two  enemy's  ships  gradually 
began  to  part  company,  and  the  Spanish  Admiral  to  show 
his  heels,  but  he  was  constantly  pursued  by  our  Admiral, 
and  bombarded  until  the  evening,  when  darkness  shut 
him  out  from  sight,  after  which  we  never  saw  him  more. 
And  in  all  probability  he  could  not  have  got  so  far  away 
from  us  that  night,  but  that  we  should  still  have  seen  him, 
as  we  did  the  other  vessels,  the  next  day,  especially  as  it 
was  quite  calm  that  night,  wherefore  we  were  of  opinion 
that  he  had  met  with  the  same  fate  as  had  previously 
befallen  the  St.  Francisco,  and  which  also  befallen  the 
Admirant,  of  whom  we  shall  speak  hereafter ;  as,  indeed, 
we  subsequently  received  a  complete  account  of  the  same 
from  the  Indians  in  Guiarme^  and  Peyta.^ 

^  Huarmey.  2  Payta. 


76  speilbkrgen's  journal.         [July,  161 5 

Our  Vice-Admiral  and  the  y^olus  remained  in  constant 
pursuit  of  the  Spanish  Vice-Admiral,  riddling  him  so  with 
shot  that  no  means  of  escape  was  left  him  and  that  it 
appeared  as  if  he  must  go  down  every  moment.  He 
therefore  at  length  hoisted  the  white  flag  as  a  signal  of 
peace,  offering  to  hand  everything  over  to  us  if  we  let  them 
off  with  their  lives.  This  being  observed  by  our  Vice- 
Admiral,  he  despatched  two  boats  full  of  armed  men  to 
board  him,  charging  some  captains  to  bring  back  with  them 
the  Spanish  Admirant  in  person.  But  when  these  came 
on  board  and  explained  the  purport  of  their  charge,  the 
Admirant  would  not  consent,  declaring  that  he  wished  to 
remain  still  that  night  on  his  ship  unless  some  captain 
would  remain  in  his  place  as  a  hostage,  which  was 
declined.  Our  men  therefore  warned  him  again  that  he 
should  no  longer  trust  himself  in  a  ship  which  looked  as 
if  it  would  seek  the  bottom  every  hour.  But  all  this 
notwithstanding,  he  remained  obstinate,  finally  agreeing 
to  go  if  the  Vice-Admiral  came  for  him  in  person,  but 
declaring  that  otherwise  he  would  rather  die  with  honour 
in  his  present  capacity,  and  on  his  ship,  in  the  service  of 
his  king  and  country.  During  these  negotiations  one 
of  the  sailors  of  the  ^olus  climbed  the  rigging  and  hauled 
down  the  Admirant's  flag,  and  so  our  boats,  seeing  that 
there  was  no  chance  of  agreement,  came  aboard  again, 
leaving  behind  ten  or  twelve  of  our  men  who  had,  contrary 
to  orders,  boarded  the  Admirant's  ship  in  the  hope  of 
being  first  at  the  loot. 

Night  having  fallen,  the  Spaniards,  aided  by  our  sailors 
who  had  remained  there,  attempted  by  pumping  and  other 
means  to  keep  their  ship  above  water,  but,  seeing  that  all 
was  of  no  avail  and  that  they  had  nought  but  death  to 
expect,  they  kindled  many  lights  and  torches,  and  amidst 
much  shrieking,  weeping  and  wailing  to  move  those  who 
might  hear  them,  they  finally  went  down  in  our  presence 
with  all  aboard. 


July,  1615]         speilbergen's  journal.  y>j 

The  next  day,  being  July  19th,  our  Admiral  sent  four 
boats  to  the  spot  in  which  the  Spanish  Admirant  had 
gone  down,  in  order  to  ascertain  whether  the  said 
Admirant  or  any  other  officers  had  not  saved  himself  on 
some  planks,  masts,  or  the  like. 

These  boats,  on  coming  to  the  said  spot,  found  about 
sixty  or  seventy  men  drifting  on  planks,  spars,  and  other 
objects  ;  these,  on  the  arrival  of  our  men,  thinking  them 
to  be  Spaniards,  shouted  only  for  help  and  assistance,  but, 
on  finding  they  were  enemies,  all  shouted  "  Misericorde  ! 
Misericord e  !  " 

As  our  boats  could  not  find  the  Admirant,  who,  they 
were  told,  had  gone  down  in  the  night,  he  having,  more- 
over, received  two  wounds  in  the  last  battle,  they  rescued 
the  chief  pilot  and  his  mate,  with  one  captain  and  a  few 
soldiers,  leaving  the  rest  to  the  mercy  of  the  waves, 
although  some  of  our  sailors  slew  a  few  Spaniards, 
contrary  to  the  orders  they  had  received. 

Behold  the  result  of  this  battle,  for  which  God  must  be 
praised  and  thanked  in  eternity  in  regard  to  the  victory  and 
mercy  granted  us,  since  the  power  of  the  Spaniards  was 
most  considerably  weakened  by  the  loss  of  these  three  ships. 

With  regard  to  our  dead  and  wounded,  they  were,  God 
be  praised,  few  in  number,  most  of  them  being  on  the 
Morghen-sterre,  our  Vice- Admiral,  and  amounting  in  all 
to  sixteen  killed  and  from  thirty  to  forty  wounded,  these 
casualties  having  mostly  occurred  at  thetime  that  the 
Vice-Admiral  was  thrown  in  between  the  two  Spanish 
ships. 

The  whole  remainder  of  all  the  other  vessels  did  not 
amount  to  more  than  twenty-four  dead  and  sixteen  or 
eighteen  wounded. 

On  the  same  day  we  sailed  straight  for  the  island  Caliau 
de  Lima,  but  as  it  was  very  calm  we  could  not  make  much 
progress. 


78  SPEILBERGEN'S   JOURNAL.  [July,  1615 

On  the  20th,  the  wind  being  favourable,  we  passed  by 
the  aforesaid  island  and  sailed  straight  to  the  harbour, 
where  we  saw  about  fourteen  vessels  of  all  kinds  which 
carried  on  trade  with  Peru,  continually  going  and  coming 
along  the  coast ;  for  which  reason  we  could  not  get  near 
them,  since  it  was  not  deep  enough  for  us  so  near  the 
land. 

We  therefore  decided  to  carry  out  our  first  intention  of 
anchoring  in  the  roadstead  of  Caliau  dc  Lima,  in  order  to 
learn  whether  perchance  the  Spanish  Admiral  might  not 
have  escaped,  but  not  finding  him  there,  we  felt  certain 
that  he  must  have  gone  down,  whereof  we  were  fully 
assured  in  Gwarme^  and  Peyta,  as  will  be  told  here- 
after. 

When  we  had  now  come  nearer  Lima  de  Caliau,  our 
Admiral,  sailing  in  advance  of  the  others,  cast  anchor  in 
9  or  10  fathoms,  and  that  close  to  the  shore.  But  no 
sooner  had  he  anchored  than  the  enemy,  having  planted 
on  land  a  gun  firing  thirty-six  pound  iron  shots,  and  a  few 
other  small  ones,  fired  many  times  upon  him,  but  still 
without  doing  him  any  damage.  Our  Jagher,  also  lying  at 
anchor  beside  the  Admiral,  got  a  shot  from  the  aforesaid 
gun  right  through  her,  so  that  she  was  very  near  having 
been  sent  to  the  bottom. 

Meanwhile,  as  we  saw  upon  the  shore  a  large  number  of 
troops,  amongst  whom,  as  we  afterwards  learnt,  was  the 
Viceroy  himself,  escorted  by  eight  companies  of  horse  and 
four  thousand  men  on  foot ;  as  we  further  heard  that 
the  ships  lying  along  the  shore  had  also  troops  and  the 
necessary  means  of  defence  on  board  ;  and  as,  moreover, 
we  were,  by  reason  of  the  land-firing,  like  to  lose  our 
masts  or  rigging,  which  might  have  retarded  our  voyage : 
it  was,  therefore,  after  mature  deliberation,  resolved  by  the 

^  Huarmey. 


PLATE  No.   11. 


Number  ii  is  Caliou  de  Lima,^ 
A  very  fine  bay,  with  its  explanation  alphabetically  indicated. 

A.  Is  the  battery  on  the  beach,  with  a  few  heavy  guns. 

B.  Is  a  fine  building  in  the  town. 

C.  Is  a  church  in  which  they  perform  their  ceremonies. 

D.  Are  two  troop  of  horsemen  with  lances. 

E.  Are  two  regiments  of  infantry  on  either  side  of  the  batteries. 

F.  Are  two  troop  of  Spaniards,  both  horse  and  foot. 

G.  Another  band  of  Spaniards  appearing  on  the  beach,  on  the  other 

side  of  the  river. 

H.  Is  a  number  of  Spanish  ships  lying  at  anchor. 

I.  Is  our  Admiral,  Joris  Spilberghen. 

K.  Is  iht/agher,  which  kept  sailing  to  and  fro  near  the  vessels. 

L.  Is  the  yEolus^  which  was  struck  by  a  great  iron  ball. 

M.  Is  the  Morghen-sterre. 

N.  Is  the  Halve  Maen. 


'  Callao. 


July,  i6t5]         speilbergen's  journal.  79 

Admiral  and  all  the  officers,  since  no  advantage  was  to  be 
gained  here,  to  retire  a  mile  or  two,  which  was  immediately- 
done,  as  appears  from  the  minutes  of  the  General  Council. 
Also,  that  we  cast  anchor  at  the  entrance  to  the  harbour  of 
Caliou  de  Lima,  where  we  lay  until  the  25th  of  this  month 
of  July,  meanwhile  making  every  effort  to  capture  some 
of  their  ships  ;  but  this  was  in  vain,  since  the  said  vessels, 
going  and  coming  along  the  shore,  sailed  more  rapidly 
than  ours,  so  that  we  gained  no  advantage,  except  that 
our  boats  captured  and  brought  to  the  fleet  a  small  vessel 
that  was  scarcely  of  any  value. 

On  the  26th,  we  once  more  set  sail  to  continue  our 
voyage,  hugging  the  shore  as  closely  as  possible  until  the 
afternoon,  when  we  saw  a  small  vessel  quite  near  the  land, 
to  capture  which  our  Admiral  sent  out  three  well-manned 
boats,  our  fleet  not  waiting  for  these  but  proceeding  on 
its  course  until  the  evening,  when  we  cast  anchor  in 
15  fathoms.  This  having  been  done,  our  boats  returned, 
bringing  with  them  the  aforesaid  little  vessel,  which  was 
laden  with  salt  and  about  eighty  tons  of  syrup,  this  being 
divided  amongst  us  in  equal  shares. 

On  the  approach  of  our  men,  the  Spaniards  on  the 
vessel  had  fled  on  shore,  taking  with  them  as  much  as 
they  had  been  able  to  carry. 

The  Admiral,  deciding  to  keep  this  vessel  with  our  fleet, 
placed  upon  her  a  crew  consisting  of  a  few  sailors,  with 
Jan  de  Wit  as  captain. 

Here  follows  the  Order. 

The  following  Order  has  been  framed,  and  shall  be  obeyed 
as  closely  as  possible,  in  the  event  of  our  falling  in 
with  the  Armada  of  Pannama  : — 
Attacking  the  same  with  all  our  strength  of  ordnance, 

which   is   our  greatest   and  also  our   most   advantageous 


8o  speilbergen's  journal.         [July,  1615 

force,  in  order  to  injure  the  enemy.  And  keeping  free  of 
their  ships  as  far  as  possible,  for  the  reasons  narrated 
above. 

We  may  not  push  matters  so  desperately  as  may  our 
foe,  mindful  and  knowing  well  that  we  are  in  strange  seas 
and  surrounded  by  our  enemies  ;  so  that  if  we  got  into  any 
difficulties — from  which  God  preserve  us — we  have  no 
means  of  escape,  as  in  a  harbour,  from  the  harm  which 
might  befall  us,  except  only  that  which  we  carry  with  us. 
Considering  also  the  long  voyage  we  still  have  to  do,  and 
the  service  which  the  seigniors  of  this  fleet  expect  from  it 
in  the  Manillies  and  other  places,  for  which  purpose  this 
fleet  was  despatched,  and  whereas  in  the  battle  we  already 
fought  with  the  Armada  of  Lima,  it  was  much  to  our 
disadvantage  that  we  were  not  together,  and  that  the 
calm  prevented  us  from  assembling,  it  is  therefore  neces- 
sary to  keep  together  as  far  as  wind  and  weather 
serve  us. 

In  the  event  of  God  granting  that  we  might  force  some 
of  the  enemy's  ships  to  surrender,  it  is  expressly  com- 
manded that  all  ship's  captains,  skippers,  mates,  and  others 
shall  remain  aboard  their  ships,  and  that  neither  shall  the 
captains  of  the  soldiers  leave  their  ships  to  go  aboard  any 
enemy's  vessels.  But  they  shall  compel  them  to  come 
aboard  in  their  own  boats,  so  that  we  may  not  get  into  con- 
fusion, as  happened  lately,  losing  our  advantage  and 
causing  a  loss  of  life  amongst  ©ur  men  by  carelessness  and 
unseemly  looting.  In  the  event  of  its  being  considered 
advisable  and  approved  to  send  some  of  our  boats  to  the 
enemy's  ships,  this  shall  be  done  by  command  of  the 
Admiral,  or,  in  his  absence  and  according  to  circumstances, 
by  the  Vice-Admiral,  and  for  that  shall  be  appointed  com- 
petent persons  acquainted  with  the  Spanish  tongue,  who 
shall  carefully  execute  what  they  are  charged  to  do. 


No.    12   is   GUARME,^ 

Where  our  ships  re-victualled,  and  brought  their  water  across  the 
beach  in  barrels  with  great  difficulty. 

A.  Is  a  ruined  castle,  occupied  by  our  men. 

B.  Is  how  our  men  got  the  water. 

C.  is  our  ship  thejagher^  lying  close  in  to  the  shore. 

D.  Is  a  captured  Spanish  vessel. 

E.  Is  our  fleet,  with  the  boats  coming  to  and  fro. 

F.  Are  a  number  of  our  soldiers,  in  search  of  provisions. 

G.  Is  the  village  or  hamlet  of  Guarme,  which  our  men  entered  in 

search  of  provisions. 
H.  Are  some  Spanish  horsemen  taking  to  flight. 
I.    Is  how  they  fish  in  the  fresh  water. 

'  Huarmey. 


PLATE   No.    12. 


July,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL  8I 

On  the  27th,  we  once  more  set  sail,  the  wind  being  north- 
west by  north,  with  fine  weather. 

On  the  28th,  we  reached  the  roadstead  of  Guarme,^ 
situated  in  the  latitude  of  10°  south  of  the  Line. 

This  town  of  Guarme  is  very  fine  and  pleasant,  and  has 
a  very  large  and  well-situated  harbour,  in  which  many  ships 
can  lie.  There  is  also  a  constant  pool  of  fresh  water,  from 
which  we  got  our  supply. 

On  first  arriving,  the  Admiral  sent  a  troop  of  soldiers 
ashore,  but  they  found  only  empty  dwellings,  since  the 
inhabitants,  being  informed  of  our  coming,  had  fled  to  the 
woods,  so  that  our  men  got  little  booty. 

As  long  as  we  lay  here  the  Admiral  repeatedly  sent 
ashore  Jan  Baptista,  skipper  of  the  little  vessel  we  had 
captured  the  day  before  the  battle,  in  order  to  examine 
all  the  commodities  and  obtain  some  supply  of  provisions. 
But  after  the  aforesaid  had  examined  everything,  he  found 
in  the  end  only  some  oranges  and  other  fruits. 

The  sailors  also  found  in  the  houses  some  fowls,  pigs, 
and  meal.  A  faithful  and  discreet  man  was  also  sent  out 
to  obtain  tidings  of  Don  Rodrigo  and  his  fleet,  and  at  last 
he  learnt  with  certainty  that  both  the  King's  galleons  had 
gone  down,  and  that  not  a  single  individual  had  been 
saved. 

A  ugust. 

On  the  3rd  of  August,  the  Admiral  released  and  set 
ashore  some  Spanish  prisoners,  who  expressed  much  grati- 
tude to  him  for  this  favour. 

In  the  afternoon,  we  unfurled  our  sails  and  shaped  our 
course  to  the  north-west  in  very  fine  weather,  proceeding 
thus  until  the  sixth.     On  that  day,  we  came  in  sight  of  the 

^  Huarmey. 


82  speilbergen's  journal.        [Aug.,  1611; 

island  de  Loubes/  where  we  passed  between  the  mainland 
and  the  aforesaid  island,  situated  in  6°  40',  and  having 
received  this  name  de  Loubes  from  a  sort  of  fish^  of  which 
there  is  great  quantity  here. 

On  the  7th,  we  continued  to  hold  a  nor'-nor'-westerly 
course  until  the  evening,  when  we  saw  a  strange  sail,  of 
which  we  lost  sight  on  account  of  the  darkness  coming  on, 
and  pursuing  it  no  further  in  order  not  to  delay  our 
voyage. 

Towards  evening,  on  the  8th,  we  cast  anchor  in  a  fine, 
well-situated  harbour,  near  the  town  of  Peyta.^ 

On  the  9th,  after  the  Broad  Council  had  met,  eight 
shallops  were  sent  to  the  shore  with  three  hundred  well- 
armed  men,  who  marched  in  good  order  straight  to  the 
town  of  Peyta ;  but,  as  they  found  the  enemy  entrenched 
on  all  sides,  and  were  of  opinion  that  they  would  not  be 
able  to  overcome  him  without  a  great  loss  of  men,  they  all 
came  back  on  board  after  some  skirmishes,  in  accordance 
with  the  orders  of  the  Admiral,  who  was  especially  careful 
regarding  the  preservation  of  his  men. 

In  the  skirmishes  we  lost  only  one  man,  Pieter  Evertsz. 
by  name,  and  had  only  three  or  four  wounded.  And  from 
the  same  quarters  orders  were  given  for  the  ^olus,  the 
Morghen-sterre  and  \hQjacht  to  set  sail,  and  to  betake  them- 
selves close  under  the  town  of  Peyta,  which  was  done,  and 
they  blockaded  the  same  as  closely  as  possible. 


.  1  The  Lobos  Islands.  These  are  divided  into  two  groups— Lobos 
de  Tierra  and  Lobos  de  Afuera,  the  first,  consisting  of  one  island, 
situated  in  6°  29'  S.,  the  second,  consisting  of  several,  in  6°  56'.  As 
the  writer  speaks  only  of  one  island,  it  was  probably  Lobos  de  Tierra 
at  which  the  expedition  touched. 

2  Lobo,  a  small  fish,  a  kind  of  loach ;  it  is  also  the  Spanish  name 
for  the  sea-wolf,  and  Burney  {op.  cit.,  vol.  ii,  p.  341)  assumes  the  latter, 
calling  them  sea-calves.  This  seems  absurd,  in  view  of  the  text  and 
especially  of  the  illustration  D  on  Plate  13,  where  the  natives  are  seen 
with  jars,  evidently  to  hold  the  fish, 

3  Payta. 


PLATE  No    18. 


Number  13  is  Payta, 

As  it  was  besieged,  stormed,  and  captured  ;  and  how  the  Spaniards 
fled,  and  the  town  was  finally  set  on  fire ;  also  some  of  their 
vessels,  with  a  wonderful  bird  of  incredible  size. 

A.  Depicts  how  our  men  were  brought  ashore  and  enter  the  town  in 

battle  array. 

B.  Shows  how  the  Spaniards,  whilst  retreating,  fight  our  men. 

C.  Are  three  of  our  ships,  to  wit,  the  ^olus^  the  Sterre^  and  the 

Jagher^  bombarding  the  town. 

D.  Is  one  of  the  savages' vessels,  called^  ^^/j<?w.     Here  they  have  fish 

aboard,  and  they  can  sail  swiftly  with  these  vessels  in  the  wind. 

E.  Is  a  sma\l dalsem,  without  a  sail. 

F.  Are  our  Son  and  Maen^  lying  at  anchor. 

G.  Is  the  captured  Spanish  vessel. 

H.  Is  a  bird  two  yards  in  height  and  three  yards  broad,  captured  on 
Loubes  Island,  near  the  town  of  Payta. 


Aug.  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  83 

In  the  afternoon,  a  fisherman  came  in  from  the  sea,  to 
whom  Jan  de  Wit  was  immediately  sent  with  his  little 
vessel,  and,  returning  in  the  evening,  he  brought  the  said 
fisherman  with  him,  the  latter  having  a  boat  and  sails 
very  wonderfully  made,  and  in  it  were  Indians,  all  young, 
strong,  and  robust  men  ;  they  had  been  out  fishing  for  two 
months,  and  had  a  great  quantity  of  dried  fish  of  very  good 
flavour,  which  was  distributed  amongst  the  fleet. 

On  the  loth,  we  again  sent  our  troops  ashore,  but  in 
greater  force  than  on  the  previous  day,  and  our  three  ships 
bombarded  the  aforesaid  town  so  furiously  with  their 
cannon  that  everything  around  shook ;  this  lasted  until 
our  troops,  marching  in  good  order,  had  come  close  up  to 
the  town,  when,  finding  the  said  town  already  open  and 
empty,  all  the  inhabitants  having  fled  to  the  mountains 
and  taken  as  much  as  possible  with  them,  they  immediately 
carried  out  the  Admiral's  orders  to  set  fire  to  it,  so  that  in 
a  short  time  the  greater  part  of  the  aforesaid  town  lay 
in  ashes. 

In  the  evening,  all  our  troops  and  others  came  back 
on  board. 

On  the  1 2th,  the  Admiral  sent  the  Jacht  a  mile  and 
a-half  to  the  south  of  us,  in  order  to  anchor  and  lie  on 
guard  there.  In  the  meantime,  we  left  the  harbour  of 
Peyta  with  the  whole  fleet,  and  all  anchored  together  at  a 
corner  near  an  inlet,  to  await  there  those  three  ships  that 
were  to  come  from  Pannama,  and  we  lay  there  some 
time. 

Meanwhile,  the  Admiral  sent  Jan  de  Wit  and  his  little 
vessel  out  to  sea  daily,  in  order  to  look  out  for  the  arrival 
of  any  ships,  as  well  as  to  find  out,  concerning  the  fleet 
from  Pannama,  the  place  at  which  it  might  be  stopping. 

The  said  Jan  de  Wit  came  back  to  the  fleet  every  night. 
There  were  also  sent  ashore  five  of  our  Indians,  both  for 
the  purpose  of  plucking  some  fruit,  as  also  to  obtain  further 

G  2 


84  speilbergen's  journal.         [Aug.  1615 

news  concerning  the  Spanish  Admiral  ;  these  at  length 
brought  us  some  tidings  that  the  latter  had  gone  down 
with  his  vessel  and  all  aboard,  except  five  or  six  persons 
who  had  miraculously  saved  their  lives. 

There  was  one  among  these  Indians  of  ours  who  revealed 
to  us  many  secrets  and  matters  of  importance,  to  which  we 
gave  the  more  credence,  since  we  had  found  the  man  to  be 
a  very  faithful  and  discreet  person.  The  Indians  also 
delivered  letters  written  by  Captain  Caspar  Caldron  to 
Dona  Paula,  wife  of  the  Commander  of  Peyta,  who  had 
taken  refuge  in  the  town  of  St.  Michiel,  situated  twelve 
miles  inland,  to  which  letters  they  brought  back  a  reply 
from  the  aforesaid  Dona,  expressing  the  great  compassion 
she  felt  for  the  said  captain  and  all  the  other  prisoners, 
and  declaring  that,  were  she  not  kept  back  by  important 
reasons,  she  would  herself  have  come  to  our  Admiral  to 
intercede  for  them  in  person.  She  sent  us  great  abundance 
of  lemons,  oranges,  cabbages,  and  other  provisions,  which 
were  all  distributed  in  proper  order. 

This  Dona  Paula  is  very  renowned  on  account  of  her 
beauty,  good  grace  and  discretion,  having  great  authority 
throughout  the  land  of  Peru.  She  made  frequent  inter- 
cession and  supplication  to  the  Admiral  to  release  some  of 
the  prisoners,  but  this  was  courteously  refused  her,  with 
thanks  for  her  gifts,  and  assurances  that,  had  we  in  the 
beginning  been  acquainted  with  her  courtesy  and  kind- 
ness, we  would,  for  her  sake,  have  spared  the  town  of 
Peyta. 

This  town  was  strong  and  well  entrenched,  especially  on 
the  side  of  the  sea,  where,  with  all  the  strength  of  cannon 
it  would  not  have  been  possible  to  make  a  breach. 

In  it  there  had  been  two  churches,  a  cloister,  and  many 
other  fine  buildings  and  dwellings.  They  also  had  the 
best  port  of  the  whole  country,  at  which  all  the  ships 
and  armadas  that  come  from  Pannama  arrive   and   dis- 


Aug.  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  85 

charge,  making  their  way  from  here  to  Caliau  de  Lima, 
as  being  the  most  expedient  on  account  of  the  contrariness 
of  the  constant  currents. 

The  Viceroy  had  warned  the  people  of  the  town  of  our 
coming,  and  had  sent  them  many  arms,  banners,  and  such 
Hke,  in  order  to  resist  us,  but  although  they  all  made  a 
sufficiently  manly  defence  the  first  day,  they  all  finally  lost 
courage. 

During  the  time  that  we  were  at  anchor,  the  Admiral, 
seeing  that  our  victuals  were  beginning  considerably  to 
diminish,  sent  four  well-equipped  boats  to  the  aforesaid 
Island  de  Loubes,  in  order  to  catch  some  of  these  fish 
named  loubes.  This  they  did,  bringing  a  large  quantity, 
some  still  alive,  others  dead,  and  which,  when  cooked,  were 
of  good  flavour,  and  afforded  perfect  nourishment.  This 
enabled  us  to  save  our  other  supply  of  food,  until  some 
wranglers  (of  whom  there  are  generally  some  to  be  found 
at  such  times  of  difficulty)  incited  the  others  to  set  them- 
selves against  it,  contending  that  these  fish  were  not  eatable 
food,  and  that  they  might  easily  make  some  of  us  ill,  so 
that  the  Admiral,  in  order  to  avoid  further  bother,  had  no 
more  caught,  although  they  brought  them  daily  in  great 
abundance. 

On  the  island,  our  sailors  also  caught  two  birds  of 
marvellous  size,  having  a  beak,  wings,  and  claws  shaped 
like  an  eagle,  a  neck  like  a  sheep,  and  combs  on  the  head 
like  cocks,  being  formed  in  a  very  wonderful  manner. 

The  Admiral,  seeing  that  the  greater  part  of  our  prisoners 
were  very  incapable  and  unfit,  set  a  large  number  of  the 
same  ashore  free,  and  we  kept  only  the  chief  pilot,  Caspar 
Caldron,  the  captain,  and  about  thirty  other  persons. 

The  above-mentioned  Indians  were  also  released,  and 
their  vessel  was  restored  to  them. 


S6  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL. 

DESCRIPTION    OF    THE   GOVERNMENT    OF 

PERU, 

Compiled  by  a  Spanish  prisoner,  named  Pedro  de 
Madriga,  a  native  of  Lima.^ 

The  Kingdoms  of  Peru,  Chili,  and  Terra  Ferma  are  at 
present  governed  by  Don  Joan  de  Mendosa  and  Lima, 
Marquis  Montes  Claros,^  Viceroy,  Stadholder  or  Lieutenant, 
in  the  place  of  the  King  of  Spain,  and  wielding  the  same 
power  here  as  His  Majesty  does  in  Spain,  both  in  bestowing 
gifts  and  conferring  offices,  which  are  called  corrigimento^ 
in  these  kingdoms,  as  well  in  the  administration  of  the 
Indian  revenues  and  the  appointment  of  Alcaldias,  being 
the  masters  or  governors  of  the  mines. 

This  aforesaid  office  of  the  Viceroyalty  is  conferred  by 
the  King  for  six  or  eight  years,  or  for  as  long  as  he  pleases, 
the  appointed  Viceroy  receiving  an  annual  grant  of  40,000 
ducats,  besides  a  sum  of  1,000  pesos  ensaiados  (each  peso 
worth  twelve  and  a-half  reals  a-piece)  every  Christmas 
Day,  Twelfth  Day,  and  on  each  of  two  other  Festivals, 
being  those  of  the  Holy  Ghost  and  Easter,  since  he  then 
entertains  all  the  Councillors  of  the  Audiencia  ;  in  addition 
to  this,  the  Viceroy,  on  going  annually  to  the  harbour  of 
Galao,*  in  order  to  despatch  the  fleet  of  the  King's  silver, 
receives  from  the  King  2,000  pesos  ensaiados  to  defray 

1  See  the  Introduction  for  further  facts  concerning  this  treatise. 

2  "  Juan  de  Mendoza  y  Luna,  Marquis  de  Montesclaros,  Viceroy  of 
Peru,  1607- 16 1 5,  the  fourth  Viceroy  of  this  illustrious  house." — Sir 
Clements  Markham,  History  of  Peru^  pp.  172,  173.  A  full  account  of 
his  life  is  given  by  Mendiburuj  Diccionario^  1885,  torn,  v,  pp.  227-296. 

3  The  Spanish  words,  even  when  mutilated,  have  been  allowed  to 
stand  as  in  the  Dutch  text. 

*  Callao.  The  names  of  places  given  in  the  notes  are  the  modern 
appellations,  and  it  is  not  intended  to  suggest  that  the  original  writer 
was  always  incorrect  (where  he  differs)  for  his  period ;  in  some 
instances,  as  in  the  modern  mutilation  of  Casmala  (a  barren,  desolate 
district)  to  Casma  (see  p.  99),  the  change  is  to  be  deplored. 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOU  RN AL.  87 

his  expenses,  besides  his  above-mentioned  salary.  The 
Viceroy  is  served  in  his  palace  by  many  nobles  and 
warriors  of  every  sort  and  quality,  for  kings  hold  the 
offices  of  major-domo  or  steward  and  maystro  de  sala, 
or  captain  of  his  guard  or  watch,  as  well  as  that  of 
chamberlain  ;  besides  these,  there  are  also  a  large  number 
of  pages,  who  serve  in  and  out  of  doors,  and  many  servants 
who  wait  upon  the  aforesaid  gentlemen.  When  he  goes 
out,  he  is  accompanied  by  all  the  state  nobles,  and  has 
thirty  soldiers,  who  are  here  called  halberdiers,  and  if  he 
goes  outside  the  town,  there  go  with  him  a  hundred  pike- 
men  and  fifty  musketeers,  these  being  soldiers  who  are 
here  called  the  watch  of  this  kingdom.  The  pikemen  get 
800  pesos  ensaiados,  and  the  musketeers  400  a-year,  for  their 
services,  or  king's  salario.  In  this  kingdom  there  are  four 
Audiencias,  being  one  in  Pannama,  one  in  the  Province  of 
Quito,  one  in  Charlas,^  and  the  fourth  in  Lima,  although  the 
kingdom  of  Chili  also  possesses  an  Audiencia,  so  that  His 
Majesty  constantly  provides  that  kingdom  with  a  governor, 
the  present  one  being  named  Don  Alonso  de  la  Ribera. 
These  Audiencias  are  counsellors  of  the  king,  who  decide 
all  cases,  both  civil  and  criminal  ;  but  when  an  appeal  to 
a  higher  tribunal  has  been  allowed  and  is  to  be  heard,  all 
the  civil  matters  are  finally  determined  by  oydores,  who 
are  appointed  as  commissioners  for  that  purpose,  and  the 
criminal  ones  by  alwaldas.^  All  of  these  wear  the  same 
costume,  for  which  each  one  enjoys  an  annual  payment  of 
3,CXK)  pesos  ensaiados  of  twelve  and  a-half  reals.  The  town 
in  which  the  Viceroy  lives  is  called  Civita  dos  de  los  [szc] 
Reyos,^  or  King's  Town  ;  it  has  been  built  in  a  fine  large 
valley,  and  is  in  my  opinion  a  mile  and  a-half  in  length, 
and  three-quarters  of  a  mile  broad.  It  has  more  than 
10,000  inhabitants,  besides  those  who  daily  come  and  go 

^  Charcas.  '^  Alcaldes.  ^  Ciudad  de  los  Reyes,  i.e.,  Lima. 


8S  SPElLBEiRGEN's   JOURNAL. 

in  large  numbers  to  sell  their  wares.  This  town  has  four 
places  or  markets  ;  the  first  is  where  the  Royal  Council- 
house  stands  and  the  justices  assemble,  and  where  the 
merchants  foregather  and  conclude  their  contracts  ;  and  in 
these  places  all  the  necessary  provisions  and  victuals  are 
sold.  In  this  town  dwell  many  Indian  artizans,  such  as 
tailors  and  shoemakers,  and  they  dwell  in  a  place  called 
Cercado,  which  is  situated  close  to  the  aforesaid  town. 
And  in  that  settlement  there  are  many  laborers  who  live 
by  tilling  the  soil  and  sowing  such  produce  as  grows  there  ; 
axicoca/  cabbage,  salad,  radishes,  cucumbers,  melons, 
also  maize,  camotes,  which  in  Spain  are  called  patates, 
and  all  such  things,  are  sold  in  the  aforesaid  big  places  or 
markets.  The  Indians  who  live  in  this  settlement  of 
Cercado  number  about  2,000,  more  or  less  ;  the  second, 
called  St.  Anna,  is  also  very  large ;  the  third  is  named 
St.  Diego,  and  is  somewhat  smaller,  and  yet  another  place 
is  called  El  Sato  de  los  Cavalles,  because  horses,  mules, 
and  asses  are  daily  bought  and  sold  there.  In  this  town 
resides  the  Archbishop,  named  Don  Bertholome  Lobo 
Guerrero,^  who  enjoys  an  income  or  revenue  of  50,000  or 
60,000  pesos,  according  to  the  rise  or  fall  of  the  tithes, 
and  if  tithes  are  high  it  is  about  60,000  pesos,  and 
if  they  are  low  about  50,000.  The  great  church  has 
twenty-four  prebendaries,  one  archdeacon,  schoolmasters, 
canons,  priests  and  chaplains,  who  receive  2,000  pesos  or 
more,  according  to  the  state  of  the  tithes.  This  church 
has  four  priests,  and  each  one  has  an  income  of  1,500 
pesos  from  the  king  to  live  upon  ;  this  great  church  is 
called  Don  Juan  Evangheliste.  Besides  this  parish  church, 
which  is  the  metropolis,  there  are  four  others,  one  called 
Sinto  Marcello,  with  two  priests,  each  having  an  income  of 
1,000  pesos  ;  another,  Jan  Sebastiaen,  with  two  priests  and 

^  "  Axij"  in  the  original,  but  see  p.  91. 

2  Bartolome  Lobo  Guerrero,  Archbishop  of  Lima,  1609-1622.     See 
Mendiburu,  DiccionariOy  1885,  torn,  v,  pp.  55-62. 


speilbergen's  journal.  ^9 

the  same  income  ;  another,  Santa  Anna,  with  two  priests 
and  the  same  income  ;  and  the  last  is  the  Orphan  Hospital 
with  one  priest,  who  is  at  the  service  of  the  four  priests  of 
the  cathedral  church,  they  giving  him  a  salary  of  500  pesos. 
This  town  has  the  following  monasteries  of  monks,  being 
S.  Francisco,  S.  Domingo,  S.  Augustin,  and  one  of  Nuestra 
de  les  Marsedes,  and  each  of  these  has  two  monasteries  ; 
S.  Francisco  has  three,  to  wit,  its  principal  monastery,  the 
second  that  of  the  barefooted  friars,  and  the  third  that  of  Our 
Dear  Lady  of  Guadelupe.  Besides  these,  there  are  two  of 
the  Jesuits,  who  are  called  Teatinos^  in  this  country;  in  each 
of  these  principal  monasteries  there  are  two  hundred  and 
fifty  monks,  and  in  the  monastery  of  the  Minores,  twenty. 
In  addition  to  these  monasteries  there  are  five  belonging 
to  the  Beguins,  one  called  La  Incarnation,  the  second  La 
Conception,  the  third  the  Santissima  Trinedada,  the  fourth 
St.  Josepho,  and  another  St.  Clara ;  in  addition  to  these 
monasteries  there  is  a  church  of  Nstra  Montecorate,  one 
of  N'stra  Prado,  and  one  of  Loretto.  There  are  four 
hospitals,  the  first  called  St.  Andries,  in  which  poor  people 
are  treated  gratis  ;  in  this  hospital  there  are  generally  more 
than  four  hundred  patients.  Another  hospital  is  called 
St.  Anna,  in  which  the  Indians  are  treated  ;  another  is 
called  St.  Pedro,  in  which  priests  and  churchmen  are 
treated  ;  and  yet  another  called  La  Caridade,  in  which 
poor  women  are  treated.  There  is  also  a  house  called 
San  Lasaro,  where  men  having  no  income  are  treated  for 
old  sicknesses  ;  there  is  another  called  El  Spirito  Santo, 
where  seafaring  men  are  treated.  There  are  in  this  town 
more  than  six  hundred  mass-priests,  besides  some  thousand 
students  more.  In  addition  to  these,  there  are  three 
colleges  of  students  ;  the  first  is  the  King's,  where  there 
are  twenty-four  students,  whom  the  king  supplies  with 
board,  clothes,  and  whatever  they  may  require  ;  the  second 


^  Theatins,  a  religious  order  founded  by  Pope  Paul  IV, 


0b  SPfilLBERGEN^S  JOURNAL. 

college  is  named  St.  Torinio,  after  the  Archbishop,  where 
there  are  also  twenty-four  students,  who  are  supported  by 
the  Bishop ;  then  there  is  one  called  Jan  Martin,  where 
are  more  than  four  hundred  students,  each  of  whom  has  to 
pay  2CX)  pesos  ensaiados  for  board  and  tuition.  The  Uni- 
versity, in  which  all  the  liberal  arts  and  canon  law  are 
taught,  has  thoroughly  instructed  in  the  Holy  Scriptures 
more  than  two  hundred  licentiate  doctors,  both  theologians 
and  jurists,  for  which  the  professor  annually  receives  i,ooo 
pesos  ensaiados  from  the  king. 

Besides  that,  there  are  still  two  classes  or  auditoria,  in 
one  of  which  canon  law  is  thoroughly  taught  in  the  morn- 
ing, in  the  other  in  the  afternoon  ;  there  are  two  masters, 
each  receiving  600  pesos  ensaiados  annually.  The  teachers 
of  the  liberal  arts  receive  400  pesos  ensaiados  annually,  as 
do  also  those  entitled  "  La  Instituta ; "  these  doctors 
annually  elect  a  Rector  whom  they  call  Jues,  or  judge,  of 
all  the  students.  In  this  town  there  are  within  and  with- 
out the  walls  more  than  20,000  slaves  ;  there  are  many 
more  women  than  men — that  is  to  say,  Spanish  women. 
The  Indians  of  this  country  are  as  free  as  the  Spaniards 
themselves,  except  that  they  are  bound  to  pay  every  six 
months  to  the  king,  or  to  whomsoever  he  appoints,  two 
pesos  ensaiados  and  a  fowl  worth  a  real,  one  fenega  of 
maize,  which  is  worth  8  reals,  and  half  a  piece  of  cloth  of 
which  they  make  their  clothes.  And  if  the  Indians  live  in 
the  valley  or  in  the  plain,  the  material  must  be  cotton,  but 
if  they  live  in  the  mountains,  they  make  it  of  wool.  Each 
Indian  is  bound  to  serve  the  king  for  thirty  days  in  the 
year  ;  they  begin  to  serve  in  the  mines  in  May,  until  the 
end  of  November,  and  not  at  any  other  period  ;  those  who 
live  near  the  mines  serve  in  the  latter,  and  those  who  do 
not  live  near  them  must  serve  in  agricultural  work,  and 
the  master  who  employs  them  is  bound  to  pay  them 
2^  reals  per  day  as  wages,  and  to  feed  them  on  bread,  meat 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  91 

axicoca^  and  salt.  They  must  also  serve  in  the  fields  in 
order  to  tend  the  cattle,  which  are  here  in  great  number, 
for,  in  addition  to  there  being  many  Spanish  sheep,  there 
are  also  large  numbers  of  others  belonging  to  the  country, 
as  large  as  a  half-grown  horse,  and  the  shape  not  unlike  a 
camel.  And  these  have  been  from  time  immemorial  down 
to  the  present  day,  employed  in  place  of  horses  and  mules 
in  this  country,  but  principally  in  Potosi,  for  there  they 
employ  those  sheep  to  bring  down  from  the  mountains  the 
ore  that  they  extract  from  the  mines. 

From  the  harbour  of  Arica  to  Potosi  these  animals  carry 
wheat-meal,  maize  and  axicoca,^  which  is  a  kind  of  green 
herb  that  the  Indians  usually  put  into  their  mouth,  and 
greatly  esteemed  by  them.  The  Spaniards  transport  all 
their  merchandize  on  these  animals,  notwithstanding  that 
there  are  horses  and  mules  in  abundance.  The  Indians  of 
this  country  make  a  drink  from  maize,  and  call  it "  tchica  ;" 
it  is  wholesome,  and  is  drunk  cold.  F'or  the  rest,  this  town 
of  Los  Reyes^  is  abundantly  provided  with  victuals,  bread, 

1  In  the  original  "  axgen,"  but  see  next  paragraph. 

2  In  this  treatise  the  word  appears  in  three  forms  :  axij  (p.  88),  axgen 
(p.  91,  hne  i),  and  as  above  ;  there  is  Httle  doubt  that  the  herb  meant 
is  coca  {erythoxylon  coca\  as  described  by  Sir  Clements  Markham  in 
his  History  of  Peru.  "  The  coca  leaf  was  the  great  source  of  comfort 
and  enjoyment  to  the  Peruvians,  and  is  now  in  demand  for  medicinal 
uses  throughout  the  civilised  world.  Coca  is  cultivated  between  5,000 
and  6,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  in  the  warm  valleys  of  the 
eastern  slopes  of  the  Andes,  where  the  only  variation  of  climate  is 
from  wet  to  dry,  and  where  frost  is  unknown.  It  is  a  shrub  from  four 
to  six  feet  high,  the  branches  straight  and  alternate,  leaves  alternate 
and  entire  in  form  and  size  like  tea  leaves,  flowers  solitary  with  a 
small  yellowish-white  corolla  in  five  petals.  Sowing  is  commenced  in 
December  and  January  when  the  rains  begin,  which  continue  until 
April  .  .  .  After  eighteen  monttis  the  plants  yield  their  first  harvest, 
and  they  continue  to  be  fertile  for  about  forty  years  .  .  .  No  Indian 
is  without  his  chuspa  or  coca  bag,  and  he  derives  great  enjoyment 
from  chewing  the  leaves.  The  smell  of  the  leaf  is  agreeable  and 
aromatic,  and  its  properties  are  to  enable  a  great  amount  of  fatigue  to 
be  borne  with  little  nourishment." 

A  much  earlier  but  not  more  authoritative  description  of  the  coca 
plant  and  its  uses  is  to  be  found  in  Joseph  Acosta's  History  of  the 
East  and  West  Indies^  Book  IV,  chap.  xxii. 

^  i.e.^  Lima. 


^±  speilbergen's  journal. 

meat,  and  fish,  of  all  sorts ;  i6  ounces^  of  bread  costs  a 
real,  whether  wheat  is  cheap  or  dear.  Wheat  generally 
costs  three  pesos,  although  in  the  last  few  years  it  has 
been  up  to  ten  and  twelve  pieces  of  eight.  Meat  costs 
four  and  a-half,  sometimes  five,  reals  per  aroba,^  according 
to  proclamation  made  in  the  town.  A  pound  of  fresh  fish 
costs  three-quarters  of  a  real.  There  is  a  good  deal  of  fish 
here  of  various  sorts,  taken  from  the  sea,  and  also  caught 
within  the  town  walls.  By  these  walls  runs  a  river,  which 
in  the  rainy  season,  or  during  a  rush  of  water,  becomes  very 
violent,  for  a  bridge  which  was  built  over  the  said  river, 
of  hewn  stone,  with  nine  arches,  and  as  strong  as  one  could 
imagine  it,  was  carried  away  by  the  current ;  it  has  also 
many  and  various  sorts  of  toothsome  fish.  In  this  town 
there  is  an  assembly  of  twenty-four  councillors.  There  is  a 
King's  House,  the  contractation,^  with  four  royal  officers, 
being  the  Treasurer,  Condador,*  Factor,  and  Medoor.  In 
that  house  is  the  king's  treasure  and  revenue  ;  here  is  also 
a  tribunal  of  the  Inquisition,  with  two  Inquisitors,  who 
have  an  income  of  3,000  pesos,  and  their  own  prison,  their 
mayor  and  two  notaries,  each  of  these  receiving  1,000 
pesos  a  year.  Here  is  also  a  tribunal  of  St.  Crusada,  with 
indulgence  and  relics,  and  having  similar  incomes.  In  this 
town  are  sixteen  companies  of  soldiers,  eight  mounted 
and  eight  on  foot,  and  it  is  situated  two  miles  from 
the  sea. 

The  harbour  of  this  town  is  named  El  Callao,  where 
reside  about  eight  hundred  Spaniards,  more  or  less ;  close 
to  this  there  is  a  small  village  of  about  two  hundred 
Indians,  all  of  whom  speak  Spanish  well,  for  they  have 
mostly  been  brought  up  among  the  Spaniards  and  serve 
them,  helping  them  to  till  the  land  for  wheat  and  other 


1  Evidently  Spanish,  16  ounces  forming  a  pound,  whilst  in  a  Dutch 
pound  there  are  only  five.  ^  ^  Spanish  weight  of  2$  pounds. 

3  Contratacion.  ^  Contador  =  accountant. 


SPEILBERGENS  JOURNAL.  93 

necessary  things,  although  quantities  of  wheat  and  wine 
come  by  sea  from  Pisco,  Yca,^  and  La  Nacha.^  This  town^ 
transports  to  Potosi  all  kinds  of  Spanish  wares,  both  cloth 
and  other  stuff  for  garments,  and  also  native  wares,  which 
are  made  around  Lima,  for  the  dress  of  the  people.  This 
place  of  Potosi  is  named  La  Valla  Imperiael,  and  has 
within  its  limits  a  very  high  mountain,  upon  which  is 
found  the  metal  for  making  silver.  It  is  fearful  and 
wonderful  to  enter  these  mines,  which  descend  by  quite 
four  hundred  steps  into  the  earth  ;  and  upon  entering,  it 
is  so  dark  that  no  one  can  go  without  a  candle.  In  these 
mines  there  are  more  than  twenty  thousand  Indians  at 
work,  who  excavate  the  metal,  and  then  there  are  others 
who  bring  it  down  to  the  river  in  the  mills,  of  which  there 
are  quite  a  hundred,  to  crush  and  refine  it,  and  extract  the 
silver.  And  when  it  is  well  ground  to  powder,  they  put  it 
into  a  square  trough  with  water,  add  to  it  salt,  broken 
wheat,  and  a  certain  quantity  of  quicksilver,  which  is  a 
material  that  separates  silver  from  the  earth  ;  and  when 
it  is  separated  from  the  earth  it  mixes  with  the  quick- 
silver, whereupon,  in  order  to  separate  these  two  materials, 
silver  and  quicksilver,  they  have  made  an  oven,  such  as 
that  in  which  copper-founders  melt  their  metal,  except 
that  it  is  open  at  the  top,  and  is  heated  from  beneath,  like 
a  pan.  A  cowl  is  then  made  of  clay  or  loam,  to  hang 
loose  over  it  and  free  of  the  oven,  and  through  the  heat 
from  the  fire  the  quicksilver  is  driven  up  into  this  aforesaid 
cowl  hanging  there,  whilst  the  cleansed  silver  remains  in 
the  oven.  The  aforesaid  quicksilver  is  collected  out  of 
the  cowl,  and  used  again  for  refining.  This  place  is  cold, 
so  that  no  fruit  grows  for  4  miles  around,  except  a  herb 
which  the  Indians  call  ycho  ;  all  supplies  of  bread,  wine, 


1  Yea  or  lea,  situated  in  a  valley  on  a  river  of  the  same  name, 
180  miles  S.E.  by  S.  of  Lima  ;  it  was  ruined  by  earthquakes  in  "1644 
and  1647.  '  Nasca.  ^  i.e.^  Lima. 


94  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL. 

meat,  and  maize,  and  all  sorts  of  fruit,  are  mostly  brought 
there  by  carts  and  animals  from  Arica,  which  is  the 
harbour  of  Potosi  ;  it  is,  indeed,  sometimes  dear,  but  there 
is  no  lack  of  anything.  There  are  in  this  village  about 
six  thousand  men,  more  or  less,  without  reckoning  some 
two  thousand  who  make  their  living  here  by  bringing 
supplies  of  food  from  Arica,  and  also  from  some  valleys 
near  Potosi ;  each  brings  wine  and  flour,  according  to  his 
resources.  The  wine  of  Peru  costs  lo  reals  of  eight,  the 
wine  of  Castile  20  reals,  and  an  aroba  of  meat  costs  a  real. 
Bread  costs  2  reals  a  pound,  and  often  more,  but  not  less  ; 
but  this  town  is  situated  about  180  Spanish  miles  from 
Arica,  its  harbour,  and  on  the  way  there  are  many  villages 
inhabited  by  Indians,  one  every  8  or  10  miles,  and  also 
many  that  have  been  destroyed.  In  this  town  thete  is  a 
corrigidor,  appointed  by  the  king  for  six  or  eight  years,  if 
it  so  please  him.  On  the  way  from  this  place  to  the 
interior  lies  the  town  of  Chuquisacas,^  where  there  is  a 
King's  Audiencia  that  has  four  Ceydores^  and  a  Fiscal ;  it 
has  also  a  President,  who  occupies  the  same  position  there 
as  does  the  Viceroy  in  Lima,  and  he,  too,  has  the  same  power 
there  in  the  country,  but  does  not  bestow  any  offices  or 
incomes,  administering  only  justice.  The  ordoros  [szc]  of 
this  Audiencia  fill  the  offices  of  the  alcaldes  de  corte,  and 
have  cognisance  of  both  civil  and  criminal  matters.  This 
town  is  very  good,  although  not  very  large ;  it  has  also  a 
bishop,  who  has  an  income  of  30,000  ducats.  The  great 
church  has  also  its  dabildo^  or  assembly,  like  that  of  Lima  ; 
and  the  same  monasteries,  although  the  monks  are  not  there 
in  such  numbers.  The  inhabitants  number  between  three 
and  four  thousand  ;  and  were  any  disorders  to  occur  in  the 
country,  or  on  the  coast  of  Peru,  the  inhabitants  are 
bound  to  come  down   to  Potosi,  and  thence  accompany 

^  Sucre,  ^  Oidores,  see  p.  87.  ^  Cabildo, 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  95 

the  inhabitants  of  Potosi  as  far  as  Arica.     There  are  in 
the  town  of  Potosi  about  fifteen  hundred  loafers,  who  hold 
no  office,  but  go  occasionally  to  Arica,  and  then  return  to 
Potosi ;  they  play  cards,  and  cheat  the  folks  who  come  to 
trade,  getting  hold  in  this  way  of  the  foreign  merchants* 
goods.      About   70  miles   on   one   side   of  this   place   is 
another,  where  are  mines  that  are  called  Oruro,  from  which 
much  silver  is  got  of  the  same  alloy  as  that  of  Potosi. 
This  place  has  about  two  thousand  citizens,  and    many 
people  who  come  and  trade,  bringing  all  kinds  of  food  and 
drink.      Still  somewhat  further,  and    closer   to   Lima,   is 
another  place  where  are  mines,  and  called  Chocoloichora  ;^ 
but  here  not  so  much  silver  is  obtained  as  at  Oruro  or 
Potosi.      There   are   about   five   hundred    Spaniards   and 
between  three  and  four  thousand  Indians,  who  work  in  the 
mines.     The  climate  here  is  as  cold  as  in  Potosi.     Still 
closer  to  Lima  is   another  place  called  Castro  Vireyna,^ 
where  some   silver  is  also  extracted,  and  here   are  also 
about  five  hundred  Spaniards  and  three  thousand  Indians. 
These  places  are  supported  and  victualled  by  the  town  of 
Yla,3  which  lies  in   the  valleys  ;    their   seaport  is    Pisco, 
whence  they  get  wine,  flour,  and  maize  for  the    Indians. 
In  each  of  these  places  is  a  governor,  who  is  appointed  by 
the  Viceroy,  and  receives  a  salary  of  2000  pesos  ensaiados ; 
20  miles    distant   from    these    places   is   a   town    named 
Juamabeluca,^  which  is  a  place  with  houses,  like  Potosi, 
although  2  miles  from  there  many  cattle  are  raised,  and 
much   butter   and    cheese    is    made.      These    places   are 
furnished  by  Pisco  and  other  valleys  with  wine  and  other 
necessities  ;  from  Juamanga,^  too,  preserves  are  brought, 

^  The  town  known  to-day  as  Corocoro. 

2  Still  so  known  to-day. 

^  lea  ;  see  p.  92.  *  Huancavelica. 

^  Its  name  was  changed  to  Ayacucho  in  1824,  in  honour  of  the 
victory  over  the  Spanish  in  the  neighbouring  plain  of  Ayacucho  in  the 
War  of  Independence. 


96  speilbergen's  journal. 

that  being  a  district  in  which  much  sugar  cane  grows. 
From  Potosi  to  Cusco  is  about  150  miles,  all  consisting  of 
poor  valleys  called  callao,  and  everywhere  studded  with 
Indian  villages,  each  10  or  12  miles  from  the  other; 
indeed,  so  many  that  one  has  scarcely  left  one  village 
before  seeing  another.  In  these  parts  there  are  many 
merchants  plying  their  trade,  and  also  many  gamblers 
who  proceed  from  one  tambos  to  the  other  in  order  to 
cheat  these  folk.  These  tambos  are  inns  that  are  called 
ventas  in  Spain,  and  in  our  country  as  above.  Cusco  is  a 
town  almost  similar  to  Lima,  for  it  is  very  large,  but 
rather  barren  and  uneven,  by  reason  of  being  built  at  the 
foot  of  a  high  mountain  ;  there  is  much  rain  here.  It  has 
about  six  thousand  Spanish  inhabitants,  and  round  about 
the  place  are  many  Indian  villages,  having  altogether 
about  two  thousand  inhabitants.  There  is  a  corrigidor  and 
bishop,  and  monasteries  as  in  Lima  ;  also  two  colleges  of 
students,  with  about  six  hundred  of  the  latter.  The 
bishop  has  an  income  of  about  30,000  ducats.  The  great 
church  has  also  a  cabildo,  there  being,  moreover,  a  cabildo 
belonging  to  the  town  with  alcaldes,  or  royal  officers. 
This  district  has  many  fine  valleys,  in  which  quantities  of 
victuals,  such  as  wheat  and  meat,  are  collected  at  cheap 
prices.  The  wine  is  brought  hither  from  Araquipa,^  a 
seaport  situated  about  100  miles  from  Cusco.  In  this 
district  are  many  Spaniards  carrying  on  trade,  and  in  this 
valley  are  many  sugar-mills. 

Fruit,  such  as  apples,  pears,  quinces,  etc.,  and  other 
fruit  called  dierasno  melocotones,^  are  preserved  here  to 
be  sent  to  Potosi,  and  to  all  the  other  mines.  These 
Indians  have  commanders  appointed  by  the  king,  whom 
they  recognise  as  their  masters,  paying  the  latter  taxes,  as 

1  Arequipa,  on  a  river  flowing  into  the  Pacific. 

2  This  obviously  read  in  the  original  Spanish  of  de  Madriga,  duras- 
nos/  melocotones,  /.<?.,  nectarines  and  peaches. 


speilbergen's  journal.  97 

mentioned  above.  Guamanga^  and  Cusco  are  about  60  or 
70  miles  distant  from  each  other,  a  very  bad  and  stony- 
way.  The  former  is  a  very  large  town,  and  is  also  a 
bishopric ;  the  bishop  is  named  Don  Fray  Augustijn  de 
Arbatal.  The  country  around  is  not  rich,  because  there 
are  no  mines  near  ;  there  is  therefore  not  much  money  in 
circulation,  but  all  the  necessities  of  life  are  cheap.  Much 
wheat  is  produced  here,  and  other  native  herbs  for  the 
Indians.  There  are  also  large  numbers  of  oxen  and  sheep, 
and  many  fine  big  horses  are  bred,  which  become  very 
strong,  and  are  much  transported  to  Lima,  Chusco,  and  all 
the  provinces.  Juancabelica^  is  a  town  in  which,  as  I  have 
already  said,  quicksilver  is  manufactured.  Here  is  also  a 
high  mountain,  as  near  Potosi,  similarly  rugged  and  steep, 
with  corners,  for,  in  order  to  descend  from  the  summit, 
they  climb  down  ladders  made  of  rope,  like  those  used  for 
getting  up  the  masts.  The  mine  is  fearfully  deep,  and  the 
specie  is  brought  out  at  the  top  upon  the  shoulders  of  the 
Indians.  This  specie  is  stone  from  which  the  quicksilver 
is  then  extracted,  and  it  sometimes  occurs  whilst  the 
Indians  are  climbing  up  and  down,  for  they  all  go  one 
behind  the  other,  that  when  one  of  them  falls  all  the  others 
under  him  must  also  fall ;  from  the  top  to  the  bottom 
there  are  between  three  and  four  hundred  steps.  This 
place  has  a  river  which  turns  into  stone  everything  put 
into  it,  and  whoever  drank  of  this  water  would  immediately 
die.  From  Juancabelica  one  descends. to  the  Xaura,^  which 
is  situated  40  miles  from  Lima.  Here  is  a  goodly  valley, 
with  a  fertile  soil  yielding  abundantly,  and  a  healthy 
climate.  Much  Spanish  cattle  is  also  raised  here,  and  the 
Indians  of  this  valley  sow  much  wheat  and  maize,  a  good 
deal  being  sent  to  Juancabelica ;  much  pork  is  also  sent 

1  Ayacucho  ;  see  p.  95.  ^  Huancavelica. 

*  Jauja,  town  and  river.     The  whole  valley  was  evidently  so  called 
already  in  early  times, 

H 


98  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL. 

to  Lima  and  other  places.  There  are  in  this  valley  more 
than  40  Indian  villages,  in  which  there  are  ten  thousand 
Indians.  Amongst  these  dwell  many  Spaniards  who  take 
provisions  in  exchange  for  combs,  knives,  needles,  beads, 
ear-rings,  and  other  things  of  smaller  value.  They  give 
these  wares  for  fowls,  maize,  and  other  things,  and  these 
the  Spaniards  sell  at  Lima  and  Juancabelica,  getting  their 
living  and  amassing  riches  too  thereat.  From  Valle  de 
Xaura  one  comes  to  another  named  Quorogerij,^  situated 
12  or  14  miles  from  Lima,  but  the  district  is  entirely 
inhabited  by  Indians,  no  Spaniards  dwelling  among  them, 
except  here  and  there.  And  thence  to  Caljou  de  Lima 
are  these  places — Aburco,  Pachacama,  and  Chica  Abia, 
these  being  Indian  villages,  thinly  inhabited  and  very  poor. 
For  the  rest  there  is  barren  country  as  far  as  Cannetto,^  a 
village  inhabited  by  Spaniards  ;  there  are  about  eighty 
families,  who  make  some  wine,  sow  wheat,  and  raise  much 
cattle,  to  wit,  cows  and  oxen,  as  well  as  many  mares  and 
mules,  which  they  sell  at  Lima.  Along  the  coast,  from 
here  to  Arica,  there  are  many  villages  on  the  way  in- 
habited by  Spaniards,  such  as  Pisco,  where  a  great  quantity 
of  wine  is  made  ;  that  village,  with  the  valley,  has  about 
fifty  men.  Then  follows  Yca,^  which  has  the  same  trade  ; 
thereupon  follows  La  Nasca,*  where  much  wine  is  also 
produced.  After  that  we  get  a  number  of  Indian  villages, 
and  then  come  to  the  town  of  Ariquipa,  which  is  a  fine 
town,  and  has  more  than  two  thousand  Spanish  in- 
habitants ;  there  is  also  a  corrigidor,  a  bishop,  and  a 
cabildo  of  each  kind.  For  the  rest,  the  way  from  here  to 
Arica  is  mostly  lonesome,  and  without  many  inhabitants. 
Further,  we  have  knowledge  of  some  places  below^  Lima. 
At  Chaucay^  there  live  about  as  many  Spaniards  as  at 

1  Huarochiri.  2  Caiieta. 

*  lea  ;  see  p.  93.  *  Nasca,  on  the  R.  Grande, 

"  But  meaning  beyond,  northward  of  Lima,  *  Chancay. 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  99 

Cannetto,  and  round  about  it  live  some  Indians,  who 
support  themselves  by  sowing  crops,  and  especially  by 
raising  cattle,  many  Spanish  sheep  and  goats,  and  by 
curing  pork.  But  this  coast  has  few  Indians,  though 
these  speak  Spanish  very  well.  Immediately  after  this, 
lower  down,^  follows  Guara,^  which  has  about  eighty  in- 
habitants, or  a  few  more;  here  are  few  Indians.  Its  trade 
consists  of  sugar,  meal,  or  syrup,  which  is  conveyed  thence 
to  Lima.  From  Guara  one  goes  to  Varancas,^  which  is  an 
Indian  village  with  about  two  hundred  families  ;  its  trade 
consists  of  wheat  and  maize,  which  is  sent  to  Lima  ;  then 
comes  Guarmey,*  which  has  the  same  trade,  but  in  these 
villages  there  are,  strange  to  say,  no  Spaniards,  except  one 
here  and  there.  From  Guarmey  one  comes  to  a  place 
called  Casmala  ;^  high,  barren  country,  few  inhabitants,  and 
totally  desolate. 

Then  follows  Santa,  a  small  Spanish  town,  with  some- 
what more  than  a  hundred  families  and  a  few  Indians. 
Hereupon  follows  the  town  of  Truxillo,^  a  fine  place,  where 
there  is  now  a  bishop.  The  country  is  poor,  and  has  about 
two  thousand  Indians  ;  its  seaport  is  named  Guanckaco.^ 
In  this  district  are  many  sugar-mills,  and  much  wheat  is 
sown  ;  much  flour  is  made  here,  which  is  taken  to  Panama, 
and  in  the  interior  many  Spanish  cattle  are  raised,  and 
farms  kept  for  breeding  horses  and  mules.  Fruit  and 
provisions  are  cheap,  but  there  is  little  money  in  circula- 
tion. 

Here  you  have  what  we  were  able  to  learn  concerning 
the  circumstances  of  this  country  from  our  Spanish 
prisoner,  who  declared  that  he  had  good  knowledge  and 
cognisance  thereof,  especially  as  he  was  born  in  the  said 
country,  and  had  been  brought  up  in  it  since  his  infancy. 

^  Higher  up,  we  should  say.  '  Huaura. 

^  Barranca.  *  Huarmey. 

^  Casma,  *  Trujillo,  ^  Huanchaco. 

H  2 


loo  speilbergen's  journal. 

We  have  also  deemed  it  expedient  to  add  here- 
unto WHAT  WE  HAVE  LEARNT  OF  THE  KINGDOM 
OF  CHILI  AND  ITS   CIRCUMSTANCES. 

The  capital  town  of  this  kingdom  is  St.  Jago,  which  is 
inhabited  by  the  Indians  ;  in  the  said  town  is  a  gold  mine, 
from  which  the  king  derives  no  profit. 

The  second  town  is  Coqunibo,^  having  abundance  of 
copper,  of  which  all  the  cannon  and  the  bells  are  made  in 
Peru. 

The  third  is  Waldavia,^  being  very  rich  in  gold  ;  the 
inhabitants  of  this  town  stormed  and  captured  it  in  1 599, 
killed  all  the  Spaniards,  and  kept  their  wives,  to  the 
number  of  eight  hundred.  Any  one  of  these  can  be 
re-purchased  for  a  pair  of  spurs,  a  bridle,  a  rapier,  or  a  pair 
of  stirrups,  but  this  has  been  expressly  forbidden  by  the 
king,  in  order  to  prevent  the  Chilenese  from  getting  hold 
of  any  arms. 

Having,  as  has  been  said,  obtained  possession  of  the 
town,  and  driven  out  and  slain  the  rest  of  the  Spaniards, 
they  took  the  governor  alone  prisoner,  and  poured  molten 
gold  into  his  mouth  and  ears,  afterwards  making  a 
drinking-cup  of  his  skull,  and  a  trumpet  of  his  shins  or 
legs,  as  a  sign  of  the  victory  they  had  gained  over 
their  foe. 

The  fourth  town  is  Auraco,^  close  to  which  the  Spaniards 
have  a  fort,  which  is  held  by  a  company  of  soldiers  who 
can  with  great  difficulty  find  enough  there  to  feed  them, 
and  they  would  often  be  in  danger  of  perishing  were  they 
not  assisted  by  the  ships.  It  is  about  a  year  and  a-half 
ago  that  a  Biscayan  captain  came  in  a  small  vessel  with 
thirty  men,  expressly  to  provide  these  men  with  food,  but 
he  was  so  cast  about  by  the  current  that  he  fell,  against 

^  Coquimbo,  ^  Valdivia,  ^  Arauco. 


Aug.,  1615]        speilbergen's  journal.  ioi 

his  will,  into  the  hands  of  the  inhabitants  there,  who  slew 
the  captain  and  all  the  others,  excepting  only  the  trumpeter, 
named  Laurens,  born  in  the  town  of  Berghen,  in  Norway, 
of  Dutch  parents. 

In  the  town  of  Conception,  of  which  we  have  already 
spoken,  resides  a  Spanish  governor,  who  is  generally 
accompanied  by  four  hundred  soldiers,  and  in  the  town  are 
some  pieces  of  ordnance  for  his  defence.  Notwithstanding 
that  the  soil  of  this  district  is  the  most  fertile  in  the 
whole  kingdom,  the  Spaniards  cannot  raise  any  crops 
on  it,  or  till  it,  on  account  of  the  great  ruin  and  havoc 
wrought  there  by  the  savages  themselves  before  their 
departure. 

Chilue  is  a  town  situated  on  the  extreme  limits,  being 
also  under  the  dominion  of  the  Spaniards,  but  of  little 
importance,  for  a  captain  named  Anthoni  Swart,  from  the 
Netherlands,  overpowered  the  said  town  some  time  ago 
with  thirty  men,  and  captured  it. 

A  vessel,  too,  named  the  Trouwe^  lying  at  anchor  off 
the  said  town  in  order  to  await  the  tide,  thirty  Spaniards 
gave  themselves  up  to  the  crew  of,  the  aforesaid  ship,  and 
being  afterwards  set  ashore  at  Guayaquyl,  they  were 
apprehended  by  the  Viceroy  of  Peru,  and  sent  back  to 
Chili,  where  they  were  hung  up  by  the  feet  and  shot  with 
arrows. 

In  the  said  kingdom  there  are  still  a  few  other  places, 
but  of  no  great  importance,  as  far  as  we  could  understand 
from  one  of  our  prisoners  ;  and  making  an  end  hereof,  we 
shall  continue  our  story. 


On  the  2 1st  August,  in  the  afternoon,  we  again  set  sail,^ 
shaping  our  course  out  to  sea  towards  the  north,  with  mild 
and  very  fine  weather. 

From  Payta  Point ;  see  p.  83. 


i02  SPElLBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  [Aug.,  I615 

On  the  22nd,  we  again  turned  towards  the  shore,  where 
we  anchored  early  in  the  evening  in  40  fathoms.  From 
that  time  onward  we  observed  that  the  current  was  so 
violently  opposed  to  us  that  it  was  scarcely  possible  to 
make  any  progress,  except  with  a  very  favourable  wind. 

On  the  23rd,  the  wind  blowing  strong  and  in  our  favour, 
we  set  sail,  constantly  keeping  close  to  the  shore  until  the 
evening,  when  we  anchored  just  before  the  river  named 
Rio  de  Tomba,^  which  river  it  is  impossible  to  enter  even 
in  boats,  on  account  of  its  shallowness,  as  well  as  by  reason 
of  the  strong  stream  that  flows  out  of  it. 

At  daybreak  on  the  29th,  we  weighed  anchor,  but  the 
calm  and  the  contrariness  of  the  current  compelled  us 
soon  to  cast  it  again. 

On  the  24th,  the  General  Council  assembled,  when  it 
was  resolved  that  we  should  shape  our  course  direct  for 
Coques  Island,^  situated  in  5°  south^  latitude,  for  the  reason 
that  the  said  island  is  very  convenient,  and  offers  ad- 
vantages for  re-victualling,  as  some  of  our  men  knew  from 
their  own  experience.  So  the  wind  veering  to  the  west 
in  the  afternoon  we  set  sail,  shaping  our  course  to  nor'- 
nor'-west. 

On  the  27th,  we  still  kept  the  same  course  until  the 
evening,  when  we  sighted  a  vessel  in  front  of  us,  and  made 
every  endeavour  to  overtake  it  ;  but  the  darkness  of  the 
night  caused  us  to  lose  sight  of  it,  so  that  we  again  set  our 
course  as  before.  Here  we  were  near  the  Cape  of  Santa 
Helena,  ij°  south  of  the  Pole.* 

In  this  fashion  we  continued  the  28th,  29th,  and  until 
the  afternoon  of  the  30th,  when  we  set  our  course  more  to 
the  west.  In  this  locality  we  were  much  subjected  to  all 
kinds  of  tempests,  whirlwinds,  rain,  lightning,  and  the  like. 


1  R.  Tumbez.  ^  Cocos  I. 

3  Really  5?  N.  lat.  *  A  slip  for  Line. 


Sept.,  1615]       speilbergen's  journal.  103 

September. 

On  the  first  day  of  September  we  had  a  very  favourable 
wind,  so  that  at  night  we  were  again  in  the  latitude  of  four 
degrees. 

On  the  2nd,  the  wind  remaining  in  the  same  quarter,  we 
gained  the  latitude  of  4°  30',  and  from  that  day  until  the 
7th  we  were  constantly  searching  for  the  aforesaid  Coques 
Island,  but  could  not  find  it,  by  reason  of  the  continual 
tempests,  rain,  thunder,  and  the  like.  On  the  same  day, 
Jan  de  Wit  had  to  leave  his  little  ship  on  account  of  her 
having  sprung  a  bad  leak  through  the  strong  winds  and 
waves,  and  no  sooner  had  we  transshipped  the  provisions 
and  crew  than  she  sank. 

From  the  7th  to  the  13th  neither  the  storm,  rain,  nor 
lightning  abated  :  this  gradually  beginning  to  cause  various 
maladies  amongst  us,  the  more  so  since  we  had  obtained 
no  fresh  food  for  so  long  a  time. 

The  14th  was  the  first  day  that  the  tempest  abated,  with 
very  fine  calm  weather.  Here  we  were  in  the  latitude 
of  8°  10'. 

On  the  15th,  the  weather  being  clear  and  bright,  the 
pilots  found  at  night  that  we  were  just  in  the  latitude 
of  10°. 

On  the  1 6th  the  wind  rose  high,  with  continual  rain, 
from  the  south-west,  our  course  being  north-west. 

On  the  17th  we  were  in  the  latitude  of  12°  30'. 

On  the  1 8th,  it  was  fair  and  favourable  weather  by  day, 
but  in  the  night  a  storm  arose,  with  continuous  rain,  which 
caused  the  wind  to  veer  to  the  north,  so  that  we  shaped 
our  course  to  the  west. 

On  the  20th,  we  came  in  sight  of  the  land  named  Nova 
Hispania,  which  at  first  appeared  to  be  quite  flat,  but  is 
covered  with  hills  and  mountains  of  wonderful  height. 

On  the  2 1  St,  we  were  in  the  latitude  of  13°  30',  and  the 


I04  SPEILBERGEN*S  JOURNAL.  [Sept.,  1615 

wind  then  veering  to  the  south,  we  set  our  course  north- 
wards again  until  midday,  when  it  grew  quite  calm. 

On  the  22nd  the  said  calm  continued,  without  our 
making  much  progress,  until  the  evening,  when  such  a 
furious  storm  and  whirlwind  arose  that  the  ships  were 
driven  together,  the  yacht  colliding  with  the  Admiral's 
ship,  and  breaking  the  bowsprit  for  her,  tearing  many  of 
the  sails,  and  doing  other  damage. 

The  same  wind  continued  blowing  until  noon  on  the 
23rd,  when  we  were  in  the  latitude  of  14°  50'. 

On  the  24th  the  wind  fell  a  good  deal,  veering  to  the 
east,  wherefore  we  set  our  course  west  by  north. 

On  the  25th,  the  aforesaid  storm  again  arose  with  such 
sudden  violence  that  it  tore  the  Admiral's  mainsail  to 
shreds,  so  that  we  could  scarce  retain  it. 

At  the  same  time  the  wind  also  veered  right  against  us, 
wherefore  we  tacked  first  on  one,  then  on  the  other  side, 
until  midnight,  when  it  grew  quite  calm. 

On  the  26th  the  wind  turned  again  to  the  east,  where- 
fore we  shaped  our  course  west  by  north,  sailing  with  good 
progress,  and  gained  the  latitude  of  14°  42'. 

On  the  27th,  we  kept  up  the  same  rate  of  progress  until 
the  evening,  when  the  weather  grew  quite  calm,  and  con- 
tinued so  the  whole  night  and  the  following  day. 

On  the  29th,  the  wind  being  as  before,  we  proceeded 
west  by  north  without  ever  losing  sight  of  the  aforesaid 
land. 

At  midday  we  were  in  the  latitude  of  15°  30'. 

In  the  evening  we  gradually  approached  the  shore  of 
the  aforesaid  land,  but  the  wind  veering  to  the  west,  we 
again  proceeded  out  to  sea  under  full  sail. 

On  the  30th  we  again  attempted  to  make  the  land,  but 
as  we  could  not  get  along  according  to  our  wish,  we  once 
more  put  out  to  sea. 


Oct.,  1615]         speilbergen\s  journal.  105 


October. 

The  first  day  of  October  we  tacked  all  day  and  night  in 
order  to  make  the  land,  so  that  on  the  approach  of  day  we 
found  ourselves  very  near  the  coast. 

On  the  said  day,  being  the  2nd,  we  saw  smoke  rising 
in  various  places  on  the  shore,  wherefore  the  Admiral 
sent  out  a  boat  with  armed  men  in  order  to  learn  fuller 
tidings. 

Our  yacht  was  also  sent  on  in  advance  in  order  to  sound 
the  bottom  in  all  directions,  and  to  look  for  a  proper 
anchorage  ;  she  at  length  returned,  and  told  us  that  there 
was  no  fit  place  anywhere,  and  that  she  had  found  no 
harbour  or  roadstead. 

This  caused  us  some  surprise  until  the  evening,  when 
our  boat  came  alongside,  and  informed  us  that  a  very  con- 
venient bay  had  been  found  close  to  the  shore,  where  we 
could  anchor  quite  comfortably  in  15  or  16  fathoms. 

We  also  learnt  that  the  men  in  the  boat  had  spoken  at 
a  distance  with  the  people  on  land,  and  that  the  latter  had 
promised  them  all  kinds  of  victuals  if  they  would  only 
come  and  fetch  them,  but  as  their  orders  did  not  permit 
of  this,  they  had  been  unwilling  to  undertake  it. 

As  the  wind  was  so  very  much  against  us  that  we  could 
not  make  the  roadstead  that  night,  we  were  again  com- 
pelled to  put  out  to  sea. 

This  country  appeared  to  be  very  fine  and  pleasant, 
being  planted  with  many  kinds  of  trees  and  verdure. 

On  the  3rd  we  were  in  latitude  16°  20',  and  on  the  same 
day  we  put  forth  every  endeavour  to  make  the  roadstead 
and  to  anchor,  but  in  vain,  and  we  continued  so  to  do 
until  the  5  th. 

On  that  day  we  saw  numbers  of  masts,  bound  fast 
together,  floating  out  in  the  open  sea  ;  these  we  imagined 


lo6  SiPEIL^ERGEN's  JOURNAL.  [Oct.,  1615 

at  first  to  be  some  ship,  but  at  last  we  got  to  know  what 
they  were  by  a  boat  we  sent  out  for  that  purpose. 

Another  boat  was  also  sent  to  the  shore  in  order  to 
inspect  the  locality  and  find  out  whether  it  was  possible 
to  land  some  troops  and  obtain  a  supply  of  food,  of  which 
we  were  greatly  in  need.  But  they  came  back  with  the 
reply  that  it  was  impossible,  since  the  waves  beat  against 
the  shore  with  such  violence  that  they  would  easily  have 
capsized  our  boats. 

On  that  day  we  nevertheless  cast  anchor  with  the  whole 
fleet  in  40  fathoms,  our  latitude  being  16°  40'. 

On  the  6th,  after  the  Broad  Council  had  assembled,  it 
was  resolved  that  we  should  send  three  boats  to  the  shore 
to  look  out  for  some  means  of  re-victualling,  but  these,  on 
coming  near  the  land,  found,  as  has  been  said,  the  violence 
of  the  sea  to  be  so  great  as  to  render  it  impossible  to  put 
in.  They  saw  some  people  standing  on  the  shore,  who 
motioned  to  them  to  approach,  but  it  was  not  to  be  done  ; 
they  also  saw  several  herds  of  cattle  grazing  in  the 
pastures. 

On  the  8th,  three  boats  were  again  sent  out  in  order  to 
seek  some  profit,  but  it  was  labour  lost  for  them  as  well  as 
for  the  others,  except  that  a  few  sailors  undressed,  sprang 
into  the  sea,  and  swam  ashore,  where  they  saw  some 
millions  of  does  and  stags,  which,  being  very  wild,  ran  off 
very  swiftly  as  soon  as  they  perceived  our  men. 

On  the  9th  we  again  proceeded  further,  always  sailing 
along  the  shore. 

We  continued  to  do  so,  too,  on  the  loth,  until  the 
evening,  when  we  anchored  near  a  tongue  of  land  behind 
which  lay  the  town  of  Aquapolque,^  having  a  fine  and  well- 
situated  harbour. 

On  the  nth  we  set  sail,  making  every  endeavour  to  get 


Acapulco. 


Number  14  is  Aquapolque,i 

With  its  explanation  in  what  manner  the  Spanish  prisoners  were 
ransomed. 

A.  Is  our  fleet,  consisting  of  five  ships  and  a  small  Spanish  vessel, 

which  is  lying  on  guard  outside  the  bay. 

B.  Is  the  first  meeting,  each  holding  a  small  white  flag  as  a  sign  of 

peace. 

C.  Are  our  boats,  with  the  Spanish  prisoners,  who  are  released  and 

set  at  liberty. 

D.  Are  a  number  of  asses,   bringing  our  men   victuals  from   the 

Spaniards. 

E.  Are  a  number  of  sheep,  oxen,  and  other  animals  being  shipped. 

F.  Is  a  castle  occupied  by  Spaniards,  and  well  provided  with  cannon. 

G.  Is  the  church  or  monastery. 

H.  Is  the  hamlet  or  town  of  Aquapolque. 
I.    Is  a  wonderful  fish  that  is  caught  off"  the  coast  there. 
K.  Are  some  horsemen  we  saw  with  some  more  victuals  that  are  being 
brought  to  us. 

^  Acapulco. 


PLATE   No.    14. 


Oct.,  1615]         speilbergen's  journal.  iof 

into  the  harbour,  which,  by  reason  of  the  great  calm,  we 
did  not  enter  until  the  afternoon,  and  cast  anchor  with  all 
our  ships  close  to  the  castle,  from  whence  about  ten 
cannon  shots  were  fired  at  us  without  damaging  us  in  any- 
way. To  stop  this,  the  Admiral  sent  out  a  boat  with  a 
white  flag,  in  token  of  peace,  and  the  Spaniards,  seeing 
this,  came  to  meet  our  boat,  not  only  offering  us  every 
friendship,  but  also  promising  to  give  us  what  they  could 
to  help  and  assist  us.  In  conformity  with  which  there 
came  for  the  same  purpose  on  board  our  Admiral's  ship 
two  Spaniards — to  wit,  Pedro  Alvares,  serjeant-major,  and 
Francisco  Menendus,  ensign,  being  well  versed  in  the 
tongue  of  the  Netherlands,  as  having  travelled  and  served 
there  many  years.  These  gave  our  Admiral  repeated 
promises  of  help  and  assistance,  and  after  some  com- 
pliments they  returned  to  the  town. 

During  the  night  we  towed  all  our  ships  up  and 
anchored  them  so  close  under  the  castle  that  we  could 
distinctly  see  their  guns  and  every  detail. 

On  the  1 2th,  we  conceived  the  opinion  that  the 
Spaniards  were  intent  on  some  mischief  against  us, 
wherefore  we  placed  our  ships  opposite  the  castle,  getting 
ready  the  cannon  and  all  that  belongs  thereunto.  But  as 
we  had  sent  out  a  boat  to  obtain  more  certain  information, 
the  above-mentioned  persons  came  aboard  again,  offering 
to  place  themselves  in  our  hands  as  pledges  and  hostages 
for  the  performance  of  what  they  had  promised  us,  and 
after  many  fine  words,  it  was  agreed  that  all  our  prisoners 
should  be  released  and  placed  in  their  hands,  and  that 
they  should  deliver  us  for  the  same  thirty  oxen,  fifty 
sheep,  and  a  quantity  of  fowls,  cabbages,  oranges,  lemons, 
and  the  like. 

As  soon  as  this  contract  was  made,  there  came  on  board 
to  visit  us  many  other  captains  and  cavallieros,  amongst 
them  Captain  Castillo,  who  had  served  in  the  Netherlands 


io8  speilbergen's  journal.         [Oct.,  1615 

for  more  than  twenty  years,  all  of  whom  showed  us  much 
kindness  and  courtesy. 

On  the  same  day  we  sent  many  men  ashore  in  order  to 
obtain  a  supply  of  both  fresh  water  and  wood  for  the 
kitchen,  and  the  like. 

On  the  13th  we  again  obtained  a  similar  supply,  and  in 
the  evening  the  Spaniards  sent  a  row-boat  to  us,  with 
promises  that  they  would  send  us  the  promised  cattle  and 
fruit  the  following  day. 

On  the  14th,  the  inhabitants  of  the  town,  after  having 
fired  several  cannon  shots  in  our  honour,  brought  us  the 
promised  oxen,  sheep,  and  fruit,  which  caused  incredible 
joy  and  recuperation  amongst  our  men. 

On  the  15th,  there  came  aboard  our  Admiral's  ship 
Don  Melchior  Harnando,  a  cousin  of  the  Viceroy  of  Nova 
Hispania,  being  charged  to  inspect  a  fleet  which  was 
powerful  enough  to  conquer  a  royal  armada  such  as  that 
of  Don  Rodrigo  ;  he  was  received  and  entertained  by  our 
Admiral,  who  had  all  our  troops  drawn  up  armed  and  in 
array  in  order  to  display  them  to  him. 

Meanwhile,  our  Admiral's  son  had  gone  ashore  with  the 
Fiscal,  and  was  very  honourably  received  and  entertained 
by  the  Governor. 

In  the  evening  each  ship  fired  three  cannon  shots, 
besides  some  charges  of  musketry. 

The  next  day  all  our  Spanish  prisoners  were  released, 
for  which  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  thanked  us  very 
much,  promising  to  do  the  like  in  the  event  of  any  of  our 
people  happening  to  fall  into  their  hands. 

During  this  anchorage  we  were  most  diligent  in  getting 
in  our  supply  of  water,  wood,  and  such  like. 

This  re-victualling,  too,  was  most  necessary  for  us,  since 
sickness  was  daily  increasing  largely,  and  especially  in  the 
vessel  the  Sonney  in  which  there  were  more  than  sixty 
sick  ;  wherefore  we  had  even  resolved,  in  the  event  of  the 


Oct.,  1615]         speilbergen's  journal.  109 

Spaniards  not  having  amicably  allowed  the  provisions  to 
go  to  us,  to  obtain  the  same  by  force  of  arms,  though  such 
would  have  been  sufficiently  difficult  for  us  to  do,  since 
they  had  seventeen  metal  guns  in  the  castle,  besides  many 
muskets  and  other  arms  and  ammunition  sent  there 
expressly  on  our  account,  they  having  been  informed  of 
our  coming  already  more  than  eight  months  before. 

The  Governor  of  this  town,  named  Don  Gregorio  de 
Porreo,  had  under  his  command  for  the  defence  of  the 
castle  four  hundred  men,  besides  many  nobles  and 
volunteers,  whilst  he  had  previously  been  used  to  have 
no  more  than  forty  men  and  three  pieces  of  ordnance. 

This  town  of  x^quapolco  has  no  abundance  of  food 
supplies,  since  they  have  to  fetch  everything  from  very  far 
in  the  interior,  and  also  because  all  the  ships  from  Manilles 
take  in  their  cargoes  and  provisions  here  ;  wherefore  we 
were  surprised  to  receive  such  kindness  and  courtesy  from 
the  Spaniards,  contrary  to  their  usual  manner  and  custom, 
for  although  we  should  have  attacked  them  with  force  of 
arms,  and  have  managed  to  overcome  them,  this  would  not 
have  availed  us  aught,  since  they  had  means  for  getting 
away  from  the  town,  and  escaping  with  all  they  wished 
into  the  woods  and  wildernesses. 

On  the  17th,  we  began  to  make  preparations  for  our 
voyage. 

On  the  1 8th,  we  sailed  out  to  sea  with  a  favourable  wind 
until  the  evening,  when  it  grew  very  calm,  continuing  so 
until  the  20th  and  21st. 

From  the  21st  until  the  25th  we  tacked  again  and 
again  without  making  much  progress,  by  reason  of  the 
calm  still  continuing,  when  in  the  evening  we  saw  in  front 
of  us  a  ship,  which  we  hoped  to  be  able  to  overtake  that 
night. 

The  next  day  we  saw  that  the  said  ship  lay  at  anchor 
close  under  the  shore,  and  four  well-equipped  boats  were 


no  SPEILBERGEN'S   JOURNAL.  [Oct.,  1615 

sent  out  by  the  Admiral  to  take  it.  But  as  soon  as  the 
crew  of  the  ship  saw  our  men  approach,  they  cut  away  the 
masts  and  sprits,  and,  binding  these  together,  twelve 
persons  made  their  way  ashore  on  them  and  escaped. 

Eleven  persons  were  still  left  on  board  the  vessel, 
amongst  these  being  two  monks  and  a  pilot,  who  had  not 
dared  to  trust  themselves  upon  the  aforesaid  masts.  On  the 
approach  of  our  boats  they  fired  a  few  musket  shots,  but 
this  did  not  deter  our  men  from  attacking  them,  taking 
them,  and  bringing  them,  ship  and  all,  to  our  fleet. 

This  vessel  was  laden  only  with  a  few  pieces  of  fur- 
niture of  little  importance,  and  with  some  provisions, 
which  were  dealt  out  amongst  our  ships.  She  had  been 
out  fishing  for  pearls,  but  had  caught  nothing  ;  was  well 
equipped  with  four  metal  guns  and  two  small  mortars, 
some  hooks  and  other  arms  and  ammunition,  so  that  she 
seemed  to  have  been  fitted  out  for  war  rather  than  for 
fishing. 

Here  we  were  in  the  latitude  of  18  degrees,  and  10  or  12 
minutes. 

On  the  27th,  Jan  Hendricksz.,  boatswain  of  the  Maen, 
and  twenty-two  men,  both  soldiers  and  sailors,  were  placed 
on  the  aforesaid  vessel  to  navigate  her,  and  follow  the 
fleet. 

November. 

On  the  first  day  of  November  mild  and  perfectly  calm 
weather  set  in,  and  continued  until  the  loth.  Towards 
the  evening  of  the  latter  day  we  cast  anchor  immediately 
before  a  seaport  named  Selagues,^  situated  in  19°.  Our 
prisoners  informed  us  that  there  was  a  river  here  full  of  all 
kinds  of  freshwater  fish,  besides  many  lemons  and  other 
fruits,^  and  that  two  miles  from  thence  there  was  a  pasture 

1  Salagua. 

2  In  Dutch  colonies  the  expression  "  in  the  river  "  includes  also  the 
land  for  some  distance  back  on  each  bank, 


PLATE  No.    15. 


Number  15  is  S.  I  ago/  Selagues,i  and  Natividaet,^ 
Very  carefully  indicating  how  our  men  fought  with  the  Spaniards. 

A.  Is  the  Bay  of  S.  I  ago,  where  our  fleet  lay. 

B.  Is  the  small  Spanish  vessel  lying  on  guard. 

C  Is  Selagues  Bay,  where  the  Jagher  lay,  with  the  places  where  the 
Spaniards  are  attacking  our  men. 

D.  Is  how  the  Spaniards  came  running  out  of  the  wood. 

E.  Is  their  reception  on  the  other  side. 

F.  Are  a  number  of  dead  left  on  the  spot. 

G.  Are  our  sailors  guarding  the  boats. 

H.  Is  a  place  or  bay  a  little  way  off,  named  Natividaet. 

I.    Is  a  very  fine  river  of  fresh  water. 

K.  Is  another  sort  offish  which  is  much  caught  in  this  country. 

^  The  two  bays  of  Santiago  and  Salagua  ;  they  face  the  neck  of 
land  on  which  the  town  of  Manzanillo  now  stands. 
2  Navidad,  in  19? 


Nov.,  1615]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  Ill 

in  which  the  cattle  graze.  In  order  to  ascertain  this,  two 
boats  filled  with  armed  men  were  sent  to  the  shore,  and  on 
arriving  there  they  found  the  aforesaid  river  and  fruit 
trees,  but  also  saw  on  the  bank  the  footprints  of  many 
men  who  went  shod  ;  therefore  they  durst  not  go  farther, 
but  came  back  on  board.  This  made  us  think,  by  reason 
of  the  shoes,  that  it  must  be  the  Spaniards  of  Aquapolco  ; 
because  our  prisoners  assured  us  that  hereabouts  there 
dwelt  but  two  or  three  Spaniards  in  all,  and  that  the 
country  was  inhabited  by  Indians. 

For  this  reason  the  Admiral  sent  one  of  our  prisoners 
ashore  in  a  boat  with  a  letter,  in  which  he  expressed  his 
sole  desire  amicably  to  obtain  some  cattle  and  fruits  for 
the  nourishment  of  his  men  ;  but  as  there  was  no  one,  the 
letter  was  hung  upon  the  branch  of  a  tree  on  the  shore. 

On  the  nth  we  proceeded  ashore  with  two  hundred 
soldiers,  placing  some  white  flags  in  the  bows  of  our  boats 
as  a  sign  of  peace ;  but  the  Spaniards  on  the  contrary, 
standing  on  the  banks,  waved  a  blue  banner,  and  showed 
by  signs  that  there  was  nought  for  us  but  war. 

As  soon  as  we  had  come  on  shore  a  great  band  of 
Spaniards  sprang  out  from  the  wood  in  which  they  had 
been  concealed,  falling  with  loud  cries  very  suddenly  upon 
our  men,  who,  in  the  first  moment,  took  fright,  and,  but  for 
the  presence  of  some  of  our  officers,  would  have  fled  ;  but 
afterwards,  having  taken  courage,  they  stoutly  charged  the 
foe,  so  that  he  shortly  after  took  to  flight,  our  men  not 
pursuing  him  further  through  fear  of  another  ambush,  but 
returning  to  the  boats,  especially  as  some  had  little  powder 
left. 

In  this  encounter  there  were  killed  of  the  enemy  one 
captain  and  many  other  Spaniards,  there  being  moreover 
some  wounded,  and  of  our  men  there  were  only  two  killed 
and  six  or  seven  wounded. 

On  the  15th,  the  wind  serving  us,  we  weighed  anchor 


112  speilbergen's  journal.        [Nov.,  1615 

and  sailed  to  the  port  named  Natividaet,^  which  was 
situated  only  3  miles  off,  and  we  relied  upon  getting 
supplies  of  fresh  water  and  fruits  there  without  any 
danger. 

As  the  wind  dropped  very  much  we  did  not  enter  the 
aforesaid  port  until  the  next  day,  when  we  anchored 
towards  the  evening  in  20  fathoms,  and  our  yacht  went  to 
lie  a  stone's  throw  off  the  mouth  of  a  freshwater  river,  so 
that  we  could  get  in  our  supply  of  water  sufficiently  under 
her  protection. 

On  the  17th,  the  Admiral  went  ashore  with  many  soldiers 
and  sailors,  in  order  to  take  the  superintendence  and 
secure  himself  the  more  against  an  attack  from  the  enemy 
and  as  he  found  the  place  free  on  all  sides  he  sent  the 
boats  back  to  fetch  all  the  empty  casks,  which  were  at 
once  filled  with  water. 

On  the  same  day,  the  Admiral  sent  the  youngest  of  our 
monks  ashore  to  some  of  the  Indians'  huts,  in  order  to 
procure  some  victuals  from  them  by  friendly  means. 

The  aforesaid  monk  stayed  with  the  Indians  until  the 
next  day,  being  the  i8th,  when  he  returned  in  the  after- 
noon with  two  persons  laden  with  fowls  and  various  kinds 
of  fruit  and  promising  to  bring  us  as  much  again  the  next 
day,  which  he  faithfully  performed. 

He  also  informed  us  that  at  that  moment  there  was  not 
a  Spaniard  thereabouts,  but  that  the  band  which  had 
previously  attacked  us  had  passed  through  that  place  in 
search  of  us. 

During  the  going  to  and  fro  of  our  monk  we  obtained 
all  the  desired  supplies  of  water,  wood,  and  other  neces- 
saries,  so  that  we  began  to  make  preparations  for  our 
departure. 

During  the  night  of  the  20th  we  set  sail  and  left  the 

^  Navidad, 


Nov.  1615.]       speilbergen's  journal.  113 

harbour  for  the  open  sea,  pursuing  our  course  until  the 
24th  with  a  fairly  favourable  wind. 

On  that  day,  being  not  far  from  Cape  Corentien,^  we  were 
in  the  latitude  of  20°. 

On  the  25th,  the  Broad  Council  met,  and  it  was  finally 
decided  to  shape  our  course  for  the  Bay  of  St.  Lucas.^ 

On  the  26th,  we  were  in  latitude  20°  26'. 

And  whereas  they  of  the  Council  were  of  opinion  that  it 
would  delay  us  too  much  to  await  the  coming  of  any  ships 
or  advices  from  the  Manilles,  it  was  resolved  to  sail  direct 
for  the  Ladrone  Islands,  praying  to  God  to  grant  us  His 
aid  herein. 

On  December  2nd,  we  set  our  course  to  the  west-sou'- 
west,  making  good  progress. 

On  the  3rd,  we  saw  two  islands,^  which  caused  the  pilots 
surprise,  they  finding  it  strange  that  there  were  islands 
situated  out  in  the  open  sea  so  far  from  the  land. 

On  the  4th,  at  break  of  day,  we  saw  afar  off  a  rock,* 
which  we  at  first  thought  to  be  a  ship,  to  the  joy  of  us  all, 
being  of  opinion  that  we  were  then  encountering  what  we 
had  so  long  expected,  to  wit,  a  vessel  from  the  Manilles, 
but  on  coming  closer  to  it  we  found  that  we  were 
deceived.  This  rock  was  situated  in  the  latitude  of  19°, 
and  more  than  55  miles  out  from  the  mainland,  having  no 
other  land  at  all  near  it. 

At  noon  on  the  6th,  we  were  in  latitude  18°  2d.  On  the 
same  day  we  saw  another  island  having  five  small  hills, 
each  of  which  looked  like  a  small  separate  island. 

January. 
From  the  6th  until  the  ist  day  of  January,  1616,  we 
proceeded,  with  a  favourable  wind,  constantly  in  a  west-by- 

^  Cape  Corrientes. 
Cape  St.  Lucas,  the  southern  extremity  of  Lower  California,  but 
as  will  appear  later,  that  course  was  no  t  kept. 
^  San  Benedicito  and  Socorro.  *  Rocca  Partida. 

I 


114  speilbergen's  journal.  [Jan.,  1616 

westerly  direction.  Meanwhile,  complaint  was  made  to  the 
Admiral  that  the  officers  on  board  the  foreign  vessel  had 
been  indulging  in  wine  to  excess,  and  had  given  the 
ordinary  seamen  only  water  in  place  thereof;  the  Council 
having  inquired  more  narrowly  into  this,  it  was  found  to  be 
true,  for  they  had  lavishly  used  two-thirds  of  their  stock, 
drinking  as  much  in  thirty-six  days  as  ought  to  have 
served  them,  according  to  the  regulations,  for  four  months. 

Notwithstanding  the  good  fortune  and  progress  that  had 
marked  our  voyage,  sickness,  nevertheless,  increased  very 
much  in  our  fleet,  so  that  many  began  to  die,  and  amongst 
others  the  Admiral's  chief  gunner,  named  Jan  Otten,  of 
Essen,  Thomas  Jansz.,  provost,  Joris  Jansz.,  of  Meden- 
blick,  mate,  and  many  others,  of  whom  we  shall  make  no 
mention  here. 

Towards  evening  on  the  23rd,  we  came  in  sight  of  the 
land  of  Ladrones,  for  which  we  all  thanked  God  Almighty. 
This  land  was  very  low  and  flat,  wherefore,  since  night  was 
approaching,  and  we  feared  we  might  be  nearer  the  land 
than  we  indeed  thought,  we  lowered  all  the  sails,  drifting 
all  night  without  making  any  progress. 

On  the  morning  of  the  24th,  we  found  ourselves  close  to 
the  land,  and  being  perceived  by  the  Indians  on  shore, 
they  came  rowing  all  around  our  fleet  in  their  little  skifls, 
without  coming  quite  close  to  us.  The  Broad  Council 
therefore  having  met,  it  was  resolved  to  make  for  the  shore 
with  the  whole  fleet,  which  was  immediately  done,  and  as 
soon  as  we  were  on  land  we  traded  and  bartered  with  the 
Indians  in  all  friendship. 

At  midday  on  the  25th,  our  supercargo  of  the  Morghen- 
sterre,  Sybrant  Cornelissen,  whilst  seated  at  table  in  good 
health,  was  suddenly  seized  with  a  fainting  fit  from  which 
he  presently  died,  to  the  great  astonishment  of  all  who 
were  present. 

Our  Admiral  having  been  informed  of  this,  he  had  the 


PLATE   No.    16. 


Number  i6  are  the  Islas  de  Las  Velas,  or  Ladrones, 
With   its   explanation,  of  ships,   people,   and  their  lettering. 

A.  Is  our  Admiral,  the  Son. 

B.  Is  our  Vice-Admiral,  the  Maen. 

C.  Is  the  Morghen-ster. 

D.  Is  the  ^olus,  of  Rotterdam. 

E.  Is   the  Jagher  ;    the   savages   in  their  canoes,  or    skiffs,  came 

swarming  round  these  vessels  in  such  quantities  as  if  they  were 

bees. 
Y.   Is  the  captured  vessel,  navigated  by  our  men. 
G.  Are  the  canoes,   which   they  row ;    and   the   things   which   are 

attached  to  the  sides  are  for  keeping  them  balanced. 
H.  Are  their  ships,  or  canoes,  in  which  they  sail. 
I.    Is  the  way  in  which  the  savages,  or  Ladrones,  go  about. 


Jan.,  1616]         speilbergen's  journal.  115 

Broad  Council  summoned,  when  orders  were  given  to 
weigh  anchor  in  the  evening  and  to  keep  away  from  the 
shore  until  the  next  day,  which  was  done.  Meanwhile,  the 
Indians  kept  continually  coming  and  going,  bringing  us 
all  kinds  of  fruits  and  herbs,  by  which  our  sick  were  much 
refreshed  and  restored. 

On  the  26th,  we  traded  all  day  with  the  Indians,  whereby 
we  obtained  a  good  supply  of  many  fine  fruits  and  other 
victuals. 

On  the  same  day  we  buried  the  supercargo,  firing  many 
rounds  of  big  guns  and  muskets,  which  frightened  the 
Indians  so,  notwithstanding  that  they  had  been  previously 
warned  for  what  reason  it  would  be  done,  that  they  dis- 
dispersed  themselves  with  their  skiffs,  one  here,  the  other 
there,  and  durst  not  come  back.  Therefore  we  hoisted  our 
sails  the  same  day,  and  shaped  our  course  straight  for  the 
Manilles. 

But  as  it  was  very  calm  all  night  we  did  not  make  much 
progress,  so  that  we  were  not  very  far  from  the  shore  the 
next  day,  which  being  seen  by  the  Indians,  they  came 
again  in  large  numbers  in  their  skiffs,  following  us  very  far 
out  to  sea,  and  bringing  with  them  all  kinds  of  fruit  and 
other  necessaries,  until  the  wind  began  to  rise,  and  it 
became  impossible  for  them  to  follow  us  further. 

On  that  day  there  died  and  was  cast  into  the  sea  Dirck 
Voet,  ensign  on  the  yacht,  born  at  Harderwijck. 

The  whole  of  the  following  night  we  proceeded  under  full 
sail,  so  that  by  the  next  day  we  had  lost  sight  of  the  land. 

These  islands,  the  Ladrones,  were  first  discovered  in  the 
year  15 19  by  Ferdinandes  Magellanes,  who  called  them 
the  Velos  on  account  of  the  large  numbers  of  sailing-boats 
that  are  to  be  seen  there,  very  cunningly  made. 

These  Indians  have  not  their  equal  in  the  whole  land  in 
the  art  of  swimming,  for  they  get  into  the  sea  and  dive 
down   to    the   bottom,   which   we    have    seen    on    many 

I  2 


ii6  speilbergen's  journal.  [Jan.,  1616 

occasions,  throwing  some  pieces  of  iron  into  the  sea  which 
they  fetched  from  the  bottom  and  brought  up. 

They  are  also  much  addicted  to  thieving,  which  was 
probably  experienced  by  the  aforesaid  Magellanes,  and 
therefore  the  name  of  Ladrones  was  given  them. 

Both  men  and  women  are  very  robust,  also  most  intelli- 
gent and  clever  in  all  matters  ;  they  go  about  quite  naked, 
except  that  some  wear  hats  made  of  straw,  and  that  the 
women  cover  their  privy  parts  with  some  leaves. 

These  islands  are  also  very  abundant  in  fowls  and  other 
poultry,  and  especially  full  of  fisheries. 

With  regard  to  their  laws  and  religion  we  could  learn 
nothing,  but  we  could  only  observe  that  they  served  idols 
and  worshipped  images. 

On  the  31st,  half  an  hour  before  daybreak,  Job  Wil' 
lemsen,  Provost-General  of  the  troops,  lying  ill  in  bed,  got 
up  secretly  and  went  below  to  one  of  the  ports,  acting  as  if 
he  wished  to  do  his  needs  ;  but  before  anyone  had  know- 
ledge thereof  he  lay  in  the  sea  and  was  drowned,  leaving  us 
in  ignorance  whether  it  had  occurred  intentionally  or  by 
accident. 

February. 

For  some  consecutive  days  we  sailed  with  fair  progress 
until  daybreak  on  the  9th  of  February,  when  Cape  de 
Spirito  Santo  came  in  sight,  and  sailing  past  the  same  we 
made  that  day  such  progress  still  that  we  anchored  in  the 
evening  in  the  mouth  \sic\  of  the  Cape  des  Manilles,^  in 
13  fathoms  and  15  minutes,  the  island  ofCapul  being  there 
according  to  our  computation. 

On  the  loth,  we  went  ashore,  making  signs  of  peace,  and 
on  holding  converse  with  the  Indians,  they  told  us  that  the 
island  of  Capul  was  situated  still  further  out,  showing  us 


1  Their  anchorage  was  in  what  is  now  known  as  the  Embocadero^ 
or  S.  Bernardino  Passage. 


Number  17.  Manilles  Strait, 
As  it  was  navigated  by  Joris  Spilberghen. 


PLATE   No.    17 


F'eb.,  1616]  SPt:iLBERGEN*S  JOURNAL.  117 

this  by  signs.  We  desired  from  them  some  victuals,  in 
order  to  refresh  ourselves,  but  these  were  refused  us,  they 
saying  that  they  well  knew  we  came  for  no  other  purpose 
than  that  of  fighting  the  Spaniards,  their  allies.  And  in 
spite  of  many  friendly  entreaties  we  made  they  would  on 
no  account  accede  to  them,  and  so  the  Admiral  and  the 
Council  not  deeming  it  expedient  to  use  violent  measures, 
all  the  boats  were  called  back  to  the  ships. 

Before  daybreak  on  the  nth  we  weighed  anchor,  sailing 
to  the  island  of  Capul,  near  which  we  arrived  at  midday, 
and  cast  anchor  in  a  very  safe  harbour,  near  some  houses 
standing  at  the  water's  edge. 

We  were  no  sooner  on  land  than  the  Indians  bartered 
and  traded  with  us,  although  they  well  knew  that  it  was 
our  intention  to  wage  full  war  upon  the  Spaniard  to  his 
hurt. 

They  brought  us  at  first  fowls,  pigs,  and  the  like, 
promising  to  do  the  same  next  day,  which,  too,  they  did, 
but  all  in  exchange  for  some  small  trifles. 

We  remained  in  the  same  place  until  the  19th,  and  then 
we  weighed  anchor,  shaping  our  course  north-west  by 
north,  and  sailing  straight  into  Magellanes^  Strait,  doing 
so  well  with  the  help  of  two  Indians,  who  served  us  as 
pilots,  that  in  a  short  time^  we  made  the  harbour  and  cape 
of  Manilles. 

During  the  time  that  we  were  proceeding  through  these 
narrows  we  went  ashore  every  day  to  gather  nuts  and 
other  fruits,  which  were  very  good  and  wholesome  for  our 
sick  ;  therefore  we  also  laid  in  big  supplies  of  the  same. 

The  inhabitants  hereabouts  were  folk  of  fair  intelligence, 
clad  in  long  frocks  made  after  the  manner  of  a  shirt. 
They   showed   great   respect   for   ecclesiastics,   which   we 


^  Should,  of  course,  be  Manila. 
^  i.e.y  the  28th  February  ;  see  infra. 


n8  speilbergen's  journal.        [Feb.,  1616 

noticed  in  regard  to  one  of  our  monks,  for  as  soon  as  they 
saw  him  they  came  and  kissed  his  hands,  behaving  in  a 
very  meek  and  humble  manner  towards  him.  Their 
women  did  not  make  their  appearance  before  us,  but  hid 
themselves  in  the  woods  and  other  places. 

On  the  evening  of  the  19th  we  came  to  anchor  close  to 
the  large  island  named  Lucon,^  upon  which  the  town  of 
Manilles  is  situated. 

Here  we  saw  a  house  very  cleverly  built  on  the  tops  of 
some  trees,  which  from  afar  appeared  to  be  the  house  of 
some  noble  or  chief 

The  same  evening  the  Broad  Council  assembled,  in 
order  to  consider  what  was  best  to  be  done  in  the  present 
circumstances. 

At  daybreak  on  the  25th,  the  Council  having  again 
been  assembled,  four  boats  well  manned  were  sent  off 
to  procure  fuller  details  concerning  the  aforesaid  house, 
and  these,  returning,  explained  that  it  was  an  old  dilapi- 
dated building  and  that  they  had  found  no  living  creature 
near  it. 

It  was  our  intention  to  capture  some  Spaniard  in  order 
to  obtain  information  from  him  concerning  what  we  had 
heard  at  Capul,  to  wit,  that  a  Spanish  armada,  any 
certain  news  of  which  we  had  until  now  been  unable  to 
obtain,  had  already  for  a  long  time  been  awaiting  our 
arrival  in  the  Manilles. 

The  same  day  we  proceeded  under  sail  along  the  coast 
(passing  a  mountain  of  incredible  height,  named  Albaca,'^ 
that  was  constantly  burning  and  was  full  of  sulphur  and 
such-like  things)  until  the  evening,  when  we  anchored 
in  25  fathoms,  close  to  a  tongue  of  land  upon  which  the 


1  Luzon. 

'^  Albay,  one  of  the  most  active  volcanoes  in  the  archipelago.  The 
first  partial  ascent  was  made  by  Esteban  Solis  in  1592,  and  the  first 
complete  ascent  by  Paton  and  Stewart  in  1858. 


Feb.,  1616]         speilbergEn's  JOUkNAL.  tl9 

inhabitants  had  kindled  a  fire  to  inform  their  neighbours 
of  our  arrival. 

On  the  2 1st  we  again  set  sail,  proceeding  constantly 
along  the  Strait. 

We  continued  doing  the  same,  moving  by  night  and  day 
with  fair  progress,  until  the  evening  of  the  24th,  and  then 
we  saw  the  mouth  or  exit  of  the  Strait,  looking  very 
narrow,  and  at  the  approach  of  night  we  cast  anchor 
there. 

On  the  25th  three  boats  were  sent  on  in  front  in  order 
to  find  the  channel  through  the  mouth,  and  they  very  soon 
made  signs,  whereupon  we  followed  with  the  whole  fleet, 
and  with  the  help  of  the  current  we  got  through  and  so 
into  the  open  sea  again,  without  lowering  our  sails  in  the 
least  the  whole  of  the  ensuing  night. 

On  the  26th  we  did  our  best  all  day  to  reach  the 
harbour  of  Manilles,  but  as  it  was  quiet  and  the  wind 
against  us,  we  could  not  attain  our  object. 

We  saw  fires  and  other  lights  at  various  places  on  land, 
from  which  we  opined  that  our  arrival  had  been  every- 
where revealed,  and  we  felt  the  more  certain  of  this,  since, 
during  our  passage  through  the  Strait,  and  even  after  it,  a 
small  skiff  had  constantly  followed  us,  sailing  to  and  fro 
with  such  rapidity  that  it  was  impossible  for  us  to  over- 
take it,  which  skiff  had  been  watching  us,  and  spreading 
the  news  on  all  sides. 

From  the  27th  to  the  28th  we  were  constantly  at  work 
tacking  to  and  fro  to  reach  the  harbour  of  Manilles,  but  we 
made  very  little  progress,  and  finally  cast  anchor  in 
40  fathoms,  about  a  mile  from  the  harbour,  close  to  a 
tongue  of  land  which  extended  as  far  as  the  port. 

We  did  not  remain  lying  here  longer  than  midnight,  for 
then  the  Admiral  fired  a  shot  as  a  signal  to  set  sail  again, 
which  was  done,  and  we  tacked  the  whole  night  without 
getting  any  further,  and  similarly  the  next  day  ;  but  all 


I20  SPEILBERGEN^S  JOURNAL."  [Feb.,  i6t6 

the  same  we  did  not  get  in,  and  in  the  evening  we  anchored 
outside  the  entrance  to  the  harbour,  off  the  island  named 
Maribela,^  which  has  two  very  high  rocks,  and  behind 
which  the  town  of  Manilles  lies. 

A  watch  is  generally  kept  at  night  on  this  island  of 
Maribela,  and  the  pilots  lie  there,  awaiting  the  ships  from 
Cyna,^  in  order  to  bring  these  up  to  the  town  of  Manilles, 
since  the  entrance  is  very  dangerous  in  some  places, 
whereof  we  were  warned  by  our  Spanish  pilot. 

March. 

Early  in  the  morning  on  the  ist  day  of  March  we  saw 
two  sail  running  from  one  shore  to  the  other  and  sent 
three  well-manned  boats  after  them,  with  orders  to  do  their 
best  to  obtain  some  prisoners  out  of  whom  we  might  get 
some  information,  but  the  said  boats  having  performed 
their  labour  in  vain  by  reason  of  the  rapid  progress  of  the 
aforesaid  ships,  returned  to  the  fleet  towards  the  evening. 

On  the  2nd,  after  the  Admiral  had  called  together  all 
the  pilots,  skippers,  and  other  officers,  it  was  resolved  that 
as  soon  as  we  might  get  some  advantage  from  tacking  we 
should  weigh  anchor  and  do  our  best  to  get  into  the 
harbour. 

On  the  morning  of  the  3rd  we  weighed  anchor  and 
after  having  tacked  the  whole  day  we  had  advanced  but 
little  by  the  evening,  so  that  we  again  anchored  close  to  a 
small  island  extending  along  the  main  land. 

Behind  the  said  island  we  saw  four  sampans,  to  which 
four  boats  were  immediately  despatched,  and  these  showed 


^  Undoubtedly  the  island  of  Corregidor,  as  a  comparison  between 
the  chart  herewith  and  a  modern  map  will  show.  Mariveles  is  the 
name  of  a  village  situated  near  the  extremity  of  the  promontory  on  the 
north  ;  for  the  romantic  legend  attached  to  its  appellation  see  The 
Philippine  Islands^  by  John  Foreman,  F.R.G.S.     1889,  pp.  495,496. 

2  China. 


PLATE  No.    18. 


Number  i8  is  the  Bay  of  Manilles, 

With  the  immediate  surroundings  very  correctly  explained  and 

indicated. 

A.  Is  the  Bay  of  Manilles. 

B.  Is  the  harbour  in  which  many  of  their  vessels  lay. 

C.  Is  the  town  of  Manilles,  very  populous. 

D.  Is  a  fort  named  the  Cabitta.^ 

E.  Is  the  island  of  Maribella.^ 

F.  Is  our  fleet,  consisting  of  six  vessels. 

G.  Are  our  boats,  with  which  we  were  very  diligent  to  obtain  some 

prisoners. 
H.  Are  some  of  their  vessels,  which  they  call  junks. 
I.    Are  two  of  our  vessels  bringing  two  of  their  sampans  to  our  fleet. 
K.  Is  one  of  our  boats  making  one  of  the  Indian  sampans  haul  down 

its  sail,  and  bringing  it  to  the  fleet. 

^  Cavite,  ^  I.  Corregidor.     See  note  i  to  p.  120, 


March,  1616]       SPEILb£RGEN's  JOURNAL.  t2i 

such  diligence  that  they  came  rowing  back  to  our  fleet 
with  the  former,  and  this,  too,  without  any  resistance,  since 
those  who  had  been  in  the  aforesaid  sampans,  seeing  our 
men  coming,  had  taken  to  flight,  carrying  with  them  all 
the  cargo  of  three ;  but  the  fourth,  being  the  largest,  was 
laden  with  rice,  oil,  fowls,  fruit,  and  other  food,  which  was 
very  serviceable  for  the  sick  in  the  fleet,  since  want  was 
daily  on  the  increase. 

The  following  day,  being  the  4th,  all  the  merchants 
came  aboard  the  Admiral's  ship,  and  apportioned  the 
captured  goods  in  equal  shares. 

And  as  we  considered  it,  above  all,  necessary  to  get  hold 
of  some  living  person  in  order  to  obtain  from  the  same 
positive  information  both  of  the  country  and  other  matters, 
four  boats  with  a  good  number  of  armed  men  were  again 
sent  ashore,  and  these  found  on  the  beach  a  sampan  laden 
only  with  chalk,  without  any  crew ;  but  afar  off"  they  saw 
a  large  number  of  people  who  would  hold  no  parley 
with  them,  and  so  they  came  aboard  again  towards  the 
evening. 

While  the  sun  was  setting,  we  saw  close  to  the  land  a 
sampan  in  full  sail,  after  which  two  well-equipped  boats 
were  sent  out  in  all  haste,  and  these  overtook  and 
captured  the  former  in  the  night ;  but  as  the  wind  was 
very  boisterous,  and  the  sampan  only  laden  with  timber, 
of  use  for  carpentry,  they  left  it  lying  at  anchor,  bringing 
with  them  six  Chinese  whom  they  had  taken  prisoners  ; 
wherefore  the  Broad  Council  was  summoned,  in  order  to 
examine  these  men  as  to  what  they  might  have  know- 
ledge of. 

In  the  first  place  they  revealed  to  us  that  there  were 
more  sampans  in  these  parts  laden  with  all  sorts  of  food 
and  with  merchandise,  wherefore  two  boats  were  again 
sent  out,  with  orders  to  make  every  endeavour  to  find  the 
said  sampans. 


\22  St>feTLiERG£N  S  JOURNAL.       [March,  l6l6 

At  midday  on  the  I5th,^  we  saw  two  sail  coming  in  from 
sea  straight  towards  us,  whereupon  our  Jager  and  the 
other  small  vessel  (which  we  named  the  Perel)  were  sent 
to  capture  the  same. 

During  the  night  our  two  boats  attacked  and  captured 
two  sampans  which  were  manned  by  some  Chinese  and 
a  Spaniard,  whose  duty  it  was  to  collect  the  tribute  which 
the  surrounding  places  annually  pay  the  town  of  Manilles. 

These  two  sampans  were  laden  with  rice,  fowls,  other 
victuals,  and  some  merchandise. 

On  the  6th  the  yacht  and  the  Peerle  came  back,  bringing 
with  them  three  sampans,  two  of  these  being  laden  with 
deer-skins,  tobacco,  fowls,  and  other  merchandise  of  less 
importance,  which  were  shared  out  amongst  all. 

From  those  who  were  in  these  sampans  we  heard  all  the 
particulars  concerning  the  Spanish  armada  fitted  out  in 
the  Manilles ;  that  it  had  sailed  under  the  command  of 
Don  Jan  de  Sylves*^  to  the  Molucques,  in  order  to  wage 
war  against  our  countrymen,  and  that,  too,  with  ten 
galleons  of  wonderful  size,  two  yachts,  four  galleys,  and 
two  thousand  Spaniards,  in  addition  to  the  Indians, 
Chinese,  and  Japanese,  also  in  great  numbers.  God  grant 
that  their  intention  may  not  be  realised,  and  that  they  be 
frustrated. 

On  the  7th,  our  Admiral  sent  three  Chinese  in  a  sampan 
to  the  town  of  Manilles,  with  letters  to  the  principal 
councillors  there,  offering  to  exchange  some  prisoners, 
Spaniards,  Chinese,  and  Japanese,  for  any  prisoners  from 
our  country  whom  they  might  have  there. 

On  the  8th,  our  yacht  proceeded  to  the  shore  with  some 
boats,  in  order  to  fetch  four  sampans  which  had  been 
previously  captured  by  our  men,  but  which  had  been  left 
at  anchor  there  on  account  of  the  boisterous  weather. 

The  next  day,  being  the  9th,  the  yacht  came  back  with 


Really  March  5th.  ^  juan  de  Silva. 


March,  1616]       SPEILBERGEN^S  JOURNAL.  12^ 

the  boats,  bringing  also  the  four  aforesaid  sampans,  laden 
with  nuts  and  other  fruits,  and,  moreover,  two  oxen  and  a 
deer,  which  they  had  shot  with  a  gun. 

On  the  same  day  the  Great  Council  assembled,  and  it 
was  resolved  that,  in  the  event  of  the  Chinese  not  return- 
ing, we  should  set  sail  next  day,  and  go  and  help  our 
countrymen  in  the  Molucques. 

The  Admiral  having  learnt  that  Don  Jan  de  Sylves, 
equipped  in  the  manner  related  above,  had  not  started 
upon  his  voyage  to  the  Molucques  until  the  4th  of 
February,  decided,  after  mature  deliberation  by  the  whole 
Council,  not  to  lose  any  time,  seeing  that  the  monsoon  did 
not  change  here  till  the  month  of  -April,  which  would 
otherwise  have  delayed  us  another  six  months. 

It  is  true  that  about  the  middle  of  April  the  junks  from 
China  make  their  way  here,  and  that  we  might  have  got 
much  booty  and  profit  out  of  them,  but  it  was  considered 
more  advisable  for  the  common  weal  not  to  tarry  longer, 
but  immediately  to  shape  our  course  for  Ternata,  to  aid 
and  succour  our  countrymen  there  in  accordance  with  the 
tenour  of  our  commission. 

We  were  the  more  animated  to  do  this  by  the  considera- 
tion that  our  fleet  still  consisted  of  six  vessels,  manned  by 
good  sound  soldiers,  and  that  we  had  still  our  full  com- 
plement of  ammunition.  And  the  intention  of  Don  Jan 
des  Silves  was,  as  we  had  been  informed,  to  make  himself 
master  of  all  the  Molucques  on  this  occasion  with  so 
powerful  a  fleet  that  he  had  spent  more  than  three  years 
in  its  equipment ;  in  this  we  hoped  (with  the  help  of  the 
Almighty)  to  frustrate  him,  and  bring  our  friends  every 
help  and  assistance. 

On  the  loth,  having  received  no  tidings  of  the  Chinese, 
we  weighed  anchor  and  set  sail,  shaping  our  course  direct 
for  the  Molucques. 

On  the  same  day  all  our  Chinese  and  Japanese  prisoners 
were    by  order  of  the  Admiral,  released,  and  sent  ashore 


124  Si^EILBERGEN's  JOURNAL.       [March,  l6l6 

with  their  sampans,  and  we  kept  only  the  aforesaid 
Spaniard  and  an  Indian,  whom  we  took  with  us  to  the 
Molucques. 

On  that  day  we  made  little  progress,  by  reason  of 
intense  calm,  and  towards  the  evening  we  anchored  close 
to  the  land. 

Very  early  on  the  nth  we  set  sail  again,  making  very 
little  progress  in  the  forenoon,  but  in  the  afternoon  the 
wind  sent  us  along  with  such  a  topsail  breeze  that  we 
came  to  the  many  islands  by  the  evening,  and  there  we 
found  ourselves  in  the  midst  of  such  numerous  islands  that 
we  could  perceive  no  thoroughfare  either  on  one  side  or 
the  other. 

We  therefore  summoned  the  Spanish  pilot,  who,  knowing 
the  place,  advised  us  not  to  proceed  any  further  on  account 
of  the  approach  of  night ;  and  so  we  lay  tacking  first  on 
one  side  and  then  on  the  other. 

At  noon  on  the  I2th  we  sailed  with  a  favourable  wind 
and  with  the  aid  of  the  aforesaid  pilot  through  all  the 
narrows  right  into  the  open  sea. 

Before  we  were  yet  properly  out  at  sea,  we  saw  in  the 
direction  of  the  shore  a  small  barque,  to  which  three  boats 
with  armed  men  were  sent  ;  but  the  crew  of  the  barque, 
perceiving  the  approach  of  our  men,  made  for  the  shore, 
abandoning  everything  and  taking  to  flight. 

Our  men  brought  the  barque  into  our  fleet,  where  it  was 
unladen  of  rice,  some  fruits,  and  a  few  chests. 

On  the  13th  we  sailed  the  whole  day  and  night  to  the 
sou'-sou'-east,  and  sometimes  to  south-east  by  south,  with 
a  fairly  good  wind. 

On  the  14th  we  lay  still  just  ofl"  the  island  of  Paney, 
because  our  Spanish  pilot  warned  us  that  hereabouts  were 
many  sand-banks,  which  we  should  be  unable  to  pass  at 
night  without  danger. 

On  the   iSth  we  proceeded    all   day   along  the   shore, 


March,  1616]     speilbergen's  journal.  125 

making  good  progress  until  the  evening,  when  we  again 
hauled  down  some  sail,  in  order  to  avoid  all  peril  during 
the  night. 

On  the  1 6th  we  again  set  all  sail,  going  along  with  good 
progress,  and  our  course  being  south-east. 

And  so  we  continued  until  very  early  on  the  morning  of 
the  1 8th,  when  we  found  ourselves  off  the  island  of  Men- 
danao,  and  then  we  sailed  along  the  shore  until  the 
evening,  since  some  declared  that  hereabouts  were  some 
hidden  rocks,  and  therefore  we  again  put  out  seawards. 

The  following  day,  the  19th,  we  again  sailed  towards 
the  land,  but  by  reason  of  the  calm  we  made  little  progress. 
In  the  evening  we  cast  anchor  in  36  fathoms,  close  to  an 
arm  of  the  land,  where  a  skiff  from  the  shore  immediately 
came  to  one  of  our  ships,  promising  us  that  they  would 
bring  on  board  next  day  all  kinds  of  victuals  without  its 
being  necessary  for  any  of  our  people  to  proceed  ashore. 

On  the  20th  the  people  from  the  shore,  in  accordance 
with  their  promise,  brought  us  in  their  canoes  much  victuals, 
and  amongst  others  fowls  and  fresh  fish,  which  they  sold 
us, very  cheaply  ;  and  had  it  not  been  for  the  wind,  which 
was  blowing  greatly  in  our  favour,  they  would  still  have 
brought  us  a  great  number  of  pigs,  but  it  was  found 
expedient  and  most  advisable  to  set  sail  again  and  con- 
tinue our  voyage,  which  we  did  with  such  progress  that 
we  made  in  a  short  time  the  Cape  de  Cadera,^  where 
Spanish  ships  going  to  the  Molucques  take  in  their  supply 
of  water. 

As  soon  as  we  had  arrived  there,  some  boats  were  sent 
out  to  obtain  news  of  Don  Jan  des  Sylves,  but  the  inhabi- 
tants did  as  if  they  knew  nothing  about  him,  saying  only 
that  two  days  before  a  Spanish  ship  and  a  yacht  had  been 
there,  sailing  for  the  Molucques,  and  that  they  had  taken  in 
supplies  there. 

^  Cape  la  Caldera,  the  most  westerly  point  of  the  I.  of  Mindanao, 


126  speilbergen's  journal.     [March,  1616 

From  the  20th  until  the  23rd  it  was  very  still  and  calm, 
so  that  we  made  almost  no  progress,  except  only  with  the 
current,  which  having  slackened,  we  again  cast  anchor  from 
time  to  time.  Between  the  two  islands  of  Mindenao  and 
Tagimo^  we  encountered  strong  and  opposing  currents, 
which  delayed  our  progress  the  more. 

On  the  23rd  we  got  a  topsail  breeze,  so  that  in  a  short 
time  we  came  through  the  narrows  of  these  islands. 

During  our  delay  here  the  canoes  from  the  shore  brought 
us  quantities  of  fowls,  pigs,  goats,  fresh  fish,^  tobacco,  all 
kinds  of  fresh  fish^  and  other  provisions,  for  which  our 
merchants  gave  some  money,  linen,  knives,  beads,  and  the 
like,  wherewith  the  savages  were  very  well  satisfied. 

The  Admiral,  too,  permitted  each  one  privately  to  barter 
for  something,  such  as  tobacco,  fruit,  and  the  like,  for  it 
was  a  place  surpassing  all  others  in  abundance  and  fertility, 
and  the  inhabitants  of  which,  too,  evinced  great  friendship 
for  us  and  enmity  to  the  Spaniards.  Of  this  we  had 
greater  certainty  by  the  fact  of  their  chief  offering  our 
Admiral  to  accompany  us  with  fifty  small  vessels,  equipped 
after  their  fashion,  in  order  to  assist  us  against  the 
Spaniards. 

They  also  showed  us  an  open  letter  signed  by  Laurens 
Reael,^  in  which  he  informed  us  that  these  inhabitants  of 
Mindenao  were    great  friends  of  ours,   and  requesting  us 


^  Taguima,  the  ancient  name  for  Basilan  I.  ^  5/^^  again. 

^  Laurens  Reael,  born  at  Amsterdam  22nd  October,  1583,  pro- 
ceeded to  the  East  Indies  in  161 1  in  command  of  four  vessels  and 
established  himself  at  Ternata  as  Governor  of  the  Molucca  Islands, 
defending  himself  stoutly  against  the  Spaniards  under  Don  Juan  de 
Silva.  On  the  death  of  Reynst,  the  Governor-General  of  the  Dutch 
East  Indies,  in  December,  1615,  Reael  was  unanimously  appointed  in 
his  stead.  He  resigned  his  charge  in  161 8  and  was  succeeded  by  Jan 
Pieterszoon  Coen.  He  returned  to  Holland  in  1619,  was  subsequently 
appointed  Vice- Admiral  of  a  fleet  to  act  in  conjunction  with  the  English 
against  Spain  (but  which  effected  very  little)  and  also  a  Director  of  the 
Dutch  East  India  Company.  In  1626  he  was  sent  to  England  as 
Envoy  Extraordinary  at  the  coronation  of  Charles  I,  who  created 


March,   1616]        SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  127 

that  we,  on   our  part,  should   show  them  every  courtesy 
and  kindness  in  return. 

And  so  we  continued  on  our  way  until  the  26th,  sailing 
always  to  the  south-east,  and  sometimes  to  the  south,  with 
good  progress. 

On  that  day,  in  the  afternoon,  a  rough,  boisterous  wind 
arose,  and  that,  too,  with  continual  rain,  tearing  the 
Admiral's  sail  to  pieces,  and  also  doing  damage  to  the 
other  ships  and  sails. 

On  the  27th,  having  the  wind  in  our  favour,  we  passed 
the  island  of  Sangnijn,^  keeping  our  course  towards  the 
south-east.  Near  this  island  we  obtained  a  view  of  many 
others,  both  large  and  small,  specifically  to  name  all  of 
which  we  have  deemed  it  unnecessary,  on  account  of  their 
number. 

On  the  29th,  we  reached  the  island  of  Ternata,  upon 
which  is  situate  the  town  of  Maley,  being  part  of  our 
dominions. 

As  soon  as  the  inhabitants  of  the  town  became  aware  of 
our  arrival,  there  came  aboard  the  Admiral's  ship  Captain 
Hamel  and  Franchoys  Lenimens,  the  Governor's  secretary, 
bidding  us  all  welcome  ;  and  so  we  came  into  the  harbour, 
casting  anchor  just  in  front  of  the  town.  In  the  afternoon, 
the  Governor  himself^  came  on  board,  and  after  compli- 
ments and  toasts  had  passed  between  him,  our  Admiral 
and  other  officers,  they  all  went  on  shore  together,  in 
accordance  with  the  orders  of  the  Directors. 

It  must  be  noted  that  upon  arriving  at  Ternata  on  the 

him  a  knight,  his  arms  henceforth  being  enriched  with  the  English 
rose.     He  died  of  the  plague,  at  Amsterdam,  in  1637. 

Reael  was  not  only  a  great  patron  of  the  arts  and  sciences,  but  his 
versatility  was  such  that  he  became  renowned  both  as  an  astronomer 
and  a  poet,  collaborating  in  the  former  capacity  with  Grotius,  Vossius 
and  Galileo,  and  in  the  latter,  both  in  Latin  and  Dutch,  with  Hooft, 
Roemer  Visscher  and  Vondel.  For  a  fuller  account  of  his  life  and 
works,  see  Van  der  Aa,  Biographisch  Woordenboek  der  Nederlanden. 

^  Sangir  L  ^  Laurens  Reael,  vide  supta^ 


128  speilbergen's  journal.      [March,  1616 

29th  we  had  lost  a  day,  since  in  sailing  to  the  town  we  had 
shaped  our  course  from  east  to  west,  whilst  those  who  sail 
from  west  to  east  gain  a  day,  as  many  others  have  ex- 
perienced before.^ 

April. 

On  the  3rd  of  April,  a  vessel  arrived  at  Maleya  from 
China,  laden  with  all  kinds  of  merchandize,  which  were 
presently  brought  ashore. 

On  the  5th,  the  yacht  named  the  Arent  came  and 
anchored  near  us  in  the  harbour,  having  been  out  to  obtain 
a  stock  of  pigs,  fowls,  foods,  fruits,  and  other  necessaries, 
both  for  the  ships  as  well  as  for  the  town  and  the  surround- 
ing forts. 

On  the  8th,  Cornelis  van  Vyanen  left  us  in  order  to 
proceed  with  our  yacht  to  Banda  ;  he  was  convoyed  by 
our  ^olus,  which  returned  to  the  fleet  on  the  i6th. 

During  our  anchorage  the  Governor  came  on  board  a 
second  time,  showing  his  commission  and  its  tenour,  by 
which  he  had  been  given  the  absolute  government  of  all 
the  Molucques,  Banda,  and  Amboina,  though  without 
restriction  or  prejudice  to  our  Admiral's  command  of  his 
fleet.  After  this  had  been  done,  all  our  troops  proceeded 
ashore  in  good  health  and  contentment,  wherefore  God 
must  be  praised  for  so  safely  conducting  and  succouring  us 
upon  so  long  and  dangerous  a  voyage. 

May. 
On  the  first  day  of  May,  the  Admiral  invited  to  dinner 
on  board  his  ship  all  the  captains  of  the  soldiers,  the  lieu- 
tenants, ensigns  and  other  officers,  as  well  as  the  merchants, 
skippers  and  pilots,  giving  them  all  the  best  cheer  possible 


1  The  descriptive  note  signed  Jan  Cornelisz.  Moy  accompanying 
the  inset  map  of  Booton  I.  on  Plate  No.  19  {vide  facsimiles  of  both 
opposite)  stood  here  in  the  original.  See  the  Introduction,  pp.  xvi- 
xxi,  xxiii  and  xxviii. 


PLATE  No.    1!). 


Number  19  is  the  Map  of  the  Molucques, 

Very  correctly  drawn,  with  all  its  islands  and  forts,  and  with  a 
sketch  of  Botton's^  Strait.^ 

I  have  drawn  this  little  map  of  Botton  as  I  know  it  from  close 
observation  and  from  having  several  times  navigated  it,  both  through 
the  strait  and  round  about  it ;  and  I  have  found  Botton  Island  and  all 
these  other  places  to  be  in  form  as  shown.  With  regard  to  the  Strait 
there  is  bottom  everywhere,  as  is  shown  in  cyphers,  but  where  these 
00000  are  put  there  is  no  bottom  for  a  hundred  fathoms.  Outside 
the  Strait,  round  Botton  Island,  there  is  no  bottom  for  a  hundred 
fathoms,  except  perhaps  very  close  to  the  shore.  In  some  small  bays 
on  the  east  side  there  is  a  good  watering-place,  where  I  have  got 
water  twice  ;  there  was  no  bottom  for  anchoring,  and  I  kept  on  going 
to  and  fro  under  sail  until  the  water  was  got  aboard,  which  was  done 
with  ease  ;  but  in  this  aforesaid  little  map  I  have  drawn  nothing  but 
what  I  have  seen  and  have  carefully  sounded,  for  which  reason 
some  countries  are  not  fully  drawn.  Also  close  hereby,  about  two 
miles  westward,  lies  a  shoal  of  rocks  at  a  depth  of  four  to  six  fathoms, 
as  I  have  heard  from  Jan  Krynen  and  others  who  have  been  there 
and  seen  the  bottom  very  clearly. 

Thus  done  by  Jan  Cornelisz.  Moy.^ 

1  Booton. 

2  Between  the  islands  of  Booton  and  Pangassani,  S.E.  of  Celebes. 

^  For  a  full  discussion  of  this  document  (reproduced  herewith  in 
the  original)  see  pp.  xvi-xxi,  xxiii  and  xxviii  of  the  Introduction. 


May  1616]  SPEILBERGEN'S   JOURNAL.  1 29 

as  a  token  of  gratitude,  and  thanking  them  for  the  faithful 
services  they  had  rendered  as  far  as  the  Molucques. 

Before  daybreak,  on  the  2nd,  we  set  out  with  six  vessels 
from  Maleya  for  Macian,  in  order  to  prevent  the  enemy 
from  supplying  foreign  vessels  there  with  cloves. 

The  wind  was  so  favourable  that  we  reached  Macian  in 
a  short  time,  and  cast  anchor  there  immediately  in  front  of 
Fort  Mauritius. 

The  Admiral,  going  ashore,  inspected  all  the  circum- 
jacent places  and  forts,  travelling,  for  instance,  from 
Maurice  to  Taffasor,  from  there  to  Tabelale,  and  as  far  as 
Nahaca,  and  so  came  back  to  Mauritius. 

Here  should  also  be  noted  what  we  had  heard  on  the 
1 2th  of  May  at  Tidor,  from  Mr.  Casselton,^  General  of  the 
four  English  ships,  namely^  that  the  Commander  Jan 
Dircksen  Lam'-^  had  arrived  at  the  islands  of  Banda  with 
twelve  warships,  many  soldiers  and  sailors,  and  that  on 
the  loth  of  April  he  had  taken  the  island  of  Poleway^  by 
force,  that  being  the  richest  and  most  fertile  of  them  all 
and  producing  the  most  nutmegs  and  mace. 

The  order  of  battle  of  that  exploit  had  been  as  follows  : 

The  vanguard  was  under  Lieutenant-Colonel  Gysbert 
van  Vyanen,  a  native  of  Utrecht,  accompanied  by  Captain 
Henrick-Steur  van  Somerdick,  Captain  Henrick  Gosdey, 
Captain  William  Jacobsz.,  of  Ter-vere,  and  consisted  in  all 
of  two-and-forty  men,  besides  some  Japanese. 

The  battle  was  fought  by  Captain  Lambrecht  Adamsz., 


^  "  Captaine  Castleton  went  to  the  Moluccas  with  foure  ships,  the 
Cloave,  Defence^  Thomas  and  Concord^  the  better  able  to  defend 
themselves  against  the  Hollanders  :  but  being  threatened  by  eleven 
saile  of  theirs,  they  returned  without  doing  any  great  matter,  onely 
a  few  Cloaves  laded  in  the  Cloave;  the  Captaine  himselfe  dying  there 
of  the  fluxe,  to  whom  the  fault  is  imputed  with  other  things  laid  to 
him."    Purchas  His  Pilgritnes.     1625,  Part  I,  p.  533. 

^  Jan  Dirkszoon  Lam  ;  he  rose  to  the  rank  of  Admiral. 

^  Pulo  Way — the  Water  Island — is  about  400  or  500  feet  high, 
consists  of  coral  rock,  and  is  esteemed  the  healthiest  of  the  group. 

K 


I30  speilbergen's  journal.         [May,  1616 

called  Lanckhaer,  a  native  of  Aix-la-Chapelle,  seconded  by 
Pieter  Backer,  of  Antwerp,  Jan  Verhoeven,  of  Thiel,  and 
Isbrant  Cornelissen,  of  Amsterdam,  captains,  and  two 
hundred  and  fifty  soldiers. 

The  rear-guard  was  under  Captain  Henrick  Beverlin,  of 
Tergouw,  accompanied  by  Captains  Abraham  Hailing,  of 
's  Gravenhaghe,  and  Henrick  van  Herentals,  with  two 
hundred  and  thirty  soldiers,  besides  a  great  number  of 
sailors  and  marines. 

In  addition  to  these,  two  captains  from  Zeeland  had  the 
command  and  leadership  of  all  the  other  marines  who  were 
charged  with  the  service  of  the  guns  and  with  the  care  of 
all  appertaining  thereto. 

The  sergeant-major  of  these  troops  was  Captain  Adriaen 
van  der  Dussen.  And  all  these  did  their  duty  so  well  that 
in  a  short  time  they  obtained  the  mastery  of  the  aforesaid 
island,  whereby  the  inabitants  of  the  aforesaid  circumjacent 
islands  were  compelled  to  make  a  fresh  alliance  with  our 
countrymen,  to  the  great  profit  and  advantage  of  the  East 
India  Company.  God  grant  that  they  may  long  continue 
therein  ! 

On  the  1 6th,  the  Governor  left  Tidor  and  Maleya. 

On  the  1 8th,  the  Admiral  redeemed,  both  from  the 
Spanish  galleys  and  from  the  prisons,  seven  Dutch  cap- 
tives, who  had  been  kept  there  already  more  than  four 
years ;  and  that  in  exchange  for  a  monk,  a  Spanish  pilot, 
two  Spaniards  whom  we  had  captured  in  the  South  Sea, 
and  yet  another  Spaniard  whom  we  had  brought  with  us 
from  the  Manilles. 

These  prisoners  were  loud  in  expressing  their  joy  at 
their  unexpected  release,  for  they  had  entertained  no  other 
hopes  than  of  ending  their  days  miserably  in  such  tyran- 
nical slavery  and  imprisonment.  Wherefore  they  before 
all  else  most  fervently  thanked  God  Almighty,  and  there- 
after our  Adniiral, 


May,  1616]         speilbergen's  journal.  131 

As  night  approached  another  prisoner,  also  from  the 
Netherlands,  named  Pieter  de  Vyvere,  came  aboard  ot  us 
with  his  wife,  he  having  for  a  long  time  sat  in  the  Spanish 
galleys,  but  because  he  had  married  a  Spanish  woman  and 
was,  moreover,  a  goldsmith  and  a  good  artificer,  so  much 
liberty  was  granted  him  that  he  at  last  found  means  to 
give  himself  and  his  wife  up  into  our  hands. 

On  the  25th,  when  we  had  again  gone  to  Maleya  with 
our  ships,  our  Admiral  received  a  communication  there 
from  the  Governor  of  Maleya  informing  him  that  a 
Spanish  ship  had  arrived  from  the  Manilles,  and  was  lying 
at  anchor  off  Gammelamme,  for  which  reason  our  Vice- 
Admiral  soon  after  sailed  to  Maleya. 

On  the  27th,  the  Morghen-sterre  returned  to  our  fleet. 

In  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day  a  boat  came  from 
Maleya,  bringing  a  letter  from  the  Governor  to  our 
Admiral,  which  having  been  read,  we  immediately  set  sail 
and  shaped  our  course  right  past  Tidor,  where  those  in  the 
fort  fired  seven  or  eight  cannon  shots  at  us,  without,  how- 
ever, damaging  any  of  our  vessels. 

On  the  28th  we  arrived  with  four  of  our  ships  in  the 
harbour  of  Fort  Maria,  where  we  cast  anchor.  Imme- 
diately afterwards  our  Admiral  had  himself  rowed  to  the 
town  of  Maleya,  and  returned  to  his  ship  in  the  after- 
noon, accompanied  by  the  Governor  and  some  other 
officers,  all  of  whom  proceeded  inside  the  aforesaid  Fort 
Maria. 

On  the  29th  our  Admiral,  being  unwell,  came  back  on 
board. 

On  the  30th,  the  Governor  was  informed  by  letters 
arriving  from  Macjan  that  our  people  had  seen  some 
vessels  out  at  sea  without  knowing  what  or  whence  they 
were,  wherefore  we  were  ordered  to  set  sail,  which  we  did 
with  much  diligence,  so  that  in  a  short  time  we  had  got 
far  out  at  sea,  cruising  there  to  and  fro. 

K2 


132  speilbergen's  journal.        [June,  1616 

June. 

On  the  1st  day  of  June  we  came  in  from  sea  again,  by 
express  orders,  and  cast  anchor  in  the  harbour  of  Maleya. 

On  the  same  day,  twelve  more  of  our  vessels  arrived 
from  Amboina  and  joined  our  fleet,  so  that  we  were 
seventeen  in  number. 

Some  were  of  opinion  that  something  should  be 
attempted  in  the  way  of  an  attack  or  otherwise,  either 
upon  Tidor  or  the  circumjacent  places  of  the  Spaniards, 
but  nothing  of  the  kind  was  effected. 

On  June  19th,  Laurens  Reael  was  appointed  Governor 
and  Commander-General  by  the  consent  and  agreement  of 
the  whole  Council  of  India,  and  was  installed  and  con- 
firmed in  his  office  with  every  respect  and  ceremony. 

July. 

On  the  1 8th  of  the  month  of  July,  our  Admiral  received 
an  order  and  commission  from  the  whole  Council  and  the 
Governor-General  to  proceed  to  Bantam  with  the  two 
vessels  belonging  to  Amsterdam  and  Zeeland,^  over  which 
he  was  given  command  and  jurisdiction,  to  act  in  all 
things  as  he  might  deem  upon  good  counsel  to  be 
expedient. 

On  the  I5th2  we  reached  Botton  Island^  with  the  two  said 
vessels. 

^  Vide^.  153.  2  Of  August. 

^  Booton  I.,  lying  off  the  south-eastern  peninsula  of  Celebes. 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  1 33 


A   DISCOURSE 

BY  THE  VERY  RENOWNED  APOLONI  SCHOT/  A  NATIVE 
OF   MIDDELBURGH   IN   ZEELAND. 

Among  the  blessings  and  advantages  which  the  king- 
dom of  Portugal  enjoyed  over  all  other  kingdoms,  poten- 
tates, and  republics,  one  of  the  most  excellent  and 
important  was  the  carrying  on  of  so  famous  and  profitable 
a  trade  as  the  Portuguese  secured  by  the  possession  of  the 
Molucques,  both  in  cloves  and  other  spices,  which  nearly 
the  whole  world  had  to  receive  out  of  their  hands,  to  the 
sorrow  both  of  the  Venetians,  from  whom  they  had  diverted 
that  rich  trade,  as  well  as  of  other  kingdoms  and  republics, 
who  envied  it  them  (not  without  reason),  and  sought  to 
supplant  them  therein. 

At  first  the  Spaniards  and  Portuguese  waged  fierce 
warfare  upon  each  other  for  the  possession  of  the 
Molucques  ;  the  English,  under  Francois  Draeck,^  made 
some  contracts  with  the  King  of  Ternate  to  establish 
a  trade  here,  which  they  afterwards  sought  to  keep  up 
on  two  separate  occasions  under  the  direction  of  the 
Middeltons  ;^  finally,  our  extensive  Dutch  navigation  suc- 
ceeded in  getting  the  Portuguese  ousted  from  the  places 
which  they  occupied  in  the  Molucques  and  the  Castilians 
reinstated  with  the  help  of  the  people  of  Tidor,  the 
Ternatan  king  being  taken  prisoner  with  a  number  of  the 
principal    Indians.      The   remaining   Ternatans,   amongst 

1  Apollonius  Schotte  or  Scotte.  For  further  facts  relating  to  this 
Discourse  and  its  author,  see  the  Introduction,  pp.  Iviii-lx. 

2  See  T/ie  Second  Cir cum- Navigation  of  the  Earth :  or  the  Renowned 
Voyage  of  Sir  Francis  Drake  .  .  .  begun  in  .  .  .  1577. — Purchas  His 
Pilgrimes^  1625,  Ft.  I,  pp.  54  et  seq. 

3  For  the  voyage  of  David  Middleton  in  1606,  see  Purchas  His 
Pilgrimes,  1625,  Ft.  I,  pp.  226  et  seq.^  and  for  that  of  General  Sir 
Henry  Middleton  in  1610,  see  loc.  cit.^  pp.  247  et  seq. 


134  speilrergen's  journal. 

whom  were  some  chiefs  and  their  subordinates,  having 
fled  before  the  Spaniards  to  the  mainland  and  other  places, 
rejoined  their  countrymen,  through  the  aid  of  Admiral 
Matelieff,^  in  as  large  numbers  as  possible,  upon  the  island 
of  Ternate  ;  and  building  a  fortress  there  named  Oranien, 
they  entered  into  an  alliance  with  our  nation,  as  may  be 
seen  by  a  certain  contract  made,  and  from  time  to  time 
so  much  was  done  that  we  have  now  come  into  possession 
of  no  small  part  of  these  clove-producing  islands,  such  as 
the  greater  portion  of  Ternaten,  the  whole  of  Mottir,^ 
Macjan,  and  Bacjan,  the  Spaniards  remaining  possessed  of 
the  whole  of  Tidor,  the  big  town  in  Ternate,  and  a  number 
of  places  on  the  mainland  of  Gilolo,  concerning  the  pre- 
sent condition  and  circumstances  of  which,  both  as  regards 
ourselves  and  the  enemy,  I  have  undertaken  to  discourse  a 
little. 

In  Ternata  we  possess  three  forts  :  Maleya,  also  called 
Oranien,  being  that  which  Admiral  Matelieff  first  con- 
structed, where  the  king  of  that  country  and  all  the  nobles 
reside,  and  situated  at  the  east  end  of  Ternate ;  Fort 
Molucco,  also  called  Hollandia,  lying  about  half  a  mile 
north  of  Maleya  upon  an  eminence,  and  built  entirely  of 
stone  and  cement ;  it  was  placed  there  by  us  for  fear  that 
the  Spaniards  might  come  and  obtain  a  foothold  there, 
and  so  render  the  whole  roadstead  of  Maleya  unsafe  for  us, 
and  also  in  order  to  bring  back  to  their  old  homes  the 
populace  of  those  places,  who  mostly  dwelt  in  Maleya,  and 
to  secure  other  advantages  which  the  said  fort  affords  ; 


^  Cornelis  Matelief,  a  famous  Dutch  seaman,  eminently  instrumental 
in  extending  and  consolidating  the  Dutch  empire  in  the  East.  No 
particulars  are  procurable  of  either  his  birth  or  death.  Of  his  chief 
exploit  there  is  extant -<4«  historicall .  .  .  discourse  of  a  voyage  made  by 
the  Admiral  C.  Matelief  into  the  East  Indies^  who  departed  out  of 
Holland  in  May,  1605/  With  the  besiegifig  of  Malacca  and  .  .  .  with 
other  discourses.    Translated  out  of  the  Dutch  (London,  1608). 

>  Mortier  :  Purchas  sometimes  calls  it  Mutir. 


St*EILBERGEN\S  JOURNAL.  i3S 

Fort  Tacome,  also  called  Willem-Stadt,  situated  on  the 
north-west  side  of  Ternate,  was  erected  by  Vice-Admiral 
Symon  Jansen  Hoen,  in  spite  of  the  opposition  of  the 
enemy,  who  had  his  own  eye  upon  the  spot,  intending  to 
seize  it  at  some  time  or  other ;  but  by  the  building  of  this 
fort,  which  protects  the  whole  country  between  Maleya 
and  Tacome,  the  natives,  who  had  fled  to  the  mainland  of 
Gilolo,  were  re-united  with  our  countrymen.  It  is  the 
place  where  most  of  the  cloves  grow,  and  under  the  above 
circumstances  they  may  be  gathered  in  security,  and  so 
they  come  for  the  most  part  into  our  hands. 

The  island  of  Mothir,^  lying  between  Tidor  and  Macjan, 
remained  for  a  long  time  desolate  and  uninhabited,  by 
reason  of  the  internal  warfare  waged  between  Tidor  and 
Ternate.  Admiral  Wittert,  at  the  request  of  the  Ter- 
natans,  built  a  fortress  at  the  north  end  for  our  security, 
and  peopled  it  with  a  number  of  native  inhabitants  who 
had  fled  to  Gilolo,  as  well  as  with  all  the  inhabitants  of 
Gane,  lying  at  the  south  end  of  the  mainland  of  Gilolo, 
near  Bacjan,  and  subjects  of  the  Ternatans.  Having 
learnt  that  the  Spaniards  intended  to  attack  and  occupy 
the  said  fort  with  the  greater  part  of  the  sailors  who  had 
taken  refuge  in  Tidor,  our  countrymen,  with  the  aid  of  the 
inhabitants,  armed  themselves  against  this  and  for  their 
safety.  The  number  of  the  inhabitants  of  this  island  is 
over  two  thousand. 

With  regard  to  the  island  of  Macian,  it  was  conquered 
by  Admiral  van  Caerden,^  and  fortified  with  three  forts  : 
Taflasor,  lying  on  the  west  side,  Noflagina,  on  the  north 


.1  Mortier. 

2  Paulus  van  Caerden,  or  Caarden  ;  two  voyages  of  his  to  the 
East  Indies  are  described  in  Commelin's  Begin  ende  Voortgangh  van 
de  Vereenighde  Nederlandtsche  Geoctroyeerde  Oost-Indische  Com- 
pagnie^  one  in  Deel  I,  one  in  Deel  II.  They  appear  also  in  de  Renne- 
ville's  Recueil,  torn.  Ill  and  VI.  For  an  account  of  his  naval  exploits 
see  Van  der  Aa,  Biographisck  Woordenboek, 


136  SPEiLBERGEN^S  JOURNAL. 

side  ;  and  Tabelole,  on  the  east  side  of  the  said  island  ; 
which  three  places  are  well  peopled,  as  well  as  some  other 
small  towns  that  lie  round  the  island.  I  estimate  the 
number  of  inhabitants  of  the  said  island  to  amount  to 
nine  thousand  souls,  including  the  inhabitants  of  an  island 
named  Cayoa,^  who  live  at  Tabelole,  having  been  trans- 
ported to  the  latter  place  in  1609,  because  they  were  not 
in  safety  in  their  own  places.  It  is  indeed  the  most  fertile 
island,  and  the  richest  in  cloves  of  all  the  Molucques,  its 
fruits  sufficing  for  its  own  consumption,  and  for  partition 
amongst  the  circumjacent  islands,  since  Tidor  and  Ter- 
nate  are  very  necessitous  places,  drawing  their  supplies 
from  elsewhere.  This  is  because  these  two  nations  are 
courageous  and  proud,  living  more  by  warfare  than  by 
agriculture,  marauding  and  pillaging  each  other,  since  they 
are  constant  and  sworn  enemies  ;  first  the  one  and  then 
the  other  gaining  the  upper  hand,  they  have  ever  aimed 
at  great  dominion,  endeavouring  to  lord  it  over  all  the 
other  islands  lying  hereabout,  whilst  the  Macjans  and 
Motirese  are  more  inclined  to  labour,  and  pay  more 
attention  to  their  lands. 

Batiai^  is  a  kingdom  dependent  upon  itself,  a  great 
desolate  country,  overflowing  with  sago  and  abundant  in 
all  kinds  of  fruit.  It  is  rich,  but  little  populated,  and  has 
a  lazy,  careless  people,  who  are  addicted  to  nothing  but 
voluptuousness  and  a  wanton  life,  this  being  the  cause 
that  they  have  been  reduced  from  a  mighty  kingdom  to 
their  present  poor  condition.  This  neglect  of  theirs  is 
also  the  cause  of  many  cloves  that  grow  on  this  island 
rotting  and  coming  to  nothing.  This  place  having  been 
from  the  beginning  in  alliance  with  the  Spanish  and 
Portuguese,  who  had  a  fort  at  Labona,^  usually  occupied 
by  twenty  Spaniards,  and  where  about  seventeen  Portu- 

^  Kajao.  ^  Batjan  or  Bachian.  ^  Laboua. 


PLATE   No.    20. 


Number  20  are  the  islands  of  Macjan^  and  Bacjan,"- 
With  all  their  explanations,  shown  as  follows  : — 

A.  Is  the  island  of  Macjan,  the  south  corner  of  which  is  situated 

8  minutes  north  of  the  Equinoctial  line. 

B.  Is  the  bay  of  another  island  named  Bacjan,  lying  opposite  the 

aforesaid  island,  just  as  much  south  of  the  line  as  the  other  lies 
north  of  it. 

C.  Is  the  town  of  Bacjan,  shown  on  a  large  scale. 

D.  Is  Fort  Bernevelt,  built  of  stone. 

E.  Is  the  rice-house  and  sink-hole. 

F.  Is  a  stone  house  over  the  gate. 

G.  Is  the  guard-house. 

H.  Are  the  outworks  or  walls,  built  with  a  stone  coping. 

I.    Are  entrances  or  gates. 

K.  Is  a  ruined  bastion  made  of  galid  galla. 

L.  Is  the  Council-house  of  the  Indians. 

M.  Is  a  fine  well  of  fresh  water. 

^  Mackian.  -  Batjan. 


Sl^filLBERGEN^S  JOUkNAL.  137 

guese  and  eighty  Labonese^  households,  all  Christians, 
still  reside,  it  was  conquered  by  the  Vice-Admiral^  in 
November,  1600,^  and  the  fort  rebuilt,  where  we  now  have 
a  fair  garrison,  such  as  the  place  requires. 

On  the  mainland  we  have  retained  possession  of  only 
one  place,  named  Gamme-duorre,^  and  very  populous  ;  the 
inhabitants  of  Sabongo^  and  all  its  outlying  places  be- 
took themselves  hither,  deserting  the  Spaniards,  and  at 
their  request  our  countrymen  fortified  the  place,  and 
garrisoned  it  with  thirty  soldiers,  or  more,  as  necessity  may 
demand. 

All  these  places  are  well  provided,  both  with  soldiers  and 
with  other  necessary  ammunition  of  war,  in  order  to  with- 
stand the  probable  attacks  of  our  declared  foe,  and  that, 
too,  for  so  long  as  we  can  remain  in  friendship  with  the 
inhabitants  of  this  country.  This,  it  is  to  be  feared,  will 
not  be  for  ever,  since,  when  they  called  us  to  their  assist- 
ance, great  promises  were  made  which  cannot  be  fulfilled 
on  either  side,  and  contracts  were  then  made  more  to  our 
advantage  than  to  theirs.  For  instance,  there  is  an  article  by 
which  they  hand  over  to  us  all  lolls,  both  from  their  own 
subjects  as  well  as  from  strangers,  for  the  purpose  of  re- 
imbursing us  for  all  that  may  be  spent  in  these  Molucqucs 
upon  fortifications  and  other  things  tending  to  their  good, 
in  addition  to  which  exemption  from  tolls  is  also  accorded 
us ;  but  some  of  the  nobles  already  say  that  they  know 
naught  of  this,  and  seek  to  incite  the  natives  in  this  way. 
In  addition  to  the  aforesaid  extracts,^  other  great  promises 
were  made  us  which,  up  to  the  present,  we  have  not  been 
able  to  get  fulfilled,  whereat  we  are  not  too  well  pleased, 
since  experience  teaches  us  that  the  nations  which,  in  need, 


^  Labouese.  ^  Simon  Jansz.  Hoen. 

^  Should  be  1609,  vide  Introduction,  p.  Iviii,  andde  Jonge,  Opkomst^ 
Deel  III,  p.  104. 
*  Gamakora.  "  Sabougo.  '^  Sic^  for  contracts. 


138  SPEILBERGEN*S  JOURNAL. 

have  gladly  subjected  themselves  to  those  they  thought 
might  help  them,  have,  after  this  has  been  done,  ofttimes 
attempted  to  rid  themselves  of  their  assistants,  though 
some  nations  with  more  courtesy  and  less  ingratitude  than 
others,  according  to  the  religion  and  policy  practised  by 
them.  I  would  that  every  nation  or  individual  were  by 
nature  immune  from  the  desire  lightly  to  withdraw  from  a 
promise  once  made,  and  to  recognise  by  experience  that  a 
nation  which  readily  accepts  foreign  assistance  with  small 
advantage  to  its  country  is  little  to  be  trusted,  for  when  at 
peace  they  endeavour  to  regain  their  former  freedom, 
considering  no  arguments  or  good  deeds,  however  fine 
these  may  be,  and  not  allowing  any  such  to  turn  them 
aside  from  their  aims.  Besides  this,  we  have  still  to  con- 
sider that  these  Ternatans  are  a  brave  nation,  somewhat 
passionate  now,  but  of  old  accustomed  to  rule  over  others 
with  great  authority  and  power,  so  that  they  cannot  but 
take  it  amiss  for  anyone  to  exercise  full  dominion  over 
them,  which,  indeed,  we  do  not  claim  to  do.  Moreover, 
our  affairs  and  theirs  are  beginning  to  have  so  much  in 
common  that  it  might  sometimes  be  expedient  to  let  them 
exercise  authority  and  make  our  own  subservient  thereto, 
only  safe-guarding  our  interests  by  treaties  and  contracts  ; 
but  this  would  give  us  no  security  in  these  countries,  since 
this  nation  has  no  such  consideration,  long  memory,  and 
good  judgment  of  past  and  future  matters  as  those  of 
Europe,  though  many  of  our  people  at  home  think  so.  On 
the  contrary,  we  find  every  form  of  faithlessness,  in  keeping 
with  the  nature  of  the  Moorish  religion,  which  permits  the 
breaking  of  oaths  and  promises  so  long  as  this  may  appear 
advantageous  to  them.  I  therefore  know  of  no  better 
means  for  reducing  this  people  to  perfect  obedience  than 
that  of  holding  out  to  them  future  advantages  that  appear 
very  possible  of  attainment,  and  that  promise  results 
which   shall   immediately   bring   them    to   a   proper   and 


St'EILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  139 

faithful  course  of  life,  and  keep  them  in  devotion  to  us  ; 
but  this  demands  an  execution  prompt  and  based  on 
reason.  With  regard  to  authority,  endeavours  should  be 
made  to  bring  this  into  unison  with  that  of  the  country  as 
far  as  possible,  and  our  divine  and  natural  laws  should 
serve  herein  as  follows.  Experience  sufficiently  teaches 
us  that  the  Ternatans  are  are  a  worldly  and  brave  nation, 
much  addicted  to  warfare  and  pillage,  whilst  the  chief 
among  them  are  not  averse  to  proper  authority,  based  on 
reason.  With  regard  to  honesty  and  truthfulness,  they 
know  better  how  to  discourse  of  these  virtues  than  to 
practise  them,  they  themselves  saying  that  their  religion 
tolerates  this.  In  war  they  are  very  open  to  the  adoption 
of  European  methods  ;  all  their  actions  aim  at  worldly 
honour,  splendour,  and  position — not  politically,  but  in 
affairs  of  war,  for  often  they  will  rather  fight  to  the  death 
than  show  cowardice,  since  faint-heartedness  is  greatly 
despised  by  them.  Further,  they  are  in  their  ways  very 
credulous  and  very  addicted  to  seeking  novelty  ;  hence 
their  ineradicable  customs  and  the  number  of  islands  their 
kings  formerly  possessed.^  On  various  occasions,  too,  the 
latter  have  been  deserted  by  their  subjects  and  brought 
into  contempt,  and  that  by  reason  of  their  harsh  tyranny, 
when  previously  they  had  been  respected  and  highly 
esteemed.  It  is  their  custom  to  exact  big  tolls  and 
tribute  from  their  subjects,  according  to  the  pleasure  of 
the  king's  commissioners  or  of  the  king  himself,  without 
the  observance  of  any  fixed  rule  in  the  matter,  whereby 
great  injustice  often  took  place  through  the  Ternatan 
authorities  not  paying  due  heed  to  circumstances.  So 
that  occasionally  there  was  murmuring  among  some  of 
the  Tarnatan  vassals  under  the  protection  of  the  State,  as, 


^  Though  this  sounds  fairly  lucid,  if  not  very  logical,  the  purity  ot 
this  passage  in  the  original  seems  dubious. 


140  SfElLBERGEN*S  JOURNAL. 

for  instance,  the  Machianese  inhabitants  of  the  mainland, 
and  others,  who  up  to  now  have  resisted  the  same  as  far  as 
it  was  possible  for  them  to  do,  by  every  pacific  means  ; 
but  this  has  not  had  the  proper  effect,  so  that  the 
murmurings  do  not  cease  and  should  move  us  to  invent 
some  measure  for  holding  these  people  in  check. 

They  are  people  of  unstable  nature,  very  prone  to 
change,  and  can  easily  be  brought  so  far  as  to  hate  the 
name  of  their  master,  especially  if  another  offers  them  a 
few  agreeable  things  ;  this  was  sufficiently  apparent  at  the 
time  that  Don  Jan  de  Silva  was  in  the  Molucques  and  by 
his  liberality  and  pomp  (which  he  well  knew  how  to 
assume)  brought  matters  so  far  that  the  Tarnatan  authori- 
ties and  most  of  the  towns  were  very  inclined  and  resolved 
to  enter  into  a  peace  with  the  Spaniards,  to  our  prejudice, 
as  will  be  narrated  more  fully  hereafter. 

We  must  also  take  into  due  consideration  that  a  nation 
which  has  been  accustomed  to  have  no  other  master  but 
themselves  is  very  difficult  to  govern  except  by  the 
employment  of  some  ingenuity.  Further,  the  conduct  of 
the  war  is  our  province,  since,  not  trusting  their  own 
people  with  the  command,  they  handed  it  over  to  our 
countrymen,  for  their  faulty  regulations  and  leadership  in 
matters  of  war  has  tended  more  to  their  ruin  than  all  the 
forces  of  the  Spaniards  and  of  their  foes. 

To  be  wanton  and  prone  to  violence  are  generally  the 
qualities  that  mark  those  who  are  governed  by  young, 
lascivious,  and  badly  brought-up  princes,  and  this  may  be 
seen  in  the  present  young  king  of  Tarnate,  who  is  more- 
over (and  this  shows  the  nature  of  this  people)  assisted  by 
selfish  and  uncaring  counsellors,  who  pay  no  heed  to  the 
future  nor  think  of  past  events,  easily  forgetting  all  good 
deeds,  which  is  the  cause  of  their  being  despised. 

With  regard  to  the  three  last  kings  who  ruled  over 
Tarnate,  they  were  brave  in  war  and  severe  in  their  rule 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  14I 

compared  with  the  other  Indian  nations,  and  this  was  the 
cause  of  this  people  attaining  to  such  great  renown  and 
dominion,  though  they  were  indeed  also  good  soldiers  of 
whose  bravery  and  honour  much  might  be  said.  But  now, 
by  reason  of  the  bad  order  that  reigns  amongst  them,  they 
degenerate  and  fall  off,  and  among  them  are  no  good 
leaders.  Each  one  of  the  chiefs  is  almost  an  independent 
king,  paying  no  heed  to  the  common  weal,  for  even  should 
an  agreement  be  made  with  one,  another  will  probably 
upset  it,  so  that  they  are  not  to  be  trusted  as  much  as 
European  nations.  It  is  easy  to  compute  what  we  may 
expect  from  a  wanton,  lascivious,  fierce,  greedy,  tyrannical 
nation  of  perjurers  ;  let  us  not  trust  too  firmly  in  the 
Tarnatan  rulers,  whom  I  have  also  heard  praised  very 
highly  for  their  virtues,  but  it  behoves  us  to  be  reliant 
upon  our  own  strength  and  not  upon  the  simulated  friend- 
ship of  Moors.  And  for  this  one  of  the  two  following 
measures  is  requisite,  to  wit :  to  keep  strong  garrisons  in 
the  places  which  we  possess  here,  which  would  occasion 
enormous  expense,  or  else  permit  our  own  countrymen  to 
do  what  several  soldiers,  mostly  hirelings,  have  already 
tried,  that  is,  to  settle  as  citizens  under  our  rule,  enjoying 
some  liberties  in  trade  and  navigation  without  prejudice 
to  the  Company,  and  binding  themselves  and  their  pos- 
terity in  such  fashion  to  the  Company  that  they  could 
always  be  employed  for  our  service,  wherefore  detailed 
orders  and  regulations  should  be  framed,  too  long  to  be 
set  out  here.  In  this  way  these  places  would  be  peopled 
with  fresh  Christians,  who  could  be  placed  in  some  heathen 
countries,  such  as  Ceram  and  others  equally  proper,  and 
opportunely  seek  to  play  off  as  far  as  possible  the  Moorish 
inhabitants  against  their  enemies,  whilst  we  could  gradually 
introduce  more  Christians  and  the  Christian  religion,  this 
being  the  only  means  of  establishing  our  affairs  here  (since 
there  is  nothing  that  binds  the  hearts  of  men  so  closely 


142  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL. 

together  as  unity  of  religion),  and  the  right  means  for 
reversing  the  condition  of  the  inhabitants. 

This  is  so  far  as  concerns  our  relations  and  friendship 
with  the  Moluccan  inhabitants  and  how  we  should  act 
with  regard  to  them  :  now  follows  the  condition  and 
circumstances  of  our  common  foe  and  how  we  should 
safeguard  ourselves  against  him. 

In  this  island  of  Tarnate  the  Spaniards  are  in  possession 
of  the  large  town  which  they  took  from  the  Tarnatans, 
now  called  Neustra  signora  del  rosario.  With  its  flanking 
ramparts  it  is  entirely  encircled  with  cement  and  stone, 
well  provided  with  ordnance  and  ammunition,  the  stock  of 
which  is  supplied  from  the  Manilles,  where  they  keep 
their  stores  of  war  material.  It  is  at  present  garrisoned 
by  two  hundred  Spanish  soldiers  and  ninety  Papaugos, 
who  are  inhabitants  of  the  Philipines,  well  exercised  in 
warfare  and  doing  service  with  the  Spanish  soldiers, 
besides  which  thirty  married  Portuguese  with  their 
families  also  reside  there,  seventy  or  eighty  Chinese,  who 
carry  on  all  kinds  of  handicraft,  and  some  fifty  or  sixty 
whites  from  these  Molucques  with  their  wives  and 
children. 

Between  this  town  and  Maleye  they  have  yet  another 
fort  named  Pedro  and  St.  Paulo,  situated  on  an  eminence. 
Its  ramparts  are  also  made  of  stone  and  cement,  and  it  is 
well  provided  with  ammunitions  of  war,  amongst  others, 
with  six  pieces  of  ordnance,  whilst  Neustra  signora  del 
rosario  aforesaid  has  some  three-and-thirty  metal  pieces. 
This  place  has  usually  a  garrison  of  twenty-six  Spaniards, 
twenty  Papaugos,  and  a  few  others  from  the  Manilles. 

In  the  island  of  Tidor,  the  whole  of  which  is  in  their 
possession,  they  have  also  three  forts — to  wit,  in  the  big 
town,  in  which  the  king  resides,  a  fortress  situated  on  an 
eminence  and  named  Taroula,  stronger  by  its  position 
than  other  forts  ;  it  is  usually  garrisoned  by  fifty  Spaniards 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  I43 

and  eight  or  ten  Papaugos,  and  provided  with  ten  big 
metal  pieces  of  ordnance. 

The  second  is  the  old  Portuguese  castle  that  Cornelis 
Bastiaensz.^  captured,  and  which  they  have  now  rebuilt 
and  garrisoned  with  thirteen  Spaniards,  supported  by  the 
inhabitants  ;  it  is  provided  with  two  pieces  of  ordnance. 

The  third  place  is  called  Marico,  and  lies  in  sight  of 
Neustra  signora  aforesaid  ;  it  is  a  small  town,  well  peopled 
with  Tidorese  and  encircled  by  stone  walls,  where  the 
Spaniards  have  erected  two  bastions,  garrisoned  by 
fourteen  Castilians  and  a  few  Papaugos,  and  mounted 
with  two  pieces  of  ordnance.  In  this  island  are  a  few 
other  small  towns  in  which  none  but  native  inhabitants 
dwell,  and  through  warfare  it  is  not  so  populous.  Accord- 
ing to  our  information  it  could  not  produce  a  thousand 
Tidorese  capable  of  bearing  arms.  This  king  has  more 
subjects  on  the  mainland,  whence  the  necessary  supplies, 
such  as  rice  and  sago,  are  sent  him. 

On  the  mainland  of  Gilolo  they  have  several  fortresses ; 
firstly,  Sabougo,  which  Don  Jan  de  Silva  took  from  us  in 
the  year  161 1,  violating  the  truce  concluded  and  previously 
submitted  to  him,  whereby  we  were  to  remain  in  pos- 
session, as  is  shown  by  the  documents  and  letters  con- 
cerning this  which  are  appended  hereunto,^  and  to  which 
I  refer. 

They  have  fortified  this  place  with  four  bulwarks  and 
with  a  half-moon  at  the  mouth  of  the  river;  it  is  garrisoned 
by  sixty  Castilians  and  fifty  armed  Papaugos.  The  in- 
habitants have  deserted  the  Spaniards  and  joined  our 
countrymen    at  Gamconorre,^  as   I    have    already   stated. 


^  The   only  fact   that  can  be  gleaned  about  this   man   with   any 
degree  of  certainty  is  that  his  name  was  really  Corneh's  Sebastiaensz. 

^  These  are  not  in  the  book.     See  also  the  Introduction,  p:  lix. 

2  Ganiakora, 


144  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL. 

This  fort  is  also  well  provided  with  heavy  guns  and 
ammunition  of  war. 

The  second,  called  Gilolo,  was  also  seized  in  an  under- 
hand manner  by  Don  Jan  de  Silva  on  the  aforesaid  date, 
and  taken  from  us  with  the  connivance  of  the  tractable 
king  of  Tarnate,  but  the  inhabitants,  under  a  king  belong- 
ing to  this  town  (the  same  king  who  is  now  in  Maleya) 
left  the  Spaniards,  only  about  fifty  or  sixty  families 
remaining  with  the  latter.  They  have  fortified  this  place 
and  garrisoned  it  with  fifty  or  sixty  Spaniards  and  a  few 
Manilles ;  it  is  also  well  provided  with  ordnance  and 
ammunition  of  war.  These  two  places  He  about  7  miles 
distant  from  Maleya,  on  the  west  side  of  Gilolo.  The 
third  place,  called  Aquilamo,  situated  on  the  west  side  of 
Gilolo,  opposite  Macjan,  is  a  hamlet  encircled  by  walls 
and  lies  on  a  small  river ;  it  is  inhabited  by  natives  of  the 
country  and  garrisoned  by  a  few  Spaniards  and  about 
forty  Tidorese  whom  the  King  of  Teydoor  keeps  there, 
since  supplies  of  food  are  annually  brought  thence  to 
Teydoor.     There  is  a  bastion  mounted  with  two  guns. 

On  the  coast  of  Moro,  which  is  the  east  side  of  Gilolo, 
they  have  three  forts,  being  Tolo,  Isiau,  and  laffougho, 
which  places  are  garrisoned  by  about  forty-five  Spaniards 
and  inhabitants,  most  of  whom  are  converts  to  Christianity. 
From  this  place  the  Spaniards  obtain  great  quantities  of 
rice,  sago,  and  other  victuals  wherewith  to  supply  the 
Spaniards  who  live  in  Tarnata  and  Teydoor.  From 
Maleya  to  Gilolo  is  quite  60  miles  sailing,  and  about  a 
day's  journey  by  land. 

They  usually  keep  at  sea  a  galley  and  a  frigate,  besides 
some  row-boats  in  which  they  employ  slaves  and  other 
prisoners,  in  addition  to  the  soldiers  they  put  on  board 
of  them,  impressing  these  from  their  garrisons  in  time 
of  need. 

They  have  usually  been  well  provided  with  a  stock  of 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  145 

arms,  ammunition,  and  other  requisites  of  warfare,  all  of 
which  they  get  from  the  Manilles,  which  lie  very  handy 
for  them. 

For  victuals  they  are  often  very  badly  off,  this  frequently 
being  the  cause  of  their  servants,  other  common  folk  and 
sometimes  even  some  Spanish  soldiers  deserting  them, 
since  everything  is  very  dear  with  them,  and  difficult  to 
get  by  the  lower  orders. 

With  regard  to  trade,  everyone  is  permitted  to  carry  it 
on.  Of  the  stock  of  cloves  the  king  takes  a  whole  half  at 
the  place  where  it  is  sold,  this  trade  being  mostly  in  the 
hands  of  the  Portuguese,  who  transport  the  cloves  to 
Malacke  and  other  places.  During  the  past  six  years 
trade  has  not  been  very  flourishing  with  them,  and  the 
war  imposes  great  expense  upon  the  king,  who  has  had 
little  or  no  profit  to  show  for  it,  but  is  hoping  for  great 
things. 

The  affairs  of  the  King  of  Spain  are  administered  here 
on  his  behalf  by  a  Governor,  who  belongs  to  the  govern- 
ment of  the  Philipinas,  the  one  in  office  at  the  present 
time  here  in  the  Molucques  being  Don  Jeronimo  de  Silva, 
who  came  from  Spain  for  that  purpose  and  departed 
thence  after  the  publication  of  peace  in  Europe.  Before 
his  arrival  we  were  informed  that  he  had  ratified  the 
places  which  were  to  be  included  in  the  Peace. 

This  governor  is  assisted  by  a  sergeant-major  and 
captains,  a  contatoor,^  a  pagadoor,^  and  a  king's  merchant, 
whom  the  Governor  summons  to  his  council  at  his  pleasure. 
When  any  extraordinary  matter  is  to  be  decided,  they 
have  still  many  other  officers,  such  as  alcaldes,^  barachelos,* 
cap.^  del  campo,  and  many  intretandos^  and   retormados,^ 

1  Contador,  an  accountant  or  auditor. 

2  Pagador,  a  paymaster.  ^  Justices  of  the  Peace. 
'*  Barrachelos,  head-constables.  ^  Capitanes  del  campo. 
^  Intendentes,  superintendents. 

^  Reformados,  officers  on  half-pay. 


146  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL. 

in  accordance  with  the  customs  and  regulations  which  the 
Spaniards  are  wont  to  keep  up  in  their  garrisons  and 
armies.  The  present  Governor  is  well  experienced  in 
European  warfare,  a  courtier,  very  severe  and  haughty, 
ruling  with  splendour  and  resorting  to  stratagem  in  all  his 
affairs.  Whilst  he  was  in  negotiations  with  our  country- 
men concerning  peace  in  Europe  he  was  well  able  to  keep 
his  own  views  from  some  delegates  sent  by  him  to  us, 
though  we  could  readily  understand  that  on  his  departure 
from  Spain  he  had  been  charged  with  the  maintenance  or 
discontinuance  of  the  Peace,  according  as  circumstances 
might  dictate,  as  you  will  be  able  to  see  from  some 
answers  sent  to  us,  copies  of  which  go  herewith.^  This 
Don  Jeronimo  de  Silva  is  a  person  of  authority  and 
experience,  of  nature  and  position  as  has  been  stated  ;  he 
has  ere  this  served  the  King  of  Spain  in  important 
matters  both  in  the  Netherlands  and  Spain,  whence  he  has 
now  been  sent  hither  with  greater  authority  than  that 
wherewith  former  Spanish  Governors  have  ruled  this  place. 
He  is  the  uncle  of  the  Governor-General  of  Philipinas,  so 
that  I  am  of  opinion  that  greater  results  for  the  well-being 
of  the  pretended  monarchy  of  Europe  are  expected  from 
his  rule.  We  had  recently  some  Portuguese  here  from 
Malacke  and  other  places  who,  relying  (as  they  said)  upon 
the  concluded  Peace,  had  come  to  Amboyna  and  Banda 
to  make  some  profit  as  merchants,  but  have  ceased  their 
dealings  by  reason  of  the  Peace  not  having  been  ratified 
here,  wherefore  they  are  making  great  complaint  and 
railing  at  the  Spanish  Governor,  who  does  not  pay  much 
heed  to  this.  They  say,  and  we  see,  too,  that  the  truce 
concluded  is  being  observed  by  the  Portuguese,  though 
better  in  one  place  than  another,  this  according  to  the 
circumstances  of  each  and  according  to  what  we  might  be 

*  See  note  2  on  p.  143. 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  147 

able  to  effect  there.  As  a  final  conclusion,  we  must  give 
it  as  our  opinion  of  the  Spanish  pronouncement  that  they 
would  indeed  have  maintained  and  observed  the  peace  in 
the  Molucos,  or  at  least  not  have  published  their  pro- 
nouncement so  soon  had  their  losses  in  the  Manilles  been 
as  great  as  was  their  good  fortune  in  defeating  Admiral 
Wittert.  In  addition  to  which,  fortunately  for  them,  they 
also  succeeded  in  capturing  Admiral  van  Caerden,^  whereby 
they  were  made  acquainted  with  our  weak  position  at  that 
time  in  the  Molucques,  since  they  had  obtained  many 
papers  and  reports  wherein  that  position  was  found  to  be 
set  out  with  sufficient  detail.  The  information  which  Don 
Jan  de  Silva  obtained  concerning  our  country  by  the 
capture  of  vessels  in  the  Manilles,  as  well  as  by  that  of  the 
yacht  De  Goede  Hoope  was  not  slight,  as  may  be  imagined 
when  we  consider  that  they  got  hold  of  all  the  secret 
instructions,  despatches  and  letters,  together  with  some 
plans  of  attack  and  other  indiscretions,  which  everyone 
can  suppose  were  well  pondered  on  by  persons  of  that 
kind  in  such  vessels.  There  can  therefore  be  no  doubt 
that  he  informed  the  King  of  Spain  of  everything,  counter- 
attacks to  which  we  have  to  expect  now  and  for  all  time, 
both  in  peace  and  war,  for  they  have  never  before  obtained 
such  cognizance  of  our  condition  ;  wherefore  it  were  very 
necessary  to  introduce  some  change  into  our  affairs,  both 
in  administrative  and  in  various  other  matters,  whereunto 
we  have  given  heed  and  shall  continue  to  do  so  as  much 
as  possible.  May  Your  Honour  also  be  pleased  to  give 
this  your  attention.  It  is  likewise  to  be  borne  in  mind 
that  the  King  of  Spain  has  secured  no  small  subsidy  for 
his  impoverished  coffers  in  the  excellent  booty,  exceeding 
some  millions  in  gold,  he  got  by  the  defeat  of  Admiral 
Wittert  in  the  Manilles,  and  that  it  would  grieve  him  more 

1  See  p.  135. 

L  2 


148  speilbergen's  journal. 

to  hand  over  all  such  treasure  to  his  enemies,  who  might 
well  claim  it  since  they  obtained  it  from  his  subjects  in 
fair  warfare,  than  now  lawfully  to  claim  to  keep  his  own 
by  reason  of  having  retaken  it  from  his  foes.  And  it 
must  be  remembered  that  in  the  event  of  a  truce  he 
is  bound  to  do  the  former,  since  Admiral  Wittert 
captured  the  aforesaid  treasure  here  in  India  during  the 
war,  whilst  it  was  recovered  by  the  Spaniards  in  time 
of  peace. 

The  best  and  only  means  of  re-establishing  our  affairs 
in  India  and  of  making  ourselves  entirely  masters  of  the 
Molucques  is,  in  my  opinion,  to  despatch  a  fleet  and 
armada,  provided  with  all  proper  ammunition  and  crews, 
direct  to  the  Philippinas,  in  order  to  attack  the  Spaniard 
there  ourselves,  and  to  overpower  all  the  places  and  strong- 
holds it  may  be  possible  to  capture,  whereby  we  should 
obtain  a  passage  and  access  to  the  rest. 

For  there  is  nothing  that  would  make  them  more  faint- 
hearted and  discouraged  than  our  offensive  warfare  and 
hearing  the  clink  of  our  arms  in  places  where  they  least 
expect  it. 

It  is  sufficiently  well  known  to  everyone  that  here 
in  the  Molucques  the  places  are  amply  provided  and 
garrisoned  with  very  experienced  troops,  for  the  very 
fittest  are  obtained  from  the  Manilles,  and  in  their  stead 
are  left  unfit  and  untried  men  to  defend  the  places  with 
the  Spanish  merchants.  Moreover,  it  is  not  to  be  doubted 
that  our  coming  would  be  quite  unexpected  in  the  said 
quarters,  for  our  foes  allow  themselves  to  imagine  that  we 
would  not  dare  to  attack  them  and  return  to  those  places 
where  we  formerly  met  with  such  damaging  and  un- 
fortunate encounter. 

In  the  event  of  this  attack  succeeding  to  any  extent,  it 
would  tend  to  the  furtherance  of  all  our  interests,  for,  in 
the  first  place,  we  should  have  the  most  important  trade 


Aug.,  1616]       speilbergen's  journal.  149 

with  the  Synese/  and  secondly,  since  it  is  a  land  of  fertility 
and  abundance,  the  other  countries  which  are  under  our 
dominion  could  be  furnished  with  all  their  requirements 
either  of  food  supplies  or  of  men  to  people  their  lands. 
All  of  which  would  serve  to  weaken  and  exhaust  our 
enemies  in  the  Molucques,  who  would  otherwise  get  all 
their  stock  of  food  from  the  latter. 

Here  you  have  briefly  the  condition  and  circumstances 
of  the  Molucques  and  of  the  Spanish  possessions  in  the 
same,  with  the  best  remedy  not  only  of  resisting  the  latter 
by  defensive  warfare  but  also  of  completely  shattering 
them  and  of  finally  putting  an  end  to  all  their  power. 

The  means  for  avoiding  the  harm  which  some  other 
European  nations  are  through  envy  attempting  to  inflict 
upon  us  are  sufficiently  well  known  to  those  who  are  most 
interested  and  injured  thereby.  Nothing  further,  there- 
fore, should  be  recommended  to  us  than  the  protection 
and  maintenance  of  a  realm  which  all  the  world  is 
attempting  to  win  and  upon  which  depends  the  welfare  of 
our  country  and  the  highest  interests  of  its  inhabitants. 


August. 
On  the  25th  of  August  we  reached  Japarre,^  where  we 
took  in  supplies  of  rice  and  other  provisions. 

September. 
On  the  15th  of  September  we  arrived  at  Jacatra,^  and 
there  our  ships  were  caulked  and  coppered  before  loading  ; 
whilst  we  were  doing  this  we  were  still  constantly  mindful 

1  Chinese. 

'^  Japara,  on  the  N.  coast  of  Java. 

^  Its  name  was  changed  to  Batavia,  on  March  4th,  1621   by  procla 
mation  of  the  Directors.     See  also  note  i  on  p.  151. 


f50  SPEILBERGEN^S  JOliRNAL.  [Sept.,  l6l 

of  Don  Jan  de  Silva's  armada,  for  we  were  well  aware  and 
had  been  circumstantially  informed  that  he  was  to  come 
from  Malacca  to  Bantam  and  Jacatra  for  the  purpose  of 
conquering  us. 

On  the  30th  of  the  said  month  we  received  reliable 
tidings  of  Don  Jan  de  Silva's  death  at  Malacca,  which  we 
opined  to  have  been  occasioned  by  poison,  and  that  his 
fleet,  being  much  weakened  and  diminished  both  in  men 
and  in  stores,  had  started  to  return  to  the  Manilles. 

We  have  already  related  how  they  spent  four  whole 
years  in  the  equipment  of  this  fleet,  without  having  per- 
formed anything  with  it  except  squander  their  men, 
ammunition,  and  stores,  and  that  to  the  great  hurt  and 
weakening  of  their  interests  there. 

During  the  time  that  we  lay  at  anchor  at  Jacatra  several 
ships  arrived  from  the  Molucques,  Banda,  and  other  parts, 
laden  with  all  kinds  of  spices  for  the  account  of  the 
General  Company.  Meanwhile  vessels  also  arrived  at 
various  times  from  home,  among  them  four  ships  of  extra- 
ordinary size,  well  equipped  with  soldiers,  sailors,  stores, 
and  large  quantities  of  Spanish  reals,  another  that  came 
from  Japon,^  similarly  laden  with  reals  and  uncoined  silver, 
besides  copper,  iron,  and  all  kinds  of  good  provisions, 
nearly  all  of  which  had  been  captured  and  taken  by  the 
conquest  of  a  Portuguese  ship  proceeding  to  Macoro.^ 

Among  the  aforesaid  Dutch  vessels  was  the  ship  West 
Vriesen,  from  Hoorn,  on  board  of  which  some  mutiny  had 
been  got  up  by  twenty-eight  men  who  had  intended  to 
overpower  the  said  vessel  and  make  themselves  masters  of 
it ;  but  the  treachery  having  come  to  light,  the  ringleader 
of  the  aforesaid  traitors  was  quartered  at  Bantam,  some 

^  Japan. 

2  This  must,  of  course,  be  Macao,  which  was  granted  to  the  Portu- 
guese, subject  to  an  annual  rent,  by  the  Chinese  emperor  in  1 586,  in 
return  for  assistance  against  pirates. 


Sept.,  1616]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  I51 

of  them  hanged,  after  their  fingers  had  been  cut  off,  and 
the  rest,  who  were  least  guilty,  condemned  to  the  galleys 
and  other  forms  of  slavery. 

October. 

On  the  20th  there  arrived  at  Jacatra  the  ship  named  the 
Eendrackty  of  Hoorn,  under  the  command  of  Jacques  le 
Maire,  having  set  out  from  the  Netherlands  on  the 
15th  July,  161 5,  and  come  south  of  Magellanes,  and 
whereas  it  was  found  that  the  said  vessel  was  not  asso- 
ciated with  the  General  Company  and  that  she  had  set 
out  on  this  voyage  without  their  orders,  the  President, 
Jan  Pieterssen  Coenen,^  confiscated  the  said  ship  on  behalf 


1  Jan  Pieterszoon  Coen,  the  fourth  of  the  Dutch  Governor-Generals 
of  India,  was  born  January  8th,  1587,  at  Hoorn.  He  proceeded  to 
India,  in  the  service  of  the  East  India  Company,  in  1607,  and  was 
made  Governor-General  at  the  early  age  of  31. 

"  Hitherto,  the  seat  of  government  had  been  at  Amboyna,  in  the 
Spice  Islands,  this  locality,  on  account  of  the  paramount  value  of  the 
spice  trade,  being  considered  at  the  time  the  most  appropriate  and 
convenient.  Koen's  prescience  soon  discovered  to  him  that  a  seat  of 
government  more  central,  and  in  a  country  of  superior  resources  to 
the  Moluccas,  was  indispensable  tor  the  consolidation  of  the  Dutch 
power,  and  he  naturally  fixed  on  Java,  and  that  portion  of  it  which 
appeared  accessible  to  him.  The  first  site  chosen  was  the  mouth  of 
the  river  Tangeran,  three  leagues  west  of  Batavia,  and  within  the 
same  wide  bay.  This,  however,  belonged  to  the  Prince  of  Jacatra, 
who  persistently  refused  to  cede  the  necessary  territory  The  strong- 
minded  Koen,  nothing  daunted,  determined  at  once  on  fixing  the 
future  capital  at  Jacatra  itself,  where  the  Dutch  had  had  a  factory 
since  161 1  ;  and  with  this  view  he  transferred  the  principal  part  of  the 
commercial  and  military  establishments  from  Bantam,  surrounded  the 
factory  of  Jacatra  with  a  rampart,  and  virtually  founded  the  city  of 
Batavia,  in  161 8  and  1619.  From  this  time  may  be  dated  the  founda- 
tion of  the  Dutch  Empire  in  the  Archipelago,  which,  most  probably, 
would  never  have  come  into  existence  had  the  seat  of  government 
continued  in  the  remote  Moluccas,  or  been  established,  according  to 
the  recommendation  of  the  home  authorities,  in  the  barren  island  of 
Banca. 

"  Koen  surrendered  the  government  in  1625,  and  once  more  returned 
to  Holland  ;  but  after  a  residence  in  Europe  of  four  years,  was  again 
appointed  Governor-General,  the  only  example  in  the  Dutch  annals  of 
a  second  nomination  to  this  high  trust.  .  .  .  The  active  and  laborious 
life  of  Koen  was  brought  to  a  close  (on  the  20th  September,  1629)  by 
a  sudden  stroke  of  apoplexy,  in  the  forty-second  year  of  his  age. 

"  Koen  was,  without  doubt,  a  man  of  great  ability,  full  of  resource. 


152  speilbergen's  journal.         [Oct.,  1616 

of  the  General  Company  and  transferred  her  crew  to  our 
vessels. 

On  a  voyage  of  such  long  duration  they  had  with  this 
vessel  discovered  no  unknown  nation,  no  countries  of  fresh 
intercourse,  nor  anything  that  might  be  for  the  common 
weal ;  although  they  claimed  to  have  found  a  shorter 
passage  than  the  usual  one,  yet  this  was  without  any 
probability,  since  they  had  spent  on  their  voyage  as  far  as 
Ternata  just  fifteen  months  and  three  days,  and  that,  too 
(according  to  their  own  admission)  with  a  favourable  wind 
and  only  one  ship,  which  is  not  called  upon  to  wait  for 
others,  as  happens  in  a  whole  fleet.  These  claimants  to 
the  discovery  of  a  new  passage  through  the  South  Sea 
were  greatly  surprised  that  the  fleet  under  Commander 
Spilbergen  had  been  so  long  before  at  Ternata,  after 
having  passed  through  the  Strait  of  Magellanes  with  such 
big  ships  (making  that  passage  within  eight  months  from 
their  departure),  and  that,  too,  notwithstanding  the  delays 
it  had  also  sufl'ered  in  visiting  many  places  and  countries 
such  as  Peru,  as  far  as  AcapuF  in  Californes,  in  addition 
to  those  experienced  in  the  Ladrones,  in  the  passage  of 
the  Manilles,  in  sailing  past  Cadera^  and  Tagima,*  as  we 


and  secret,  skilful,  and  bold  in  the  execution  of  his  projects.  His 
countrymen  describe  him  as  a  man  of  great  integrity,  and  a  lover  of 
justice  ;  but  the  patent  parts  of  his  administration  attest  that  he  was 
unscrupulous,  even  beyond  the  measure  of  other  adventurers  of  the 
seventeenth  century.  .  .  .  He  was  the  greatest  man  that  Dutch  India 
has  produced,  and  may  be  said  to  occupy  in  the  Dutch  annals  the 
same  place  that  Alboquerque  does  in  the  Portuguese  and  Clive  in  the 
English.  He  is  the  real  founder  of  the  Dutch  Empire  in  India  ;  and, 
although  but  a  mere  civilian,  he  was  enabled,  by  the  native  strength 
of  his  character,  to  effect  what  those  men  had  done,  clothed  with 
military  reputation.  His  countrymen,  however,  are  either  insensible 
to  his  merits  or  negligent  to  reward  them,  for,  down  to  the  present 
day,  no  monument  has  ever  been  erected  to  his  memory." — John 
Crawfurd,  A  Descriptive  Dictionary  of  the  Indian  Islands^  1856, 
pp.  198,  199.  Van  der  Aa  {Biographisch  W  oordenboek)  prefers  to 
spell  his  name  Coen,  on  the  authority  of  autographs  which  he  had 
himself  seen. 
2  Acapulco.  3  Cape  la  Caldera.  *  Taguima. 


Oct,  1616]         speilbergen's  journal.  153 

have  related  above,  and  finally  in  waging  two  distinct 
battles,  before  our  arrival  at  the  Molucques  with  the  whole 
fleet  of  six  vessels  at  the  end  of  nineteen  months  in  all. 

On  the  loth  of  November  there  arrived  in  the  roadstead 
at  Bantam  the  ship  Nassau,  under  the  command  of  Pieter 
van  den  Brouck  •}  it  came  from  the  Red  Sea,  where  it  had 
traded  in  the  town  of  Moca,  and  had  a  good  stock  of  both 
Spanish  reals  and  Turkish  ducats. 

On  the  1 2th  of  December  there  arrived  in  tlje  harbour 
of  Bantam  Commander  Steven  Doessens  with  two  vessels, 
to  wit,  Het  Wapen  van  Amsterdam,  and  the  ship  named 
Middelburchy  having  come  from  lambie^  through  the  Strait 
of  Malacca,  without  much  cargo. 

On  the  14th  of  the  same  month  Commander  Spilbergen 
made  all  preparations  for  sailing  home  with  the  two 
aforesaid  ships,^  the  tonnage  of  the  vessel  belonging  to 
Amsterdam  being  700  and  that  of  the  one  belonging  to 
Zeeland  600  lasts.*  God  grant  us  a  good  and  prosperous 
voyage. 


1  His  Historische  ende  Journaelsche  aentey ckeni7tgh^  covering  the 
years  1606  to  1630,  is  included  in  Commelin's  Begin  ende  Voortgangh^ 
Deel  II.  In  de  Renneville's  Recueil  it  forms  part  of  torn.  7  in  the 
edition  of  1725. 

2  "  lambe  is  on  the  East-side  of  Sumatra.  It  yeeldeth  like  great- 
grained  Pepper  as  Priaman,  but  is  not  subject  to  the  King  of  Achen, 
as  are  .  .  .  other  places  on  the  West-side." — Purchas,  op.  cit.^  Pt.  I, 

p.  532. 

^  From  this  entry  we  may  deduce  that  Speilbergen  returned  home 
with  two  ships  of  his  own  {vide  p.  132)  in  company  with  but  not  in 
command  of  the  two  vessels  under  Steven  Doessens.  The  fact  is 
corroborated  in  Schouten's  version  of  the  Australische  Navigatien  {vide 
the  note  on  p.  xxxii  in  this  volume),  where  Speilbergen's  own  ships 
are  erroneously  alluded  to  as  the  Amsterdam  and  the  Zeeland^  an 
error  copied  by  the  rhymester  in  his  Ode  (p.  8) ;  those  vessels  were 
probably  the  Groote  Sonne  and  Groote  Maane^  one  belonging  to  the 
town  of  Amsterdam,  the  other  to  the  province  of  Zeeland.  That 
Speilbergen  took  little  heed  of  Doessens'  vessels  is  evident  from  his 
statement  {vide  p.  164)  that  on  July  ist,  1617,  he  "  reached,  with  these 
two  richly-laden  vessels  [these  being,  of  course,  his  own,  since  the 
others  were,  as  mentioned  above,  '  without  much  cargo'],  the  harbour 
of"  his  country. 

^  A  last  was  equal  to  2  tons. 


154  speilbergen's  journal. 


A    SHORT    DESCRIPTION! 

Of  the  number  and  position  of  the  Forts,  Troops,  Heavy 

Ordnance  and  Appurtenances  in  the  service  of  the 

General  Company  in  the  Indies,  under  the  rule 

of  Their  High  Mightinesses  the  States 

General  of  the  United  Netherlands 

and  of  His  Pr.  Ex.  Maurice  of 

Nassau,  Prince  of  Orange, 

July,  1616. 

Firstly,  in  the  islands  of  the  Molucques. 

In  the  town  of  Maleya,  in  the  island  of  Ternata,  were 
the  following  captains  : — 

Captain  Frederick  Hamel,  of  's  Gravenhaghe  in  Holland. 

Captain  Willem  Eetvelt,  of  the  city  of  Brussels. 

Captain  Pieter  Backer,  of  Antwerp. 

Captain  Roelant  Philipsen,  of  's  Hertoghen-bossche. 

Captain  Goossen  van  Mammeren,  of  Berghen-op-zoom, 
each  of  their  companies  comprising  about  one  hundred 
men,  making  together  a  goodly  number  of  soldiers. 

This  town  is  moreover  well  built  and  fortified  with 
curtains,  bastions  and  flankings,  and  provided  with  good 
troops,  both  metal  and  iron  guns,  and  all  that  the  defence 
of  a  town  can  require. 

On  this  and  the  surrounding  islands  there  are  also  many 
forts  and  strongholds  well  equipped  for  war,  such  as 
Taloveque,  situated  not  far  from  Maleya,  for  which  the 
town  provides  the  guard. 

The  forts  of  Tacome  and  Zabou,  in  the  island  of  Gilolo, 
are  manned  by  the  garrisons  from  Tarnata. 

In  the  island  of  Tidor  there  is  a  fort  named  Marieco, 

*  See  the  Introduction,  p.  Ix. 


PLATE  No.    21 


Number  21  shows  Solor/  Amboyna,^ 

And  the  island  of  Nera^  with  Mount  Canapus,*  with  its  explanation 
indicated  as  under. 

A.  Is  the  Bay  of  Solor,  which  is  of  the  shape  as  you  can  see  depicted 

here. 

B.  Is  the  entrance,  between  two  hills,  the  one  somewhat  higher  than 

the  other. 

C.  Is  the  other  entrance  or  exit,  with  two  equally  high  hills. 

D.  Is  the  fort,  situated  on  a  hill,  and  surrounded  by  houses  in  which 

the  inhabitants  dwell. 

E.  Is  their  custom  or  manner  of  going  about,  with  a  servant  behind 

them. 

F.  Is  the  fort  on  the  island  of  Amboyna,  with  three  villages  lying 

close  by. 

G  and  E.  Is  the  fashion  of  dress  on  the  island  of  Amboyna  ;  they  are 
a  very  courageous  nation,  brave  in  combat  with  sword  and 
shield. 

H.  Is  the  island  of  Nera,  where  are  two  forts,  one  of  which  is  called 
Nassau,  the  other  Belgica.  Down  by  the  water  we  have  a 
redoubt,  inside  and  outside  of  which  there  are  houses. 

I.  Is  Mount  Canapus,  which  often  has  eruptions,  throwing  out  in- 
credible stones,  sulphur,  flames  and  smoke,  so  that  the 
effluvia  and  violence  make  the  land  all  around  barren. 

1  An  island  off  the  eastern  extremity  of  Flores,  in  the  Malay  Archi- 
pelago. 

'^  One  of  the  Molucca  Islands,  lying  to  the  south  of  the  western 
extremity  of  Ceram. 

2  Neira,  or  Pulo  Nera,  one  of  the  Banda  Islands. 
^  Gounong  Api  ;  vide  p.  219. 


speilbergen's  journal.  155 

being  very  strong  and  well  bastioned,  where  Willem  van 
Anssing  holds  command,  lying  there  with  his  whole 
company. 

In  the  island  of  Motier  there  is  a  strong  fort,  surrounded 
by  stone  walls  and  encircled  with  good  fortifications,  where 
Heyndrick  Mayer,  of  Mastricht,  is  in  garrison  and  has  the 
command,  with  a  fine  body  of  men. 

The  island  of  Macjan  is  under  the  command  of  the 
Lieutenant-Governor,  Gysbrecht  Vyanen,  of  Utrecht, 
having  three  fortresses  under  him,  well  provided  with 
ammunition  and  troops,  such  being  Tafasor,  Tabalole,  and 
Noffaca,  near  which  lies  the  harbour. 

The  island  of  Batsian  is  governed  by  Barthelomeus  van 
Speelberghen,  born  at  Antwerp,  he  being  the  chief  factor, 
and  having  under  his  command  the  fort  named  Barnevelt, 
which  is  very  well  built,  fortified  with  stone,  and  garrisoned 
with  many  soldiers,  in  addition  to  some  bands  of  Chinese. 

In  the  island  of  Amboyna  we  have  a  royal  castle,  lying 
within  its  ramparts  and  bastions,  in  which  Henrick  Steur, 
of  Somerdam,^  holds  the  command  with  a  hundred  and 
fifty  good  soldiers,  besides  some  other  strongholds,  such  as 
Coubella,  the  redoubt  of  Hittou  and  the  fort  of  Louw, 
which  is  defended  and  garrisoned  by  the  Tarnatans  ;  and 
the  general  command  of  the  whole  island  belongs  to 
Adriaen  Block- Mar ssens,  with  the  troops  under  his  orders. 

In  the  island  of  Banda  we  have  the  two  undermentioned 
forts,  both  built  of  stone :  in  the  island  of  Nera,  Fort 
Nassau,  which  is  manned  by  a  hundred  and  twenty  soldiers 
of  our  nation,  besides  a  large  number  of  Indians,  Chinese 
and  the  like.  The  other  is  Fort  Belgica,  manned  and 
provided  like  the  last,  and  both  are  under  the  command  of 
Captain  Hendrick  Beverlingh,  of  the  town  of  Ter-Goude. 

In  the  island  of  Poleway^  we  have  a  fort  named  Revenge, 

^  Somerdick,  on  p.  1 29.  ^  Pulo  Way. 


156  speilbergen's  journal. 

which  is  generally  manned  with  a  hundred  and  sixty 
soldiers  under  the  command  of  Van  der  Dussen  and  Jan 
Verhoeven,  of  Tiel,  both  captains. 

On  the  frontiers  of  Cormandel,  in  Palataque,^  our  country- 
men have  erected  a  very  magnificent  castle,  defended  only 
by  a  lieutenant  and  a  hundred  and  twenty  soldiers. 

The  two  towns  of  Negapata'^  and  Massepatan^  are  en- 
tirely on  our  side,  granting  us  free  trade  and  intercourse, 
wherefore  our  countrymen  have  at  their  request  presented 
them  with  a  few  pieces  of  ordnance  and  other  necessaries : 
and  in  all  these  places  the  chief  direction  of  all  matters  is 
in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Hans  de  Hase,  of  Antwerp,  who  is 
moreover  a  Councillor  of  India. 

In  the  town  of  Jacatra,  in  the  island  of  Java  Major, 
distant  one  day's  journey  from  Bantam,  a  large,  roomy 
and  excellent  building  has  been  erected,  in  which  folk  of 
various  handicrafts  dwell.  And  here  is  also  the  most 
important  magazine  of  war  stores,  provisions  and  every- 
thing requisite  for  the  equipment  of  ships,  this  being 
likewise  in  the  charge  and  at  the  disposal  of  the  Comptoir 
of  Bantam.  And  this  place  is  as  well  provided  with 
troops  and  heavy  ordnance,  with  all  its  appurtenances,  as 
any  other  place  of  importance  could  be. 

The  frigates  which  we  generally  keep  here  are  very  well 
equipped  and  furnished  with  cannon  and  troops,  besides 
many  slaves  and  prisoners  who  are  also  employed  thereon. 

These  are  briefly  the  position  and  details  of  the  forts 
and  places  which  we  have  in  this  part  of  the  world.  All 
of  which  places  are  according  to  their  requirements  well 
provided  with  soldiers  and  with  metal,  iron  and  stone 
ordnance,  the  total  number  of  which  is  here  given. 


1  Pulicat,  on  the  Coromandel  Coast.     "  Paleacate  standeth  in  thir- 
teene  degrees  and  thirtie  minutes." — Purchas,  op.  cit.^  Pt.  I,  p,  315. 

2  Negapatam.  ^  Masulipatam. 


SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  I  57 


Troops 

.     3000 

Metal  guns 

.       193 

Iron  guns 

•       320 

Stone  and  metal  niortars 

360 

Concerning  some  Abandoned  Places. 

In  the  island  of  Gilolo  we  had  a  fortress  named  Gemma- 
lanor,  which  is  demolished  and  abandoned  because  we  had 
no  attack  to  expect  on  that  side  and  because  the  foe  could 
not  get  up  any  enterprise  there. 

Similarly,  we  have  abandoned  a  stronghold  built  of 
stone  in  Botton  Island,^  between  the  Molucques  and  Java, 
because  we  considered  it  unnecessary. 

We  have  also  abandoned  the  fort  situated  in  the  islands 
of  Salor^  and  Timor,  whither  two  vessels  were  recently 
sent,  to  wit,  the  Arent  and  the  Sterre,  in  order  to  enter 
into  a  fresh  alliance  with  the  inhabitants. 

In  the  town  of  Gresei,^  ^v'^^g  in  the  island  of  Java,  we 
used  also  to  have  a  factory,  but  for  various  reasons  it  fell 
into  disuse. 

Similarly,  the  factory  in  the  capital  town  of  Aschien^has 
been  abandoned,  because  our  countrymen  had  fallen  into 
displeasure  with  the  king,  but  we  have  again  sent  two 
vessels  thither  in  order  to  use  every  endeavour  to  restore  it. 

Of  all  barbarian  kings  there  is  not  one  who  holds  our 
countrymen  in  greater  favour  than  the  King  of  Joor,^ 
although  he  has  no  support  nor  any  fortress  of  ours ; 
wherefore  his  enemies  inflict  much  harm  and  damage  in 
his  lands,  which  would  be  prevented  if  our  countrymen 
had  some  free  places  there  whither  they  might  repair. 

In  the  island  of  Selebes^  the  town  of  Macassar  was 
abandoned  by  young  and  inexperienced  men  who  did  not 

1  Booton  \.  2  solor.  '  Gressik. 

^  Acheen.  ^  Johore,  «  Celebes, 


158  speilbergen's  journal. 

take  into  consideration  the  great  trade  that  this  place  gave 
us  in  rice  and  sago,  which  we  use  instead  of  bread,  and  in 
other  necessaries  of  life ;  but  we  have  again  begun  to 
make  alliances. 

We  have  sent  some  ships  to  the  western  frontiers  of 
Sumatra,  to  the  towns  of  Ficos,^  Priaman  and  Silbe,^  in 
order  to  introduce  the  trade  there  in  whole  pepper. 

In  the  town  of  lambi,^  on  one  of  the  islands  of  Sumatra 
aforesaid,  near  the  Strait  of  Malacca,  we  have  a  trade  and 
store  of  pepper,  more  profitable  than  any  other,  and  here 
Andries  Surij,  being  the  chief  of  the  merchants,  resides 
permanently. 

In  the  kingdom  of  Borneo  we  have  also  free  trade  in 
diamonds  and  lapis  bezoar,*  under  the  direction  of  the 
merchant  Hendrick  Vaeck. 

In  the  famous  kingdom  of  Japon^  we  have,  too,  a 
magnificent  building  in  which  we  carry  on  trade  under  the 
direction  of  the  merchant  Jacob  Speck,  he  being  the 
author  of  the  said  building. 

It  is  true  that  in  the  duchy  of  Firando,^  situated  in  the 
aforesaid  kingdom,  the  trade  used  to  be  poor  and  small, 
but  now  the  condition  of  things  there  has  been  so  im- 
proved and  set  right  that  all  timber  work^  has  been 
brought  to  greater  perfection  and  renown  than  in  China 
itself,  besides  many  victuals  and  necessaries  of  life  we  get 
from  there. 

In  this  duchy  of  Firando  there  were  formerly  assembled 
many  Jesuits  who,  with  their  usual  subtlety,  had  not  only 
attracted  to  themselves  the  chief  wealth  and  treasure  of 

1  Tiku.  2  sileda.  ^  See  note  2,  p.  153. 

■*  Lapis  lazuli.  ^  Japan. 

^  The  island  of  Firando,  Firato,  Hirato  or  Hirando,  in  the  Strait  of 
Corea,  off  the  extreme  west  coast  of  Kiu-shiu.  The  town,  where  the 
Dutch  had  a  fort  from  1609  to  1640,  is  on  the  east  coast  of  the  island. 

^  Houdtwercken  in  original,  but  probably  to  be  read  handtwercken 
=  handicrafts  ;  the  work  abounds  in  misprints. 


speilbergen's  journal.  159 

the  country,  but  had  moreover  so  captured  the  hearts  and 
minds  of  the  principal  inhabitants  that  the  latter  claimed 
to  be  Christians,  after  their  fashion,  possessing  only  the 
superficial  knowledge  to  recite  the  Ave  Maria  and  to  make 
a  cross  :  but  the  Duke  finally  becoming  more  fully  alive  to 
the  means  employed  for  swallowing  up  his  goods  and 
treasures  drove  these  holy  fathers  right  out  of  his  duchy, 
after  having  first  had  a  large  nnmber  of  them  executed,  by 
which  course  the  said  country  has  since  that  time  been  rid 
of  that  plague.  And  the  inhabitants  have  moreover 
been  compelled  to  drop  what  they  had  learnt  from  the 
Christians  and  to  return  to  their  former  laws. 

In  the  island  of  Java  Major  there  is  a  king  who  is  called 
the  Great  Macaran,  under  whose  rule  we  have  many 
factories  and  all  kinds  of  commerce,  the  most  important  of 
which  is  in  Japara,  there  being  abundance  of  all  food  stuffs, 
such  as  rice,  oxen,  sheep,  goats,  beans,  peas,  dried  fish  and 
such  like,  all  of  which  are  just  the  things  of  use  to  us  for 
provisioning  the  Molucques,  Banda,  and  other  places. 

In  order  to  cement  more  solidly  our  friendship  with  the 
aforesaid  king  or  Great  Macaran,  Frederick  Druyfif,  of 
Enckhuysen,  has  now  been  sent  thither  as  an  ambassador 
of  the  General  Company,  having  taken  with  him  many 
presents  and  gifts^  to  bestow  upon  the  aforesaid  Macaran. 

In  the  aforesaid  island  of  Java  is  situated  the  very 
renowned  city  of  Bantam,  which  is  governed  by  the 
Pangoran,  who  holds  even  the  king  himself  in  subjection. 

In  this  town  are  the  principal  stores  and  trade  of  the 
whole  Indies,  but  all  under  the  direction  and  arbitrament 
of  the  said  Pangoran. 

In  the  harbour  of  this  town  all  the  ships  load  and 
discharge,  receiving  here,  too,  their  orders  and  instructions 


1  Gheschencken  ende  giften,  thoug^h  the  two  words  are  as  synony- 
mous as  in  the  English. 


l6o  SPEILBERGEN'S   JOURNAL. 

from  Mr.  Jan  Pieterssen  Coenen,  of  Hoorn,^  as  President- 
General  and  Director  of  all  trade,  factories,  and  matters 
pertaining  thereunto,  and  in  his  hands  must  be  placed 
all  the  books  and  accounts  of  the  whole  Indies,  which 
are  entered  here  in  a  general  book,  so  that  at  any  time 
the  condition  and  progress  of  all  affairs  can  be  seen 
here. 

Details  of  the  wealth  and  power  of  the  Molucques, 
Ternata,  Macjan,  Amboina,  Tidor  and  the  islands  of 
Banda,  as  well  as  all  other  particulars  have  been  given 
above  by  the  renowned  Captain  Apollonius  Schot,  of 
Middelburch,  a  man  of  reason  and  experience,  whereof  he 
hath  given  ample  testimony  throughout  the  Indies  and  the 
fruits  of  which  are  still  annually  accruing  to  the  advantage 
of  the  General  Company. 


A  LIST  OF  THE  VESSELS^ 

Which  were  at  divers  places  in  the  Indies  from  the  month 
of  July,  1616,  until  the  end  of  that  year. 

Off  the  town  of  Maleya  in  the  island  of  Ternata  in  the 
Molucques.     The  vessels  named  : 

De  oude  Sonne. 

De  oude  Maene. 

De  nieuive  Sonne. 

De  nieuwe  Maene. 

Vlissinghen. 

Den  Engel,  of  Delft. 

De  Hoope. 

De  Morgensterre,  of  Rotterdam,  and 

De  Jacht,  sailing  for  Amboina. 


^  See  note  i,  p.  151. 

2  See  the  Introduction,  p.  Ix. 


speilbergen's  journal.  i6i 

At  Japatra  :^ 

Lies  the  Hollandia,  also  called  the  Brandaris,  loading 

there  in  order  to  proceed  to  the  Molucques. 
Off  Bantam  lay  before  sailing  for  Amboina  and  Banda : 

De  Trouw. 

Nassau. 

Hoorn. 

De  Jacht,  from  Japon.^ 
For  Japon  there  sailed  : 

Den  swaj'ten  Leeuw. 
For  Timor  and  Solor  : 

Den  Arent. 

De  Sterre. 
For  Aschien  -? 

Den  Valck. 

De  Jacht. 
For  the  frontiers  of  Cormandel  and  Negapatan  : 

De7t  Neptunus. 

Den  gouden  Leeuw,  of  Rotterdam. 
For  lamby  :* 

A  barge  and 

De  halve  Maene. 
For  the   island    of   Inganfe^  and    the   frontiers  cast  of 
Sumatra  : 

De  Eendracht,  and 

Het  cleyn  Hollandia,  in  order  to  take  on  board  the 
crew  that  had  escaped  from  the  ^olus,  which,  whilst 
coming  from  the  frontiers  of  Cormandel,  laden  with 
merchandize,  had  been  wrecked  there,  with  very  little 
of  its  cargo  saved. 

1  Manifestly  Japara,  for  Jacatia  is  specified  below.    Cf.  le  Maire's 
entry  of  October  i6th,  1616,  on  pp.  230,  231. 

2  Japan.  ^  Acheen. 
•*  lambe.     See  note  2,  on  p.  153. 

^  Engano,  aboiit  125  miles  west  of  the  south  end  of  Sumatra. 

M 


i62  speilbergen's  journal.        [Dec,  1616 

In  the  harbour  of  Jacrata^  lay  : 

The  Vfieslandt,  of  Enckhuysen. 
And  at  Bantam, 

The  Nieuw  Vrieslandt,  of  Hoorn, 

Het  Wapen  van  Amsterdam,  and 

The  Middelburch,  of  Zeeland. 

From  the  frontiers  of  Cormandel  is  daily  expected  the 
vessel  Tergoes. 

From  the  aforesaid  islands  there  sailed  this  year  for 
home  Den  swarten  Beer,  laden  with  indigo. 

There  also  sailed  for  home  : 

In  October,  the  yacht  named  Het  Hert,  and 

The  vessel  Amsterdam. 
In  December, '/  nieuw  Zeelant. 

We  received  tidings  here  that  from  home  the  following 
had  sailed  hitherwards  : 

UEeudracht,  from  Amsterdam  ; 
^olus,  from  Zeeland. 

At  Banda  we  keep  two  frigates. 

At  Jacrata^  and  Bantam  we  have  moreover  some  barques 
and  shallops  to  the  number  of  thirty-seven,  besides  many 
barges  and  boats,  all  furnished  with  pieces  of  ordnance, 
hooks,  ammunition  and  troops,  and  which  are  fit  to  be  used 
in  all  encounters. 

This  is  briefly  our  condition  and  equipment  in  the  Indies. 
We  shall  now  once  more  proceed,  in  order  to  bring  our 
voyage  to  an  end  with  a  few  words. 


On  the  22nd  of  December  there  died  Jacques  le  Maire, 
who  had  commanded  the  aforementioned  Amsterdam  vessel 
throughout  the  passage   of  the  South  Sea,  wherefore  our 

^  Jacatra, 


Dec,  1616]  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  163 

Admiral  and  all  the  others  were  deeply  grieved,  since  he 
was  a  man  endowed  with  remarkable  knowledge  and  ex- 
perience in  matters  of  navigation. 

On  the  24th  of  January  of  the  year  16 1 7,  we  arrived 
towards  nightfall  off  the  island  of  Mauritius,^  where  we 
anchored,  taking  in  a  supply  of  water  and  other  provisions. 

On  the  30th  we  set  sail  from  the  bay  called  the  harbour 
of  Molucques,  proceeding  thence  in  an  eastward  direction. 

February. 

The  first  day  of  February  we  saw  and  passed  the  island 
named  Massarius.^ 

And  whereas  we  should,  in  our  opinion,  not  see  any  more 
land,  being  in  the  latitude  of  thirty-five  degrees,  and  all 
the  pilots  were  found  to  be  wrong  in  their  reckoning,  since 
we  could  get  no  bottom  at  120  fathoms,  we  therefore 
altered  our  course  on  March  1 1  to  north-west  by  north, 
because  all  were  of  opinion  that  the  Cape  de  Bonne 
Esperance  must  lie  to  the  east  of  us.^ 

On  the  30th  of  the  said  month,  four  hours  after  sunrise, 
we  came  in  sight  of  the  land  of  Sancta  Helena,  whereat 
everyone  showed  great  joy,  thanking  God  for  His  goodness. 

We  have  related  above^  that  we  had  got  separated  from 
our  other  Zeeland  vessel  already  more  than  three  months, 
but  by  God's  sufferance  we  found  it  here  in  the  harbour  of 
this  land,  whereby  still  greater  joy  and  gladness  was 
occasioned.  And  so  we  took  in  our  supply  of  fresh  water 
and  other  provisions  in  all  haste. 


^  Taken  possession  of  by  the  Dutch  in  1598,  and  abandoned  in 

1 7 10. 

'^  Reunion  or  Bourbon.  Originally  called  after  Mascarenhas,  who 
discovered  it  early  in  the  sixteenth  century. 

^  The  wording  of  this  paragraph  is  loose,  but  all  this  later  portion 
of  the  Journal,  from  December  onwards,  bears  evidence  of  hurried 
writing. 

*  That  is  not  so. 

M  2 


l64  SPEILBERGEN'S  JOURNAL.  [April,  1617 

April. 

On  April  7th  we  set  sail  for  St.  Helena. 

On  the  14th  of  the  same  month  we  saw  the  Island  of 
Ascension  by  night,  on  account  of  the  brightness  of  the 
moon. 

On  the  23rd,  we  saw  two  ships  out  at  sea,  and  notwith- 
standing the  signal  we  made  they  would  not  speak  with  us. 

May. 

On  the  13th  of  the  month  of  May  we  passed  north  of 
the  Salt  Islands. 

July. 

On  the  1st  day  of  July,  throu^^h  the  mercy  of  the 
Almighty,  we  reached,  with  these  two  richly-laden  vessels, 
the  harbour  of  our  country  in  the  province  of  Zealand, 
to  which  we  had  so  long  looked  forward,  wherefore  we  all 
thanked  and  praised  God  Almighty  for  the  mercy  shown 
us  and  for  bringing  us  back  from  so  long  and  not  less 
perilous  a  voyage. 

Here  endeth  the  Journal  of  Joris  Spilberghen,  whose 
passage  is  wonderful  and  very  entertaining  to  read.  Further 
are  appended  hereunto  the  Australian  Navigations  of 
Jacob  le  Maire,  for  this  reason,  to  wit,  that  in  this  preceding 
Journal  or  New  East  and  West  Indian  Navigations,  mention 
is  made  in  passing  Magellanes  Strait  of  a  thoroughfare 
into  the  South  Sea,  and  moreover,  that  this  aforementioned 
le  Maire  did  take  ship  with  the  aforesaid  Joris  Spilberghen 
in  order  to  return  home,  but  died  on  the  voyage  in  Joris 
Spilberghen's  presence,  and  so  rests  in  the  Lord. 


dc  yAisUcuru)^  zfnMrwm  rwnvinc  cla/u^ , 
jacovus  ^mayniLS  orti  pitcbat , 


tfU  sua. 


PORTRAIT    OF    JACOB    LE    MAIRE 

from  the  Dutch  Edition^  1 622, 
of  Antonio  de  Herreras  ^^Indias  Occidentales'' 


AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS 

discovered  by 

JACOB   LE   MAIRE, 

in  the  years  1615,  1616,  and  1617, 

Wherein  is  shown  in  what  manner  they  found  a  new 
thoroughfare  on  the  south  of  Magellanes  Strait 
extending  as  far  as  the  South  Sea,  with  a 
description  of  the  strange  nations, 
peoples,  countries  and  ad- 
ventures which  they 
saw  and  met 
with. 


To  THE  Reader. 

Whereas  by  a  certain  Charter  of  Their  High  Mighti- 
nesses the  States  General  of  the  United  Netherlands 
(granted  to  the  General  East  India  Company),  it  was 
forbidden  to  all  merchants  and  inhabitants  of  the  aforesaid 
Netherlands  to  sail  east  of  the  Cabo  de  bona  Esperance 
eastwards  and  through  the  Strait  of  Magellanes  westward, 
either  to  India  or  to  any  other  known  or  unknown 
countries,  Therefore  Isaack  le  Maire,  a  renowned  merchant 
of  Amsterdam,  dwelling  at  Egmont,  being  very  inclined  to 
trade  in  strange  and  far  distant  parts,  and  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten,  of  Hoorn,  (a  man  well  experienced 


t66  JACOB   Le  MAIRE^S 

and  very  famous  in  navigation,  as  having  already  sailed 
three  times  to  nearly  all  places  in  the  East  Indies  as 
skipper,  pilot,  and  merchant,  and  still  very  eager  after 
strange  voyages  and  the  visiting  of  new  and  unknown 
lands)  did  often  speak  and  deliberate  together  whether  it 
were  not  possible  to  come  by  some  other  way  not  men- 
tioned nor  forbidden  in  the  aforesaid  Charter  into  the 
great  South  Sea,  where  they  were  of  opinion  they  would 
discover  great  and  rich  countries  in  which  ships  would 
obtain  rich  cargoes,  since  the  aforesaid  le  Maire  said  he 
had  some  knowledge  thereof :  or  should  they  not  succeed 
in  this  according  to  wish,  that  they  should  then  sail  along 
the  aforesaid  great  South  Sea  to  East  India  and  certainly 
trade  there  with  profit.  They  finally  agreed  to  go  and 
make  a  search  in  the  most  southerly  and  unknown  part  of 
the  earth,  to  look  for  a  thoroughfare  south  of  the  Strait 
Magellani  extending  to  the  aforesaid  South  Sea,  of  which 
they  thought  there  was  no  small  probability,  from  various 
particulars  concerning  the  aforesaid  Strait  of  Magellanes 
discovered  by  others  at  divers  times.  And  in  order  to 
bring  this  matter  about  they  agreed  that  Isaac  le  Maire 
should  raise  one  half  and  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten  the 
other  half  of  the  monies  for  such  projected  voyage  from 
good  friends  and  admirers,  the  care  of  furthering  the  affair 
and  arranging  everything  being  left  to  Willem  Cornelisz. 
Schouten,  who  induced  Messieurs  Pieter  Clementsz. 
Brouwer,  formerly  burgomaster  of  the  town  of  Hoorn,  Jan 
Jansz.  Molenwerf,  alderman,  Jan  Clementsz.  Kies,  Secretary 
of  the  said  town,  and  Cornells  Segertsz.,  citizen  there,  to 
become  the  chief  participants  and  to  allow  themselves  to 
be  used  moreover  as  directors  together  with  the  aforesaid 
Willem  Schouten,  Isaac  le  Maire  and  Jacob  le  Maire,  son 
of  the  aforesaid  Isaac  ;  and  these  did  in  a  short  time 
collect  such  a  sum  of  money  as  they  understood  was 
necessary  for  their  projected  equipment,  without  however 


AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  167 

giving  any  of  the  participants  any  revelation  or  knowledge 
of  the  projected  voyage,  but  keeping  that  secret  amongst 
themselves,  the  aforesaid  directors.  In  order,  then,  to 
undertake  this  voyage  the  aforesaid  directors  equipped 
and  fitted  out  at  Hoorn  a  big  ship  and  a  yacht,  the  big 
ship  being  named  the  Eendracht,  of  about  no  lasts,^  the 
skipper  being  the  aforesaid  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten, 
and  the  supercargo  and  commander  of  the  voyage  the 
aforesaid  Jacob  le  Maire  and  his  brother  ;  it  carried  sixty- 
five  men,  nineteen  iron  guns,  twelve  mortars,  muskets  and 
other  ammunitions  of  war  in  proportion,  and,  for  the  safety 
of  the  ship,  a  big  sailing  shallop,  a  shallop  for  rowing,  a  boat 
and  a  skiff,  being  further  well  provided  with  anchors,  cables, 
sails  and  othe^  necessary  things.  The  yacht  named  Hoorn, 
of  about  55  lasts,  of  which  the  skipper  was  Jan  Cornelisz. 
Schouten  and  the  supercargo  Aris  Claesz.,  carried  twenty- 
two  men,  eight  iron  guns,  four  mortars  and  other  arms  in 
proportion,  and  was  further  well  provided  with  everything 
necessary  for  the  performance  of  such  a  voyage.  And  as 
they  made  their  intention  known  to  no  one,  as  has  been 
said,  they  engaged  all  the  sailors  necessary  for  their 
service,  as  well  as  boatswains  and  officers,  on  this  con- 
dition, that  they  should  proceed  whithersoever  it  should 
please  the  skipper  and  supercargo.  Wherefore  very  diverse 
opinions  obtained  among  the  crews  concerning  this  voyage 
and  these  ships,  which  were  finally  called  the  Goldseekers, 
but  the  aforesaid  directors  called  their  assembly  the 
Australian  Company.  The  vessels  being  equipped,  all 
the  crews  were  inspected  by  the  sheriff  and  aldermen  of 
the  town  of  Hoorn  on  May  i6th,  161 5  ;  on  the  25th,  the 
Eendracht  sailed  from  Hoorn  and  arrived  at  Tessel^  on  the 
27th.  The  yacht  followed  from  Hoorn  on  June  3rd,  and 
arrived  at  Tessel  the  following  day.     What  befell  them 

^  220  tons.  ''  T^xel. 


t68  AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS. 

further  and  on  the  whole  of  their  voyage  has  been  truly- 
set  out  in  the  following  narrative  from  the  writings  and 
verbal  accounts  of  those  who  saw  and  experienced  the 
same,  and  who  were  not  of  the  meanest  in  that  voyage, 
either  in  rank  or  service.^ 

Farewell. 


*  Concerning  the  rival  claims  to  the  authorship  of  this  Journal,  see 
the  Introduction,  pp.  xlvii-xlviii. 


AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS 

Discovered  by  JACOB  LE  Maire  in  the  years  1615,  1616 

and  161 7,  wherein   is  shown  in   what  manner  they 

found    a  new  thoroughfare  on   the   south   of 

Magellanes  Strait  extending  as  far  as  the 

South  Sea,  with  a  description  of  the 

strange  nations,  peoples,  countries 

and  adventures  which  they 

saw  and  met  with. 


June,  161 5. 

Towards  evening  on  June  14th  we  sailed  out  of  the 
harbour  of  Tessel.^ 

On  the  morning  of  the  i6th  we  came  in  sight  of  Duyn- 
kerchen^  and  drifted  that  day  with  the  high  tide  and  fine 
weather  as  far  as  the  Straits. 

On  the  morning  of  the  17th  we  anchored  in  the  Downs 
on  account  of  contrary  winds  ;  there  Skipper  Willem  Cor- 
nelisz.  Schout  went  ashore  at  Doeveren^  and  hired  an 
English  gunner,  who  came  on  board  on  the  morning  of  the 
19th  with  the  men  who  had  been  to  get  water. 

At  midday  on  the  19th  we  set  sail  thence ;  towards  the 
evening  a  big  fleet  of  Dutch  salt-ships  met  us  near  the 
Singels.* 

On  the  2 1  St  we  had  a  storm  from  the  south-west,  which 
still  continued  on   the    22nd,   wherefore    we   dropped    a 


1  Texel.  2  Dunkirk.  »  Dover. 

*  The  Shingles,  Dungeness. 


1^6  JACOB  Lfi  MAIRE^S  [June,  1 615 

driving  anchor  and  ran  into  Wicht/  where  the  skipper 
tried  to  engage  a  carpenter  but  could  not  get  one. 

On  the  2Sth  we  sailed  out  of  Wicht  and  arrived  at 
Pleymuyen^  towards  noon  on  the  27th,  where  the  skipper 
engaged  a  carpenter  of  Medenblick. 

Early  on  the  morning  of  the  28th  we  sailed  out  of 
Pleymuyen  with  an  east-nor'-east  wind. 

On  the  29th  the  weather  was  fine,  and  the  skipper  and 
clerk  of  the  yacht  came  aboard  the  big  vessel  ;  it  was 
resolved  that  on  the  4th  of  the  ensuing  month  rations 
should  be  dealt  out,  that  is  to  say,  on  long  voyages  food 
and  drink  are  dealt  out  to  the  crew  by  weight  and  measure 
each  man  receiving  a  portion  which  must  serve  him. 

/u/j/. 

On  the  4th,  according  to  resolution,  the  first  rations  were 
dealt  out,  to  wit,  to  each  man  a  tankard  of  beer  per  day, 
four  pounds  of  bread,  and  half  a  pound  of  butter  (with 
allowance  for  melting)  per  week,  and  five  cheeses  for  the 
whole  voyage. 

On  the  8th,  in  the  latitude  of  39"  25',  near  the  Baerels,'* 
the  second  carpenter  of  the  yacht  died,  after  an  illness  of 
not  two  days. 

On  the  9th  and  loth  we  had  a  northerly  and  north- 
easterly wind,  and  went  briskly  along,  so  that  we  came  in 
sight  of  Porto  Santo  and  Madera  on  the  nth,  passing 
them  on  the  east. 

On  the  morning  of  the  12th  we  saw  Salvages,*  passing  it 
about  two  miles  to  larboard. 

On  the  morning  of  the  13th  we  saw  the  islands  of 
Tenerifa  and  Great  Canaries ;  about  noon  we  ran  through 

1  The  Isle  of  Wight.  2  Plymouth. 

^  Meaning  the  Cabreras,  the  southern  group  of  the  Azores  being 
early  so  called  ;  this  error,  like  many  others,  is  evidently  that  of  a 
transcriber. 

*  A  group  of  rocky  islets  in  3o'-3o'  9'  S.,  15^  59'-i6°  6'  W. 


July,  1615]         AUSTRALIAN   NAVtGAttONS.  t^l 

between  both  with  a  stiff  nor'-nor'-east  wind  and  good 
progress. 

Between  the  14th  and  15th  we  passed  the  Tropic  of 
Cancer  with  the  same  wind  and  progress. 

On  the  morning  of  the  i6th  we  encountered  big  waves 
with  a  nor'-nor'-east  wind  ;  the  boat  that  trailed  behind 
the  big  ship  filled  with  water  and  the  ropes  broke,  so  that 
we  lost  her,  though  we  had  safely  towed  her  from  Hoorn 
as  far  as  tjiis.     At  noon  we  were  in  latitude  20"  30'. 

On  the  17th  and  i8th  we  had  fine  weather  and  made 
good  progress  ;  the  wind  being  in  the  north,  nor'-nor'-west 
and  north-west,  we  proceeded  west  and  south  and  reached 
latitude  14^  45'  by  noon  on  the  19th. 

On  the  morning  of  the  20th  we  found  ourselves  north  of 
Cabo  Verde,  were  in  8  fathoms  when  we  first  sighted  land, 
sailed  along  the  coast  and  at  daybreak  the  cape  lay  west 
by  south  of  us,  so  that  with  a  nor'-nor'-westerly  wind  we 
were  unable  to  double  it,  and  therefore  obliged  to  anchor 
close  to  the  shore  in  32  fathoms.  The  following  night  it 
blew  hard  with  much  thunder  and  rain. 

On  the  morning  of  the  21st  the  wind  was  sou'-sou'-east, 
and  variable  at  daybreak,  so  that  we  set  sail,  shaping  our 
course  out  to  sea,  first  west  by  north,  afterwards  north- 
west, but  we  made  only  about  6  miles  the  whole  of  that 
day. 

On  the  22nd  we  drifted  nearly  all  day  in  a  calm,  with 
our  sails  down  ;  Cabo  Verde  lay  east  of  us  and  towards 
evening  we  saw  a  sail  to  the  south  of  us,  running  to  the 
north-west. 

On  the  morning  of  the  23rd  the  wind  was  south,  so  that 
we  were  unable  to  double  the  cape  but  obliged  to  anchor 
on  account  of  the  current.  Towards  noon  we  set  sail 
again  with  a  westerly  wind,  got  round  the  cape  and  came 
to  anchor  at  night  inside  of  the  second  island,  in  the  usual 
roadstead,  in  10  fathoms  and  on  a  sandy  bottom. 


t7i  JACOB  LE  maire's  [July,  1615 

On  the  24th  it  rained  very  much  and  we  made  prepara- 
tions for  getting  in  a  supply  of  water. 

On  the  25th  the  Alkayer  (who  is  as  much  as  Governor) 
came  aboard,  and  we  arranged  with  him  that  for  eight 
rods  of  iron  we  might  get  water  for  both  ships  in  peace. 

On  the  26th,  it  was  dark  rainy  weather  and  we  saw  a 
ship  come  in  from  sea  and  anchor  2  miles  from  us  close  to 
the  shore  ;  it  was  a  boat  from  Rotterdam  which  came 
there  to  trade  with  the  shore. 

On  the  28th  and  29th  we  took  in  a  supply  of  water, 
and  our  yacht  went  under  sail  to  the  place  where  the 
Rotterdam  vessel  lay  in  a  bay  named  Refresco/  in  order 
to  ascertain  whether  we  could  get  any  lemons  there,  but 
she  came  back  in  the  evening  without  having  been  able 
to  obtain  any. 

On  the  31st,  a  French  vessel  came  in  from  sea  to  lie  at 
anchor  with  us  in  the  roadstead.  We  had  the  same  day 
kept  on  board  a  negro  who  showed  us  at  night  a  good 
place  in  which  to  fish,  and  our  men,  having  gone  ashore 
with  the  drag-net,  caught  as  much  fish  of  various  kinds  as 
both  crews  were  able  to  eat  in  two  days. 

On  the  morning  of  August  ist  we  set  sail  from  Cabo 
Verde  together  with  the  little  Rotterdam  vessel,  which 
parted  from  us  at  noon,  shaping  her  course  for  the  Salt 
Islands.  We  had  fine  weather  for  the  next  twenty-four 
hours  and  a  fine  continuous  breeze  from  the  north,  and 
proceeded  towards  the  south-west. 

From  the  2nd  to  the  i8th  we  had  many  variable  winds. 

^  To-day  there  is  a  town  here  known  as  Rufisque,  which  name  is  a 
corruption  of  Rio  Fresco,  the  river  that  runs  into  the  bay.  The  bay 
itself  is  still  called  Goree — a  corruption  of  Goeree  (or  Goede 
Reede  =  good  roadstead) — the  name  originally  given  to  it  by  the 
Dutch,  not  appropriately,  for  the  roadstead  is  a  bad  one,  but  in 
honour  of  the  town  in  Holland  from  which  they  set  out. 


Aug.,  1615]         AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  I73 

On  the  1 8th  and  19th  the  wind  continued  as  before,  and 
we  resolved  to  set  our  course  for  Sierra  Liona  in  order 
to  provision  there,  since  our  crew  was  fast  beginning  to 
contract  scurvy  and  we  were  forced  by  strong  contrary 
winds  to  lie  to  daily  ;  it  was  also  too  late  for  a  speedy 
passage  across  the  line,  nor  should  we  have  got  much 
provisions  at  the  Cape.  During  these  twenty-four  hours 
we  had  fine  weather  and  a  fair  breeze,  and  at  noon  we 
reached  the  latitude  of  f  55'. 

At  noon  on  the  20th  we  were  in  latitude  7°  25',  with 
fine  weather  and  a  lively  breeze  from  the  south,  proceeded 
east  and  east  by  north,  and  saw  many  land  birds  and 
changes  of  water.  Towards  the  evening  we  cast  the  lead 
in  30  fathoms  on  a  sandy  bottom  and  found  the  land  some 
40  miles  before  we  had  thought  to  do  so,  anchoring  at 
night  in  16  fathoms  on  the  western  side  of  the  Baixos  of 
S.  Anna.i 

On  the  morning  of  the  21st  we  set  sail  at  daybreak  and 
saw  the  high  land  of  Sierra  Liona  about  6  miles  from  us 
north-east  by  north  ;  we  also  saw  the  islands  of  Mabra- 
bomba,^  which  lie  at  the  south  corner  of  the  high  land  of 
Sierra  Liona,  north  of  the  Baixos  of  S.  Anna.  Sierra 
Liona  is  a  very  high  land,  so  that  there  is  in  those  parts 
no  land  so  high  between  Cabo  Verde  and  the  coast  of 
Guinea,  wherefore,  too,  it  is  easily  distinguishable.  We 
did  our  best  to  get  near  the  land  that  day  and  had  the 
current  mostly  in  our  favour,  running  along  the  shore  and 
also  past  the  Baixos  of  S.  Anna  in  10,  9,  8,  7,  and  5  fathoms 
of  water.  When  we  sailed  to  the  north  it  got  deeper, 
when  to  the  east  shallower,  so  that  at  high  tide  in  the 
evening  we  anchored  in  5|  fathoms  on  a  soft  bottom, 
though  at  low  tide  in  the  night  it  was  not  deeper  than  4J 
fathoms,  but  it  was  fine  clear  weather. 

1  The'!Shoals  of  St.  Ann.     See  next  paragraph. 

2  Banana  Is. 


174  JACOB   LE   MAIRE'S  [Aug.,  1615 

At  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the  22nd  the  skipper, 
Willem  Schouten,  went  aboard  the  yacht  and  sailed  on  in 
advance  with  her,  the  big  ship  following.  With  a  north- 
westerly wind  we  ran  to  the  nor'-nor'-east  on  an  ebb  tide, 
getting  into  18  fathoms  immediately  after  leaving  the 
Baixos  and  coming  near  the  islands  of  Mabrabomba. 
These  are  very  high  and  are  situated,  three  of  them  in 
a  row,  S.S.W.  and  N.N.E.,  half  a  mile  out  to  sea  from  the 
south  corner  of  Sierra  Liona.  There  we  got  into  shallow 
water  of  5  and  4  fathoms,  with  a  bad  muddy  bottom. 

We  anchored  about  a  mile  from  the  shore,  landed  there, 
but  found  it  uninhabited  by  human  beings,  though  we 
saw  numerous  footprints  of  big  wild  beasts  ;  the  country 
was  desolate,  full  of  wildnesses,  low  swamps  and  high 
mountains. 

On  the  morning  of  the  23rd  the  supercargo,  Jacob  le 
Maire,  went  aboard  the  yacht  and  thence  rowed  ashore 
with  both  the  boats.  They  found  a  river  before  which  lay 
some  rocks  and  reefs,  so  that  no  ships  could  get  into  it, 
but  once  inside  it  was  deep  and  wide  enough  for  ships  to 
tack.  They  found  no  people  here  either,  but  saw  three 
wild  oxen  and  numbers  of  marmosets,  as  well  as  some 
birds  that  barked  like  dogs.  They  went  up  some  3  miles 
on  the  rising  tide,  found  here  and  there  a  wild  palmite,  but 
came  back  on  board  in  the  evening  without  having  seen 
any  signs  of  human  beings  or  of  any  fruits  that  could  be 
of  use  to  them. 

On  the  24th  both  the  skiffs  proceeded  ashore  again  in 
order  to  look  for  human  beings  or  for  some  edible  fruits, 
each  going  up  a  different  river,  Aris  Claesz.,  of  the  yacht, 
with  one  of  the  assistants,  in  the  one,  and  Claes  Jansz.  Ban, 
with  our  second  mate  in  the  other  ;  both  went  up  for  some 
5  miles,  and  returned  on  board  on  the  morning  of  the  25th. 
The  supercargo  of  the  yacht  had  been  in  a  salt-water 
river  e^nd  had  had  no  luck,  bringing  only  five  or  six  wild 


Aug.,  1615]        AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  175 

palmites.  But  Claes  Jansz.  Ban  had  been  in  a  fresh-water 
river  and  had  found  a  spot  there  with  eight  or  nine  lemon 
trees  ;  these  they  had  shaken  and  had  got  from  them  about 
750  lemons,  which  were  almost  ripe  and  fit  for  keeping. 
They  had  also  seen  there  many  turtles  and  some  crocodiles, 
but  no  human  beings.  We  resolved  to  make  an  attempt 
to  get  into  that  fresh-water  river  with  both  our  ships  in 
order  to  provide  ourselves  there  with  fresh  water  and 
lemons  ;  we  set  sail  but  found  too  little  water,  so  that 
we  had  to  anchor  in  6  fathoms.  The  yacht  anchored  in 
front  of  the  river,  near  the  lee-shore,  but  found  bad  water 
on  account  of  the  whirl  from  the  Baxios  of  S.  Anna.  The 
supercargo,  Jacob  Ic  Maire,  and  Aries  Claesz.,  supercargo 
of  the  yacht,  proceeded  up  the  river  in  the  boat,  in  very 
rainy  weather. 

On  the  i6thi  it  blew  a  stiff  breeze  from  the  sou'-sou'- 
west,  so  that  we  could  do  nothing  in  the  way  of  sailing, 
but  the  yacht  ran  to  the  south  corner  of  the  bay,  which  is 
about  5  miles  wide,  from  the  northern  to  the  southern 
shore. 

On  the  morning  of  the  27th  we  weighed  anchor,  in  order 
to  sail  to  the  yacht  and  about  noon  the  supercargo,  Jacob 
le  Maire,  came  back  on  board  in  the  yacht's  boat,  bringing 
with  him  about  1400  lemons  which  they  had  obtained 
here  and  there  in  the  aforementioned  river,  without  having 
seen  any  human  beings.  In  the  evening  we  came  near 
the  yacht  and  anchored  there  in  4 J  fathoms. 

On  the  28th,  our  first  mate  proceeded  with  two  boats  up 
the  river  before  which  we  were  lying  and  returned  in  the 
evening,  having  found  no  country  fit  for  exploration  nor 
any  sign  of  human  beings,  but  only  a  buffalo  with  its 
calf,  and  for  the  rest  swamp  and  trees,  which  stood  in  the 
salt  water. 

*  Should,  of  course,  be  26th. 


1/6  JACOB   LE   MAIRE'S  [Aug.,  1615 

On  the  29th,  having  found  that  we  were  not  in  the 
river  of  Sierra  Liona  we  decided  very  early  to  set  sail  and 
ran  along  north  of  the  high  land.  At  noon  we  sailed  past 
the  islands  of  Mabrobomba/  that  is,  to  the  west  of  them, 
and  towards  the  high  land  on  the  north,  in  12  and  15 
fathoms  all  the  time,  and  in  the  evening  got  round  the 
corner,  where  we  anchored  in  1 5  fathoms. 

On  the  morning  of  the  30th  we  weighed  anchor  and 
drifted  with  the  current  and  a  southerly  wind  off  the 
village  in  the  roadstead  of  Sierra  Liona,  anchoring  there 
in  8  fathoms  on  a  sandy  bottom,  about  a  musket  shot 
from  shore,  where  wc  saw  eight  or  nine  huts  thatched  with 
straw.  The  blacks  called  to  us  in  their  language  that  we 
should  fetch  them  on  board  since  they  have  no  canoes 
there.  We  sent  our  boat  ashore,  which  immediately 
returned  with  five  blacks,  one  of  whom  was  the  inter- 
preter. The  latter  desired  that  some  men  should  stay  as 
hostages,  for  shortly  before  a  French  ship  had  come  there 
and  had  carried  off  two  blacks.  Aris  Claesz.,  who  had 
gone  ashore  in  the  boat,  remained  as  a  hostage,  having 
with  him  a  few  beads,  which  he  bartered  away  that 
afternoon  for  some  700  lemons,  nearly  quite  ripe,  and  two 
bunches  of  bananas,  also  nearly  ripe.  The  interpreter 
spoke  all  sorts  of  languages  mixed.  As  it  was  fine 
weather  all  the  time,  our  men  made  another  journey  that 
day  for  water,  which  is  very  easily  obtainable  there, 
running  down  from  the  mountains  right  into  the  harbour, 
so  that  all  we  did  was  to  hold  the  barrels  under  the 
cascade  and  then  place  them  in  the  boat.  It  was  very 
good  water. 

On  the  31st  we  got  our  casks  full  of  water  and  in  the 
morning  Jacob  le  Maire,  Aris  Claesz.,  Claes  Jansz.  Ban  and 
all  the  assistants  went  ashore  and  got  that  day  by  barter, 

^   Vu/e  supra,  p.  17,4. 


Aug.,  1615]        AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  177 

at  a  guess,  some  twenty-five  thousand  lemons,  all  for  a  few 
beads  and  some  poor  Nuremberg  knives.  We  could  have 
got  a  hundred  thousand,  had  we  desired  them,  for  there 
were  whole  forests  full  of  them.  In  the  evening  we  also 
bartered  \vith  the  negros  for  a  quantity  of  fish. 


September. 

On  September  ist,  in  the  afternoon,  we  weighed  anchor 
and  drifted  down  again  with  the  current,  with  fine  weather 
and  a  good  breeze.  Towards  evening  we  anchored  near 
the  mouth  of  the  sea,^  before  a  small  stream. 

On  the  morning  of  the  2nd  our  yacht  proceeded  to  the 
beach  at  high  tide,  in  order  to  be  cleaned  ;  the  place 
afforded  a  good  opportunity,  the  water  rising  and  falling 
seven  feet.  In  the  evening  our  men  came  aboard  again 
bringing  with  them  a  small  white  animal  called  an  antilopy 
which  they  had  found  in  the  bush  in  a  trap  set  by  the 
negroes.  They  also  brought  some  lemons  aboard  and 
towards  evening  the  boat  went  out  fishing,  bringing  back  a 
good  quantity,  with  a  number  of  palmites,  which  the  men 
had  cut  down  in  the  bush. 

On  the  3rd,  in  the  afternoon,  the  yacht  returned  from 
the  beach  already  cleaned  ;  our  skipper,  too,  went  out 
fishing,  and  brought  a  good  quantity  of  fish  aboard  in  the 
evening,  fish  of  a  shape  like  shoemakers'  knives.  The  men 
also  brought  aboard  1 50  lemons  apiece. 

Early  on  the  morning  of  the  4th  we  weighed  our  anchors 
and  set  sail  from  Sierra  Liona,  with  little  breeze,  but 
anchored  again  at  night  on  account  of  contrary  winds  in 
14  fathoms,  on  a  good  bottom. 

On  the  5th,  in  the  first  watch,  we  weighed  anchor  again 
and  set  sail. 


bij  de  mondt  vande  Zee." 

N 


178  JACOB   LE   MAIRE's  [Sept.,  161 

From  the  6th  to  the  i8th  we  had  much  calm  weather, 
with  variable  winds,  and  dropped  anchor  several  times. 

At  noon  on  the  i8th  we  set  sail,  and  our  yacht  lost  its 
cable  and  anchor  by  reason  of  the  pitching  whilst  it  was 
being  weighed.  It  was  blowing  a  stiff  breeze  and  the 
waves  were  pretty  high. 

On  the  morning  of  the  19th  we  resolved  to  put  in  to 
Sierra  Liona  again  for  refreshment  and  water,  since  we 
still  had  contrary  winds  and  were  quite  weary  of  the  sea 
on  account  of  the  daily  storms  and  rain.  In  the  afternoon 
we  again  got  the  right  wind  from  the  north-west,  wherefore 
we  once  more  altered  our  course  towards  the  south  in 
order  to  proceed  on  our  voyage. 

On  the  20th  we  still  had  the  right  wind  and  kept  on  our 
way  to  the  south  ;  at  noon  we  were  in  latitude  8°  30'. 

On  the  2 1st  and  during  the  rest  of  the  month  we  had 
variable  winds  and  much  calm  weather,  with  heavy  and 
furious  rains  each  day.  At  noon  on  the  30th  our  latitude 
was  five  degrees. 

October, 

In  the  beginning  of  October  we  had  variable  winds  and 
occasional  calms,  and  it  rained  heavily  for  whole  days  and 
nights  together. 

On  the  5th  we  were  in  latitude  4°  27'.  About  noon  there 
was  such  a  din  forward,  at  the  bow  of  the  vessel,  that  our 
skipper,  who  was  aft,  in  the  gallery,  thought  that  a  man 
had  fallen  from  the  bows  of  the  ship  or  from  the  bowsprit 
into  the  water,  but  on  looking  over  the  side  he  saw  that  the 
sea  was  quite  red  with  blood,  as  if  a  large  quantity  of 
blood  had  been  poured  out,  whereat  he  was  astonished,  not 
knowing  what  it  could  mean.  But  afterwards  we  dis- 
covered that  a  great  horned  fish  or  sea-monster  had  struck 
the  ship  with  his  horn  with  most  wonderful  force,  for  when 
we  reached  Porto  Desire  and  beached  the  vessel  in  order  to 


Oct.,  l6l5]  AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  I79 

clean  her,  we  found  sticking  in  the  ship,  forward  in  the 
bow,  about  seven  feet  below  the  water-line,  a  horn,  very 
similar  in  shape  and  thickness  to  the  end  of  an  ordinary- 
elephant's  tusk,  not  hollow,  but  full  of  very  firm,  strong  and 
exceedingly  hard  bone.  It  pierced  through  three  sheath- 
ings  of  the  vessel,  to  wit,  through  two  stout  fir  planks, 
through  another  of  stout  oak  and  partly  through  another  rib, 
where  it  was  finally  stopped,  to  our  great  good  fortune,  for 
if  it  had  penetrated  between  the  ribs  into  the  interior  of 
the  ship  it  would  possibly  have  made  a  larger  hole  and 
have  endangered  the  safety  of  the  vessel  with  all  aboard. 
This  horn  was  sticking  in  the  ship's  side  to  the  depth  of 
quite  half  a  foot,  with  nearly  half  a  foot  protruding,  where 
it  had  been  broken  off  short  with  great  violence,  this  having 
caused  the  monster  to  bleed  so  profusely. 

From  the  6th  to  the  19th  and  20th  we  made  fairly  good 
progress  and  saw  many  whales ;  the  preceding  night  we 
passed  the  equinoctial  line. 

On  the  28th  we  had  the  same  wind  and  course  as  before. 
Until  this  moment  we  had  sailed  without  anyone  aboard 
our  vessels  (excepting  only  our  Skipper  and  Director, 
Willem  Cornelisz.  Schout,  and  the  supercargo,  Jacob  le 
Maire),  knowing  whither  we  were  bound :  then  they  read 
read  out  before  all  of  us  the  aim  of  our  voyage,  which  was 
that  we  should  try  to  get  by  a  way  other  than  the  Strait  of 
Magellanes  into  the  South  Sea  in  order  to  discover  there 
certain  new  countries  in  the  south  where  it  was  thought 
great  wealth  could  be  got,  or,  if  that  did  not  succeed 
according  to  desire,  that  we  should  then  sail  along  the 
great  South  Sea  to  the  East  Indies.  There  was  great  joy 
among  the  crew  that  day  concerning  this  declaration,  for 
they  now  knew  whither  they  were  being  taken,  and  each 
one  hoped  to  get  something  on  his  own  account  out  of  a 
prosperous  voyage  and  to  profit  by  it. 

N  2 


i8o  JACOB  LE  M aire's  [Nov.,  1615 

November^ 

On  November  ist  we  were  in  latitude  13°  30'  and  passed 
the  sun,  so  that  now  we  got  the  latter  to  the  north  of  us  at 
noon. 

On  the  3rd  our  latitude  was  19°  2d.  We  saw  some 
black  birds  and  two  or  three  gannets,  and  in  the  afternoon 
we  sighted  one  of  the  islands  of  Martin  Vaes^  named 
Ascension  ;^  it  lay  south-east  by  east  of  us,  in  the  latitude 
of  20°,  and  we  found  there  increasing  north-east  variations 
of  12°.  The  wind  continued  to  blow  from  the  north  and 
nor'-nor'-east,  as  on  the  preceding  days,  and  we  kept  our 
course  to  the  south.  That  day  the  crew  received  a  double 
ration  of  wine  because  we  had  passed  the  dangerous  shoals 
of  the  Abrolhos. 

The  following  days,  down  to  the  20th,  we  sailed  mostly 
to  the  south  and  south-west. 

On  the  20th  our  latitude  was  36°  57'.  We  saw  many 
quails  floating  about  and  great  quantities  of  sea-lice, 
vermin  very  similar  to  lice,  of  about  the  size  of  a  small  fly. 

On  the  22nd  the  Council  ordered  each  man  to  be  given 
a  quartern  of  Spanish  wine  daily  and  a  quartern  of  oil 
weekly,  the  French  wine  and  butter  being  finished. 

On  the  23rd  we  saw  a  number  of  whales  and  a  pale  sea  ; 
at  noon  our  latitude  was  40°  56'. 

On  the  24th  we  still  saw  many  large  fish  and  a  deal  of 
rock-weed  floating  about ;  we  got  some  high  seas  from  the 
west  and  saw  a  large  number  of  birds. 

On  the  30th  we  got  into  pale  water,  as  if  we  were  near 
land;  our  latitude  was  46°  15'  and  we  again  saw  many 
birds. 


^  Not,  of  course,  to  be  confounded  with  the  better-known  Ascension 
in  70°  56'  S.  The  Martin  Vaz  Islands  are  a  rocky  group  of  five 
between  20°  27'- 20'  29'  S. 


Number  22  is  PoRTO  Desire, 
With  an  explanation  of  some  references  in  the  following  map. 

A.  Is  Spieringh-Bay  where  (having  sailed  into  it  in  error)  we  lay  all 

night  in  very  great  danger  of  losing  the  ship. 

B.  The  spot  where  we  were  driven  ashore  with  the  vessels  and  got 

aground,  so  that  it  was  possible  to  walk  dry-shod  under  the 
yacht,  very  awful  to  behold. 

C.  Vogels- Island,  where  we  captured  many  young  birds. 

D.  Leeuwen  Island. 

E.  Coninckx  Island,  behind  or  inside  of  which  we  lay  at  anchor. 

F.  The  spot  where  our  yacht,  the  Hoorn^  stood  on  tbe  rocks  and  got 

burned  from  below. 

G.  The  spot  where,  after  long  and  frequent  search,  we  found  fresh 

water  which  we  had  to  carry  on  board  in  small  barrels. 
H.  The  graves  of  very  tall  human  beings,  whose  skeletons  we  found, 

10  and  II  feet  long,  and  whose  skulls  (on  being  opened  at  the 

base)  could  be  put  over  our  heads  like  helmets. 
I,  K.  Are  drawings  of  the  sea-lions  and  lionesses,  a  few  of  which  we 

captured  and  ate. 
L.  A  kind  of  animal,  almost  like  deer,  but  having  necks  as  long  as  the 

whole  of  their  bodies  ;  they  are  very  swift  running  animals  and 

we  saw  many  such  on  the  mountains  daily. 
M.  Ostriches,  many  of  which  we  also  saw  here. 
N.  Is  a  forked  branch,  of  stone,  shaped  most  wondrously  by  nature  ; 

from  afar  it  looks  like  a  post  or  beacon,  put  up  by  human 

hands. 


PLATE   No.   22. 


Dec,  1615]         AUSTRALIAN   NAVIGATIONS.     "  181 

December, 

On  the  2ncl  of  December,  in  latitude  47°  45',  we  saw 
much  rock-weed  floating  about. 

On  the  4th  we  still  saw  much  rock-weed,  pale  water 
and  many  birds.  At  noon  our  latitude  was  47°  25',  and 
we  got  16  degrees  of  increasing  north-east  variation  of  the 
needle.  Towards  the  evening  we  cast  the  lead  and  found 
a  sandy  bottom  at  75  fathoms. 

On  the  morning  of  the  5th  we  found  the  bottom  at 
65  fathoms ;  saw  many  birds  and  much  rock-weed.  At 
noon  our  latitude  was  46°  25' ;  in  the  evening  we  found  a 
bottom  at  45  degrees^  and  saw  many  whales. 

At  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the  6th  we  were  in 
46  fathoms  and  proceeding  in  a  west-sou'-westerly  direction 
with  a  north-west  wind  ;  at  noon  our  latitude  was  47°  30', 
and  in  the  afternoon  we  found  the  bottom  in  42  fathoms. 
At  about  four  o'clock  we  saw  the  land  ;  it  was  not  very 
high  and  had  a  bad  coast,  whiteish  to  the  eye.  We  made 
the  land,  according  to  wish  and  desire,  just  north  of  the 
harbour  of  Porto  Desire,  casting  anchor  in  the  evening  in 
10  fathoms  about  a  mile  and  a-half  from  the  shore.  We 
caught  an  ebb  tide  running  south  with  as  much  force  as 
in  the  Straits  of  Dover  or  off  Flushing. 

On  the  morning  of  the  7th  we  weighed  anchor  and 
proceeded  under  sail  in  a  southerly  direction  until  about 
noon,  when  we  reached  the  harbour  of  Porto  Desire, 
situated  in  latitude  47°  40'.  We  ran  towards  the  entrance, 
reaching  it  with  the  sea  up  to  high-water  mark,  so  that 
the  rocks  of  which  Olivier  van  Noort^  writes  as  having  to 


^  5/V,  for  fathoms. 

^^  Olivier  van  Noort  set  out  from  Rotterdam  for  his  renowned  circum- 
navigation of  the  globe  (his  aim  being  to  attack  the  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  establishments  beyond  the  seas),  September  I3tb,  1598, 
and  returned,  without  having  effected  anything  very  great,  August  26th, 
1 60 1.    The  Beschrijving  van  de  Voyagie  cm  den  geheelen  Werelt  Clcot 


l82  JACOB   LE   MAIRE'S  [Dec,  1615 

be  left  on  the  north  when  entering  the  harbour  were 
already  submerged,  but  at  the  southern  corner  some  rocks 
were  visible  which  we  took  for  the  former.  We  therefore 
ran  south  of  them,  but  came  south  of  the  right  entrance 
into  the  impasse  of  a  wrong  inlet,  and  anchored  there  at 
high  tide  in  5J  fathoms.  When  the  tide  was  out  we  were 
in  not  more  than  14  feet  of  water,  so  that  the  Eendracht 
had  her  stern  firmly  aground  on  a  bottom  entirely  of  rocks. 
The  wind,  fortunately  for  us  in  our  position,  was  blowing 
westerly  from  the  land,  for  had  we  had  an  east  wind 
blowing  at  all  freshly  we  should  certainly  have  lost  the 
ship.  We  found  many  eggs  on  the  rocks  there  and 
caught  fine  mussels  and  fish,  amongst  others  smelts  six- 
teen inches  long,  wherefore  we  called  this  inlet  Spierincx 
Bay.i 

Our  sloop  proceeded  to  the  Pinguijns  Islands,  situated 
2  miles  east-south-east  of  Porto  Desire  and  returned 
aboard  late  in  the  evening,  bringing  two  sea-lions  and 
150  penguins,  which  we  ate  next  day. 

At  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the  8th  we  sailed  out 
of  the  Spieringh  bay  with  a  land  breeze  and  anchored 
right  before  the  harbour  of  Porto  Desire,  sending  our 
shallop  to  sound  the  entrance.  She  returned  at  noon, 
having  found  12  to  13  fathoms  of  water  in  the  entrance. 
Immediately  after  noon  with  the  tide  at  high-water  mark 
and  an  east-north-east  wind  we  again  set  sail,  with  the 
yacht  on  in  advance,  and  went  straight  into  the  entrance. 
When  we  had  proceeded  about  a  mile  and  a  half  up  the 
river  we  came  against  the  wind  and  dropped  our  anchor 
in  20  fathoms.  The  bottom  there  was  of  smooth  stone, 
for  half  an  hour  afterwards  a  strong  wind  sprang  up  from 


Rotterdam,  1602,  is  the  first  edition  of  his  journal,  the  first  English 
version  appearing  in  Purchas  his  Pilgrimes  in  1625,    Pt.   I,  pp.  71 
et  seq. 
^  Spiering  =  a  smelt. 


Dec,  1615.]        AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  183 

the  north-west,  and  both  vessels,  each  having  two  anchors 
out,  immediately  drifted  against  the  southern  shore— nay, 
twenty  five  anchors  would  not  have  held  them — so  that 
we  firmly  believed  we  had  lost  both  ships.  The  big  ship 
lay  side  on  upon  the  rocks  and  as  the  tide  fell  she 
slipped  down  a  bit  at  intervals,  but  remained  tight ;  the 
yacht,  however,  settled  upon  the  rocks  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  ebb  left  her  dry,  and  at  low  tide  it  was  possible 
to  walk  under  her  keel  near  the  mainmast  without  wetting 
one's  feet.  The  keel  stood  more  than  a  fathom  out  of  the 
water,  a  thing  terrible  to  behold.  And  as  it  blew  hard 
from  the  nor'-nor'-west,  she  was  prevented  by  the  wind 
from  falling  over;  this  was  evident  from  the  fact  that 
when  the  gale  abated  she  fell  to  windward  from  the 
shore  upon  her  side,  with  her  deck  three  feet  lower  than 
her  keel,  whereat  we  were  all  very  terrified,  thinking  that 
the  yacht  was  quite  lost  to  us,  but  the  tide  rising  and 
the  weather  remaining  calm,  she  floated  again,  at  which 
we  were  all  not  a  little  glad. 

Whilst  it  was  still  calm  in  the  evening  we  got  away 
from  the  shore  and  during  the  night  the  yacht  joined  us. 

On  the  morning  of  the  9th  we  again  proceeded  up 
stream  under  sail  and  came  near  Coninckx  Island,  so 
named  by  Olivier.^  The  yacht  got  behind  it  and  anchored, 
but  we  could  not  get  inside  with  the  Eendracht  on  account 
of  contrary  wind.  Our  men  landed  on  the  island,  which 
was  almost  entirely  covered  with  eggs.  A  man  standing 
still,  with  his  feet  together,  could  touch  with  his  hands 
fifty-four  nests,  each  containing  three  or  four  eggs  similar 
in  shape  to  (but  somewhat  bigger  than)  plovers'  eggs. 
They  belonged  to  the  black-backed  gull,  and  we  brought 
them  on  board  by  thousands  and  ate  them. 

^  Olivier  van  Noort  (see  p.  181).  Beschrijzing  van  de  Voyagie  (tn 
den  Geheelen  Werelt  Cloot^  Rotterdam,  1602,  p.  16.  September  29th, 
1599  : — "  Vonden  een  Eylant  dat  wij  Conincx  Eylant  ncemden." 


184  JACOB  LE  maire's  [Dec,  161 5 

On  the  loth  our  boat  proceeded  to  the  north  bank  of 
the  river  to  look  for  fresh  water,  but  could  find  none. 
The  men  dug  pits,  some  of  them  14  feet  deep,  but  found 
all  the  water  brackish,  both  on  the  high  hills  and  in  the 
valleys.  In  the  evening  they  came  on  board  again,  bringing 
birds  and  eggs  in  great  numbers. 

On  the  nth  the  boat  proceeded  downstream  to  the 
south  bank  in  order  to  look  for  water  and  human  beings, 
but  found  only  brackish  water.  We  saw  some  ostriches 
and  animals  almost  like  deer,  with  very  long  necks,  which 
were  very  shy  of  us.  On  the  summit  of  the  mountain  we 
found  some  graves,  consisting  of  a  few  heaps  of  stones, 
and  as  we  did  not  know  what  these  meant  we  overturned 
one  heap  and  found  under  it  the  bones  of  human  beings 
10  and  II  feet  in  stature.  They  lay  the  dead  down  on  the 
summit  of  the  mountains  and  cover  them  with  a  quantity 
of  stones,  only  to  protect  them  from  beasts  and  birds. 

On  the  1 2th,  13th,  14th,  15th  and  i6th  our  men  went 
ashore  daily  in  search  of  water  but  found  none,  bringing 
only  many  birds  and  quantities  of  fish  on  board. 

On  the  17th,  we  beached  our  vessel  behind  Conincx 
Island  in  order  to  clean  her ;  we  managed  to  get  a  very 
dry  berth,  so  that  we  were  able  to  go  right  round  her 
dry-shod. 

On  the  1 8th  our  yacht  was  also  beached  about  two 
musket  shots  distant  from  our  ship  in  order  to  be  cleaned. 

On  the  19th  whilst  we  were  occupied  in  cleaning  both 
our  vessels  and  were  burning  the  bottom  of  our  yacht  the 
flames  unexpectedly  and  very  quickly  flew  up  as  far  as  the 
rigging  3.nd  took  hold  of  her,  so  that  in  an  instant  there 
was  no  more  chance  of  putting  them  out,  especially  as  the 
yacht  was  beached  some  50  feet  from  the  water;  and  we 
were  therefore  compelled  to  see  her  totally  burnt  before 
our  eyes  without  being  able  to  do  aught  to  prevent  it. 

At  high  tide  on  the  20th  we  got  our  ship,  the  Eendracht 


Dec,  1615]         AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  185 

off  again  and  proceeding  to  the  yacht,  put  out  the  fire, 
but  she  was  burnt  right  down  to  the  water's  edge.  On  the 
following  days  we  broke  up  what  was  left  of  her,  stowing 
away  what  timber  and  ironwork  we  could  get,  with  the 
guns  and  anchors. 

On  the  25th  our  men  found,  at  a  good  distance  inland, 
some  pits  containing  fresh  water,  but  it  was  white  and  very 
thick  ;  we  fetched  water  from  them  daily.  Some  of  the 
men  carried  the  water  in  small  barrels  on  their  shoulders, 
whilst  the  others  went  armed  with  muskets  in  order 
to  protect  them.  Others  fetched  daily  many  birds  and 
eggs,  also  young  sea- lions,  which  we  ate  and  found  to 
be  fairly  good  in  flavour.  These  sea-lions  are  animals 
similar  in  size  to  a  small  horse,  having  heads  like  lions  and 
long  rough  hair  around  their  neck;  but  the  females  are 
almost  hairless  and  not  half  as  big  as  the  males.  They 
could  only  be  killed  by  shooting  them  in  the  breast  or 
brain  with  a  musket,  for  even  if  they  had  received  one 
hundred  blows  with  hand-spikes  or  crow-bars  until  the 
blood  flowed  from  their  mouth  and  nostrils,  they  would 
still  run  away.  Whilst  we  lay  here  in  this  river  we  had 
many  strong  winds,  and  sometimes  much  rain  and  storm. 

January. 

On  January  9th  we  shipped  our  last  water,  and  on  the 
lOth  we  set  sail  to  prosecute  our  voyage,  but  towards  noon 
the  wind  began  to  blow  from  the  sea  so  that  we  anchored 
again  near  Leeuwen  Island;  we  caught  much  fish  and 
many  birds  that  day. 

On  the  1 2th  our  shallop  proceeded  to  the  Pinguins^ 
Islands  to  get  some  penguins,  but  could  not  get  back  to  the 
ship  that  day  on  account  of  bad  weather,  remaining  over- 
night in  Spieringbay.     It  returned  next  day,  early  in  the 

*  See  Introduction,  p.  Ixi,  line  i. 


i86  JACOB  LE  MAiRE's  [Jan.,  1616 

morning,  laden  with  penguins,  but  they  were  spoilt  on 
account  of  their  great  number,  and  we  threw  them  over- 
board. 

On  the  13th,  in  the  afternoon,  we  sailed  out  of  Porto 
Desire,  but  as  the  weather  became  calm  we  anchored 
outside  the  harbour  ;  subsequently,  a  breeze  sprang  up 
again,  we  weighed  anchor  and  sailed  out  to  sea. 

On  the  morning  of  the  i8th  we  saw  Sebalds  Islands 
about  3  miles  south-east  of  us  ;  according  to  what  Sebaldt 
,de  Weert  wrote,  they  lie  separated  from  the  Strait,  about 
50  miles  east-nor'-east  and  west-sou'-west.^  At  noon  our 
latitude  was  5 1  degrees. 

On  the  20th  we  saw  much  rock-weed  floating  about. 
We  observed  that  there  was  a  strong  current  running  to 
the  south-west.  At  noon  our  latitude  was  53  degrees,  and 
we  computed  that  we  were  20  miles  from  land  south  of  the 
Strait  of  Magellanes. 

At  noon  on  the  21st,  our  latitude  was  53  degrees. 

Early  on  the  morning  of  the  23rd  the  wind  rose  in  the 
south,  but  towards  noon  it  fell,  subsequently  veering  to 
the  west.  At  noon  we  cast  anchor  in  50  fathoms  on  a 
black  sandy  bottom  with  small  pebbles.  Then  we  got  a 
northerly  wind,  with  shallow  water  and  fine  weather.  The 
water  was  as  pale  as  if  we  were  inland  and  we  sailed  in 


1  "  A  short  and  true.  Account  of  what  befell  certain  five  Ships  sailing 
from  Rotterdam  to  the  Straits  of  Magellan,  the  27th  June,  1598,  to  the 
2 1  St  January,  1600,  on  which  day  Captain  Sebald  de  Weert,  leaving  the 
said  Strait  with  the  Ship  V  Gheloove^  was  forced  to  return  home. 
Also  how  the  aforesaid  Captain,  not  without  having  experienced  great 
dangers,  arrived  again  at  Rotterdam  on  July  13th  of  the  said  year." 

The  original  Dutch  Verhael^  from  which  the  above  title  is  translated, 
forms  the  fourth  journal  of  Deel  I  of  Commelin's  Begin  ende  Voort- 
gangh^  edit.  1646,  and  the  following  passage  will  illustrate  Speilber- 
gen's  statement.  Fol.  30  [Translation]  : — "On  the  morning  of  the  24th 
(January,  1600)  they  sighted  a-lee  of  them  three  small  islands,  which 
had  hitherto  not  been  known  in  any  maps  :  these  they  called  Sebalt's 
Islands,  lying  about  60  miles  from  the  main  land  in  latitude 
50°  40'." 


Number  23  is  the  Chart  or  Itinerary  of  Jacob  le  Maire, 

Showing  Your  Honours  in  what  manner  the  aforesaid  Jacob  le  Maire 
passed  [into]^  the  South  Sea  by  a  new  strait,  and  so  to  the  Indies. 

^  See  note  to  number  2  (opposite  p.  24). 


PLATE   No.    23. 


Jan.,  1616]  AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  1 87 

a  south-by-westerly  direction.  At  about  three  in  the 
afternoon  we  saw  land  in  the  west  and  south-west,  and 
shortly  after  we  also  sighted  it  in  the  south.  In  the 
evening  we  had  a  northerly  wind  and  sailed  east-sou'-east 
in  order  to  keep  away  from  the  land.  It  blew  very  hard 
on  a  rough  sea  so  that  we  hoisted  our  top-sails. 

Early  on  the  morning  of  the  24th  we  sighted  land  to 
starboard,  lying  not  more  than  a  good  mile  away  ;  we 
found  the  bottom  in  40  fathoms  and  had  a  westerly  wind. 
The  land  ran  east  by  south  with  very  high  mountains, 
which  were  all  white  with  snow.  We  continued  to  sail 
along  the  land,  and  about  noon  we  came  to  the  end  of  it 
and  saw  more  land  east  of  the  last,  also  very  high  and 
dangerous  looking.  These  countries  lay  in  our  opinion 
about  8  miles  from  each  other,  and  there  appeared  to  be  a 
good  channel  between  them  both ;  this  we  opined  the 
more  firmly  because  we  observed  that  a  strong  current  to 
the  south  ran  in  between  these  two  countries.  At  noon 
our  latitude  was  54°  46';  in  the  afternoon  we  got  a 
northerly  wind.  We  made  for  this  channel,  but  towards 
the  evening  the  wind  fell,  and  we  drifted  on  all  night  with 
a  strong  current  and  little  wind.  We  saw  immense 
numbers  of  penguins  here,  also  whales  by  thousands,  so 
that  we  were  compelled  to  be  constantly  on  our  guard, 
loofing  up  and  with  a  drag-sail  set,  in  order  to  avoid  the 
whales  and  not  run  into  them. 

On  the  morning  of  the  25th  we  were  close  to  the  more 
easterly  land,  which  was  very  high  and  perilous,  extending 
on  the  north  side  to  the  east-south-east,  as  far  as  we  could 
see.  We  gave  this  the  name  of  Staten-landt,  but  the  land 
to  the  west  of  us  we  called  Mauritius  de  Nassauw.  We  are 
of  opinion  that  good  roadsteads  and  sand-bays  would  be 
found  on  both  sides,  for  there  was  on  both  sides  fine  sandy 
beach  and  gently  rising  sand  bottom.  Fish,  penguins  and 
seals  are  there  in  great  abundance,  also  birds  and  water  in 


1 88  JACOB  LE  M aire's  [Jan.,  1616 

sufficiency,  but  we  could  see  no  trees.  We  had  a  northerly- 
wind  to  carry  us  into  the  channel,  sailing  sou'-sou'-west, 
with  good  progress.  At  noon  our  latitude  was  55°  36', 
when  we  set  our  course  south-west,  with  a  fresh  breeze  and 
rain,  with  excellent  progress.  We  saw  the  land  south  of 
the  channel  stretching  away  from  the  most  westerly  end 
of  Mauritius  de  Nassauw  land  to  the  west-sou'-west  and 
south-west,  as  far  as  our  eyes  could  carry  :  all  very  high 
and  perilous  land.  In  the  evening  the  wind  veered  to 
the  south-west,  and  we  then  ran  southward  that  night 
with  a  heavy  roll  from  the  south-west  and  very  blue 
water,  from  which  we  opined  and  were  certain  that  we  had 
open  and  deep  water  on  the  weatherside,  not  doubting  that 
it  was  the  great  South  Sea,  whereat  we  were  very  glad, 
holding  that  a  way  had  been  discovered  by  us  which  had 
until  then  been  unknown  to  man,  as  we  afterwards  found 
to  be  the  truth.  We  saw  here  enormously  large  gannets 
or  sea-gulls,  bigger  in  body  than  swans  ;  their  wings  when 
extended  were  each  more  than  a  fathom  long.  These 
birds,  unaccustomed  to  the  sight  of  human  beings,  came 
and  sat  on  board  our  ship  and  allowed  themselves  to 
be  seized  by  the  men  and  killed. 

At  noon,  on  the  26th,  our  latitude  was  37°,  with  a  flying 
storm  from  the  west  and  south-west  that  lasted  the  whole 
of  twenty-four  hours,  and  a  very  rough,  blue  sea.  We  kept 
her  head  to  the  south  with  a  try-sail,  and  saw  more  high  land 
in  the  north-west ;  at  night  we  turned  her  to  the  north-west, 
still  with  a  try-sail. 

At  noon,  on  the  27th,  our  latitude  was  56°  51';  the 
weather  was  cold,  with  hailstorms  and  rain.  The  wind  was 
was  west  and  west-sou'-west ;  we  first  ran  to  the  south, 
afterwards  turning  to  the  north  under  try-sails. 

On  the  morning  of  the  28th,  we  hoisted  our  top-sails 
again,  and  had  a  heavy  roll  from  the  west.  The  wind  was 
at  first  westerly,  afterwards  north-easterly,  we  sailing  first 


Jan.,  1616]  AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  1 89 

to  the  south,  then  west  by  south,  afterwards  west  and  west 
by  south.     At  noon  our  latitude  was  56°  48'. 

At  daybreak,  on  the  morning  of  the  29th,  we  had  a 
south-west  wind  and  proceeded  in  a  south-westerly 
direction. 

After  breakfast,  we  saw  two  islands  ahead  of  us,  to  the 
west-sou'-west,  but  we  were  unable  to  sail  to  the  windward 
of  them,  so  that  we  circumnavigated  them  on  the  north. 
They  were  barren  grey  rocks,  with  a  few  smaller  ones  lying 
around  them,  and  situated  in  57°  of  latitude  south  of  the 
equator.  We  gave  them  the  name  of  the  Islands  of 
Barnevelt. 

We  continued  to  sail  to  the  west-nor'-west ;  towards  the 
evening  we  again  saw  land  to  the  north-west  and  nor'-nor'- 
west  of  us.  This  was  the  land  south  of  the  Strait  of 
Magellaen,  which  stretches  away  to  the  south.  It  consisted 
entirely  of  high  mountains  covered  with  snow,  and  ends  in 
a  sharp  corner,  which  we  called  the  Cape  of  Hoorn,  and 
which  lies  in  latitude  57°  48'. 

We  then  had  fine  weather,  and  in  the  evening  got  a 
northerly  wind,  with  a  heavy  roll  from  the  west.  We  con- 
tinued upon  a  westerly  course,  and  found  a  strong  current 
there  going  in  the  same  direction. 

On  the  30th,  we  still  had  a  heavy  roll  from  the  west 
with  blue  water  and  a  strong  current  still  running  west, 
which  inspired  us  all  with  the  firm  belief  that  we  had 
an  open  way  to  the  South  Sea.     At  noon  our  latitude  was 

57°  34'. 

On  the  morning  of  the  31st,  we  had  the  wind  blowing 
from  the  north,  and  proceeded  in  a  westerly  direction.  At 
noon  our  latitude  was  58°.  In  the  afternoon  the  wind 
veered  to  the  west  and  west-sou'-west,  and  was  variable. 
We  had  then  passed  the  Cape  of  Hoorn,  and  could  see  no 
more  land,  but  had  a  heavy  roll  from  the  west  and 
very  blue  water,  which  made  us  still  more  and  fully  certain 


I90  JACOB   LE    M aire's  [Jan.,  1616 

that  we  had  the  open  South  Sea  before  us,  without  any 
land.  We  had  here  variable  winds,  with  much  rain  and 
hailstorms,  so  that  we  often  tacked. 

February. 
On  February  i,  we  had  cold  weather  with  a  storm  from 
the  south-west,  so  that  we  lay  to  under  try-sails,  keeping 
her  head  north-west  and  west-nor'-west.  And  we  kept  up 
a  northerly  course  from  the  ist  of  January,^  until  the  ist  of 
March,  suffering  much  cold  and  hardship  in  the  latitudes 
marked  on  the  chart. 

March. 

At  daybreak,  on  the  morning  of  March  i,  we  saw  the 
Islands  of  Juan  Fernando  right  in  front  of  us,  to  the  nor'- 
nor'-east ;  we  had  a  south  wind,  with  a  fresh  breeze  and 
fine  weather.  At  noon  we  got  near  them,  our  latitude 
being  33°  48'.  These  islands  are  two  in  number,  both 
very  high.  The  smaller,  which  is  the  more  westerly,  is  a 
dry,  barren  island,  consisting  only  of  bare  hills  and  rocks, 
but  the  larger,  which  is  the  more  easterly,  though  also 
covered  with  high  mountains,  is  full  of  trees  and  very 
fertile.  There  are  numbers  of  cattle,  such  as  pigs  and 
goats ;  on  the  coast  are  indescribable  quantities  of  good 
fish,  so  that  the  Spaniards  sometimes  come  and  fish  there, 
and  in  a  short  time  fill  their  ships,  which  they  take  to  Peru. 

We  ran  on  along  the  west  side  of  these  islands,  which 
was  the  wrong  thing  to  have  done.  We  should  have  gone 
round  by  the  east  in  order  to  reach  the  roadstead,  which  is 
situated  near  the  eastern  corner  of  the  bigger  island,  for  on 
coming  round  from  the  west  under  the  lee  of  the  shore  we 
got  into  still  water  on  account  of  the  land  being  high  and 
steep,  so  that  we  were  unable  to  get  near  the  shore  to 
anchor.     We  therefore  sent  our  boat  out  sounding  towards 

^  Should,  of  course,  be  February. 


March,  1616]     AUSTRALIAN   NAVIGATIONS.  1 91 

the  land,  and  returning  in  the  evening  she  brought  news 
that  close  to  the  shore  the  lead  had  been  cast  on  a  sandy 
bottom  in  40  and  30  fathoms,  which  gradually  shelved  up 
to  three  fathoms  and  was  quite  fit  for  an  anchorage.  Close 
by  was  a  fine  verdant  valley,  which  was  full  of  green  trees, 
lovely  to  behold,  but  the  men  had  not  landed,  as  time  was 
short.  They  had  also  seen  fresh  water  in  abundance 
running  down  here  and  there  from  the  high  land,  as  well 
as  many  goats  and  other  animals  on  the  mountains,  which 
they  could  not  well  distinguish  from  afar.  They  had  also 
caught  a  good  quantity  of  fish  in  a  short  time  ;  no  sooner 
had  they  dropped  the  hook  in  the  water  than  a  fish  was 
immediately  upon  it,  so  that  they  had  constantly  done 
nothing  but  draw  up  fish  without  stopping.  These  were 
mostly  corcobado  and  gilt-heads,  and  they  had  also  seen 
numbers  of  sea-wolves.  These  tidings  made  all  the  crew 
very  glad,  especially  some  who  had  scurvy,  and  who  hoped  to 
recuperate  here  and  become  sound  in  body.  In  the  night  the 
wind  fell,  so  that  we  then  drifted  a  bit  with  the  current. 

On  the  morning  of  the  2nd  we  were  again  close  to  the 
shore,  but  could  not  get  near  enough  for  anchoring,  how- 
ever much  we  tried.  We  again  sent  a  few  men  ashore, 
some  to  fish,  others  to  go  in  search  of  cattle  ;  they  could 
indeed  see  numbers  of  fine  pigs,  goats  and  other  animals, 
but  impeded  by  the  underwood  they  could  neither  stalk 
nor  snare  them.  Whilst  some  were  getting  water  those 
who  were  in  the  boat  had  caught  about  two  ton  of  fish,  all 
with  the  line.  And  with  that  we  had  to  leave  this  fine 
island,  without  enjoying  it  further. 

On  the  morning  of  the  3rd  we  had  drifted  about  four 
miles  below  these  islands,  notwithstanding  that  we  had 
done  our  best  for  the  whole  of  twenty-four  hours  to  reach 
them  under  sail,  which  at  last  began  to  vex  us,  seeing  that 
it  was  impossible  to  make  them.  It  was  therefore  then 
agreed  and  decided  by  the  Council  that  we  should  leave 


192  JACOB   LE  MAIRE's  [March,  1616 

the  islands  and  pursue  our  course  in  the  prosecution  of  our 
voyage,  since  we  had  a  very  favourable  wind  each  day 
which  we  were  neglecting  to  use — this  to  the  very  great 
pain  and  sorrow  of  the  sick,  who  thereby  saw  all  their 
hopes  of  life  lost,  but  God  gives  relief.  These  islands  lie 
in  latitude  33°  40'. 

This  resolution  having  been  arrived  at  we  set  our  course 
north-west  by  west,  with  a  fresh  breeze  from  the  south  and 
good  progress. 

On  the  nth  we  passed  for  the  second  time  the  tropic  of 
Capricorn,  with  a  south-east  wind  and  a  nor'-nor'-westerly 
course.    From  March  12  to  July^9  we  made  good  progress. 

On  the  gth^  there  died  Jan  Cornelisz.  Schouten,  skipper 
of  the  yacht  and  brother  of  our  skipper,  Willem  Cornelisz. 
Schouten,  after  suffering  more  than  a  month  from  a  very 
grievous  malady. 

On  the  morning  of  the  loth  after  prayers  had  been  read, 
the  deceased  was  put  overboard.  After  breakfast  we  saw 
land  about  three  miles  to  the  north-west  and  to  the  north- 
west by  north  of  us  ;  it  was  a  low  island,  and  not  large. 
We  also  saw  here  a  large  quantity  of  gulls  and  fish,  and 
shaped  our  course  towards  the  island,  intending  to  get 
some  refreshments  there,  but  our  ships  could  not  land, 
as  the  sea  was  rough.  Still,  some  of  our  men  swam 
ashore,  but  found  nothing  that  could  refresh  our  sick, 
wherefore  we  went  on  until  the  14th,  when  we  saw  an 
island,  whereat  we  were  all  very  glad.  We  proceeded 
towards  it,  changing  our  course,  and  towards  the  evening, 
when  our  vessel  was  still  quite  a  mile  from  the  land,  a 
canoe  came  to  meet  us  containing  four  Indians,  who  were 
quite  naked  and  red  of  colour,  with  very  black  and  long 
hair.  They  kept  a  good  way  off  the  ship  all  the  time, 
calling  us  and  making  signs  that  we  should  come  ashore, 

'  Should  be  April.  -  i.e.,  9th  April. 


April,  l6l6]       AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  193 

but  we  could  not  understand  them  nor  they  us,  although 
we  called  to  them  in  Spanish,  Malay,  Javanese  and  in  our 
Dutch  language.  In  the  evening,  at  sunset,  we  came  near 
the  land,  but  found  no  bottom  nor  any  change  in  the 
water,  although  we  got  so  close  to  the  shore  that  we  could 
have  fired  upon  it  with  a  musket,  wherefore  we  turned  sea- 
wards again,  whilst  the  canoe  went  to  the  land,  where  a 
large  number  of  Indians  were  on  the  beach  awaiting  it. 
A  little  while  afterwards  another  canoe  set  out  from  the 
shore  for  the  ship,  but,  like  the  other,  would  not  board  us. 
They  shouted,  indeed,  and  so  did  we,  but  we  could  not 
understand  each  other,  and  their  canoe  capsized  before  our 
eyes,  but  they  soon  had  it  righted  again  and  were  imme- 
diately in  it  with  great  rapidity.  They  kept  on  motioning 
us  to  the  land  and  we  them  to  the  ship,  but  they  would  not 
come,  wherefore  we  proceeded  on  our  way  and  left  the 
island,  sailing  south  and  sou'-sou'-west,  in  order  to  keep 
off  the  land.  This  island  is  not  wide,  but  very  long,  being 
full  of  trees,  which  we  took  to  be  palmites  and  coker-nut 
trees;  it  lies  in  latitude  15°  15',  and  has  a  white  sandy 
beach.  In  the  night  we  saw  fires  on  the  land  in  various 
places. 

On  the  morning  of  the  15th,  having  proceeded  about  ten 
miles  sou'-sou'-west  during  the  night,  we  sailed  along  close 
to  the  shore,  where  we  also  saw  many  naked  persons  on  the 
beach  calling  and  shouting  (so  it  seemed)  that  we  should 
land.  Again  a  canoe  with  three  Indians  put  off  to  come 
to  us  ;  they  also  shouted,  though,  as  before,  they  would  not 
come  aboard  ;  but  they  rowed  towards  our  shallop,  close  to 
which  they  came,  and  our  men  showed  them  every 
kindness,  giving  them  some  beads  and  knives,  but  they 
could  not  understand  each  other.  Having  been  near  the 
shallop  a  little  while  they  left  it  and  came  so  close  to  the 
ship  that  we  threw  them  a  line  which  they  took,  but  they 
would  not  come  aboard,  though  they  did  indeed  get  into 

0 


194  JACOB   LE   MAIRE'S  [April,  1616 

our  shallop,  which  returned  Jrom  shore  without  having 
effected  aught.  However,  after  they  had  been  a  long  time 
alongside  of  us  one  at  length  got  into  the  gallery  and 
pulled  out  the  nails  in  the  port-holes  of  the  cabins  belong- 
ing to  the  supercargo  and  the  skipper,  hiding  them  away 
and  concealing  them  in  his  hair  ;  they  were  very  greedy 
after  iron,  indeed,  they  pulled  at  and  thought  they  could 
drag  out  the  bolts  in  the  ship.  We  wished  to  keep  one 
aboard  and  send  one  of  our  crew  ashore  in  the  canoe  in  his 
place  in  order  to  make  friends  with  them,  but  they  would 
not.  They  were  very  thievish  folk  and  went  about  quite 
naked  ;  all  they  wore  was  a  small  strip  of  matting  over 
their  privy  parts.  Their  skin  was  marked  with  various 
figures,  such  as  snakes,  dragons,  and  monsters  of  that  kind, 
which  stood  out  quite  blue,  as  if  they  had  been  burnt  in 
with  gunpowder.  We  gave  them  some  wine  while  we  were 
sitting  in  the  canoe  and  they  would  not  give  us  back  the 
pannikin.  We  again  sent  our  shallop  to  the  shore  with 
eight  musketeers  and  six  men  with  swords.  Our  under- 
factor,  Claes  Jansz.,  and  Aris  Claesz.,  the  factor  of  the 
yacht,  went  too,  in  order  to  see  what  there  was  on  the 
island,  and  in  order  to  make  friends  with  them,  but  as  soon 
as  they  touched  the  beach  and  the  men  ran  up  through  the 
surf,  fully  thirty  Indians,  armed  with  great  clubs,  came  out 
of  the  bush  and  tried  to  deprive  our  men  of  their  arms  and 
to  drag  the  shallop  out  of  the  water,  taking  also  two  of 
our  people  out  of  the  shallop  and  intending  to  carry  them 
into  the  bush.  But  the  musketeers  whose  muskets  were 
still  dry  fired  three  shots  into  the  band,  so  that  our  men 
had  no  doubt  that  a  few  were  shot  dead  or  mortally 
wounded.  They  also  carried  long  sticks  with  certain  long 
spiked  things  at  the  end,  which,  so  we  thought,  were  the 
swords  of  sword-fish  ;  they  also  cast  with  slings,  but,  thank 
God,  wounded  none  of  our  people.  They  had  no  bows  and 
arrows,  as  far  as  we  could  see.     Our  people  also  saw  some 


April,  1616]       AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  195 

women  who  fell  upon  the  men's  necks  and  shrieked  ;  they 
did  not  know  what  this  meant,  but  supposed  it  was  to 
separate  them.  This  island  we  gave  the  name  of  the 
Bottomless  Island,^  because  we  could  find  no  bottom  there 
on  which  to  anchor.  On  the  edge  there  was  a  narrow  strip 
of  land  full  of  palmites,  but  in  the  interior  it  was  full  of 
salt  water.  And  as  we  saw  there  was  nothing  to  be  gained 
here  we  decided  to  leave  the  place,  and  therefore  shaped 
our  course  in  a  westerly  direction  seawards,  with  an  east 
wind.  We  had  shallow  water  here  and  no  roll  from  the 
south,  as  on  the  preceding  days,  wherefore  we  presumed 
that  there  must  be  more  land  to  the  south.  It'^  lies  in  the 
latitude  of  15  degrees,  many  — about  100 — miles  from 
Honden  Island. 

At  daybreak,  on  the  morning  of  the  1 8th,  we  saw  another 
island  that  lay  north  of  us.  We  sailed  towards  it  and  on 
coming  near  found  that,  like  the  preceding  one,  it  had  no 
anchorage,  being  inside  also  entirely  submerged  ;  but  at 
the  edge  it  was  full  of  trees,  though  neither  palmites  nor 
coker-nut  trees.  We  launched  our  shallop  for  sounding, 
which,  on  reaching  the  shore,  found  no  bottom,  wherefore 
they  returned  to  the  ship  without  having  affected  aught  or 
having  seen  any  human  beings.  We  afterwards  sent  them 
out  again  in  order  to  see  whether  they  could  find  any  re- 
freshment or  water  ashore,  and  returning  they  said  that  in 
a  well  or  pit  not  far  from  the  beach  they  had  found  fresh 
water,  which  could  indeed  be  brought  to  the  beach  in 
galley  barrels,  but  was  very  difficult  to  get  aboard,  for  by 
reason  of  the  surf  there  the  shallop  was  obliged  to  remain 
lying  with  a  drag-rope  out  whilst  the  men  had  to  haul 
each  other  ashore  through  the  water  with  a  line  and  so  on 
board  again,  so  that  it  was  very  dangerous  and  difficult  to 

^  't  Eylant  sender  gront. 

2  This  must,  of  course,  mean  the  island  just  visited. 

OZ 


196  JACOB    LE   MAIRE'S  [April,  1616 

land,  wherefore  we  did  not  fetch  more  than  four  barrels 
of  water.  We  also  found  such  a  herb  here  as  we  had 
found  on  Honden  Island,  tasting  like  garden  cress,  and 
of  which  we  brought  a  sackful  on  board ;  also  some  crabs, 
as  well  as  shells  and  horns,  in  which  there  were  snails 
of  very  good  flavour.  In  the  evening  we  again  proceeded 
on  our  course  westwardly ;  the  wind  was  east,  and  we 
had  now  a  fair  breeze,  with  rainy  weather  and  a  bad  sea. 
On  the  same  day  our  latitude  was  14°  46'.  This  island 
lies  15  miles  from  the  preceding  one,  and  we  called  it 
Waterlant,  because  we  had  obtained  some  water  there. 

We  gave  our  crew  six  quarterns  of  water  that  day,  and 
boiled  a  large  kettleful  of  pottage  with  the  green  herb 
like  garden  cress  that  we  had  gathered  on  Waterlant 
Island,  from  which  the  crew  derived  considerable  good  as 
a  remedy  against  scurvy. 

Shortly  after,  we  found  another  island  ;  there  were 
many  wild  trees  and  inside  it  was  also  full  of  salt  water. 
Our  men,  on  returning  aboard,  were  entirely  covered  with 
flies,  to  such  a  degree,  that  we  could  recognize  no  part 
of  them  ;  their  faces,  hands,  boats,  and  everything,  yea, 
even  the  oars,  as  far  as  they  were  out  of  the  water,  were 
all  covered  black  with  flies,  a  wonder  to  behold.  These 
flies  came  on  board  with  them  and  flew  so  thick  upon  our 
bodies  and  faces  that  we  did  not  know  where  to  hide  from 
them,  so  that  we  could  scarcely  eat  or  drink.  Everything 
was  filled  with  them  ;  we  rubbed  our  faces  and  hands,  hit 
and  killed  as  many  as  we  could.  This  lasted  two  or  three 
days  with  great  torture ;  then  we  got  a  stiff*  breeze,  by 
which  and  by  constantly  pursuing  them  we  got  rid  of 
them  at  the  end  of  three  or  four  days.  We  called  this 
island  Vliegen  Island^  and  proceeded  thence  in  a  westerly 
direction. 

^  The  Island  of  Flies, 


I 


April,  l6l6]       AUSTRALIAN   NAVIGATIONS.  1 97 

At  noon,  immediately  after  dinner,  we  saw  a  sail,  which 
we  took  to  be  a  barque,  coming  out  of  the  south  and 
running  to  the  north  across  us.  We  at  once  headed  for 
her,  and  when  she  got  close  to  us  we  fired  a  shot  from  our 
bows  over  her  starboard  to  get  her  to  haul  down,  but  she 
would  not  do  it,  wherefore  we  fired  another  shot,  but 
still  she  would  not  haul  down.  We  therefore  launched  our 
shallop  with  ten  musketeers  to  take  her,  and  whilst  these 
were  rowing  towards  her  we  again  sent  a  shot  abaft  her,  but 
all  without  intention  of  striking  or  damaging  her,  but  still 
she  would  not  haul  down,  seeking  rather  to  outsail  us  as 
nKich  as  possible.  She  got  to  the  luff  of  us,  but  the 
shallop,  which  was  too  smart  for  her,  overtook  her,  and 
when  our  men  were  about  half  a  musket  shot  off  they 
fired  four  times  with  a  musket.  When  we  approached 
her,  and  before  our  men  boarded  her,  some  of  her  crew 
sprang  overboard  from  fright ;  amongst  others  there  was 
one  with  an  infant  and  another  who  was  wounded,  having 
three  holes  in  his  back,  but  not  very  deep,  for  they  were 
caused  by  a  grazing  shot,  and  this  man  we  got  out  of  the 
water  again.  They  also  threw  many  things  overboard, 
which  were  small  mats,  and  amongst  other  things,  three 
hens.  Our  men  sprang  on  board  the  little  vessel  and 
brought  her  alongside  of  us  without  the  least  resistance  on 
the  part  of  her  crew,  as  indeed  they  had  no  arms.  When 
she  was  alongside  of  us  we  took  on  board  two  men  who 
had  remained  in  her  and  these  immediately  fell  down  at 
our  feet,  kissing  our  feet  and  hands.  One  was  a  very  old 
grey  man,  the  other  a  young  fellow,  but  we  could  not 
understand  them,  though  we  treated  them  well.  And  the 
shallop  immediately  rowed  back  to  the  aforesaid  men  who 
had  jumped  overboard,  in  order  to  rescue  them,  but  they 
got  only  two  who  were  floating  on  one  of  their  oars  and 
who  pointed  with  their  hands  to  the  bottom,  wishing  to 
say  that  the  others  were  already  drowned.     One  of  these 


198  JACOB  LE  maire's  [April,  1616 

two,  who  was  the  wounded  man,  and  whose  wounds  we 
bound  up,  had  rather  long  yellow  hair.  In  the  vessel  were 
some  eight  women  and  three  young  children,  still  at  the 
breast,  as  well  as  some  who  were  perhaps  nine  or  ten  years 
old,  so  that  we  thought  they  must  have  been  in  all  quite 
twenty-five  strong ;  both  men  and  women  were  entirely 
naked  and  wore  only  a  bagatelle  over  their  privy  parts. 
Towards  the  evening  we  put  the  men  on  board  their  vessel 
again ;  they  received  a  hearty  welcome  from  their  wives, 
who  kissed  them.  We  gave  them  beads  (which  they  hung 
around  their  neck)  and  some  knives,  and  showed  them 
every  kindness,  as  they  likewise  did  in  turn  to  us,  giving  us 
two  handsome  finely-made  mats  and  two  coker  nuts,  for 
they  had  not  many  of  them.  This  was  all  they  had  to  eat 
and  drink,  indeed,  they  had  already  drunk  the  milk  out  of 
the  nuts,  so  that  they  had  nothing  more  to  drink.  We 
also  saw  them  drink  salt  water  from  the  sea,  and  give  it, 
too,  to  their  infants  to  drink,  which  we  thought  to  be 
contrary  to  Nature.  They  had  certain  small  cloths  of  curious 
colour,  which  they  wore  over  their  privy  parts  and  also  as 
a  protection  against  the  heat  of  the  sun.  They  were  red 
folk  who  smeared  themselves  with  oil,  and  all  the  women 
nad  short  hair  like  the  men  in  Holland,  whilst  the  men's 
hair  was  long  and  painted  very  black.  Their  little  vessel 
was  in  shape  as  it  is  depicted  in  the  drawing  herewith,  very 
wonderful  to  behold.  It  consisted  of  two  long  handsome 
canoes,  between  which  was  a  fairly  good  space.  On  each 
canoe,  at  about  the  middle,  two  very  wide  planks  of  bright 
red  wood  had  been  placed  to  keep  out  the  water,  and  on 
these  they  had  placed  other  planks,  running  from  one 
canoe  to  the  other  and  firmly  bound  together.  Both  fore 
and  aft  the  canoes  still  protruded  a  good  length,  and  this 
was  closed  in  on  top  very  tightly  in  order  to  keep  out  the 
water.  In  the  forepart  of  one  canoe,  on  the  starboard 
side,  a  mast  stood  at  the  prow,  having  a  forked  branch 


April,  1616]       AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  I99 

supporting  a  rod  with  the  mizzen  sail.  This  was  of 
matting,  and  from  whatever  quarter  the  wind  blew  they 
were  nearly  always  ready  to  sail  ;  they  had  no  compasses 
or  any  nautical  instruments,  but  plenty  of  fish-hooks, 
the  top  of  which  was  of  stone,  the  bottom  part  of  black 
bone  or  tortoiseshell ;  some  hooks,  too,  were  of  mother-of- 
pearl.  Their  ropes  were  of  bright  colours  and  as  thick  as 
a  cable,  made  of  such  material  as  the  fish-baskets  in  Spain. 
When  they  left  us  they  shaped  their  course  towards  the 
south-east. 

On  the  20th  the  wind  was  sou'-sou'-east  and  south-east 
by  south,  our  course  being  west  and  sou'-west.  In  the 
morning,  after  breakfast,  we  saw  on  the  larboard  side  very 
high  blue  land,  lying  about  8  miles  south-west  by  west  of 
us.  We  proceeded  towards  it,  and  sailed  nearly  all  day 
with  a  fine  breeze,  but  could  not  make  it,  wherefore  we 
kept  tacking  for  the  night,  and  in  the  evening  we  saw  a 
sail  a  good  distance  off  the  shore,  and  shortly  afterwards 
yet  another,  also  a  good  distance  from  land.  These  we 
took  to  be  fishing-boats,  for  they  frequently  went  to  and 
fro  ;  during  the  night  they  burnt  lights  and  came  together. 

At  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the  21st  we  came  near 
an  island  which  was  very  high,  and  about  2  miles  south 
of  it  we  saw  another  long  low  island.  As  it  dawned  we 
sailed  over  a  bank  in  14  fathoms  with  a  stony  bottom, 
lying  about  2  miles  from  the  land.  As  soon  as  we  were 
clear  of  it  we  could  find  no  more  bottom. 

One  of  the  aforesaid  small  sail  came  towards  us.  We 
let  a  galley-cask  down  behind,  intending  that  they  should 
climb  on  board  by  that  means,  but  they  could  not  catch  it, 
so  that  one  man  jumped  overboard  and  secured  it.  They 
loosened  it  and  took  it  into  their  boat,  fastening  two  coker- 
nuts  and  three  or  four  flying  fish  to  the  rope  in  its  place, 
and  shouting  to  us  all  the  time ;  although  we  could  not 
understand  them  we  thought  it  meant  that  we  should  haul 


200  JACOB   LE   MAiRE*S  [April,  1616 

the  rope  aboard  again.  These  people  also  carried  a  canoe 
which  they  can  launch  as  occasion  arises,  and  are  very 
clever  seamen.  These  vessels  were  of  the  same  shape  as 
has  been  mentioned  above,  are  well  provided  with  sails, 
and  sail,  too,  so  swiftly  that  there  are  few  ships  in  Holland 
which  would  outdo  them.  They  navigate  them  from  the 
stern  with  two  oars,  a  man  standing  aft  upon  each  canoe, 
and  sometimes  they  run  forward,  too,  with  their  oars  when 
they  wish  to  turn  ;  the  canoe  would  also  turn  itself  if  they 
only  took  the  oars  out  of  the  water  and  let  it  go,  or  only 
let  the  wind  carry  it  along.  We  launched  our  shallop  for 
sounding,  and  on  its  return  the  men  said  they  had  found  a 
shell  bottom  in  15,  14  and  12  fathoms  about  a  gun-shot 
from  the  shore,  so  that  we  ran  thither  to  anchor  and  took 
in  our  sails.  The  savages,  seeing  this,  motioned  us 
repeatedly  to  go  to  the  other  island,  sailing  on,  too,  in 
front  of  us,  but  nevertheless  we  anchored  off  the  end  of  the 
island  in  a  sandy  bottom  in  25  fathoms,  a  long  gun-shot  from 
the  shore.  This  island  is  one  of  the  Islands  of  Molucken  ; 
it  is  full  of  trees,  mostly  coker-nut  trees,  wherefore  we 
called  it  Cocos  Island.  The  other  island  is  much  longer, 
but  lower,  extending  east  and  west. 

As  soon  as  we  had  anchored  three  small  vessels  came 
sailing  to  and  fro  around  our  ship.  Quite  nine  or  ten 
canoes  also  came  alongside,  both  from  the  shore  as  well  as 
from  the  small  vessels,  there  being,  amongst  others,  two 
that  flew  small  peace  flags,  which  we  likewise  did.  Their 
canoes,  each  of  which  carried  three  or  four  men,  were 
broad  at  the  prow  and  pointed  astern,  cut  entirely  from  one 
piece  of  red  wood.  They  could  row  exceedingly  swiftly  in 
these,  and  when  they  were  near  the  ship  they  sprang  out 
and  proceeded  to  swim  aboard  us,  having  their  hands  full 
of  coker-nuts  and  obes  roots,  exchanging  these  with  us  for 
nails  and  beads,  after  which  they  were  very  eager.  They 
gave  four  or  five  coker-nuts  for  one  nail  or  a  small  string 
of  beads,  so  that  we  obtained  that  day  quite   180  nuts, 


PLATE   No.   24. 


Number  24  shows  Cocos  and  Verraders^  Islands. 
With  the  explanations  given,  as  follows  : — 

A.  Is  Cocos  Island,  so  called  on  account  of  the  quantities  of  coker- 

nuts  that  grow  there. 

B.  Is  Verraders  Island,  so  called  because  they  mostly  came  from  that 

island  who  tried  to  betray  us. 

C.  Is  a  skirmish  with  the  savages,  in  which  some  were  killed. 

D.  Is  one  of  the  ships  of  the  savages,  which  they  well  know  how  to 

manage. 

E.  Is  our  shallop,  capturing  the  vessel  from  the  savages. 

G.  Is  our  ship,  round  about  which  the  savages  swarmed  in  numbers, 

in  order  to  exchange  their  wares  with  us. 
H.  In  this  manner  the  savages  sprang  down  into  the  sea  after  they 

had  stolen  something  or  other. 

1   Verrader^  a  traitor  or  betrayer. 


April,  1616]       AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  201 

indeed,  they  finally  came  aboard  in  such  numbers  that  we 
scarcely  knew  where  to  turn.  We  sent  our  shallop  off  to 
the  other  island  to  see  whether  it  would  not  be  better  to 
lie  there,  for  here  we  lay  in  the  open  sea,  but  the  shallop, 
as  soon  as  it  had  left  the  ship,  and  whilst  sailing  along 
the  shore,  was  surrounded  by  twelve  or  thirteen  canoes 
from  the  other  island,  and  subsequently  by  many  others,  the 
crews  in  which  seemed  like  mad,  having  sticks  of  hard 
wood  in  their  hands,  like  assagays,  sharp  at  the  point  and 
somewhat  burnt.  Coming  alongside  our  shallop  they 
endeavoured  to  get  it  away  from  our  men,  but  the  latter, 
compelled  to  rescue  and  defend  it,  fired  a  musket  three 
times  amongst  them,  whereat  they  first  laughed  and  made 
fun,  thinking  it  was  child's  play,  but  the  third  time  one  was 
hit  in  the  chest,  the  bullet  coming  out  at  the  back.  His 
mates  seeing  this,  immediately  rowed  in  his  direction  to 
help  him,  and  finding  that  he  was  so  wounded,  they  all 
made  off  at  once  from  the  shallop,  rowing  towards  one 
of  the  small  sailing  vessels,  shouting  to  her  and  desiring 
her,  so  we  thought,  to  sail  down  upon  us,  but  she  would 
not,  for  her  captain  had  been  aboard  of  us,  where  he  had 
been  well  treated  and  shown  much  kindness. 

After  breakfast  on  the  morning  of  the  24th^  many 
canoes  came  alongside  again  with  coker-nuts,  bananas, 
obas  roots  and  a  few  small  pigs,  some,  too,  with  dippers 
full  of  fresh  water,  and  we  took  in  barter  that  day  some 
1,200  coker-nuts  ;  we  had  eighty-five  mouths  to  feed,  and 
each  man  received  twelve  nuts.  Each  wanted  to  get  aboard 
before  the  other,  those  who  were  unable  to  get  alongside 
the  ship  springing  out  of  their  canoes  and  diving  under  the 
others  to  reach  the  vessel  and  sell  their  wares.  They  had 
obes  roots  and  bunches  of  coker-nuts  in  their  mouths  and 
clambered  up  the  vessel  in  such  numbers  that  we  had  to 
keep  them  off  with  sticks.     When  they  had  finished  their 

^  Evidently  an  error  for  22nd. 


202  JACOB    LE   MAIRE'S  [April,  1616 

bartering  they  jumped  from  the  ship  and  swam  back  to 
their  canoes.  They  were  greatly  surprised  at  the  size  and 
strength  of  the  vessel ;  some  climbing  down  aft,  near  the 
rudder  right  under  the  ship,  knocked  against  the  bottom 
with  a  stone  to  see  how  strong  it  was.  There  came  a 
canoe  from  the  other  island  bringing  us  a  young  wild 
black  pig  which  the  king  sent  us  as  a  present ;  we  wished 
to  present  the  bringer  with  something  in  return,  but  he 
refused,  showing  by  signs  that  the  king  had  forbidden  him 
to  take  aught.  In  the  afternoon  the  king  came  himself 
in  a  big  sailing-prow,  in  shape  as  mentioned  above,  like  an 
ice-sleigh,  and  accompanied  by  fully  thirty-five  canoes. 
This  king  or  chief  was  called  Latou  by  his  people.  We 
received  him  with  drums  and  trumpets,  whereat  they  were 
greatly  astonished,  as  something  they  had  never  seen  or 
heard.  They  showed  us  much  honour  and  amity,  according 
to  appearances,  bowing  their  heads,  beating  their  foreheads 
with  their  fists  and  performing  other  strange  ceremonies. 
When  he  was  still  a  little  way  off  the  king  began  to  call 
aloud  and  to  rave  as  if  he  were  offering  up  prayer  in  his 
fashion,  and  all  the  other  people  did  the  same,  without 
our  knowing  what  it  meant,  but  we  presumed  it  was  their 
welcome.  Shortly  afterwards  the  king  sent  us  a  mat  by 
his  servants  to  whom  we  gave  in  return  an  old  hatchet,  a 
few  beads,  some  old  nails  and  a  piece  of  linen,  which  he 
received  with  gladness,  laying  the  same  three  times  upon 
his  head  and  then  bowing  his  head  low,  as  a  sign  of 
reverence  and  gratitude  or  respect.  The  men  who  came 
aboard  fell  on  their  knees  and  kissed  our  feet,  and  were 
exceedingly  astonished  at  the  sight  of  our  vessel.  This 
king  could  not  be  distinguished  from  the  rest  of  the 
Indians,  for  he,  too,  went  about  quite  naked,  except  by 
the  fact  that  they  obeyed  him  and  that  he  had  good 
authority  over  his  men.  We  motioned  the  Latou  to  come 
over  the  side  into  our  ship.     His  son  came   aboard  and 


April,  1616]       AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  203 

we  treated  him  well,  but  he  himself  durst  not  or  would 
not  come ;  all  of  them,  however,  made  signs  that  we 
should  come  to  the  further  island  with  our  vessel,  that 
there  was  enough  of  everything  to  be  got.  We  ob- 
tained by  barter  from  them  three  fishing  rods  made  of 
cane,  as  in  Holland,  but  a  little  stouter,  with  mother- 
of-pearl  hooks  upon  them.  The  king's  son  went  back 
ashore  and  the  canoe  which  accompanied  him  had  on  the 
larboard  side  a  piece  of  wood  whereby  it  was  held  upright. 
On  this  wood  their  rod  lay  always  ready  for  fishing. 

On  the  morning  of  the  2^rci  there  came  some  forty-five 
canoes  alongside  of  us  in  order  to  trade,  accompanied  by  a 
fleet  of  some  twenty-three  small  sailing-vessels,  shaped  like 
ice-sleighs  ;  each  of  these  had,  on  an  average  twenty-five 
men  aboard,  two  small  canoes  having  four  or  five,  and 
that  without  our  knowing  what  they  had  in  mind.  The 
canoes  still  kept  on  trading  with  us,  exchanging  coker-nuts 
for  nails,  and  still  acted  as  if  they  were  great  friends  of 
ours,  but  we  subsequently  found  out  otherwise.  They 
still  kept  on  making  signs  that  we  should  sail  to  the  other 
island.  When  we  had  had  our  breakfast  we  weighed 
anchor  and  set  sail  in  order  to  proceed  to  that  other 
island.  The  king,  or  chief,  who  had  come  near  our  vessel 
the  previous  day,  also  came  towards  us  in  a  small  sailing- 
vessel,  and  they  shouted  very  loudly  all  together.  We 
would  have  liked  to  have  had  him  on  board,  but  he  would 
not,  whereat  we  were  not  easy  in  our  mind,  fearing  some 
evil,  especially  as  all  the  small  vessels  and  canoes  kept 
close  around  our  ship,  and  the  king  got  out  of  his  vessel 
to  sit  in  a  canoe  whilst  his  son  sat  in  another.  Immediately 
after  this  they  beat  a  small  drum  which  had  been  left  in 
the  king's  vessel,  and  then  all  the  people  began  to  shout, 
which  seemed  to  us  to  denote  that  they  would  all  attack 
us  together  in  order  to  take  our  ship  ;  and,  indeed,  the 
little  vessel  out  of  which  the  king  had  got,  came  up  with 


204  JACOB    LE   MAIRE'S  [April,  1616 

US  at  a  speed  so  swift  that  it  seemed  as  if  she  wished  to 
run  us  down,  but  she  struck  our  ship  with  such  force  that 
the  two  prows  of  the  canoes  that  protruded  underneath  were 
broken  into  splinters,  those  men  who  were  on  her  (amongst 
whom  there  were  some  women,  too),  springing  into  the 
water  and  swimming  off  to  windward.  The  others  began 
to  throw  stones  at  us  most  bravely,  thinking  to  frighten  us 
thereby,  but  we  fired  upon  them  with  muskets  and  three 
guns  (charged  with  musket  balls  and  old  nails)  so  that  all 
the  people  in  the  little  vessel  that  lay  alongside  of  us 
sprang  into  the  water.  We  calculated  that  some  of  them 
forgot  to  go  home  at  all,  and  that  others  had  got  some 
brave  wounds ;  and  so  they  retreated.  They  knew 
absolutely  nothing  about  shooting,  but  when  they  saw 
how  some  of  their  men  fared  by  it  they  all  kept  very  far 
beyond  the  fire  of  our  ship.  We  then  proceeded  on  our 
voyage,  taking  a  westerly  and  west  by  southerly  course. 
We  were  of  opinion  that  the  king  had  on  that  occasion 
brought  all  his  forces  together,  for  there  were  some 
thousand  or  more  men.  We  called  this  island  't  Verraders 
Eylandt,^  because  the  greater  part  of  the  people  who  tried 
to  betray  us  had  come  from  that  island. 

On  the  morning  of  the  24th  we  saw  another  island  right 
in  front  of  us,  about  7  miles  off.  We  sent  out  a  shallop  to  see 
whether  there  was  any  bottom,  but  they  found  none  except 
close  to  the  shore.  The  savages,  perceiving  this,  imme- 
diately came  up  with  fourteen  canoes,  out  of  which  some 
sprang  into  the  sea,  intending  to  attack  or  to  capsize  the 
shallop.  Our  men,  seeing  this,  fired  amongst  them  with 
muskets  (for  there  were  six  musketeers  in  the  shallop,  and 
the  others  were  well  provided  with  swords  and  pikes), 
so  that  they  shot  two  dead  in  the  canoes,  one  of  whom 
immediately  fell  out  by  his  own  weight,  whilst  the  other 

1  Traitors'  Island. 


April,  1616]       AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  205 

kept  his  seat  and  wiped  the  blood  from  his  chest  with  his 
hand,  but  also  dropped  overboard.  Those  in  the  canoes 
were  so  frightened  by  the  occurrence  that  they  hastily 
made  off;  we  also  saw  many  people  on  the  beach  who 
were  yelling  and  shouting  lustily.  Seeing  that  there  was 
no  proper  anchorage  there,  we  hauled  our  shallop  up  again 
and  proceeded  on  our  course  to  the  south-west.  When  we 
were  under  sail  the  Council  decided  to  proceed  in  a 
northerly  direction  in  order  not  to  drop  too  far  below 
Nova  Guinea,  and  this  was  done. 

On  the  28th,  the  wind  was  south,  our  course  north.  In 
the  afternoon  we  saw  two  islands  about  8  miles  north-east 
by  east  of  us  and  appearing  to  lie  about  a  gun-shot  distant 
from  each  other,  wherefore  we  then  proceeded  north-east- 
wardly  in  order  to  make  the  land,  having  fine  weather,  but 
not  much  breeze. 

On  the  29th  the  wind  was  nor'-nor'-east ;  we  did  our 
best  to  tack  towards  the  land. 

On  the  30th  the  wind  was  easterly,  occasionally  with  a 
slight  breeze  ;  when  we  were  still  about  a  mile  from  land 
some  twenty-three  canoes  came  alongside,  and  though  we 
made  all  signs  of  friendship  to  the  occupants,  one  of  them 
having  a  wooden  assagay  (with  sharpened  end)  in  his 
hand,  threatened  to  throw  it  at  one  of  our  comrades  ;  and 
they  also  shrieked  loudly  as  in  the  other  islands,  which  we 
took  to  be  a  signal  for  attacking  us,  wherefore  we  fired 
twice  with  a  metal  gun,  and  several  times  with  muskets, 
so  that  two  were  wounded,  whereupon  the  others  imme- 
diately rowed  off,  throwing  overboard  during  their  flight  a 
shirt  they  had  stolen  from  the  gallery.  Subsequently  some 
of  the  same  canoes  were  emboldened  to  come  alongside 
once  more,  and  as  we  had  come  somewhat  nearer  the  shore 
and  could  find  no  bottom  we  launched  our  shallop  and 
eight  musketeers  to  take  soundings,  but  they  found  no 
bottom,  and  when  they  wished  to  return  to  the  vessel  they 


206  JACOB   LE    M aire's  [April,  1616 

were  surrounded  by  six  or  seven  canoes,  the  occupants  of 

which  attempted  to  enter  the  shallop  and  take  away  the 

sailors*  arnns.     At  this  they  were  compelled  to  fire  among 

them  with   muskets,  so  that  six  were  killed    and    many 

must  have  been  wounded,  for  our  men  rowed  towards  a 

canoe  which   was   entirely   bereft   of  its   crew   with   the 

exception  of  a  dead  man,  who  was  still  hanging  to  it  by 

his  legs  and  whom  they  cast  overboard.     They  brought  us 

the  canoe,  in  which  we  found  a  club  and  a  long  stick  like 

a  short  pike.     They  returned  aboard  in  the  night  and  had 

found  no  anchorage,  wherefore  we  tacked  all  that  night 

near  the  shore. 

May. 

On  the  1st  of  May  we  did  our  best  to  make  the  land, 
and  on  coming  near  it  sent  our  shallop  shorewards  to  take 
soundings ;  they  found  a  shell  bottom  in  50  fathoms, 
about  a  gun-shot  from  the  land,  whither  we  sailed  with 
our  vessel,  right  opposite  a  fresh-water  river  which  came 
running  down  from  the  mountains  ;  many  canoes  again 
came  alongside  and  brought  us  all  sorts  of  things.  Their 
huts  stood  all  along  the  beach  ;  they  were  made  of  the  leaves 
of  trees,  and  circular  in  form,  tapering  to  a  point  at  the 
top  for  the  water  to  run  down  ;  about  25  ft.  in  circum- 
ference, 10  to  12  ft.  high,  with  a  hole  one  had  to  stoop  to 
get  into.  Inside  we  saw  only  a  few  dried  herbs,  like  hay, 
to  sleep  on,  with  a  fishing-rod  or  two,  and  in  some  a 
wooden  club.  That  was  all  the  furniture  as  Well  in  the 
large  ones  (nay,  even  in  that  of  the  chief  or  king  himself) 
as  in  the  small. 

On  the  2nd  we  again  bartered  for  many  coker-nuts 
and  ubas  roots,  which  were  brought  on  board  in  the 
canoes ;  a  very  large  number  of  people  assembled  on  the 
beach  that  day,  who  appeared  to  have  come  from  different 
parts  of  the  island,  being  generally  astonished  to  see  our 
ship. 


PLATE  No.    25. 


Number  25  is  HooRN  Island, 

With  an  explanation  of  some  indications  given  in  the  following 
picture. 

A.  Are  the  two  kings  meeting  and  welcoming  each  other  with  many 

strange  ceremonies. 

B.  The  two  kings  sitting  on  mats  under  the  belay. 

C.  Our  trumpeters  and  drummer  playing  before  the  kings,  who  took 

great  pleasure  therein. 

D.  Peasants  of  the  country  chewing  a  certain  green  herb,  called  by 

them  kava,  upon  which,  after  it  is  chewed,  they  pour  water,  and 
so  make  a  drink  of  it,  greatly  esteemed  by  them. 

E.  Is  the  shape  of  their  huts,  being  round  and  pointed  on  top,  and 

covered  with  leaves  of  trees. 

F.  The  picture  of  the  king,  having  a  long  plait  of  hair  hanging  down 

from  the  left  side  of  his  head  to  beyond  his  hips,  bound  up  with 
a  knot  or  two. 

G.  Are  those  of  the  king's  nobles  or  council,  having  their  hair  tied  up 

in  two  (or  sometimes  more)  plaits  ;  a  few  wore  it  ornamentally 
curled  as  under  H,  others  standing  straight  up  on  end  like 
pigs'  bristles,  but  a  quarter  of  an  ell  long,  as  under  I. 

K.  A  woman  of  that  island,  wearing  her  hair  shaved  short. 

L.   Are  coker-nut  trees,  upon  which  the  coker-nuts  grow. 

M.  Eendracht  Bay,  where  we  lay  with  our  ship  at  four  anchors. 

N.  The  rivulet  near  which  we  lay  and  where  we  got  our  water. 

0.   The  king's  belay ^  in  the  shade  of  which  he  sat  daily. 


May,  1616]         AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  20/ 

On  the  3rd,  Aris  Claesz.  and  Regnier  Symonsz.  Snoeck, 
an  assistant,  went  ashore  with  Cornelis  Schouts,  our  cabin- 
boy,  as  hostages,  to  enter  into  friendship  with  the  inhabitants, 
we  receiving  in  return  six  of  their  chiefs  on  board,  to  whom 
we  showed  every  kindness,  giving  them  food  and  drink 
and  also  some  presents,  as  they  likewise  regaled  our  men, 
giving  them  coker-nuts  and  obas  to  eat  and  water  to  drink. 
The  king  showed  our  men  great  respect,  presenting  them 
with  four  small  pigs,  and  our  fellows  fetched  that  day  some 
five  boatfuls  of  water,  all  in  amity,  for  when  any  savages 
approached  our  boat  the  king  himself  immediately  came 
in  person  and  drove  them  away,  or  had  it  done  by  some  of 
his  servants,  he  having  very  good  authority  over  his  people. 
For  a  sword  having  been  taken  from  us,  and  we  having 
informed  one  of  the  king's  nobles  thereof,  this  man  gave 
orders  for  the  sword  to  be  restored  ;  in  a  very  short  time 
man  who  had  taken  the  sword  was  pursued,  and  although 
he  was  already  a  good  way  off,  he  was  overtaken  and 
brought  back.  The  sword  was  laid  at  our  feet  and  the 
man  beaten  with  sticks,  and  they  made  signs  by  passing 
their  fingers  over  their  throats  that  if  he,  the  herico  (that  is 
the  king),  knew  it  he  would  have  his  head  cut  off;  and 
after  that  time  we  did  not  perceive  that  anything  was 
stolen  from  us,  either  on  shore,  on  board  the  vessel  or 
anywhere  else,  indeed,  they  durst  not  take  a  fish  caught  by 
us.  These  people  were  very  frightened  of  the  shooting, 
for  if  we  fired  off  a  musket  they  ran  away  in  fear  and  trem- 
bling, and  we  made  them  still  more  afraid  when  we  showed 
them  that  we  could  also  shoot  with  the  big  guns,  which  the 
king  desired  us  once  to  do  ;  but  when  it  was  done  they 
were  all  so  astonished  and  amazed  that  all  of  them  seated 
together  near  the  king  under  the  balay,^  were,  notwithstand- 
ing all  the  warnings  and  assurances  that  had  been  given 

1  See  Plate  No.  25  (O). 


208  JACOB   LE   M aire's  [May,  1616 

them,  not  to  be  kept  from  panic,  but  fled  to  the  woods, 
leaving  our  supercargoes  sitting  alone.  After  a  while  they 
came  back  and  calmed  down  with  difficulty. 

On  the  4th  Aris  Claesz.,  Claes  Jansz.,  and  Daniel  le 
Maire  again  went  ashore  to  obtain  some  pigs  by  barter, 
but  they  would  not  treat  with  us  for  any.  The  king,  after 
having  offered  up  his  prayer  (which  he  was  accustomed  to 
do  when  he  landed),  showed  us  every  kindness,  and  we  did 
the  same  to  him. 

On  the  5th  the  supercargoes,  Jacob  le  Maire  and  Aris 
Claesz.,  went  ashore,  but  could  get  no  pigs  from  the  inha- 
bitants, the  latter  having  too  much  need  of  them  themselves, 
since  they  had  little  else  to  eat  than  obas  roots,  coker-nuts, 
a  few  pigs  and  some  bananas.  Our  men  were  very  welcome 
there,  and  great  respect  was  shown  them,  for  they  had  to 
walk  everywhere  on  mats,  and  the  king  and  the  under- 
king  both  presented  them  with  their  crowns,  which  they 
took  from  their  heads  and  placed,  one  each,  on  the  head  of 
Jacob  le  Maire  and  Aris  Claesz.,  in  exchange  for  which 
le  Maire  also  gave  them  some  presents  of  little  value, 
wherewith  they  were  very  pleased.  The  aforesaid  crowns 
were  made  of  long  narrow  white  feathers,  adorned  at  both 
the  top  and  bottom  ends  with  small  red  and  green  feathers, 
since  they  have  many  perrequitos  there,  as  well  as  some 
pigeons,  which  they  hold  in  great  esteem,  for  all  those  of 
the  king's  council  had  a  pigeon  sitting  near  them  on  a 
small  stick.  These  pigeons  are  white  on  top  as  far  as  the 
wings  and  for  the  rest  black,  but  underneath,  on  their  belly, 
they  have  reddish  feathers.  We  continually  fetched  water 
that  day,  and  got  many  coker-nuts  and  obes  roots  in 
barter. 

On  the  6th  and  7th  we  were  mostly  engaged  in  getting 
our  water  aboard,  the  skipper  himself,  Willem  Cornelisz. 
Schouten,  and  Aris  Claesz.,  proceeding  ashore  with  the 
trumpeters  (since  the  king  liked  to  hear  them  blow),  and 


May,  1616]         AUSTRALIAN   NAVIGATIONS.  209 

getting^  two  pigs  with  a  deal  of  difficulty.  The  king  of  the 
other  island  came  that  same  day  to  visit  this  king,  and  they 
presented  each  other,  amid  much  homage  and  wonderful 
ceremonies,  with  small  roots  and  other  things,  finally 
making  a  very  great  hubbub,  the  reason  being,  so  we 
thought,  that  the  king  of  the  other  island  wished  to  try  and 
take  our  vessel  and  keep  our  crew,  which  this  king  would 
not  consent  to,  fearing  that  this  might  bring  him  harm. 

The  under-king  or  king's  son  came  on  board  our  ship 
once  and  was  well  regaled,  being  greatly  astonished  at 
everything.  In  the  evening  our  men  danced  with  the 
savages,  who  were  very  pleased  thereat,  being  surprised 
that  we  treated  them  so  familiarly  and  with  such  kindness. 
We  got  to  be  as  free  and  easy  there  as  if  we  had  been  at 
home. 

On  the  morning  of  the  8th,  our  supercargo,  Jacob  le 
Maire,  and  Aris  Claesz.,  late  supercargo  of  the  yacht, 
proceeded  ashore  with  Claes  Jansz.  Ban,  under-factor,  and 
one  of  our  mates.  They  went  into  the  interior  and  climbed 
up  the  mountains  in  order  to  see  what  products  grew 
there  and  to  inspect  the  situation  of  the  country,  and  as 
they  were  ascending  the  mountains  there  came  to  them  the 
old  king  and  his  brother,  in  order  to  accompany  them. 
They  saw  nought  else  than  wildernesses  and  a  few  valleys, 
which  were  quite  bare  on  account  of  the  great  rains  ;  they 
also  found  some  red  dye  with  which  the  women  there 
besmear  their  head  and  cheeks.  When  they  observed  that 
the  difficult  path  was  trying  to  our  men,  they  made  signs 
to  return  to  the  ship  and  brought  them  along  a  good  path 
to  a  clump  of  coker-nut  trees,  which  were  full  of  nuts  ; 
there  they  made  our  men  sit  down,  and  the  under-king 
tied  a  bandage  round  his  feet  or  legs  and  climbed  with 
great  dexterity  and  swiftness  up  a  straight  tall  tree,  and  in 
a  moment  brought  down  ten  coker-nuts,  which  he  opened 
very  easily  in  a  moment  by  a  peculiar  knack  with  a  small 

? 


2IO  JACOB  LE  maire's  [May,  1616 

piece  of  wood.  They  made  us  understand  that  they 
sometimes  waged  war  against  the  people  of  the  other 
island,  and  showed  us  many  caves  and  hollows  in  the 
mountains,  also  bushes  and  thickets  along  the  ways,  from 
which  they  surprised  and  attacked  each  other.  Towards 
noon  our  men  returned  to  the  ship,  bringing  with  them  the 
young  king  and  his  brother,  who  then  dined  with  us.  As 
we  sat  at  table  we  showed  them  that  we  intended  to 
depart  in  two  days'  time,  whereat  the  young  king  was  so 
glad  that  he  immediately  jumped  up  from  the  table  and 
went  into  the  gallery  shouting  out  that  we  intended  to 
depart  in  two  days'  time.  They  were  sore  afraid  of  us. 
When  the  meal  was  over  the  upper  king  came  on  board  ; 
he  was,  after  their  fashion,  a  stately,  distinguished-looking 
person,  a  man  of  sixty  years,  bringing  with  him  sixteen 
members  of  his  council  or  nobility.  We  received  him  well, 
according  to  his  due.  When  he  came  aboard  the  ship  he 
fell  upon  his  face  and  offered  up  his  prayer ;  after  that  we 
took  him  below  where  he  again  recited  his  prayer  as 
before  ;  he  was  surprised  beyond  all  measure  at  what  he 
saw,  as  we,  too,  were  at  his  manners.  His  people  kissed 
our  feet,  took  hold  of  our  feet  with  their  hands  and  placed 
the  former  on  their  heads  and  necks.  The  king  further 
inspected  the  whole  ship,  above  and  below,  fore  and  aft ; 
he  was  astonished  at  the  big  guns,  for  two  days  before  he 
had  heard  them  boom  forth  in  his  honour.  When  the 
king  had  now  inspected  the  ship  according  to  his  wish  and 
desire  he  was  anxious  to  proceed  ashore,  and  departed  with 
a  great  show  of  respect.  Our  supercargoes  accompanied 
him  ashore  again  as  far  as  his  belay,  where  he  usually  sat. 
In  the  evening  we  went  to  the  king ;  there  we  found  a 
number  of  maidens  dancing  naked  before  the  king.  One 
of  them  played  upon  a  piece  of  hollow  wood  like  a  pump 
that  gave  forth  some  sound,  whereupon  these  maidens 
danced  very  prettily  and  entertainingly  and  with   much 


May,  1616]         AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  211 

grace  to  the  measure  of  that  music,  so  that  our  people 
were  surprised  to  see  the  like  amongst  these  savage  folk. 
Night  had  fallen  some  time  when  they  returned  on  board 
with  the  fish. 

On  the  morning  of  the  loth  the  king  sent  us  two  small 
pigs  as  a  present.  That  same  day  the  king  of  the  other 
island  came  to  visit  this  king,  bringing  with  him  sixteen 
pigs  and  some  three  hundred  men,  all  of  whom  had  hanging 
from  their  waists  certain  green  herbs  from  which  they 
make  their  drink.  When  that  king  had  almost  come  up 
to  the  other  he  began  to  bow  and  to  bend  before  him  from 
afar  with  strange  ceremonies  and  homage,  falling  with  his 
face  to  the  earth  and  praying  incessantly,  with  much  shout- 
ing and  raving,  and  with  very  great  zeal,  so  it  seemed  to 
us.  The  other  king  went  to  meet  him,  and  similarly  with 
much  noise  and  strange  gestures  he  showed  him  great 
respect  and  honour.  After  much  ado  they  finally  got  up 
and  went  and  sat  down  together  under  the  king's  belay, 
bringing  together  a  large  number  of  people,  probably  some 
nine  hundred  persons.  As  they  were  about  to  sit  down 
they  recited  their  prayer  again,  according  to  their  wont, 
with  their  heads  hanging  down,  bowing  to  the  ground  and 
clapping  their  hands  together,  all  of  which  was  wonderful 
for  us  to  behold.  Our  clerk,  Aris  Claesz.,  having  already 
proceeded  ashore  in  the  forenoon,  Jacob  le  Maire  and 
Claes  Jansz.  Ban  were  also  invited  in  the  afternoon.  They 
went  ashore,  taking  with  them  four  trumpeters  and  a 
drummer,  and  came  to  the  kings  ;  they  blew  on  the  trum- 
pets together  and  beat  the  drum  before  both  the  kings, 
who  were  seated  together  and  took  exceeding  pleasure 
therein.  After  that  a  number  of  peasants  from  the  smallest 
island  came  to  the  kings,  bringing  with  them  a  quantity 
of  green  herbs,  which  they  called  kava,  such  as  the  three 
hundred  men  mentioned  above  carried  around  their  bodies, 
and  commenced  all  together  to  chew  those  herbs  with  their 

P  2 


2i;2  JACOB  LE  maire's  [May,  1616 

mouth.  When  these  had  been  chewed  quite  small  they 
took  them  out  of  their  mouth  and  placed  all  this  together 
in  a  big  wooden  trough,  poured  water  upon  it,  stirred  and 
kneaded  it  together,  and  gave  it  to  the  kings,  who  drank 
thereof  with  the  nobles.  They  also  offered  it  to  our  men, 
but  these  had  more  than  enough  at  the  sight  of  it.  They 
also  brought  a  quantity  of  obes  roots,  which  they  had 
roasted,  and  sixteen  pigs,  which  had  merely  had  the  entrails 
taken  out,  and  all  bloody  and  unwashed  as  these  were, 
some  heated  stones  were  put  into  them,  their  bristles  were 
singed  off  a  bit  over  a  fire,  they  were  well  roasted  after 
the  fashion  of  these  people,  and  so  eaten  with  much  relish. 
This  nation  showed  their  superiors  much  honour  and 
respect,  for  all  the  dishes  which  they  brought  before  the 
king  (whom  they  called  herico  in  their  language)  they 
placed  upon  their  head,  then  sat  down  so  upon  their 
haunches  and  so  set  the  food  down  before  the  king.  Of 
these  aforesaid  pigs  we  received  one  from  each  king,  who 
made  us  a  present  of  it.  They  themselves  first  placed 
these  upon  their  head,  and  kneeling,  laid  them  with  great 
reverence  at  the  feet  of  our  men  ;  they  also  gave  us  eleven 
small  live  pigs  and  a  few  of  medium  size.  We  presented 
them  in  return  with  three  small  copper  pails,  four  knives, 
twelve  old  nails  and  some  beads,  wherewith  they  were 
well  satisfied. 

On  the  morning  of  the  12th  the  kings  of  both  islands 
came  on  board  our  vessel  with  their  suite  of  nobility,  after 
their  custom.  The  head  men  or  chiefs  amongst  them  all 
wore  green  leaves  of  coker-nut  trees  around  their  necks, 
which  were  tokens  of  peace.  W^e  received  them  (as  they 
had  done  us)  with  great  respect  and  conducted  them  to 
the  cabin  and  everywhere  in  and  on  the  vessel ;  when  they 
had  inspected  everything  thoroughly  they  presented  us 
with  six  pigs.  Both  the  kings  themselves  first  placed 
these  one  by  one  upon  their  heads  and  then  at  our  feet 


May,  1616]         AUSTRALIAN   NAVIGATIONS.  213 

with  great  veneration,  bowing  their  heads  to  the  ground  ; 
meanwhile  we  had  the  pigs  taken  away  and  conducted  the 
kings  back  to  the  cabin,  where  we  in  turn  presented  them 
with  two  bunches  of  beads  and  each  king  with  two  knives 
and  six  nails,  whereupon  they  took  leave  of  us  amicably 
and  proceeded  ashore.  Our  supercargo,  Jacob  le  Maire, 
accompanied  them  on  land  and  was  further  presented  by 
them  with  three  pigs,  which  he  brought  on  board,  and  we 
made  preparations  to  set  sail,  to  the  great  satisfaction  of 
the  inhabitants  of  that  island,  since  as  long  as  we  were 
there  they  were  in  constant  fear  that  we  should  kill  them 
and  take  their  land.  The  people  of  that  island  were  stout- 
hearted folk  and  tall  of  stature,  for  the  ordinary  men 
amongst  them  were  no  shorter  than  the  tallest  of  ours, 
whilst  the  tallest  of  them  stood  out  far  above  the  latter. 
They  were  strong  men  and  very  well  made  in  body  and 
limb ;  they  could  run  very  swiftly  and  swim  and  dive  in 
masterly  fashion.  They  were  quite  a  brownish  yellow  in 
colour,  were  intelligent,  and  adorned  their  hair  in  very 
different  ways ;  some  had  it  curled,  others  beautifully 
crimped,  others  again  had  it  tied  up  in  four,  five  and  six 
plaits,  whilst  a  few  (a  strange  thing  to  behold)  had  their 
hair  standing  straight  on  end  more  than  a  quarter  of  an 
ell  long,  as  if  it  had  been  pigs'  bristles. 

The  king  wore  a  long  plait  on  the  left  side  of  his  head, 
hanging  down  his  side  lower  than  his  hips,  and  tied  up 
with  a  button  or  two.  His  nobles  had  two  such  plaits,  one 
on  each  side  of  their  head,  and  all  alike,  men  and  women, 
went  about  quite  naked,  except  that  their  privy  parts  were 
somewhat,  but  scantily,  covered.  The  women  were  very 
unsightly,  both  in  face  and  body,  with  their  hair  cut  short, 
like  the  men  in  Holland  ;  they  had  long  hanging  breasts, 
which,  in  some,  hung  down  like  empty  bags  as  far  as  their 
belly.  They  were  very  unchaste  and  allowed  themselves 
to  be  used  in  all  men's  presence,  even  close  to  the  king. 


ii4  Jacob  Le  Maire's  [May,  1616 

with  only  a  small  mat  over  them.  We  could  not  perceive 
that  this  people  worshipped  any  god  or  gods  or  that  they 
cultivated  any  religion,  small  or  great,  living  only  a  life 
free  of  care,  like  the  birds  in  the  forest.  They  knew 
nought  of  buying  or  selling,  but  by  fits  they  presented  us 
with  something  and  we  them.  They  neither  sow  nor  mow 
nor  do  they  perform  any  kind  of  work  ;  the  earth  of  itself 
gives  them  all  that  they  need  to  support  life,  such  as 
coker-nuts,  obes,  bananas  and  similar  products.  On 
leaving  we  gave  these  islands  the  name  of  the  Hoorn 
Islands,  after  our  native  town  of  Hoorn,  and  the  bay 
in  which  we  had  lain  that  of  Eendrachts  Bay,  after  our 
ship.  We  were  engaged  the  greater  part  of  the  day  in 
getting  out  of  the  bay  and  in  weighing  our  anchors  ;  one 
of  our  cables  had  been  worn  asunder  by  the  sharp  bottom 
so  that  we  lost  that  anchor.  Whilst  weighing  one  of  the 
bow-anchors  its  cable  got  fixed  round  a  rock  and  snapped, 
whereby  we  lost  that  anchor  too. 

This  bay  is  situated  in  a  bend  on  the  south  side  of  the 
island  ;  on  one  side  there  is  a  reef  which  stands  out  at  low 
tide,  and  on  the  other  side  is  the  mainland,  but  with  a 
reefy  coast.  We  lay  here  with  four  cables  and  four  anchors 
out,  in  10  fathoms  on  a  sand  bottom,  about  a  musket  shot 
from  the  streamlet  where  the  fresh  water  came  running 
down.  We  might  indeed  have  lain  without  danger  in  the 
streamlet  itself ;  where  we  did  lie  we  could  not  allow  her 
to  swing  on  account  of  its  being  very  narrow  there.  We 
got  under  sail  in  the  afternoon  and  ran  first  to  the  west- 
sou'-west. 

At  noon  on  June  14th  our  latitude  was  13°  15',  the  wind 
east,  and  we  proceeded  northwards.  From  the  14th  to  the 
30th  we  made  good  progress,  when  on  the  ist  of  July  we 
saw  three  small  islands,  whence  two  canoes  immediately 
came  and  made  signs  that  their  king  lived  on  the  other 
islands,  whither  we  sailed,  but  went  past  them  by  reason 


May,  l6l6]         AUSTRALIAN   NAVIGATIONS.  ^1^ 

of  their  inconvenient  position.  These  people  were  like  the 
other  natives  in  everything  except  that  they  carried  bows 
and  arrows  as  weapons.  On  the  4th  we  proceeded  on  our 
course  north  by  west  until  we  reached  Nova  Guinea  on 
July  25th,  whence  we  called  one  island  Het  groene  Eylant^ 
and  the  other  S.  Jans  Eylant,^  because  we  had  discovered 
it  on  St.  John's  Day.  About  noon  we  came  near  the  main- 
land and  continued  to  sail  along  the  coast  with  an  east- 
south-east  wind,  but  could  find  no  anchorage.  We  sent 
our  shallop  out  to  take  soundings ;  on  leaving  the  vessel 
it  proceeded  along  the  shore,  but  on  approaching  some- 
what nearer  to  the  land  two  or  three  prows  or  canoes  filled 
with  very  black  people  came  towards  it.  They  were  quite 
naked,  wearing  nothing  over  their  privy  parts,  and  pelted  at 
our  men  very  fiercely  with  slings,  but  as  soon  as  our  people 
began  to  fire  upon  them  they  immediately  took  to  flight. 
The  shallop  returned  to  the  ship  without  having  found  any 
bottom,  and  the  men  said  that  these  people  spoke  quite 
another  language  than  the  former  ones.  We  continued  to 
sail  along  the  coast,  which  was  high  and  green,  very 
pleasant  to  behold  ;  we  saw  a  deal  of  land  looking  as  if  it 
had  been  tilled.  In  the  evening  we  got  round  the  corner 
into  a  bay  where  we  anchored  in  45  fathoms  on  a  bad  and 
uneven  bottom.  The  same  evening  two  prows  came  near 
the  vessel  and  accosted  us,  but  we  could  not  understand 
them.  The  whole  of  the  night  they  kept  a  watch  upon  us 
with  fires  all  along  the  coast.  We  lay  about  a  gun-shot 
from  the  shore,  near  a  falling  stream  ;  at  night  it  was  fine 
calm  weather  with  a  bright  moon.  There  was  a  light 
breeze  from  the  land,  so  some  prows  came  close  under  the 
gallery  of  the  ship,  where  we  threw  a  few  beads  to  them 
and  showed  them  every  kindness.  We  made  signs  for 
them  to  bring  us  coker-nuts,  pigs,  oxen  or  goats  if  they 

1  Green  Island.  ^  st.  John's  Island. 


2l6 


JACOB   LE   MAIRE^S 


[May,  l6i6 


had  them,  but  they  remained  around  the  vessel  the  g^reater 
part  of  the  night  shouting  and  yelling  according  to  their 
wont ;  they  were  savage  blacks,  uncivilized  folk.  This 
land  lay,  according  to  our  reckoning,  about  1,840  miles 
from  the  spot  we  had  left  on  the  coast  of  Peru. 

On  the  morning  of  the  26th  eight  prows  came  around 
our  vessel,  amonst  them  being  one  carrying  eleven  men, 
the  others  having  four,  five,  six  or  seven.  They  kept 
moving  round  our  ship  and  were  in  their  fashion  well 
provided  with  arms,  to  wit,  with  assagays,  stones,  clubs, 
wooden  swords  and  slings  :  we  showed  them  every  kindness, 
gave  them  beads  and  other  trifles  and  made  signs  for  them 
to  proceed  ashore  and  fetch  us  pigs,  fowls,  coker-nuts  and 
other  fruit  such  as  they  had,  but  we  perceived  that  they 
had  something  quite  different  in  mind,  for  they  all  began 
to  pelt  at  us  with  slings,  and  assagays,  thinking  to  over- 
power us.  We,  however,  being  on  our  guard,  fired  muskets 
and  big  guns  amongst  the  band,  so  that  some  ten  or  twelve 
were  killed,  the  big  prow  and  three  others  abandoned, 
while  their  occupants  sprang  overboard  and  swam  shore- 
wards.  We  launched  our  row-boat,  in  which  some  of  our 
men  set  out  amongst  the  swimming  natives,  killing  a  few 
more.  They  also  brought  three  prisoners  on  board,  who 
were  badly  wounded,  and  four  prows,  which  were  broken 
up  for  galley  fuel.  The  wounded  were  bandaged  and  one 
of  them  died. 

In  the  afternoon  our  shallop  with  the  two  prisoners 
proceeded  to  row  all  along  the  shore,  the  prisoners  con- 
stantly calling  out  to  the  natives  to  bring  pigs,  bananas 
and  coker-nuts,  whereupon  a  canoe  came  alongside  bring- 
ing a  small  pig  and  a  bunch  of  bananas.  We  set  a  ransom 
of  ten  pigs  upon  the  one  man,  the  other,  who  was  badly 
wounded,  we  set  ashore,  having  little  hope  that  he  would 
live.  These  people  had  holes  pierced  in  both  sides  of 
their  nostrils  wherein  they  wore  two  rings,  one  on  each 


May,  1616]        AUSTRALIAN   NAVIGATIONS.  ^l) 

side,  a  very  strange  thing  to  behold.  We  saw  another 
island  here,  north  of  and  separated  from  the  large  island. 

On  the  27th  we  filled  our  empty  casks  with  water,  and 
got  that  day  one  pig  ;  we  also  saw  here  certain  birds 
entirely  red. 

On  the  morning  of  the  30th,  as  we  were  drifting  along 
in  a  calm,  many  canoes  came  alongside  filled  with  blacks, 
who,  as  they  approached  us,  broke  their  asagays  in  pieces 
upon  their  heads,  in  token  of  peace,  but  not  one  of  them 
brought  us  anything,  although  they  wanted  everything. 
They  appeared  to  be  better  and  more  civilized  folk  than 
the  last,  for  they  covered  their  privy  parts  with  small 
leaves  and  had  a  handsomer  kind  of  canoe,  adorned  fore 
and  aft  with  a  little  carved  work.  They  are  very  proud 
of  their  beards,  which  they  powder  with  chalk  as  well 
as  the  hair  of  their  head.  Upon  the  three  or  four  islands 
from  which  these  canoes  came  there  were  many  coker-nut 
trees.  Not  one  of  them  brought  us  anything,  although 
we  made  them  signs  that  we  were  in  want  of  food ; 
they  remained  near  us  until  the  evening,  when  they  re- 
turned ashore. 

July. 

On  the  morning  of  the  ist  of  July  we  lay  between  an  island 
2  miles  long  and  the  main  land  of  Guinea,  having  during 
the  night  drifted  about  2  miles  with  the  current  in  a  calm. 
After  breakfast  about  twenty-five  prows,  well  equipped  and 
with  big  crews,  came  from  the  island  ;  they  were  the  same 
people  who  had  on  the  previous  day  broken  the  asagays 
on  their  heads  and  had  given  us  signs  of  friendship,  but  it 
had  been  done  to  deceive  us  as  now  appeared,  for  whilst 
we  lay  becalmed  they  thought  to  make  themselves  masters 
of  the  vessel.  Two  anchors  were  hanging  down  from  the 
bows,  a  little  out  of  the  water  ;  upon  these  they  came  and 
sat,  a  man  upon  each  anchor  holding  in  his  hand  a  pingay 


2i8  Jacob  Le  maire's  [July,  1616 

or  oar,  wherewith  they  propel  their  canoes  or  prows,  and 
in  this  way  they  thought  to  row  the  ship  to  the  shore. 
The  others  kept  hovering  around  the  vessel,  but  we  were 
fully  on  our  guard.  At  last  they  began  to  pelt  us  at  close 
quarters  lustily  with  asagays  and  slings,  so  that  they 
wounded  one  of  our  men,  the  first  of  our  voyage.  When 
they  were  now  thoroughly  at  work  and  imagined  they  had 
already  won  the  game  we  fired  amongst  them  with  our  deck 
guns  and  with  muskets ;  so  that  twelve  or  thirteen  were 
killed  and  many  wounded.  As  they  were  fleeing  our  men 
rowed  after  them  in  the  shallop,  which  was  well  equipped, 
and  captured  a  canoe  in  which  were  three  men,  one  of  whom, 
being  dead,  they  cast  overboard,  whilst  the  other  two 
sprang  into  the  water,  but  when  one  of  these  was  shot  dead 
by  our  people  the  other  immediately  gave  himself  up  ;  he 
was  a  young  man  of  eighteen  whom  we  called  Moyses, 
after  our  wounded  man.  These  people  ate  bread  which 
they  made  of  the  roots  of  trees.  In  the  evening  we  con- 
tinued to  sail  along  the  shore,  with  a  fine  breeze,  in  a  west- 
nor'-westerly  and  north-west  by  westerly  direction. 

On  the  2nd  our  latitude  was  3°  12'.  That  same  day  we 
saw  on  the  larboard  side  low  land  as  well  as  a  high 
mountain,  and  on  in  front  a  low  island.  We  continued  in 
a  west-nor'-westerly  direction,  progressing  but  slowly  with 
a  bad  sea  and  an  east-nor'-easterly  wind. 

On  the  3rd  we  again  saw  high  land  on  our  west,  about 
14  miles  distant  from  the  other  island,  in  latitude  2°  40'. 

On  the  4th,  whilst  we  were  occupied  in  passing  the 
aforesaid  four  islands,  we  saw  some  twenty-two  or  twenty- 
three  others,  both  large  and  small,  high  and  low,  leaving 
them  on  the  starboard  side,  with  the  exception  of  two  or 
three  to  larboard.  They  lay  all  close  together,  in  lati- 
tude 2°  25'  and  2°  30',  more  or  less,  some  separated  by  a 
mile  or  a  mile  and  a-half,  others  only  by  a  distance  of  a 
gun-shot.    We  thought  we  should  find  an  anchorage  by  the 


July,  1616]         AUSTRALIAN   NAVlC^ATIOJ^S.  ±i^ 

evening,  but  had  to  heave  to  at  night  because  darkness 
overtook  us.  In  the  evening  we  saw  off  one  of  these 
islands  a  sail  approaching  us,  but  as  night  fell  upon  us  it 
did  not  come  alongside,  and  in  the  morning  we  were 
obliged  to  leave  it  on  account  of  contrary  wind,  notwith- 
standing that  we  had  already  been  close  to  it. 

On  the  5th  and  6th  we  had  sometimes  strong  wind  and 
sometimes  calm  with  rain,  thunder  and  lightning.  In  the 
forenoon  we  saw  a  very  high  mountain  lying  south-west  of 
us,  whither  we  steered.  Our  skipper  was  half  inclined  to 
think  it  might  be  Banda,  on  account  of  its  great  similarity 
to  the  mountain  of  Goemenapi^  in  Banda,  being,  too,  of  very 
nearly  the  same  height^  but  on  coming  somewhat  closer  we 
saw  some  three  or  four  similar  mountains  more  lying  quite 
6  or  7  miles  north  of  the  first,  whereby  he  immediately 
knew  that  it  was  not  so.  Behind  the  mountain  we  also 
saw  very  much  land  east  and  west,  extending  so  far  that 
no  end  could  be  seen  on  either  side  ;  in  parts  it  was  high 
and  in  other  parts  low,  and  *  extended  east-south-east, 
whereby  we  presumed  it  was  Nova  Guinea,  and  as  night 
overtook  us  we  hove  to. 

Before  daybreak  on  the  morning  of  the  7th  we  turned 
her  head  again  towards  the  high  mountain ;  it  was  a 
burning  island,  emitting  flames  and  smoke  from  the  sum- 
mit, wherefore  we  gave  it  the  name  of  Vulcanus.^  The 
island  was  well  populated  and  full  of  coker-nut  trees.  The 
inhabitants  came  in  some  prows  near  our  vessel  but  were 
sore  afraid  ;  they  kept  shouting  to  us,  but  we  could  not 
understand  them,  neither  could  Moyses,  our  black.  They 
were  also  quite  naked,  only  their  privy  parts  being  covered  ; 
some  had  short  and  some  had  long  hair.     We  could  not 


^  Gounong  Api,  an  active  volcano  on  an  island  of  the  same  name 
forming  one  of  the  Banda  Group. 

'-*  Vulcan  I.,  4,500  ft.  ;  now  part  of  the  German  territory,  kaiser 
Wilhelmland. 


^i6  Jacob  le  maire's  [July,  1616 

find  any  bottom  here,  so  that  we  could  not  anchor.  To 
the  north  and  north-west  of  us  we  saw  some  more  islands 
and  proceeded  north-west  by  west  towards  a  low  promon- 
tory we  saw  in  front  of  us,  near  which  we  came  in  the 
evening  ;  then  we  took  our  sails  in  and  let  her  drift  for  the 
night.  We  got  different  colours  of  water  here,  such  as 
green,  white  and  yellow,  which  we  presumed  to  be  the  out- 
pourings of  rivers,  for  it  was  much  sweeter  than  sea-water. 
Here,  too,  many  trees,  branches  and  leaves  were  floating 
about,  sometimes  with  birds  and  crabs  on  them. 

On  the  8th  we  anchored  in  70  fathoms,  about  a  gun-shot 
distant  from  the  shore.  Some  canoes  came  alongside  there 
with  a  funny  kind  of  people,  who  were  all  Papoos,^  having 
short  hair,  which  was  curled,  and  wearing  rings  through 
their  noses  and  ears,  with  certain  small  feathers  on  their 
head  and  arms,  and  hog's  tusks  around  their  neck  and  on 
their  chest  as  ornaments.  They  also  ate  betel-nuts  and  were 
afflicted  with  various  deformities  ;  one  squinted,  another 
had  swollen  legs,  a  third  swollen  arms,  and  so  forth,  whereby 
it  is  to  be  presumed  that  this  must  be  an  unhealthy 
country,  especially  as  their  huts  stand  upon  piles  about 
eight  or  nine  feet  from  the  ground. 

On  the  morning  of  the  9th,  whilst  we  lay  at  anchor,  our 
shallop  rowed  out  to  look  about  for  a  convenient  place  for 
our  vessel  to  lie  in,  and  returning,  the  men  said  they  had 
found  a  good  bay,  whither  we  proceeded,  anchoring  in 
26  fathoms  on  a  good  bottom  of  sand  mixed  with  clay. 
Close  by  were  two  small  villages,  whence  many  canoes  came 
alongside  of  us,  bringing  a  few  coker-nuts,  but  they  were 
very  dear  with  them,  demanding  for  four  nuts  one  fathom 
of  linen,  after  which  they  were  very  eager.  They  also  had 
a  few  pigs,  which  they  likewise  held  in  great  value,  and 
although  we  repeatedly  made  signs  for  them  to  bring  us 
some  to  supply  our  needs  they  would  not  do  so. 

^  Le,  natives  of  Papua, 


July,  l6l6]         AUSTRALIAN   NAVIGATIONS.  221 

That  day  the  following  rations  were  dealt  out  to  the 
crew  :  five  pounds  of  bread  and  a  quartern  and  a-half  of 
oil  per  week  for  each  man,  with  a  quartern  and  a-half  of 
Spanish  wine  and  a  glassful  of  brandy  per  day.  All  our 
pottage,  such  as  peas,  beans  and  barley,  and  all  our  meat, 
bacon  and  fish  were  gone,  and  we  did  not  know  where  we 
were. 

On  the  loth  some  twenty  canoes  again  came  alongside, 
filled  with  men,  women  and  children  ;  they  were  all  quite 
naked,  their  privy  parts  only  being  covered,  but  they 
brought  nothing  of  any  value. 

On  the  morning  of  the  nth  we  again  set  sail,  proceeding 
north-west  by  west  and  west-nor'-west,  keeping  constantly 
along  the  coast  and  always  in  sight  of  land,  at  a  distance 
of  not  more  than  3,  2,  i  J  or  even  i  mile  from  the  shore, 
and  passing  at  noon  a  high  promontory.  This  land 
was  Nova  Guinea ;  it  extends  mostly  north-west  by  west, 
sometimes  a  little  more  westerly,  sometimes  again  some- 
what more  northerly. 

On  the  1 2th,  13th,  and  14th  we  sailed  along  the  same 
coast. 

On  the  15th  the  wind  and  course  were  along  the  coast 
as  before,  with  good  weather.  In  the  afternoon  we  came 
to  two  low  inhabited  islands,  which  lay  about  half  a  mile 
from  the  land  and  were  full  of  coker-nut  trees.  We  ran 
towards  them  and  found  good  anchorage  in  40,  30,  25,  and 
even  in  6  and  5  fathoms,  anchoring  in  13  fathoms  on  a 
good  bottom.  The  skipper  rowed  to  land  with  the  skiff 
and  the  shallop,  well  equipped,  intending  to  fetch  a  number 
of  coker-nuts  which  grew  in  great  quantities  on  these 
islands,  but  when  they  reached  the  shore  the  blacks  lay  in 
the  wood  near  to  where  we  were,  being  terribly  on  their 
guard,  and  pelted  us  very  fiercely  with  darts  so  that  some 
sixteen  of  our  men  were  severely  wounded,  one  being  shot 
right  through  his  arm,  another  through  his  leg,  a  third  in 
his  neck,  hands,  or  other  parts. 


222  JACOB   LE   MAIRE'S  [July,  1616 

In  return  for  this  our  men  fired  amongst  them  with 
muskets  and  swivel-guns,  but  had  nevertheless  to  retreat 
in  the  end  on  account  of  the  heavy  volleys  of  the  Indians. 
Our  latitude  here  was  1°  56'. 

In  the  morning  of  the  i6th  we  sailed  our  vessel  in 
between  these  two  islands  and  anchored  in  9  fathoms  in  a 
very  good  spot.  In  the  afternoon  our  shallop  and  boat 
proceeded  to  the  smallest  island  to  fetch  some  coker-nuts, 
our  men  setting  fire  to  two  or  three  of  the  negroes'  huts, 
whereat  the  blacks  on  the  other  island  shouted  and  raved 
terrifically ;  but  they  durst  not  come  near  us,  for  we  fired 
with  some  big  guns  along  the  beach  and  into  the  bush,  so 
that  the  balls  sped  through  the  bush  with  a  great  din, 
making  the  blacks  to  fly  and  afraid  even  to  look  out  again. 
Towards  the  evening  our  men  came  aboard  again  and 
brought  so  many  coker-nuts  that  each  man  in  the  ship 
received  three  as  his  share.  In  the  evening  a  man  came  on 
board  and  begged  for  peace,  bringing  with  him  a  hat 
which  one  of  our  sailors  had  let  fall  overboard  in  the 
previous  skirmish.  These  people  go  quite  naked,  even 
with  their  privy  parts  bare. 

On  the  morning  of  the  17th  two  or  three  canoes  full  of 
blacks  came  alongside,  threw  some  coker-nuts  into  the 
water  above  stream  and  made  signs  for  us  to  fetch  them 
out,  whereby  they  sought  our  friendship.  We  made  signs 
to  them  that  they  should  come  on  board.  At  length  they 
grew  somewhat  bolder,  came  near  the  ship  and  brought  us 
as  many  nuts  and  bananas  as  we  desired,  all  of  which  we 
hauled  out  of  their  canoes  by  lines  from  the  gallery,  giving 
them  in  exchange  old  nails,  rusty  knives  and  beads.  They 
also  brought  us  a  little  green  ginger  and  some  small  yellow 
roots  which  are  used  instead  of  saffron.  They  also  gave 
us  in  exchange  some  of  their  bows  and  arrows  so  that  in 
the  end  we  were  great  friends  with  them. 

On  the   1 3th  we  continued  to  barter  for  bananas  and 


July,  1616]         AUSTRALIAN   NAVIGATIONS.  223 

coker-nuts,  as  well  as  for  a  little  cassavy  and  papede,  which 
is  also  obtained  in  the  East  Indies.  We  saw  some  herbs 
here  which  we  thought  must  have  come  from  the  Spaniards. 
Nor  were  these  people  very  curious  concerning  the  ships, 
as  the  preceding  ones  had  been,  for  they  were  able  to  speak 
about  the  firing  of  big  guns  and  gave  the  island  upon 
which  they  lived,  and  which  was  the  most  easterly,  the 
name  of  Moa  ;  the  other,  lying  opposite,  they  called  Insou, 
and  the  farthest,  which  was  rather  a  high  island,  lying  some 
5  or  6  miles  from  Nova  Guinea,  that  they  called  Arimoa. 

On  the  19th  our  men  proceeded  to  the  biggest  island  to 
fish.  The  blacks  showed  them  much  amity,  helping  them 
to  haul  up  the  nets  and  giving  them  as  many  coker-nuts  as 
they  desired.  We  saw  many  prows  (amongst  which  were 
some  fairly  large  ones)  coming  towards  us  out  of  the  east, 
from  other  islands  situated  more  easterly,  wherefore  wc 
called  our  fishermen  on  board.  These  blacks  made  signs 
for  us  to  fire  upon  those  strange  prows,  but  our  men 
made  them  understand  that  we  should  do  that  if  they 
attacked  us  first.  They  came  peaceably  on  board  and 
brought  us  as  many  coker-nuts  and  bananas  as  we  desired, 
so  that  each  man  received  fifty  nuts  and  two  bunches  of 
bananas.  These  people  used  cassavi  for  their  bread,  but  it 
is  not  to  be  compared  with  that  in  the  West  Indies  ;  they, 
too,  bake  it  in  round  cakes. 

On  the  morning  of  the  20th  we  set  sail,  after  having 
already  bartered  for  many  edible  wares.  They  made  signs 
for  us  to  continue  lying  at  anchor,  promising  to  fetch  us 
some  more. 

On  the  2 1st  and  22nd  we  continued  sailing  along  the 
coast. 

On  the  23rd  we  had  good  weather  and  a  fine  breeze  ; 
when  we  were  a  short  distance  from  the  land  we  were 
followed  by  some  six  big  canoes  (although  we  had  per- 
ceived no  people  on  the  shore)  bringing  dried  fish,  which 


i24  JACOB  LE  maire's  [July,  1616 

we  took  to  be  gilt-heads,^  coker-nuts,  bananas,  tobacco,  and 
a  small  fruit  like  plums.  There  also  came  some  blacks 
from  another  island  who  brought  us  some  food  supplies  ; 
they  also  had  a  specimen  of  Chinese  porcelain,  of  which 
we  got  two  saucers  by  barter,  so  that  we  presumed  that 
Christian  vessels  had  been  here,  especially  as  they  were  not 
so  curious  about  our  ship.  They  were  a  different  kind  of 
people  from  the  last,  yellower  in  complexion  and  taller  in 
stature  ;  some  had  long  hair,  some  short,  and  they  also 
used  bows  and  arrows.  They  were  very  eager  after  beads 
and  iron-work  and  wore  sticking  in  their  ears  rings  of 
green,  blue  and  white  glass,  which  we  presumed  they  had 
got  from  the  Spaniards. 

On  the  24th  our  latitude  was  half  a  degree.  With  a 
slight  breeze  we  sailed  north-west,  also  west  and  south- 
west along  a  fine  large  island,  very  green  and  pleasant  to 
behold,  which  we  called  Willem  Schouten  Island,^  after  our 
skipper,  and  the  western  corner^  we  called  C.  van  Goede 
Hoop.* 

On  the  25th  we  saw  on  the  larboard  side  a  deal  of  land 
on  our  sou'-sou'-west,  some  of  it  very  high,  and  some  very 
low. 

On  the  26th  we  saw  some  three  islands  more,  the  coast 
still  extending  to  the  north-west  and  north-west  by  west. 

On  the  27th  our  latitude  was  22  minutes  south  of  the 
line  ;  we  still  saw  a  deal  of  land. 

On  the  28th  and  29th  we  had  changeable  weather  and 


1  A  kind  of  bream. 

2  Now  also  known  as  Mysory. 

3  i.e.^  of  course,  of  the  island,  as  the  wording  here  and  a  careful 
examination  of  the  chart  (Plate  23)  show;  but— as  was  already  pointed 
out  by  Burney  {Chronological  History^  Pt.  II,  p.  432)— Tasman,  and 
after  him  Dampier,  applied  this  name  to  a  cape  of  the  mainland  of 
Papua  situated  west  of  Schouten's  I.,  a  mistake  which  seems  to  have 
been  occasioned  by  an  ambiguous  disposition  of  the  written  name  in 
the  above  chart.     This  error  has  been  continued  to  the  present  time, 

*  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 


July,  1616]  AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  22$ 

in  the  intervening  night  we  had  an  earthquake,  so  that  our 
men  all  came  out  of  their  bunks  in  amazement ;  sometimes 
it  seemed  as  if  our  vessel  bumped.  We  frequently  cast  the 
lead,  but  found  no  bottom. 

On  the  30th  we  sailed  into  a  great  bight  so  that  we 
seemed  to  be  surrounded  by  land  ;  we  did  our  best  to  find 
an  opening  somewhere,  but  found  none,  and  therefore  pro- 
ceeded northwards  again.  We  had  that  day  such  terrific 
thunder  and  lightning  that  our  vessel  trembled  and  shook 
and  seemed  at  times  to  be  all  aflame,  whereat  we  were  not 
a  little  terrified  and  amazed ;  subsequently  there  came 
such  heavy  rain  that  we  had  never  in  our  life  seen  the 
like  of  it. 

On  the  31st  we  found  that  we  had  sailed  into  a  cul-de-sac  ; 
we  saw  the  land  to  be  all  continuous  and  therefore  pro- 
ceeded northwards,  passing  the  equinoctial  line  that  evening 
for  the  second  time,  and  at  night,  being  close  to  the  shore, 
we  anchored  in  12  fathoms  on  a  good  bottom,  about  a  gun- 
shot distant  from  an  island  that  lay  close  to  the  mainland, 
but  we  could  see  no  human  beings  nor  any  growth. 

A  ugust. 

On  the  1st  of  August  we  weighed  anchor  with  great 
difficulty,  for  it  had  got  fast  under  a  rock  and  we  broke 
half  its  arm  in  winding.  Our  latitude  was  15  minutes  north 
of  the  line.  In  the  evening  the  strong  current  drove  us 
close  to  the  shore,  where  we  anchored  on  account  of  the 
calm.  W^e  weighed  anchor  and  continued  on  our  previous 
course.  At  noon  on  the  3rd  we  found  a  bank  so  far  out 
at  sea  that  we  could  scarcely  see  the  land,  there  being  a 
sand  bottom  in  some  places  in  40,  at  others  in  20,  1 5  and 
12  fathoms.  We  anchored  in  12  fathoms.  On  the  same 
day  we  found  our  latitude  to  be  45  minutes  north  of  the 
line.  We  also  saw  a  few  whales  and  turtles,  and  we  divined 
by  our  latitude  that  we  had  now  come  to  the  end  of  the 

Q 


226  JACOB   LE    MAIRE'S  [Aug.,  1616 

land  of  Nova  Guinea,  having  sailed  along  the  coast  for 
280  miles.  We  saw  that  day  two  other  islands  to  the 
west  of  us. 

On  the  4th  we  saw  some  seven  or  eight  islands,  so  we 
thought,  wherefore  we  hove  to  at  night,  in  order  not  to  run 
upon  their  shore. 

On  the  5th  we  proceeded  towards  the  land  which  we  had 
on  the  previous  day  taken  to  be  islands,  but  on  coming 
near  it  we  found  no  bottom,  wherefore  we  launched  our 
shallop  to  take  soundings,  and  found  an  anchorage  in 
45  fathoms  close  to  the  land.  We  saw  three  prows  set  out 
from  the  shore  and  proceed  towards  our  shallop  ;  on 
approaching  the  latter  they  hoisted  a  flag  of  peace  and  our 
men  did  the  same,  returning  to  the  ship.  The  prows  fol- 
lowed them,  and  also  came  alongside.  They  brought  us 
nought  but  a  sample  of  Indian  beans  and  peas,  together 
with  some  rice,  tobacco,  and  two  birds  of  Paradise,  one  of 
which,  coloured  white  and  yellow,  we  got  by  barter.  We 
could  understand  these  people  fairly  well,  for  they  spoke 
a  few  words  of  Ternatan,  and  there  was  one  who  spoke 
Malay  well,  with  which  language  the  supercargo  of  the 
yacht,  Aris  Claesz.,  was  well  acquainted.  There  were  some 
who  also  spoke  a  few  words  of  Spanish,  and  amongst  other 
things  they  also  had  a  hat  of  Spanish  felt.  Their  clothing 
consisted  of  certain  bright-coloured  cloths  around  their 
waist  and  a  few  wore  silk  breeches  of  various  colours  ; 
some,  too,  had  turbans  on  their  heads,  and  these,  they  said, 
were  Turks  or  Moors.  Some  wore  gold  and  silver  rings 
on  their  fingers  and  all  had  jet  black  hair.  They  exchanged 
their  wares  with  us  for  small  beads  and  were  shy  and 
afraid  of  us.  We  asked  them  what  their  country  was 
called,  but  they  would  not  tell  us,  for  which  reason  partly 
and  also  from  other  circumstances  we  opined  and  believed 
that  we  were  at  the  eastern  end  of  Gilolo  on  the  central 
branch  of  the  land  (for  Gilolo  extends  eastwards  in  three 


Aug.,  1616]        AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  227 

branches)  and  that  they  were  natives  of  Tidor,  friends  of 
the  Spaniards,  as  indeed  we  found  to  be  so.  After  these 
Indians  had  brought  various  other  provisions  we  weighed 
anchor  and  passed  the  equinoctial  line  for  the  third  time. 
From  the  6th  until  the  i8th  we  made  every  effort  to  get 
round  the  north-east  corner  of  Gilolo.  At  about  noon  on 
the  1 8th  two  prows  bearing  a  peace-flag  came  alongside  of 
us  from  a  village  named  Soppy ;  the  occupants  were 
Ternatans,  so  that  we  could  easily  speak  with  them  ;  a 
few  were  also  from  Gammacanor^  and  told  us  that  a  yacht 
from  Amsterdam,  named  De  Pauw,  had  lain  there  quite 
three  months,  taking  in  a  full  cargo  of  rice,  and  that  about 
a  month  or  two  ago  an  English  ship  had  also  been  there. 
Then  were  we  very  glad  that  by  God's  mercy  we  had  thus 
got  into  the  right  course  and  that  we  still  had  eighty-five 
healthy  men  on  board.  The  next  day  we  anchored  off 
Soppy,  where  we  got  some  things  by  bartering  and  chaffer- 
ing. There  came  a  correcor^  from  Ternaten,  the  occupants 
of  which  told  us  that  there  were  fully  twenty  Dutch  ships 
cruising  in  that  sea  among  the  Molucques  and  that  eight 
vessels  had  sailed  to  the  Maniljes  ;  we  remained  here  until 
September  5th.  On  the  5th,  as  we  were  lying  at  anchor 
off  the  coast  of  Gilolo,  our  men  went  out  fishing,  and  as 
they  stood  hauling  the  nets  up  four  Ternatans,  each  armed 
with  a  sword  and  shield,  rushed  forth  from  the  bush  to 
slay  our  men,  but  by  great  good  fortune  the  barber 
shouted  "Oran  Hollanda,"^  whereupon  they  immediately 
desisted  and  sprinkled  water  upon  their  heads,  saying  they 
thought  our  men  were  Castilians.  Our  men  brought  them 
on  board,  when  they  said  they  had  come  from  Gamma- 


1  Gamakora. 

2  This  word,  signifying  a  small  boat  or  canoe,  though  of  Gaelic 
origin,  is  found  in  a  great  variety  of  forms  throughout  the  East 
and  West  Indies. 

^  Literally,  in  the  Malay  tongue,  "  men  of  Holland." 

Q2 


228  JACOB   LE   MAIRE'S  [Sept.,  1616 

canor,  from  which,  according  to  them,  we  were  still  about 
5  or  6  miles  distant. 

On  the  6th  and  7th  we  were  pretty  frequently  becalmed 
and  often  tacked. 

On  the  8th  our  supercargo  and  the  factor  of  the  yacht 
proceeded  to  Gammacanor  in  a  well-equipped  shallop, 
intending  to  procure  some  provisions  there.  The  coast 
from  Soppy  to  Gammacanor  stretches  south-west  and 
north-east  with  many  bights  and  bays. 

On  the  9th  and  loth  we  remained  where  we  were  on 
account  of  contrary  winds,  as  well  as  on  the  nth,  when 
our  shallop  returned  without  having  been  to  Gammacanor, 
as  that  place  was  too  far  and  they  were  not  equipped  for 
such  a  voyage ;  but  they  had  been  in  a  village  called 
Loloda,^  lying  about  10  miles  from  our  vessel,  where  they 
had  only  obtained  some  bananas.  The  inhabitants  had 
told  them  that  the  Dutch^  and  Ternatans  had  captured  an 
island  named  Siauw,^  lying  on  the  way  to  the  Manillas, 
and  that  thirteen  ships  were  lying  at  Ternata. 

On  the  1 2th  our  skipper  and  Aris  Claesz.  proceeded  with 
eighteen  well-armed  men  to  Ternata,  from  which,  according 
to  our  calculations,  we  were  still  25  miles  distant,  and  we 
remained  lying  becalmed  with  the  vessel. 

At  midday  on  the  14th  we  set  sail  with  a  fair  breeze,  but 
the  wind  soon  fell  again,  so  that  we  made  only  about 
3J  miles  that  day. 

On  the  15th  it  blew  a  bit  now  and  then,  so  that  we  made 
4  miles  progress  that  day. 


^  Laloda  on  some  maps,  Lolada  on  others. 

-  "  De  Duytschen."  One  of  the  rare  cases  where  the  Dutch,  speak- 
ing of  their  own  nation,  use  the  adjective  by  which  the  English  nearly 
always  designate  them,  though  when  speaking  of  their  language  the 
Dutch  mostly  say  "nederduitsch."  Here  the  adjective  was  evidently 
directly  quoted  from  natives  who  had  employed  the  English  designa- 
tion. To-day  "  Duytschen "  or  "  Duitschen"  would  simply  mean 
"  Germans." 

'  Siao,  between  Celebes  and  the  Philippines. 


Sept.,  1616]        AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  229 

On  the  1 6th  we  got  near  Gammacanor  and  saw  Ternate 
and  Tidor  lying  close  together. 

On  the  17th  we  did  our  best  to  reach  Ternate  and  at 
daybreak  saw  a  sail  to  windward  of  us,  also  making  for 
Ternate.  She  was  the  Morgensterre,  of  Rotterdam,  and 
thence  came  our  shallop  which  had  been  with  her  for  three 
nights,  having  found  her  in  the  bight  of  Sabou.  Admiral 
Verhaghen  was  aboard  of  her  and  she  was  one  of  Admiral 
Speilbergen's  vessels,  from  whose  men  we  learnt  that 
the  said  Speilbergen  had  passed  through  the  Strait  of 
Magellanes  and  various  other  details,  as  may  be  read  above. 
The  same  evening  we  anchored  off  Maleya  in  Ternate, 
our  supercargo  and  skipper  going  ashore  and  being  well 
received  by  the  General,  Gerhardt  Reynst,^  as  well  as  by 
the  Admiral,  Steven  Verhagen,  Jaspar  Jansz.,  the  Governor 
of  Ambon,^  and  the  whole  Council  of  India. 

On  the  1 8th  our  supercargo  and  skipper  went  ashore  and 
sold  both  our  shallops,  four  small  metal  guns  belonging  to 
the  yacht  and  a  deal  of  lead  ;  also  two  big  cables,  nine 
anchors  and  other  small  articles,  for  which  they  received  in 
all  1,350  reals  of  eight. 

On  the  19th,  20th,  2 1  St,  22nd,  and  23rd  we  remained 
lying  at  the  above-mentioned  place. 

On  the  24th  eleven  men  and  four  boys  came  to 
the   supercargo   and    skipper    begging   to  be   discharged, 


^  The  diarist  expected  to  find  Reynst  there,  especially  as  Jacob  le 
Maire  had  with  him  a  letter  of  introduction  from  his  father  to  that 
Governor  ;  but  the  latter  had  died  27th  December,  161 5,  and  Laurens 
Reael  was  acting  as  his  successor.  Vide  Van  der  Aa,  Biographisch 
IVoordenboek,  Deel  16,  p.  295  ;  also  Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink's  article 
on  Isaac  le  Maire  in  De  Gids  for  1865,  pp.  53,  54. 

'^  Amboina,  one  of  the  Moluccas  lying  south  of  Ceram  and  east  of 
Booro  (see  also  p.  155).  "  Bien  qu'une  des  plus  petites  du  groupe, 
elle  est  au  premier  rang  par  son  importance  economique  et  politique. 
C'est  Ik  que  fut  autrefois  concentree  par  les  Hollandais  la  riche  culture 
des  arbres  k  epices,  et  ils  firent  de  cette  petite  ile  le  centre  de  leurs 
possessions  orientales  du  grand  archipel  Asiatique." — Vivien  de  Saint- 
Martin,  Nouveau  Dictionnaire  de  Gdographie^  torn.  I,  p.  115. 


230  JACOB  LE  maire's  [Sept.,  1616 

as  they  wished  to  serve  the  Company,  and  this  was 
done. 

On  the  26th  we  took  our  departure.  The  General, 
Laurens  Reael,  accompanied  our  skipper  and  supercargo 
as  far  as  the  vessel  with  pennant  flying,  and  two  ships  set 
sail  with  us,  one  of  them  being  the  aforesaid  Morgensterre^ 
which  was  bound  for  Motir,^  but  we  for  Bantam.  At  the 
request  of  the  General  himself  we  took  with  us  to  Bantam 
the  supercargo  of  the  Sterre  and  one  of  the  General's 
servants. 

On  the  27th  we  passed  Tidor  and  the  Morgensterre  took 
leave  of  us,  going  to  Motir,  On  the  28th  we  passed  Motir 
and  Makian^  and  on  the  29th  Cajou^  and  Backian,*  crossing 
the  equinoctial  line  that  day  for  the  fourth  time. 

October. 

On  October  2nd  we  sailed  past  Loga  Combella^  and 
Manipa^  in  Zeira,  and  on  the  3rd  past  Burro.'^ 

On  the  6th  we  passed  Botton^  and  Cabessecabinco,^  and 
on  the  7th  Cabona.^^ 

On  the  8th  we  passed  through  the  narrows  of  Burgarones,^^ 
between  the  southern  corner  of  Celebes  and  Desolaso.^^ 


^  Mortier  I.  ;  vide  p.  135.  2  Vide '^'^.  135,  136. 

3  Kajao  ;  vide  y^.  136.  *   Fz'rt'i?  pp.  136,  137. 

*  This  is  marked  on  the  map  (PI.  23)  as  Loege  Cambello  in  Zeram 
(Ceram).     Cf.  also  Plate  19. 

^  Manipa  is  not  in  Ceram,  alluded  to  above  as  Zeira,  but  is  an  island 
near  it,  on  the  west. 

^  Booro  I.  ^  Booton  I. 

*"*  This  must  be  Pangassani,  lying  between  Booton  I.  and  Cambyna. 

^^  The  island  of  Cambyna. 

^^  Cf.  the  map  on  Plate  19,  where  this  word  is  spelt  Bogurones,  and 
appears  to  apply  to  two  or  three  islands  to  the  south-west  of  Booton. 
The  narrows  are  there  called  Streto  de  Celebes,  and  to-day  Salayer 
Str. 

^  The  island  is  now  known  as  Salayer,  but  the  southern  corner  of 
Celebes  is  still  called  Lassoa  Point. 


Oct.,  1616]  AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  23 1 

Towards  the  evening  on  the  13th  we  came  in  sight  of 
the  island  of  Madura,^  and  on  the  morning  of  the  15th  we 
saw  Java  and  sailed  that  day  past  Tuban.^ 

At  midday  on  the  i6th  we  arrived  off  Japara,  where  we 
anchored  in  the  roadstead,  finding  there  the  Hollandia,  of 
Amsterdam,  which  was  taking  in  a  cargo  of  rice  in  order  to 
carry  it  to  Ternate.  At  Japara  all  edible  wares  and  food 
supplies  are  abundant  and  cheap.  We  bought  a  good  deal 
of  rice,  arack,  meat,  fish  and  other  victuals  here,  wherewith 
we  intended  to  sail  home. 

On  the  23rd  we  set  sail  from  thence  and  arrived  on  the 
28th^  off  Jacatra,  where  we  anchored  outside  the  islands. 
There  we  found  three  Dutch  ships,  to  wit,  the  Hoorn,  the 
Arent  and  the  Trou^  with  three  English  vessels.  In  the 
following  night  one  of  our  crew  died,  the  first  to  die  of  all 
those  who  had  set  out  in  the  big  ship  Eendracht.  Besides 
him,  two  others  had  died,  to  wit,  Jan  Cornelisz.  Schouten, 
near  Honden  Island  in  the  South  Sea,  and  one  near  the 
coast  of  Portugal,  so  that  down  to  that  time  not  more  than 
three  men  had  died  on  the  two  vessels,  and  we  still  had 
eighty-four  men  alive  and  in  fair  health. 

On  the  31st  there  also  arrived  off  Jacatra  the  Bantam, 
having  on  board  the  President  at  Bantam  of  the  East  India 
Company,  Jan  Pietersz.  Koenen,^  of  Hoorn. 

November. 

On  the  1st  of  November  the  President,  Jan  Pietersz. 
Koenen,  invited  our  skipper  and  supercargoes  to  come 
ashore  to  him.  On  their  arrival  he  signified  to  them,  in 
the  presence  of  his  council,  convoked  by  him,  and  in  the 
name  and  on  behalf  of  the  Directors  of  the   East  India 


^  Off  the  N.  coast  of  Java. 

2  On  the  northern  shore  of  the  mainland  of  Java. 

3  Speilbergen  gives  the  date  of  arrival  as  the  20th.     See  p. 
*  See  pp.  151,  152. 


232  AUSTRALIAN    NAVIGATIONS.  [Nov.,  1616 

Company,  that  they  must  give  up  and  hand  over  to  him 
their  vessel  and  all  their  goods,  as  was  done.  Two  skippers 
were  immediately  appointed  by  the  President  and  two 
supercargoes  by  the  Merchants'  Guild,  to  whom  our  skipper 
and  supercargo  delivered  up  everything  by  inventory,  This 
took  place  on  Monday,  November  ist,  according  to  our 
reckoning,  but  on  Tuesday,  the  2nd,  according  to  the 
reckoning  of  our  countr3^men  there.  The  reason  of  this 
discrepancy  in  the  time  was  this :  whereas  we  sailed  west- 
wards from  our  country  and  had  once  circumnavigated  the 
earth  with  the  sun  we  had  therefore  had  one  night  or 
sunset  less  than  they,  and  they,  who  had  gone  from  the 
west  to  the  east,  had  thereby  had  one  day  or  sunset  more 
than  we,  which  makes  a  difference  of  twenty-four  hours.^ 
So  our  ship  remained  here  and  our  supercargo  [and^] 
Jacob  le  Maire,  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten^  and  ten  men 
more  returned  home  with  the  Admiral,  Joris  Spilberghen, 
the  rest  remaining  in  India  in  the  service  of  the  Directors. 
How  we  further  reached  home  Your  Honours  will  read  at 
the  end  of  S^-  Spilbergen's  Journal.  Be  ye  herewith 
commended  to  the  Lord. 

Finis. 


^  Speilbergen  had  really  followed  the  sun's  course  in  the  same  way 
as  le  Maire,  but  had  evidently  rectified  his  date  on  arrival  at  Ternate 
(see  his  entry  of  March  29th,  1616,  on  p.  128,  relating  to  the  matter)  ; 
hence  arose  the  discrepancy,  and  not  from  the  cause  wrongly  given 
above. 

'^  This  word  seems  redundant,  as  a  good  many  others  certainly  are. 
The  supercargo  of  the  Eendracht  was  Jacob  le  Maire,  but  this  may  be 
the  diarist's  way  of  referring  both  to  him  and  to  the  supercargo  ot  the 
yacht. 

^  Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink,  in  his  article  on  Isaac  le  Maire  in  De 
Gids  for  1865,  states,  I  know  not  on  what  authority,  that  Schouten 
remained  behind. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


I. — Editions  of  Speilbergen's  First  Journal,  a  R^sum^ 

OF  which  is  given  on  Pages  xxxvi-xli  of  the 

Introduction. 

t'  Historiael  Journael,  van  tghene  ghepasseert  is  van  weghen  dry  Schepen 
ghenaemt  den  Ram,  Schaep  ende  het  Lam,  ghevaren  uyt  Zeelandt  vander 
Stadt  Camp-Vere  naer  d'  Oost-Indien,  onder  t'  beleyt  van  Joris  van 
Spilberghen,  Generael,  Anno  i6oi.  [With  portraits  of  the  King  of  Kandy 
and  of  Speilbergen.]  pp.69.  \_Floris  Balthazar :  Delff,  \(iOa,.^  obl./^. 
[Not  in  the  British  Museum  Catalogue. — Tiele.] 

Het  Journael  van  Joris  van  Speilberghen.  Dese  afbeeldinge  is  vande  grootte 
vanden  grooten  Carbonckel  oft  Rubyn,  by  Spielberghen  made  uyt  Celon 
ghebracht.  Sonet.  Want  vremde,  &c. — Dese  journale  met  14  platen  oft 
afbeeldingen  welgesneden  heeft  geordineert  en  t'zijnen  costen  doen 
drucken  Floris  Balthazar,  inde  Nobel  inde  Choor-straet  tot  Delffy  alwaer- 
nen  de  selve  te  coope  vint.  pp.  69,  1605.  obi.  4°.  [Epistle  dedicatory 
to  the  Stales  General,  dated  March  3,  1605].     [1858.  a.  i.  (3.)] 

[Another  edition.]     pp.  71.      [With   the   addition  of  2  "  Liedeken, 


printed  in  3  columns,  signed  "  Waerom  ghequelt."]     [Floris  Batlhazar : 
Delj^,  1605.]    obi.  4°.     [Tiele.— Not  in  the  British  Museum  Catalogue.] 

t'  Historiael  Journael  van  t'ghene  ghepasseert  is  van  weghen  drie  Schepen 
ghenaemt  den  Ram,  Schaep  ende  het  Lam,  ghevaren  uyt  Zeelandt  vander 
Stadt  Camp-Vere  naer  d'  Oost-Indien  onder  t'  beleyt  van  loris  van 
Speilberghen,  Generael  Anno  i6or,  den  5  Mey  tot  in  t'  Eylant  Celon, 
vervatende  veel  sclioone  gheschiedenissen  die  by  haer  op  dese  reyse 
gheschiedt  zijn  in  den  tijdt  van  twee  Jaer  elff  maenden  neghenthien 
daghen.  Dese  Historic  is  verciert  met  seventhien  welghesneden  platen, 
daer  in  ghefigureert  zijn  Eylanden,  Steden,  Kusten  Havens,  ghevechten 
op  verscheyden  plaetsen,  met  meer  ander  afbeeldinghen,  als  mede  een 
heerlijcke  beschryvinghe  van  ander  landen,  seer  profytelijck  voor  de 
Zeevarende  man.  Dese  Journalen  met  alle  de  platen  heeft  doen  snijden 
ende  drucken  t'zijnen  Kosten  Floris  Balthasars  Plaet  snijder  woonende 
inde  Choor-straet  tot  Delff,  Anno  1605.  obi.  4°.  72  pp.— ["  Fol.  17. 
Hier  salmen  stellen  de  plaet  van  Saffala,"  which  plate,  however,  does  not 
seem  to  have  been  inserted  in  this  edition.  On  page  67  is  a  plan  of 
Middelburg,  with  the  return  of  the  ships.] 

[Tiele. — Not  in  the  British  Museum  Catalogue.] 


—  [Another  edition.]  Ghecorrigeert,  verbetert  ende  vermeerdert.  ff.  42. 
[13  plates.]  By  Michiel  Colyn,  Boeck-vercooper  opt  Water,  int  Huys- 
boeck  aende  Cooren- Marct :  f  Amsterdam,  161 7.     obi.  fol.     [566.  f.  22.] 

— [Another  edition.]  In  "  Oost-Indische  ende  West-Indische  voyagien," 
etc.     Michiel  Qolyn  :  Amsterdam,  \6i().     obi.  fol, 
[566.  f.  14.    (4.)     Not  in  Tiele.] 


236  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

't  Historiael  Journael,  van  de  Voyagie  ghedaen  met  drie  Schepen,  ghenaemt 
den  Ram,  Schaep,  ende  het  Lam,  ghevaren  uyt  Zeelandt,  van  der  Stadt 
Camp-Vere,  naer  d'  Oost-Indien,  onder  't  beleyt  van  den  Heer  Admirael 
Joris  van  Spilbergen,  gedaen  in  de  Jaren  1601,  1602,  1603,  ende  1604, 
pp.  62.  Part  10  in  Deel  i  of  Isaak  Commelin's  "  Begin  ende  Voort- 
gangh,"  ^/f.     {Amsterdam,^  1646,  ohl.  fol.     [566.  f.  17.] 

Historis  Journael  Nan  de  Voyage  Gedaen  met  3  Schepen  uyt  Zeelant  naer 
d'  Oost-Indien  onder  het  beleyt  van  den  Commandeur  Joris  van  Spilber- 
gen, sijn  eerste  Reyse.  In  den  Jare  1601,  1602,  1603,  1604.  Als  meede 
Beschryvinge  vande  Tweede  Voyage  ghedaen  met  12  Schepen  na  d'  Oost- 
Indien  onder  den  Admirael  Steven  van  der  Hagen.  pp.  96.  Voor  Joost 
Hartgers,  Boeck-verkooper  inde  Gast-huvssteegh  bezijden  het  Stadt-hitys  : 
/'  Amsterdam,  1648.  4°  Part  5  of  the  1648  edition  of  Isaak  Commelin's 
Begin  ende  Voortgangh,  etc.     [566.  g.  9.   (5.)] 

Historis  Journael  Van  de  Voyagie  Gedaen  met  3  Schepen  uyt  Zeelandt  Naer 
d'  Oost-Indien,  onder  't  beleydt  van  den  Commandeur  Joris  van  Spil- 
berghen,  sijn  eerste  Reyse.  Inde  Jaren  1601,  1602,  1603,  1604.  Hier 
is  achter  by  gevoeght  de  Beschrijvinge  van  het  Eylandt  Java.  pp.  62. 
Voor  Joost  Hart^ers,  Boeck-verkooper  op  den  Dam,  bezijden  het  Stadt- 
hiiys :  ^t  Amsterdam,  1652.     4°. 

[Tiele. — Not  in  the  British  Museum  Catalogue.] 

Journael  van  de  Voyagie  gedaen  met  drie  Schepen,  uyt  Zeelandt,  naer  Oost- 
Indien  onder  het  beleydt  van  den  Commandeur  Joris  van  Spilbergen,  Zijn 
eerste  Reyse  uyt  ghevaren  in  den  Jare  1601,  1602,  1603,  en  1604.  pp.  56. 
Gedruckl  by  Gillis  Joosten  Saeghman,  in  de  Nieuw::-straet,  Ordinaris 
Drucker  van  de  Journalen  ter  Zee  en  de  Landt-Reysm :  t'  Amsterdam, 
[1663.]  4°.  Tract  7  in  G.  J.  Saeghman's  "  Verscheyde  Oost-Indische 
Voyagien."     1663-68.     [10057.  dd.  50.  (7).] 


II. — Editions  of  the  Spiegel. 

Oost  ende  West-Indische  Spiegel  der  nieuvve  Navigatien,  Daer  in  vertoont 
werdt  de  leste  reysen  ghedaen  door  Joris  van  Speilbergen,  Admirael  van 
dese  Vloote  ;  in  wat  manieren  hy  de  Wereldt  rontsom  gheseylt  heeft. 
25  plates,  pp.  192.  By  Nicolaes  Geelkercken  :  tot  Leyden,  Anno  i6i(). 
obi.  4°.     [Tiele. — Not  in  the  British  Museum  Catalogue.] 

Oost  ende  West-Indische  Spiegel  Der  2  leste  Navigatien,  ghedaen  in  den 
Jaeren  1614,  15,  16,  17,  ende  18,  daer  in  vertoont  wort,  in  wat  gestalt 
Joris  van  Speilbergen  door  de  Magellanes  de  werelt  rontom  geseylt  heeft, 
met  eenighe  Battalien  so  te  water  als  te  lant,  ende  2  Historien  de  een  van 
Oost  ende  de  ander  van  West-Indien,  het  ghetal  der  forten,  soldaten, 
schepen,  ende  gheschut.  Met  de  Australische  Navigatien,  van  Jacob  le 
Maire,  die  int  suyden  door  een  nieuwe  Straet  ghepasseert  is,  met  veel 
wonders  so  Landen,  Volcken,  ende  Natien,  haer  ontmoet  zijn,  in  26 
coperen  platen  afghebeelt.  pp.  192.  By  Nicolaes  van  Geelkercken:  tot 
Leyden,  Anno  1619.     obi.  fol. 

[10028.   df.    17.     The  title-page  only  has  been   altered.]     This  copy 
has  been  used  in  making  the  translation  contained  in  this  volume. 

Speculum  Orientalis  Occidentalisque  Indiae  Novigationum  ;  Quarum  una 
Georgij  a  Spilbergen  classis  cum  potestate  Praefecti,  altera  Jacobi  le 
Maire  auspicijs  imperioque  directa,  Annis  1614,  15,  16,  17,  18.  Exhi- 
bens  Novi  in  mare  Australe  transitus,  incognitarumque  hactenus  terrarum 
ac  gentium  inventionem  :  praelia  aliquot  terra  marique  commissa  expug- 


BIBLIOGRAPHY.  237 

nationescj ;  urbium  :  una  cum  duabus  novis  utriusque  Indiae  Historijs, 
Catalogo  munitionum  Hollandicarum  ducum  et  reliqui  bellici  apparatus, 
P>etisque  quatuor  :  suis  quaeque  figuris  ac  imaginibus  illustrata.  26  plates, 
pp.  175.  Apud  Nicolaum  h  Geelkercken  :  Lugduni  Batavorum, 
An.  ciDiDCXix  (1619).     obl.fol.     [682.  b.  14.— 566.  f.  34.] 


[Another   copy,   with  a  different  imprint.]      Speculum,  etc.      Apud 

Nicolaum    a    Geelkercken  :    Lugduni  Batavorum ;    Sumptibus  Jtidoci 
Hondii:  [Amstelodamt],  An.  CIDIDCXIX.     obl.fol. 
[G.  6909.     MS.  Notes.] 

Navigationis  a  Georgio  a  Spilberghen  .  .  .  per  fretum  Magellanicum  et  mare 
meridionale  ab  anno  1614  usque  ad  annum  1618  inclusive  peractse  descrip- 
tio  .  .  .  auctore  G.  Arthusio.  (Sequunrur  vera)  .  .  .  regionum  .  .  .  et  gen- 
tium .  .  .  imagines,  etc. )  [20  plates  with  descriptions.  ]  In  Bry  (Theodor 
de)  Americse  tomi  undecimi  appendix.  2  pt.  Typis  /.  Hoferi:  Fratico- 
furti:  1620.     fol. 

[579.  k.  16.  (4.)-2i5-  c.  16.  (2)-455.  d.  14.  (4.)-G.  6630.  (2*.)] 

Appendix  desz  eilfften  Theils  America),  das  ist,  Warhafftige  Beschreibnng  der 
wunderbahren  Schifffahrt  so  Georgius  von  Spielbergen  als  von  der  Nider- 
landischen  Indianischen  Societet  bestellter  Oberster  aber  sechs  Schiffe 
durch  die  Magellanische  Strasse  und  in  der  Suder  See  vom  Jahr  1614 
bisz  in  das  1618  Jahr  verrichtet.  In  welcher  die  newc  Schifffahrt  durch 
die  Suder  See  auch  viel  unbekante  Landschafften  Inseln  und  Volcker 
neben  allem  was  ihm  auff  derselben  Reyse  furkommen  und  zu  handen 
gangen  ausz  oberschicktem  Tagregister  fleissig  verzeichnet  mit  vielen 
frembden  Figuren  so  vormals  nie  gesehen  gezieret  und  beschrieben. 
Durch  M.  Gotthard  Arthus  von  Dantzig.  [With  20  plates,  with  descrip- 
tions. ]  2  pt.  Geti-tickt  bey  Hieronymo  Gallern  in  Vorlegting  Johann 
Theodor  de  Bry :  Oppenheim,  Anno  mdcxx. 
[10003.  e.  30.  (2)— G.  6626.  (4*).] 

Die  Siebenzehende  Schiffart,  das  ist,  Eigentliche  und  warhaftige  Beschreibung 
der  wunderbahre  Reiss  und  Schiffart  so  durch  Herr  Georgio  von  Spilbergen 
(durch  die  Magellanische  Strasse  in  der  Suder  Zee)  gliicklichen  volbracht. 
Beneben  Erzehlung  was  fur  Landschafften  Insuln,  Volcker,  und  Nationen 
allda  gefunden  und  sich  sonsten  auff  der  Reiss  denckwiirdiges  zugetragen. 
Mit  schonen  Charten  und  Kupfferstiicken  erkltirt  und  fiir  Augen  gestelt. 
pp.  93.  Gedruckt  zu  Franckfurt  am  Mayn  dui  chjohan  Hofern  sumptibus 
Bulsianis,  im  Jahr  mdcxx.  4°.  In  Levinus  Hulsius'  Collection  of 
Voyages  and  Travels,  edited  by  L.  Hulsius  and  his  successors.  (26  Thle. ) 
Thl.  17.     1 598- 1650.     4°.     [10028.  d.  24.] 

Oost  ende  West-Indische  Spieghel  Waer  in  Beschreven  werden  de  twee 
laetste  Navigatien,  ghedaen  in  de  Jaeren  1614,  1615,  1616,  1617,  ende 
1618.  De  eene  door  den  vermaerden  Zee-Heldt  Joris  van  Spilbergen 
door  de  Strate  van  Magellanes,  ende  soo  rondt  om  den  gantschen  Aerdt- 
Cloot,  met  alle  de  Bataellien  soo  te  water  als  te  Lande  gheschiet.  Hier 
syn  mede  by  ghevoecht  twee  Historien,  de  eene  van  de  Oost  ende  de 
andere  van  de  West-Indien,  met  het  ghetal  der  Schepen,  Forten,  Soldaten 
ende  Gheschut.  De  andere  ghedaen  bij  Jacob  le  Maire,  de  welcke  in 
't  Zuyden  de  Straet  Magellanes,  een  nieuwe  Straet  ontdeckt  heeft,  met 
de  Beschrijvinghe  aller  Landen,  Volcken,  ende  Nation.  Alles  verciert 
met  schoone  Caerten  ende  Figueren  hier  toe  dienstelijck.  26  plates, 
pp.  192.  Byjanjanssz.^  Boeckverkooper  op  '/  Water  inde  Pas-caert : 
't  Amstelreifani,  Ao.  -Sl-DCXW.     (1621.)     obl.fol.     [566.^35.] 


238  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


[Another  copy,  with  a  different  imprint.]     Oost  ende  West-Indische 

Spieghel,  etc.     By  Andries  Janssz,  van  Aelst,  Boeckverkooper :  tot  Zut- 
phen,  Ao.  1621.     obl.fol. 

[Not  in  the  British  Museum  Catalogue. — Tiele.] 

Miroir,  Oost  &  West-Indical,  auquel  sont  descriptes  les  deux  dernieres  Navi- 
gations, faictes  es  Annees  1614,  1615,  1616,  161 7,  &  1618,  I'une  par 
le  renomme  Guerrier  de  Mer,  George  de  Spilbergen,  par  le  Destroict  de 
Magellan,  &  ainsi  tout  autour  de  toute  la  terre,  avec  toutes  les  Battailles 
donnees  tant  par  terre  que  par  eau.  Icy  sont  aussi  adioustees  deux 
Histoires,  I'une  des  Indes  Orientales,  I'autre  des  Indes  Occidentals,  avec 
le  nombre  des  Navires,  Forts,  Soldats,  &  Artillerie.  L'autre  faicte  par 
Jacob  Le  Maire,  lequel  au  coste  du  Zud  du  Destroict  de  Magellan  a 
descouvert  un  nouveau  Destroict.  Avec  la  description  de  tous  Pays,  Gens 
&  Nations.  Le  tout  embelli  de  belles  Cartes  et  Figures  a  ce  servantes. 
[Translated  from  the  Latin  edition  of  161 9.]  pp.  172.  Chez  Jan  Jansz. 
sur  PEau,  ci  la  Pas-carte:  Amstelredam,  I' /in  1621.  obi.  4°. 
[436.  b.  19. — K.  216   a.  20.— G   6792.] 

The  Voyage  of  George  Spilbergen,  Generall  of  a  Dutch  Fleet  of  sixe  Shippes, 
which  passed  by  the  Magellane  straits,  and  South  Sea,  unto  the  East 
Indies,  and  thence  (having  encompassed  the  whole  Circumference  of  the 
Earth)  home  :  gathered  out  of  the  Latine  Journall,  beeing  the  fift  Circum- 
Navigation.  In  Purchas  (Samuel)  the  Elder.  Purchas  his  Pilgrimes,  etc. 
Lib.  II.  Chap.  6.  pp.  80-87.     London :  1625.  fol. 

[679.  h.  11-14.— 213.  d.  2-5.-984.  h.  4-7.— G.  6838-41.] 

Ilistorisch  Journael  van  de  Voyagie  ghedaen  met  ses  Schepen  uytghereed 
zijnde  d»'or  de  vermaarde  Heeren  Bewinthebberen  van  de  Oost-Indische 
Compaignie  uyt  de  Vereenighde  Nederlanden  te  weten  de  groote  Sonne, 
de  groote  Mane,  den  Jager,  de  Jacht,  de  Meuuwe  van  Amsterdam,  den 
/Eolus  van  Zeelandt,  de  Morgenster  van  Rotterdam.  Omme  te  varen 
Door  de  Strate  Magallanes  naer  de  Molucques,  met  Commissie  der  lioogh 
Mogende  Heeren  Staten  Generael,  ende  sijne  Princelijcke  Excellentie. 
Onder  't  gebiedt  vanden  Heere  Joris  van  Spilbergen,  als  Commandeur 
Generael  over  de  Vlote.  Als  mede  de  Australische  Navigatie,  ontdeckl 
door  Jacob  le  Maire  (ende  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten)  in  den  Jaere 
1615,  1616,  1617.  Part  18  of  Deel  2  of  Isaak  Commelin's  "Begin  ende 
Voortgangh,"  etc.  pp.  1-118.  [Amsterdam,}  1646.  obi.  fol. 
[566.  f.  19.] 

Oost-  en  West  Indische  Voyagie,  Door  de  Strate  Magallanes  Naer  de 
Molucques,  Met  ses  Schepen  onder  den  Commandeur  Joris  Spilbergen. 
Als  mede  de  wonderlijcke  Reyse  ghedaen  door  Willem  Cornelisz. 
Schouten  van  Hoorn,  en  Jacob  le  Maire,  in  den  Jaere  1615,  1616,  1617. 
Hoe  sy  bezuyden  de  S  tract  van  Magallanes  een  Nieuwe  passagie  tot  in  de 
groote  Zuydt-Zee  ontdeckt  voort  den  gheheelen  Aerd-kloot  om-ghezeylt 
hebben.  Midtsgaders  Wat  Eylanden  vreemde  Volckeren  en  wonderlijcke 
Avontueren  hun  ontmoet  zijn.  i  plate,  pp.  120.  I'oor  Joost  Hartgerts, 
Boeck-verkooper  in  de  Gasthuys-Steegh,  bezijden  het  Stadt-huys,  in  de 
Boeck-winckel :  ^t  Amstelredam,  1648.  4°.  Part  8  of  a  later  edition  of 
Isaak  Commelin's  "  Begin  ende  Voortgangh,"  etc.     [566.  g.  9.  (8.) 

Journael  van  de  Voyagie  gedaen  met  ses  Scheepen  door  de  Straet  Magalanes, 
naer  de  Molucques,  onder  het  Beleydt  van  den  Heer  Admirael  Joris  van 
Spilbergen,  zijn  tweede  reys,  uytgevaren  in  den  Jare  1614,  1615,  1616,  en 
161 7.  Verhalende  de  eygenschappen  des  Landts  vreemdicheyt  der 
Menschen  en  verscheyde  andere  saecken  haer  op  de  Reys  voorgevallen. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY.  239 

[With  a  portrait  of  Spilbergen.]  pp.  64.  Gedruckt  by  Gillis  Joosten 
Saeghman,  in  de  Nieuwe-straef,  Ordinaris  Drucker  van  de  Joiirnalen  ter 
Zee  en  de  Landt-Reysen  :  t'' Amsterdam ,  [1663.]     4°.     [icx)57.  dd.  29.] 

Voyage  de  George  Spilberg,  Amiral  Hollandois,  aux  Ilea  Moluques,  par  le 
detroit  de  Magellan.  In  Renneville  (Rene  Augustin  Constantin  de) 
Recueil  des  Voyages,  qui  ont  servi  a  I'etablissement  et  aux  progres  de  la 
Compagnie  des  Indes  Orientales,formee  dan  les  Provinces  Unies  des  Pais- 
bas.  Nouvelle  edition,  revue  par  I'Auteur,  et  considerablement  aug- 
nientee.  Enrichie  d'un  grand  nombre  de  Figures  en  Taille-douce. 
(10  torn.)  torn  8.  pp.  1-113.  Jean  Baptiste  Machuel  le  jeune  :  Rouen, 
1725.     12°      [1047.  a.  15-24.— 688.  c.  15-24.— 979.  d.  i-io.] 

Seconde  Edition  [of  the  Recueil  des  Voyages  by  de  Renneville],  revue, 

&   augmentee  de   plusieurs   pieces  curieuses.     (7  torn.)     Tom.  4.  pt.  2. 
pp.  445-530.     Chez  Isaac  Rey :  Amsterdam,  1754.      12°. 
[K.  303.  a.  8-19.] 

George  Spilberg,  En  Magellanique,  In  Brosses  (Charles  de).  Histoire  des 
Navigations  aux  Terres  Australes.  Paris,  1756.  torn.  I.  pp.  343,  et 
seq.     [454.  a.  17,  18.— 566.  h.  5,  6.— 215.  a.  15,  16.— G.  7382-3-] 

George  Spilberg  to  Magellanica  and  Polynesia.     In  Callander  (John). — Terra 
Australis  Cognita,  or  Voyages  to  the  Terra  Australis,  or  Southern  Hemi- 
sphere, during  the  Sixteenth,  Seventeenth,  and  Eighteenth  Centuries  .  .  . 
Edinburgh:  1768.     Vol.2.  Art.  III.  pp.  191-217. 
[566.  c.  1-3.— G.  16065-7.] 


III. — The  Letter,  of  which  a  Translation  is  given  on 
Pages  xlix-lv  of  the  Introduction. 

Copye  van  een  Brief  geschreven  door  Joris  van  Spelbergh,  Conimijs  Generael 
en  de  Capiteyn  over  de  Zeeusche  Soldaten  ;  Onder  't  beleydt  van  den 
Erentfesten  ende  Manhaftighen  Heere  Jacob  van  Heems-kercke,  als 
Admirael  der  E.  E.  M.  Heeren  Staten  der  Vrye  Vereenichde  Nederlanden 
verordineert  :  tracterende  van  't  veroveren  der  Spaensche  Armade  .  .  . 
in  dato  9  May,  1607.  pp.  4.  {Amsterda?n,  1607.]  4°. 
[T.  1713.     (12.)] 


IV. — Editions  of  the  Journal  narrating  the  Voyage 

UNDERTAKEN  BY  Le  MaIRE  AND  ScHOUTEN. 

Journal  Ofte  Beschryvinghe  van  de  wonderlicke  reyse,  ghedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz  Schouten  van  Hoorn,  inde  Jaren  1615.  1616.  en  1617.  Hoe  hy 
Bezuyden  de  Strate  van  Magellanes  een  nieuwe  Passagie  tot  inde  groote 
Zuyd  Zee  ondeckt,  en  voort  den  gheheelen  Aerdkloot  omgheseylt,  heeft. 
Wat  Eylanden,  vreemde  volcken  en  wonderlicke  avontueren  hem  ontmoet 
zijn.  '/  Amsterdam,  by  Willem  Janzz.  op  V  water  inde  Sonnewyser,  1618, 
4°.     [Tiele.] 

Journael  ofte  Beschrijvinghe  van  de  wonderlicke  reyse,  gedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten  van  Hoorn,  inde  Jaren  1615.  1616.  en  1617.  Hoe 
hy  bezuyden  de  Strate  van  Magellanes  een  nieuwe  Passagie  tot  inde  groote 
Zuyd-zee  ontdeckt,  en  voort  den  gheheelen  Aerdt-Kloot  om  gheseylt  heeft. 
Wat  Eylanden,  vreemde  Volcken  en  wonderlijcke  avontueren  hem  ont- 
moet zijn.  Tot  Arnhem,  By  fan  Jansz.,  Boeck-vfrkooper.  Anno  1618. 
4°.     [Tiele.] 


240  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Journael  ofte  Beschrijvinghe  van  de  vvonderlicke  reyse,  gedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten,  ^/<:.  Tot  Amstelredam  :  Voor  Jan  Jansz.,  Boeckver- 
kooper  inde  Paskaert.     i6i8.     4°.     [Tide.] 

Journal,  ou  Description  de  Tadmirable  voyage  de  Guillaume  Schouten  Hol- 
landois,  etc.  pp.  viii.  88.  9  plates.  Guillaume  Janson :  Amsterdam^ 
[1618.]     4°.     [Tiele.] 

Journal,  ou  Description  du  merveilleux  voyage  de  Guillaume  Schouten,  etc. 
pp.  viii.  88.     9  plates.     Guillaume  Janson :  Amsterdam,  1618.     4°. 
[Tiele.] 

Journal  ou  Relation  exacte  du  Voyage  de  Guill.  Schouten  dans  les  Indes,  etc. 
pp.  232.  8  plates.  Chez  M.  Gobert,  au  Palais  en  la  gallerie  des  prison- 
niers :  Et  les  Cartes ,  chtz  M.  Tavernier,  Graveut  du  Roy,  demeurant  au 
pont  Marc  hand :  Paris,  MDCXViii.     8°.     [1046.  a.  21.] 

Warhaffte  Beschreibung  der  wunderbarlichen  Rjiyse  und  Schiffart,  so  Wilhelni 
Schout  von  Horn,  ausz  Hollandt  nach  Suden  gethan,  etc.  pp.  ii,  34. 
Gedrucktheyjanjansen:  zu  Arnheim,  161 8.     4°.     [Tiele.] 

Australische  Navigatien,  ontdeckt  door  Jacob  le  Maire,  inde  Jaeren  Anno 
1615.  1616.  1617.  Daer  in  vertoont  is,  in  wat  gestalt  sy,  by  zuyden  de 
Straet  Magellanes,  eenen  nieuwen  duerganck  ghevonden  hebben,  sterck- 
ende  tot  in  die  Suydt-Zee,  met  de  verklaeringhe  vande  vreemde  Natien, 
Volcken,  Landen  ende  Aventuren,  die  sy  gesien  ende  haer  vvedervaren 
zijn.  pp.  143-192  of  the  "  Oost  ende  West  Indische  Spiegel  .  .  .  Tot 
Leyden,  By  Nicolaes  Geelkercken,  Anno  1619."  4°.  Vide  supra, 
Section  II. 

Journael  ofte  Beschrijvinghe  van  de  wonderlijcke  reyse  gedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten,  etc.  Tot  Amsterdam,  By  Barmen  Jansz.  Boeck- 
verkooper,  wconende  inde  Warmoes-straet,  inde  Meyrminne,  Anno  1619. 
4°.     [Tiele.] 

Novi  Freti,  a  parte  Meridionali  Freti  Magellanici,  in  Magnum  Mare  Australe 
Detectio  ;  facta  laboriosissimo  et  periculosissimo  itinere  a  Guilielmo 
Cornelij  Schoutenio  Hornano,  Annis  1615,  1616,  &  1617,  totum  orbem 
terrarum  circumnavigante.  pp.  95.  9  plates.  Apud  Gulielmum  Jan- 
sonium:  Amsterodami,  16 19.     4°.     [981.  a.  8.] 

Diarum  vel  descriptio  laboriosissimi,  &  Molestissimi  Itineris,  facti  a  Guilielmo 
Cornelii  Schoutenio,  Hornano  Annis  1615,  1616,  &  1617,  etc.  [Preface 
signed  :  Gulielmusjansonius.]  pp.71.  6  plates.  Apud  Petrum  Kcerium  : 
Amsterdami,  A°  1619.     4°.     [1045.  e.  17.  (2.)] 

Diarium  vel  Descriptio  .  .  .  Itineris,  facti  a  Guilielmo  Cornelii  Schoutenio, 
etc.  Preface  by  Guilielmusjansonius.]  pp  71-  3  plates.  Apud  Petrum 
Kceritim  :  Amsterdami :  K"  \b\(^.     4°.     [G.  6735.] 

The  Relation  of  a  Wonderful!  Voiage  made  by  William  Cornelison  Schouten, 
of  Home  [1615-1617],  shewing  how  South  from  the  Straights  of  Magelan, 
in  Terra  Del-fuogo  :  he  found  and  discovered  a  newe  passage  through  the 
great  South  Sea,  and  that  way  sayled  round  about  the  world.  Describing 
what  Islands,  Countries,  People,  and  strange  Adventures  he  found  in  his 
saide  Passage.  [Translated  from  the  Dutch  by  W.  P.,  i.e.,  William 
Phillip.]  pp.  82.  Imprinted  by  T.  D.  for  Nathanaell  Newbury,  and  are 
to  be  sold  at  the  signe  of  the  Starre,  under  S.  Peters  in  Come- hill,  and  in 
Pope-head  A lley :  London,  1619.     4°. 

[K.  303.  d.  27.  (5.)— B.  670.  (3.)-C-  6738.1 


BIBLIOGRAPHY.  24 1 

Tournal  ou  Description  du  Merveilleux  Voyage  de  Guillaume  Schouten,  Hol- 
landois,  natif  de  Hoorn,  fait  es  annees,  161 5.  16 16,  et  16 17.  pp.  88. 
9  plates.  Chez  Harman  Janson,  Marchand  Libraire,  demeurant  en  la 
Warmoes-straet,  a  la  Sereine :  Amstredam  :  1619.    4°     [G.  6736.] 

Tournal  ou  Description  du  Merveilleux  Voyage  de  Guillaume  Schouten,  Hol- 
landois,  natif  de  Hoorn,  fait  es  annees  1615,  1616.  et  1617,  etc.      pp.  88. 
4  plates.     Chez  Pierre  du  Keere,  Tailleur  de  Cartes,  demeurant  en  la 
Calver-straet,  a  Penseigne  du  temps  incertain  :  Amstredam,  16 19.     4°. 
[1045.  e.  17.  (3.)— 980.  e.  30.] 

Tournal  ou  Description  de  I'admirable  voyage  de  Guillaume  Schouten,  Hol- 
landois  .  .  .    Illustre  de  belles  Cartes  et  Figures  taillez  en  cuivre.     pp.  88. 
3  plates.     Imprimi  ches  Gtiilliamne Janson:  h  Amsterdam,   16 19.     4°. 
[1045.  e.  17.  (I).)] 

Die  sechtzehende  Schiffahrt.  Journal  oder  Beschreibung  der  wunderbaren 
Reise  Wilhelm  Schouten  ausz  Hollandt  im  Jahr  1615,  16,  und  17,  etc. 
pp.  90.  9  plates.  Gedruckt  durch  Nicolawn  Hoffmann,  sumptibus  Httl- 
sianis :  Franckfurt  am  Mayn,  im  Jar  mdcxix.  4°.  In  Levinus  Hulsius' 
Collection  of  Voyages  and  Travels.  (26  Theile.)  Thl.  16.  1598-1650. 
4°.    [10028.  d.  42. — 10028.  d.  43.] 

Relacion  diaria  del  viage  de  Jacobo  de  Mayre,  y  Guillelmo  Cornelio  Schouten, 
en  que  descubrieron  nuevo  Estrecho  y  passage  del  mar  del  Norte  al  mar 
del  Sur,  a  la  parte  Austral  del  Estrecho  de  Magallanes.  flf.  26.  2  maps. 
For  Bernardino  de  G^tzman  :  Madrid,  Ano  1619.     4°.     [G.  6737.] 

Australische  Navigatien,  ontdeckt  door  Jacob  le  Maire,  etc.  pp.  143-192  of 
the  "  Oost-  ende  West-Indische  Spiegel  .  .  .  t' Amsterdam,  bij  Jan  Janssz. 
.  .  .  162 1."     4°.     Vide  supra.  Section  II.     [566.  f.  35.] 

Navigations  Australes  descouvertes  par  Jacob  Le  Maire,  es  annees  161 5,  16 16, 
161 7,  etc.     In  Joris  van   Speilbergen's  "  Miroir  Oost  &  West  IJndical," 
etc.    Jan  fansz :  Amstelredam,  1621.     obi.  4^. 
[436.  b.  19.— K.  216.  a.  20.— G.  6792.] 

Spieghel  der  Australische  Navigatie,  door  den  wijt  vermaerden  ende  cloeck- 
moedighen  Zee-Heldt  Jacob  Le  Maire,  President  ende  overste  over  de 
twee  Schepen,  d'  Eendracht  ende  Hoorn  uytghevaren  den  14  Junij,  1615. 
[With  a  portrait  of  Le  Maire.]  fol.  72.  5  plates.  By  Michiel  Colijn, 
Boeck-vercooper  op  't  Water  by  de  Oude  Brugh  in  't  Huys-Boeck  : 
t' Amsterdam,  Anno  1622.  In  Antonio  de  Herrera  Tordesillas'  "  Nieuwe 
Werelt.  anders  ghenaempt  West-Indien."  pt.  2.  By  Michiel  Colijn: 
Amsterdam,  1622,  1621.     fol     [10410.  f.  28.] 

Ephemerides,  sive  Descriptio  Navigationis  Australis,  institutae  Anno  mdcxv, 
ductu  et  moderamine  fortissimi  Viri  Jacobi  Le  Maire,  duarum  navium, 
quarum  uno  Concordia,  altera  Cornu  dicta  fuit,  Praefecti.  7  plates.  In 
Antonio  de  Herrera  Tordesillas'  "  Novus  Orbis,  sive  Descriptio  Indiae 
Occidentalis  .  .  .  Metaphraste  C.  Barlaeo,"  etc.  fol.  44-74-  ^pttd 
Michaelem  Colinium,  Bibliopolam,  ad  insigne  Libri  Domestici:  Amstelo- 
dami.  Anno  MDCXXii.     fol.     [G.  7035-— 797-  i"-  5-] 

Journael  et  Miroir  de  la  Navigation  Australe  du  vaillant  et  bien  renomm6 
Seigneur  Jaques  Le  Maire,  Chef  et  Conducteur  de  deux  Navires  Concorde 
et  Hoorn,  qui  partirent  le  14  de  Juin,  1615.  8  plates.  In  Antonio  de 
Herrera  Tordesillas'  *'  Description  des  Indes  Occidentals  .  .  .     Trans- 

R 


242  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

latee  d'Espagnol  en  Frangois,"  etc.  pp.  104-174.  Chez  Michel  Colin, 
Libraire,  demeurant  au  Livre  Domestique:  d  Amsterdam, Anno  mdcxxii. 
fol.     [984.  f.  21.— 795.  1.  20.] 

Journael  ofte  Beschrijvinghe  van  de  wonderlicke  reyse  ghedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten  van  Hoorn,  in  den  Jaren  1615,  1616,  en  1617.  Hoe 
hy  bezuyden  de  Strate  van  Magellanes  een  nieuwe  Passagie  tot  in  de 
groote  Zuyd-zee  ontdeckt,  en  voort  den  geheelen  Aerd  kloot  om  geseylt 
heeft.  Wat  Eylanden,  vrecmde  Volcken  en  wonderlicke  avonturen  hem 
ontmoet  zijn.  8  plates,  pp.56.  Voor/anJansz.,Boeck-verkooperinde 
Pas-kaert :  Amsterdam^  1624.     4°.     [C.  32.  e.  11.] 

The  Sixth  Circum- Navigation,  by  William  Cornelison  Schouten,  of  Home : 
Who,  South-wards  from  the  Straights  of  Magelan  in  Terra-Del-fuogo, 
found  and  discovered  a  new  passage  through  the  great  South- Sea,  and 
that  way  sayled  round  about  the  World  :  Describing  what  Islands, 
Countries,  Peoples,  and  strange  Adventures  hee  found  in  his  said  Passage. 
[From  Wm.  Phillip's  translation  of  1619.]  In  Purchas  (Samuel)  the 
Elder.  Purchas  his  Pilgrimes,  etc.  Lib.  II.  Chap.  7.  pp.  88-107. 
London,  1625.     fol. 

[679.  h.  11-14. — 213.  d.  2-5.-984.  h.  4-7.— G.  6838-41.] 

Journael  ofte  Beschryvinghe  vande  wonderlijcke  Reyse  ghedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten,  etc.  f  Amsterdam,  By  Jan  Janssen  Boeck-verkooper, 
1632.     4°     [Tiele.] 

Journael  ofte  Beschryvinghe  van  de  .  .  .  Reyse  gedaen  door  Willem  Cornelisz. 
Schouten,  etc.  pp.  53.  9  plates.  Ghedruckt  by  Isaack  van  Waesberghen, 
Boeck-verkooper  op  V  Steyger  aende  Marckt  inde  Fame :  tot  Rotterdam^ 
1637.     4".     [10027.  b.  8.] 

Journael  ofte  Beschryvinghe  vande  wonderlijcke  Reyse  gedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten,  etc.  pp.  56.  9  plates.  V  Amsterdam,  By  Jan 
/anssen  Boeckvercooper.     1644.     4°.     [10027  cc.  i.] 

Australische  navigatien  ontdeckt  door  Jacob  Le  Maire  ende  Willem  Cornelisz. 
Schouten  inde  jaeren  1615,  1616,  1617,  etc.  In  Isaac  Commelin's  "Begin 
ende  voortgangh  vande  .  .  .  Oost  Indische  Compagnie,"  etc.  Deel  2. 
Pt.  18.     pp.  70-118.     iAmsterdam\  1646.     4°.     [566.  f.  19.] 

Journael,  ofte  Beschrijvinge  vande  wonderlijcke  Reyse,  ghedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten  van  Hoorn.  In  de  Jaren  161 5.  16 16.  161 7.  Hoe  hy 
bezuyden  de  Straet  Magellanes  eenen  nieuwen  doorganck  gevonden  heeft, 
streckende  tot  inde  Zuyd-Zee,  met  de  verklaringe  vande  vreemde  Natien, 
Volcken,  Landen  en  Avonturen,  die  sy  gesien,  ende  haer  wedervaren 
zijn.  Hier  is  noch  achter  by-gevoeght  eenighe  Zee-Vragen  ende  Ant- 
woorden,  zijnde  seer  nut  ende  geheel  dienstigh  alle  Schippers,  Stiermans 
ende  Zeevarende  maets.  (pp.  67-120  of  "  Oost-en  West- Indische  Voy- 
agie.")  V  Amstelredam,  Voorjost  Hartgers,  Boeckverkooper  in  de  Gasthuys- 
Steegh,  bezijden  het  Stad-huys,  inde  Boeck-winckel.  1648.  4°. 
[566.  g.  9.     (8.)] 

Journael,  ofte  Beschrijvinghe  van  de  wonderlijcke  Reyse  gedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten  van  Hoorn  .  .  .  Desen  laetsten  Druck  verbetert  .  .  . 
van  Aris  Claessz.  en  andere,  etc.  pp.  56.  9  plates.  Ghedruckt  by  Isaac 
Willemsz.  voor  Marten  Gerbrantsz.  Boeckverkooper  inde  Kerck-straet  in  V 
A-  B.  C. :  tot  Hoorn,  Anno  1648.     4°.     [1061.  g.  45.] 


BIBLIOGRAPHY.  243 

Journael  ofte  Beschrijvinghe  vande  wonderlijcke  Reyse  gedaen  door  Willem 
Comelisz.  Schouten  .  .  .  Desen  laetsten  Druck  verbetert,  en  uyt  eenige 
geschreven  Journalen,  van  Aris  Claessz.  en  andere,  gehouden  op  de 
selfde  Reyse,  mercklijck  vermeerdert.  Tot  Hoorn,  Ghedruckt  by  Isaac 
Willentsz.  voor  Mieus  Jansz.  Appel,  Boeckverkooper  aende  Roo-stem,  in  de 
Nieuwe  Bybel^  KviXio  id^^.     4°.     [Tiele.] 

Journael  ofte  Beschrijvinghe  vande  wonderlijcke  Reyse  gedaen  door  Willem 
Comelisz.  Schouten,  etc.  Voor  [an  Jansz.  Deutel,  Boeckverkooper  op  V 
Oostin  Biestkens  Testament^  Anno  1648.     4°.     [Tiele.] 

Diarium  vel  Descriptio  laboriosissimi  et  Molestissimi  Itineris,  facti  £l  Guilielmo 
Comelii  Schoutenio,  Hornano,  Annis  161 5,  1616,  et  161 7  .  .  .  Editio 
altera,     pp.   71.      6  plates.      Sumptibus  Ludovici   Vlas-bloem:   Doccetiy 

1648.  4.     [G.6739.] 

Journael  ofte  Beschrijving  vande  wonderlijcke  Voyagie,  ghedaen  door  Willem 
Comelisz.  Schouten,  van  Iloorn,  inden  Jaere  161 5,  1616,  ende  1617. 
Hoe  hy  bezuyden  de  Straete  van  Magellanes,  een  nieuwe  Passagie  ondeckt, 
en  de  geheele  Aerd-cloot  om-gezeylt  heeft.  Tot  Dockum.  Gedruckt  by 
Louis  Vlas-bloem^  Boeckdrucker  wonende  inde  Kercstraet  int  Schrijf-boecky 

1649.  4°.     [Tiele.] 

Journael  ofte  Beschrijving  vande  wonderlijcke  Voyagie,  ghedaen  door  Willem 
Comelisz.  Schouten,  etc.     Dockum,  Louis  Vlas-bloem^  165 1.   4°.     [Tiele.] 

Journael  ofte  Beschrijving  vande  wonderlijcke  Voyagie,  ghedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten,  etc.     Amsterdam,  Louis  Vlasbloem,  1655,     (4°.) 
[Tiele.] 

Diarium  vel  Descriptio  laboriosissimi  et  molestissimi  Itineris.  facti  a  Guilielmo 
Comelii  Schoutenio,  Hornano,   Annis   1615.   1616,  &  1617,  etc.     pp.  71. 
6  plates.    Sumptibus  Ludovici  Vlas-boom :  Amsterdami,  i66[o.] 
4°.     [1295- b.] 

Journael,  ofte  Beschrijvinge  vande  wonderlijcke  Reyse  gedaen  door  Willem 
Cornelisz.  Schouten  .  .  .  Desen  laetsten  Druck  verbetert,  en  uyt  eenige 
geschreven  Journalen  van  Aris  Klaessz.  en  andere,  gehouden  op  de  selfde 
Reyse,  merckelijck  vermeedert.  pp.  57.  6  plates.  Gedruckt  by  Jan 
Jacobsz.  Bouman,  Boeckverkooper  op  V  Water  in  de  Lelyt  onder  de  Doornen : 
f  Amsterdam,  Anno  1661.     4°.     [1424.  c.  26.] 

Journael  Van  de  wonderlijcke  Reyse,  Gedaen  door  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten 
van  Hoorn,  Inde  Jaren  1615.  1616.  en  1617.  Verhalende  hoe  dat  hy 
bezuyden  de  Straet  Magalanes,  eenen  nieuwen  Doorganck  gevonden 
heeft,  streckende  tot  in  de  Zuydt-Zee,  met  de  vreemdigheyt  der  Volckeren, 
Landen  en  Wonderheeden  die  men  aldaer  gesien  heeft.  t'  Amsterdam, 
Gedruckt  By  Gillis  Joosten  Saeghman,  inde  Nieuwe-straet,  Ordinaris 
Dnuker  vande  Journalen  ter  Zee,  ende  Landt-Reysen  [1663].  4°. 
[10057.  dd.  50.  (8.)] 

Journael  Vande  Wonderlijcke  Reyse,  Gedaen  door  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten, 
etc.     f  Amsterdam,  By  Michiel  de  Groot,  Boeck-verkooper  op  de  Nieuwen- 
dijck,  tusschen  beyde  de  Haarlemmer-sluysen,  inde  groote  Bybel  [1664].    4°. 
[Tiele.] 

Journael  Vande  Wonderlijcke  Reyse,  Gedaen  door  Willem  Cornelisz  Schouten, 
etc.     Amsterdam,  Weduw  van  Michiel  de  Groot  1i(x)6\.     4°.     [Tiele.] 

R  2 


244  BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

Journael  Vande  Wonderlijcke  Reyse,  Gedaen  door  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten, 
etc.     Amsttrdam,  Gijsbert  de  Groot.     1716.     4".     [Tiele.] 

Journael  Vande  Wonderlijcke  Reyse,  Gedaen  door  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten, 
etc.  By  de  Weduwe  van  Gijshert  de  Groot,  BoecJiverkoopster  op  den 
Nieuwen-dijcky  inde  Groote  Bybel.     [1720.]    4°.     [Tiele.] 

Navigation   Australe  faite  par  Jaques  Le   Maire,  et  par  Willem  Cornelisz. 

Schouten,  les  Annees  1615,   1616,  et  1617,  etc.     In  Rene  Augustin  Con- 

stantin  de  Renneville's  "  Recueil  des  Voyages,"  etc.     Nouvelle  edition. 

tom.  8.    pp.  14-229.    Jean  Baptiste  Machuei  le  jeune :  Rouen,  1725.    12°. 

[1047.  a.  15-24.— 688.  c.  15-24.— 979.  d.  i-io.] 


[Another  edition.]    tom.  4.  pt.  2.  pp.  531-618.     2  maps.     Chez  Isaac 

Rey :  Amsterdam,  1754.     12°.     [303.  a.  15.] 

Journael  Van  de  Wonderlijke  Reyze,  Gedaen  door  Willem  Cornelisz.  Schouten, 
etc.  Tot  Amsterdam,  By  Joannes  fCannewet,^  Boeckverkooper  in  de  Nes, 
inde  Gekroonde  fugte  Bybel.     1766.     4°.     [Tiele.] 

James  Le  Maire,  and  William  Schouten,  to  Magellanica,  Ponlyesia  \_sic'],  and 
Australasia.     In  John  Callander's  "  Terra  Australis  Cognita,"  etc.    Vol.  2. 
pp.  217-269.     Printed  by  A.  Donaldson:  Edinburgh,  1768.     8°. 
[G.  16065-7.— 566-  c.  1-3.] 

The  Voyage  of  James  Le  Mair,  and  William  Schouten,  16 16.     In  Alexander 
Dalrymple's  *'  An  Historical  Collection  of  the  several  Voyages  and  Dis- 
coveries in   the   South   Pacific  Ocean.      Vol.   ii,  containing  the  Dutch 
Voyages."     pp.  1-64.     Printed  for  the  Author :  London,  iTji.     4°. 
[566.  h.  9.  (2.)— 454.  h.  5,  6.  (i.)-K.  212.  d.  II.— G.  1781.] 

Decouvertes  de  Jacques  Le  Maire  et  Guillaume  Shouten,  en  16 16.     In  Alex- 
ander Dalrymple's  "Voyages  dans  la  Mer  du  sud  par  les  Espagnols  et  les 
Hollandois.      Ouvrage  traduit  de  I'Anglois  .  .  .  par  M.  de  Freville." 
pp.  291-323.     Chez  Saillant  et  Nyon  ;  Pis  sot :  Paris,  1774.     8°. 
[10491.  de.  5.] 

The  Voyage  of  William  Cornelison  Schouten,  of  Home.  In  John  Hamilton 
Moore's  "  A  New  and  Complete  Collection  of  Voyages  and  Travels,"  etc. 
Vol.  I.  pp.  49-53.  Printed  for  the  Proprietors,  and  sold  by  Alexander 
Hogg,  at  No.  16,  Paternoster  Row,  London,  [1780.]    fol.     [10003.  f«  2.] 

D^couverte  du.  Detroit  de  Le  Maire.  Journal  ou  Description  du  merveilleux 
voyage  de  Guillaume  Schouten,  Hollandais,  natif  de  Horn,  fait  en  les 
annees  1615,  1616,  1617.  In  "  Voyages  dans  tous  les  Mondes.  Nouvelle 
Bibliotheque  historique  et  litteraire,  publiee  sous  la  direction  de  M. 
Eugene  Mullen"  pp.  191-235.  Ch.  Delagrave :  Paris,  1888.  8°. 
[10026.  aa.  I.] 

Relacion  diaria  del  Viaje  de  Jacobo  Le  Maire  y  Guillermo  Cornelio  Schouten 
.  .  .  Reimpresa  [from  the  1619  edition]  con  unanota  bibliografica  dej.  T. 
Medina,     pp.  vii.  56.     Santiago  de  Chile,  1897.     8^ 
[9771.  bb.  33.— 9551.  bb.  43.] 


BIBLIOGRAPHY.  245 


V. — List  of  Works  Quoted  in  this  Volume  or  Bearing 

ON  ITS  Subject,  with  the  British  Museum 

Press-Marks. 

Aa  (Abraham  Jacob  van  der). — Biographisch  Woordenboek  der  Nederlanden, 
bevattende  Levensbeschrijvingen  van  zoodanige  Personen,  die  zich  op 
eenigerlei  wijze  in  ons  Vaderland  hebben  vermaard  gemaakt.  Door  A. 
J.  van  der  Aa.  Voortgezet  door  K.  J.  R.  van  Harderwijk  en  Dr.  G.  D.  J. 
Schotel.)  21  Deelen.  J.J.  van  Brederode:  Haarlem^  1852-78.  S"". 
[2038.  £.—10761.  f.] 

Acosta  (Joseph  de). — Historia  natural  y  moral  de  las  Indias.     pp.  535.    Juan 
de  Leon:  SeviUay  1590.     4°. 

[K.    146.  a.   3.— G.   6341. Barcelona^  1591.     8°.— 978.  a.  13. 

Madridy  1608.     4°. — 978.  k.  6. — 1792      4°. — 9551.     f.  3.] 

Historic  naturael  ende  morael  van  de  Westersche  Indien  .  .  .     Nu 

eerstmael  uyt  den  Spaenschen  Overgheset  door  Jan  Huygen  van  Lin- 
schoten.     Enchtiysen,  Haarlem  [printed],  1598.    8°. 
[10470.  a.  I.] 

Tweede  editie.      Amsterdam,  1624.     4°.     [981.  c.  14.] 

The   Naturall  and   Morall   Historie   of  the   East  and  West   Indies. 

Translated  into  English  by  E.  G.  [i.e.,  Edward  Grimstone.]  pp.  590. 
Printed  by  Val.  Sims,  for  Edward  Bloutit  and  William  Aspley :  London, 
1604.     4°.     [978.  f.  9. — K.  279.  h.  35.— G.  15020.] 

The  Natural  and  Moral  History  of  the  Indies.     By  Father  Joseph  de 


Acosta.  Reprinted  from  the  English  translated  edition  of  Edward  Grim- 
ston,  1604,  and  edited,  with  notes  and  an  introduction,  by  Clements  R. 
Markham,  C.B.,  F.R.S.  Vol.  i.  The  Natural  History  (Books  i,  11, 
III,  and  IV.)  pp.  xlv,  295.  Vol.  2.  The  Moral  History  (Books  v,  vi, 
and  VII.)  pp.  xii,  295-551.  Map  of  Peru.  (Series  i,  vols.  60,  61,) 
Hakluyt  Society :  London,  \%Zo.     8°.     [Ac.  6172/54,] 

Asher  (George  Michael). — Henry  Hudson  the  Navigator,  1607-1613.  The 
Original  Documents  in  which  his  career  is  recorded.  Collected,  partly 
translated,  and  annotated,  with  an  introduction,  by  George  Michael 
Asher,  LL.D.  pp.  ccxviii,  292.  2  Maps.  Bibliography.  (First  Series, 
vol.  27.)     Hakluyt  Society  :  London,  i860.     8°.     [Ac.  6172/25.] 

Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink  (Reinier  Comelis). — Isaac  Le  Maire.  EeneVoor- 
lezing.     In  **  De  Gids  .  .  .  Vierde  Serie,  Derde  Jaargang,  1865.     Vierde 
Deel."     pp.  1-56.     P.  N.  van  Kampen :  Amsterdam ^  1865.     8°. 
[P.  P  4S95-] 

Barentsz.  (Willem). 

See  Veer  (Gerrit  de). 

Beke  (Charles  Tilstone). 

See  Veer  (Gerrit  de). 


246 


BlBLiOGRAt>HV, 


Bennet  (R.  G.)  and  Wijk  (Jacob  van). — Verhandeling  over  de  Nederlandsche 
Ontdekkingen  in  Amerika,  Australie  de  Indien  en  de  Poollanden,  en  de 
namen  welke  weleer  aan  dezelve  door  Nederlanders  zijn  gegeven.  Door 
R.  G.  Bennet  en  J.  van  Wijk,  Roeldz.  Uitgegeven  door  het  Provinciaal 
Utrechtsche  Genootschap.  (Nieuwe  Verhandelingen,  Zesde  Deel.)  pp.  6. 
215.  Appendix,  yok.  Althter :  te  Utrecht^  1830.  8°. 
[Ac.  970.— Plates.     Tab.  750.] 

Beynen  (Koolemans). 

See  Veer  (Gerrit  de). 

Both  (Pieter). 

See  Caerden  (Paulus  van). 

Brosses  (Charles  de). — Histoire  des  Navigations  aux  Terres  Australes. 
Vide  supra.  Section  II. 

Brouck  (Pieter  van  den). — Historische  ende  Tournaelsche  aenteyckeningh. 
In  Isaak  Commelin's  "  Begin  ende  Voortgangh,"  etc.  Deel  2.  l^Am- 
sterdam\  1646.     obi.  fol.     [566.  f.  16-19.] 

Buder  (Christian  Gottlieb). 

See  Struve  (Burcard  Gotlhelff). 

Burney  (James). — A  Chronological  History  of  the  Discoveries  in  the  South 
Sea,  or  Pacific  Ocean.  5  vol.  G.  and  W.  Nicol :  London,  1803- 181 7. 
4°.     [455.  b.  17-21.— G.  7231-2.] 

Caerden  (Paulus  van). — Kort  Verhael  ofte  Journael  van  de  reyse  gedaen  naer 
de  Oost  Indien  met  4  schepen  .  .  .  onder  den  Admirael  Pieter  Both  van 
Amesfort  ...  in  den  Jaren  1599,  1600  ende  1601.  Gehouden  by  Capi- 
teyn  Paulus  van  Caerden.  In  Isaak  Commelin's  *'  Begin  ende  Voort- 
gangh," etc.,  Deel  I,  pt.  6.  [Amsterdam'],  1646.  od/.  fol. 
[566.  f.  16-19.] 

Callander  (John). — Terra  Australis  Cognita.     3  vol. 
Vide  sttpra.  Section  II. 

Camus  (Armand  Gaston). — Memoire  sur  la  Collection  des  Grands  et  Petits 
Voyages  [the  former  by  Theodor  de  Bry,  and  the  latter  by  Johann 
Theodor  and  Johann  Israel  de  Bry],  et  sur  la  Collection  des  Voyages  de 
Melchisedech  Thevenot.  pp.  401.  Baudouin :  Paris,  Frimaire,  An  XI. 
(1802.)     4°.     [BB.  I.  e.  17.— 434.  c.  18.— K.  213.  a.  i.— G.  6619.] 

Commelin  (Isaak). — Begin  ende  Voortgangh  van  de  Vereenighde  Neder- 
landtsche  Geoctroyeerde  Oost-Indische  Compagnie.  Vervatend  de  voor- 
naemste  Reysen,  by  de  Inwoonderen  der  selver  Provintien  derwaerts 
gedaen.  Alles  nevens  de  Beschryvingen  der  Rycken,  Eylanden,  Havenen, 
Revieren,  Stroomen,  Reeden,  Winden,  Diepten  en  Ondiepten ;  mits- 
gaders  Religien,  Manieren,  Aerdt,  Politic,  en  Regeeringe  der  Volkeren  ; 
cock  mede  haerder  speceryen,  Droogen,  Geld  en  andere  Koopmanschap- 
pen  met  vele  Discoursen  verrijckt :  Nevens  eenige  Kopere  Platen  verciert. 
Nut  en  dienstigh  alle  curieuse,  en  andere  Zeevarende  Liebhebbers.  Met 
drie  besondere  Tafels  ofte  Registers  in  twee  Deelen  verdeelt :  Waer  van 
't  eerste  begrijpt  Veerthien  Voyagien  den  meeren-deelen  voor  desen  noyt 
in  't  licht  geweest.  [Edited  by  Isaak  Commelin.]  2  Deelen  in  21  pts. 
[Amsterdam,]  Gedruckt  in  denjaere  1646.     obi.  -^ol.     [566.  f.  16-19.] 


BIBLiOGRAPHY.  ^4^ 

[Another  edition.]   Oost-Indische  Voyagien  Door  dien  Begin  en  Voort- 

gangh,  etc.     13  Stucke.      Voor  Joost  hartgerts,    Boeck-verkooper  in   de 
Gasthuys-Steegh  bezyden  het  Stadt-huys  in  de  Boeck-Winckel :  V  Amstel- 
redam,  1648.     4°.     This  edition  is  not  entered  under  the  author's  name 
in  the  B.  M.  Catalogue.     [566.  g.  9.] 
Vide  also  supra,  Section  II. 

Conway  {Sir  William  Martin),  Z'.^.^.— Early  Dutch  and  English  Voyages 
to  Spitsbergen  in  the  seventeenth  century,  including  Hessel  Gerritsz. 
"  Histoire  du  Pays  nomme  Spitsberghe,"  1613,  translated  into  English, 
for  the  first  time,  by  Basil  H.  Soulsby,  F.S.A..  of  the  British  Museum  : 
and  Jacob  Segersz.  van  der  Brugge,  "Journael  of  Dagh  Register," 
Amsterdam,  1634;  translated  into  English,  for  the  first  time,  by  J.  A.  J. 
de  Villiers,  of  the  British  Museum.  Edited,  with  introduction  and  notes, 
by  Sir  W.  Martin  Conway,  F.S.A.  pp.  xvi,  191.  6  illustrations  and 
maps.  Bibliography.  (Second  Series,  vol.  xi.)  Hakhiyt  Society:  London, 
1904.     8°.     [Ac.  6172/86.] 

Crawfurd  (John),  F.S.A.-— A  Descriptive  Dictionary  of  the  Indian  Islands 
and  adjacent  Countries,  pp.  459.  Bradbury  ^  Evans :  London,  1856. 
8°    [2059.  b.] 

Drake  [Sir  Francis). — The  Second  Circum-Navigation  of  the  Earth  :  or  the 
Renowned  Voyage  of  Sir  Francis  Drake  .  .  .  begun  in  .  .  .  1577.  In 
Samuel  Purchas's  "Purchashis  Pilgrimes."  Pt.  i,  pp.  54,  etc,  London, 
1625.    fol.    [679.  h.  11-14.— 213.  d.  2-5.-984.  h.  4-7.— G.  6838-41.] 

Foreman  (John),  F.R.G.S. — The  Philippine  Islands.  A  historical,  geogra- 
phical, ethnographical,  social  and  commercial  sketch  of  the  Philippine 
Archipelago  and  its  political  dependencies.  By  John  Foreman,  F.R.G.S. 
.  .  .  With  map  and  frontispiece,  pp.  xiii,  495.  Sampson  Low  6^  Co. : 
L^ondon  ;  Kelly  dr^  Walsh:  Hongkong,  &c.,  1890.  8°. 
[2  copies. — 10055.  df.  21,  26.] 

Grimstone  (Edward). 

See  Acosta  (Joseph  de). 

Guerrero  Vergara  (Ramon). — Los  Descubridores  del  Estrecho  de  Magel- 
lanes  i  sus  Primeros  Esploradores,  Examen  de  las  relaciones  autenticas 
de  sus  viajes,  concordadas  con  los  conocimientos  modernos,  per  Ramon 
Guerrero  Vergara.  Segunda  parte:  1553  a  1584.  pp.  140.  Imprenta 
Nacional:  Santiago  de  Chile,  1880.     8°    [10481.  ff.  18.] 

Harmansen  (Wolfhart). 
Vide  Hiirmensz. 

Harmensz.  (Wolphert).— Journael  ofte  dachregister  vande  Vogagie  ghedaen 
onder  Admirael  Wolfhart  Harmansen  .  .   .   1601,    1602  ende  1603.     In 
Isaak   Commelin's    "  Begin    ende   Voortgangh,   etc.       Deel   I,    pt.  9. 
,     {_Amsterdam,'\\(iA6.    obi.  fol.     [566.  f.  16-19.] 

Heemskerck  (Jacob  van).— Journaal  gehouden  door  den  Vice- Admirael  Jacob 
van  Heemskerk,  1598- 1600.  In  J.  K.  J.  de  Jonge's  "  Opkomst  van  het 
Nederlandsch  Gezag  in  Oost-Indic."  Deel  I,  pp.  385-454-  '•»  Graven- 
hage,  1862-65.     8°.     [9056.  gg.] 


248  BIBLIOGRAPHY, 

Schip-vaerdL  by  de   Hollanders  ghedaen  naer  Oost-Indien,  onder  't 


beleydt  van  den  Admirael  Jacob  Heemskerck,  in  den  Jare  1601. 
Ghetogen  uyt  het  Journael,  ghehouden  by  Reyer  Cornelisz.  In  Isaak 
Commelin's  *'  Begin  ende  Voortgangh,"  etc.  Deel  i,  pt.  8.  [Amslerdam,] 
1646.     obi  foL     [566.  f.  16-19.] 

Hudson  (Henry),  the  Navigator. 

See  Asher  (George  Michael). 

Jonge  (Johan  Karel  Jakob  de). — De  Opkomst  van  het  Nederlandsch  Gezag  in 
Oost-Indie  ( 1 595-1610).  Verzameling  van  onuitgegeven  Stukken  uii  het 
Oud-Koloniaal  Archief.  Uitgegeven  en  bewerkt  door  Jhr.  Mr.  J.  K.  J.  de 
Jonge.  3  Din.  Martinus  Nijhoff:  'x  Gravenhage ;  Frcderik  Midler : 
Amsterdajn,  1862-65.     8°.    [9056.  gg.] 

Le  Maire  (Isaac). 

See  Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink  (Reinier  Cornelis). 

Linschoten  (Jan  Huygen  van). — Voyagie,  ofte  schip-vaert,  van  Jan  Huyghen 
van  Linschoten,  van  by  Noorden  om  langes  Noorwegen  de  Noordcaep, 
Laplandt,  Vinlant,  Ruslandt,  .  .  .  door  de  Strate  ofte  Engte  van  Nassau 
tot  voorby  de  Revier  Oby  .  .  .  Met  de  afbeeldtsels  van  alle  de  Custen, 
Hoecken,  Landen  .  .  .  Anno  1594  en  1595.  fol.  38.  Ghedruct  by 
Gerard  Ketel:  Franeker,  1601.     fol.     [10025  f.  12.] 

Twee  Journalen  van  twee  verscheyde  Voyagien,  gedaen  door  Jan  Huy- 


gen van  Linschooten  van  by  Noorden  om  langhs  Noorwegen,  de  Noordt- 
Caep  .  .  .  door  ,de  Strate  ofte  Enghte  van  Nassouw  tot  voor  by  de 
Reviere  Oby  na  Vay-gats,  gedaen  in  de  Jaren  1594,  en  1595,  itc.  pp.  40. 
Gedruckt  by  Gillis  Joosten  Saeghman,  in  de  Nieuwe-straet,  Ordinaris 
Drucker  van  de  Journalen  ter  Zee  en  de  Reysen  te  Lande :  Amsterdam^ 
[1663.]     4°.     [10460.  bbb.  12.] 

Linschoten  (Jan  Huygen  van). 

See  also  Acosta  (Joseph  de). 

Major  (Richard  Henry). — Early  Voyages  to  Terra  Australis,  now  called 
Australia.  A  collection  of  documents,  and  extracts  from  early  MS.  Maps, 
illustrative  of  the  history  of  discovery  on  the  coasts  of  that  vast  Island, 
from  the  beginning  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  to  the  time  of  Captain  Cook. 
Edited,  with  an  introduction,  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A.  pp.  cxix. 
200.  13.  5  maps.  (First  Series,  vol  25.)  Hakluyt  Society:  London^ 
1859.     8°.     [Ac.  6172/23.] 

Markham  {Sir  Clements  Robert)  K.C.B.—A  History  of  Peru.  (Latin- 
American  Republics.)  [With  illustrations  and  maps.]  pp.  xvi,  556. 
C.  H  Sergei^  Co.:  Chicago,  1892.     8°.     [2398.  d.  11.] 

Markham  {Sir  Clements  Robert),  A'.G.B. 
See  also  Acosta  (Joseph  de). 
See  also  Sarmiento  de  Gamb6a  (Pedro). 

Matelief  (Cornells). — Breeder  verhael  .  .  .  van  tghene  den  Admirael  Cor- 
nells Matelief  de  Jonge  in  de  Oost-Indien  voor  de  Stadt  Malacca,  ende 
int  belegh  der  zelver  wedervaren  is  ;  als  00c  den  .  .  .  strijdt  ter  zee 
tusschen  den  Admirael  .  .  .  en  de  Portugijsen  .  .  .  Overgheschreven  by 
eenen  der  Commisen  in  de  vlote.  Byjanjanssz.  :  Rotterdam,  1608.  4°. 
[1295.  b.  21.] 


BIBLIOGRAPHY.  249 

—  Historiale  ende  ware  Beschrijvinge  vande  Reyse  des  Admiraels  Cor- 
nells Matelief  .  .  .  naer  de  Oost-Indien  ;  uylghetrocken  in  Mayo  1605. 
Mitsgaders  de  belagheringhe  voor  Malacca,  etc.  Byjanjansz.  :  Rotter- 
dam, 1608.     5°.     [T.  1713.  (23.)] 

Historische  Verhael  vande  treffelijcke  Reyse,  gedaen  naer  de  Oost- 


Indien  ende  China,  met  elf  Schepen,  door  den  Manhaften  Admirael 
Cornelis  Matelief  de  Jonge,  in  den  Jaren  1605,  1606,  1607,  ende  1608. 
In  Isaak  Commelin's  "  Begin  ende  Voortgangh,  etc.  Deel  2.  pt.  13. 
pp.191.     \^Amsterdam,'\\(>^.     obl.fol.     [566.  f.  16-19.] 

An  historicall  and  true   discourse,  of  a  voyage  made  by  the  Admirall 

Cornelis  Matelief  the  younger,  into  the  East  Indies,  who  departed  out  of 
Holland,  in  May,  1605  ;  with  the  besieging  of  Malacca  and  .  .  .  with 
other  discourses.  Translated  out  of  the  Dutch  according  to  the  coppie 
printed  at  Rotterdam,  pp.  25.  Imprinted  at  London  for  William  Barret, 
and  are  to  be  sold  at  his  shop  in  Paules  Church-yard,  at  the  signe  of  the 
Greene  Dragon,  1608.     4°.     [582.  e.  35.— B.  671.  (3.)]. 

Meusel  (Johann  Georg.) 

See  Struve  (Burcard  Gotthelf). 

Middleton  (David). — The  Voyage  of  Mr.  David  Middleton  in  the  Consent  .  . 
which  set  forth  ...  on  the  twelfth  of  March,  1606.     *'  In  Purchas  His 
Pilgrimes,  Pt.  I.     pp.  226,  227.     London,  1625.     fol. 
[679.  h.  11-14.— 213.  d.  2-5.-984.  h.  4-7.— G.  6838-41.] 

Middleton  {Sir  Henry). — The  sixth  Voyage,  set  forth  by  tbe  East-Indian 
Company   in  three    Shippes  .   .  .   written   by   Sir   H.    Middleton.       In 
"  Purchas  His  Pilgrimes,"  Pt.  I,  pp.  247-274.     London,  1625.     fol. 
[679.  h.  11-14.— 213.  d.  2-5. — 984.  h.  4-7.— G.  6838-41.] 

Noort  (Olivier  van). — Beschrijving  van  de  Voyagie  om  den  geheelen  Wereldt 
Cloot,  ghedaen  door  Olivier  van  Noort  .  .  .  om  te  zeylen  door  de  Strata 
Magellanes,  ( 1 598- 1 60 1 , )  etc.     Rotterdam,  1 602.     obi.  4°. 
[1858.  a.  I.  (2.)] 

Beschrijvinge  van  de  Schipvaerd  by  de  Hollanders  ghedaen  onder 

't  beleydt  ende  Generaelschap  van  Olivier  van  Noort,  etc.  In  Isaak  Com- 
melin's'*  Begin  ende  Voortgangh,"  etc.  Deel  i.  pt.  5.  pp.  $6.  \_Am- 
sterdam,'\  1646.     obl.fol.     [655./.  16-19.] 

Journael  van  de  wonderlijcke  Vooyagie  door  de  Straet  Magalanes,  ende 

voorts  den  gantschen  Kloot  des  Aerdtbodems  om,  gedaen  met  vier 
Scheepen  onder  het  beleydt  van  Olivier  van  Noordt,  uytgevaren  in  't  Jaer 
1598,  etc.  pp.  48.  Gedruckt  by  Gillis  /oosten  Saeghman,  in  de  Nieuwe- 
straet,  Ordinaris  Drue  ker  van  dejournalen  tet  Zee  ende  Landt-Reysen  :  f 
Amsterdam,  [1663.]    4°.     [10057.  de.  50.  (5.)]. 

The  Voyage  of  Oliver  Noort  round  about  the  Globe,  beeing  the  fourth 


Circum-Nauigation  of  the  same,  extracted  out  of  the  Latine  Diarie.     In 
"  Purchas  His  Pilgrimes."     Pt.  I.     pp.  71-78.     London,  1625. 
[984.  h.  4-7-] 

Pelliza  (Mariano  A.)— La  Cuestion  del  Estrecho  de  Magallanes.  Cuadros 
historicos  por  M.  A.  Pelliza.  pp.  385.  C  Casavale :  Buenos  Aires, 
1881.     8^     [8180.  h,  15.] 


250  bibLiographV. 

Phillip  (William). 

See  Veer  (Gerrit  de). 

Purchas  (Samuel),  the  Elder.  —  Purchas  his  Pilgrimes.  In  five  bookes.  The 
first  contayning  the  voyages  .  .  .  made  by  ancient  kings  .  .  .  and 
others,  to  and  thorow  the  remoter  parts  of  the  knowne  world,  etc.  [Part  i 
has  also  an  engraved  title-page,  containing  a  portrait  of  Purchas,  as 
follows  :  "  Hakluytus  Posthumus,  or  Purchas  his  Pilgrimes."  To  this 
Collection  is  usually  added,  as  a  fifth  volume,  the  fourth  edition  of  the 
"  Pilgrimage,"  1626.]  4  pt.  W.  Stanshy,  for  H.  Fether stone  :  London^ 
1625.     fol.      [679.  h.  11-14..— 213.  d.  2-5.-984.  h.  4-7.— G.  6838-41.] 

'  [A  reprint,   with  numerous  illustrations.]     Hakluytus  Posthumus,  or 

Purchas  his  Pilgrimes.     With  an  Index.     20  vol.    James  MacLehose  and 
Sons :  Glasgow,  igo^-igoy.     8°.     [010026.  k.] 
Vide  also  supra.  Section  II. 

Renneville  (R.  A.  C.  de) — Recueil  des  Voyages,  etc. 
Vide  supra.  Section  II. 

Sarmiento  de  Gamb6a  (Pedro). — Narratives  of  the  Voyages  of  Pedro 
Sarmiento  de  Gamboa  to  the  Straits  of  Magellan.  Translated  and  edited, 
with  notes  and  an  Introduction,  by  Clements  R.  Markham,  C.B.,  F.R.S. 
pp.  XXX.  401.  I  map.  (First  Series,  vol.  91.)  Hakluyt  Society :  London, 
1895.     8vo.     [Ac.  6172/72.] 

Schrijver  (Pieter). — Gedichten  van  Petrus  Scriverius.  Benevens  een  Uyt- 
voerige  Beschryving  van  het  Leeven  des  Dichters.  Verrykt  met  deszelfs 
Aibeeldingen,  en  Lofdichten,  zo  van  Oude,  als  Hedendaagsche  Poeeten. 
pp.  153.    By  Jan  Hartig  :  te  Amsieldam,  1738.     4°.     [11555.  cc.  26.] 

Struve  (Burcard  Gotthelff). — Bibliotheca  Historica.  Instructa  a  Burcardo 
Gotthelf  Struvio,  aucta  a  Christi.  Gottlieb  Budero,  nunc  vero  a  Joanne 
Georgio  Meuselio  ita  digesta,  amplificata  et  emendata,  ut  paene  novum 
opus  videri  possit.     11  vol.     Lipsiae,  1782- 1802. 

[270.  g.  24-34.-963.  h.  7-16.— 01 1908.  e.  15.— G.  389-99.] 

Tide  (Pieter  Anton). — Memoire  bibliographique  sur  les  journaux  des  naviga- 
teurs  neerlandais  r^imprimes  dans  les  collections  de  De  Bry  et  Hulsius  .  .  . 
et  sur  les  anciennes  Editions  hollandaises  des  journaux  de  navigateurs 
etrangers,  etc.  [With  a  preface  by  Frederik  Muller.]  pp.  xii.  372. 
Amsterdam)  1867.     8°.     [BB.  I.  d.  6.— L.P.  11907,  g.  11.] 

Veer  (Gerrit  de).  A  True  Description  of  Three  Voyages  by  the  North-East 
towards  Cathay  and  China,  undertaken  by  the  Dutch  in  the  years  1594, 
1595,  and  1596,  by  Gerrit  de  Veer.  Published  at  Amsterdam  in  the  year 
1598,  and  in  1609  translated  into  English  by  William  Phillip.  Edited  by 
Charles  T.  Beke,  Phil.  D.,  F.S.A.  pp.  cxlii.  291.  4  maps.  12  illustra- 
tions. (First  Series,  vol.  13.)  Hakluyt  Society :  London,  1853.  8°. 
[Ac.  6172/12.] 

The  Three  Voyages  of  William  Barents  to  the  Arctic  Regions,  in  1 594, 

1595*  ^'^'^  15965  by  Gerrit  de  Veer.  Edited,  with  an  introduction,  by 
Lieut.  Koolemans  ,  Bcynen,  of  the  Royal  Netherlands  Navy.  Second 
edition,  pp.  clxxiv.  289.  2  maps.  12  illustrations.  (First  Series, 
vol.54.)     Hakluyt  Society :  London,  i^^^y.     8°.     [Ac.  6172/48.] 


filteLlOGkAPMY.  ^51 

Vivien   de    Saint  Martin  (Louis).— Nouveau  Dictionnaire  de  Geographic 
Universelle,  etc.      (Tom.   3,   4.     Par  M.  Vivien  de  Saint  Martin  .   .  . 
avec  la  collaboration  de  M.  Louis  Rousselet.     Tom    5-9.     Continue  par 
M.  L.   Rousselet.)     9  torn.     Hachette  et  Cie.  :  Paris,   1879- 1900.     4°- 
[2056.  g.] 

Vlamingh  (Willem  de). — Some  Particulars  relating  to  the  Voyage  of  Willem 
de  Vlamingh  to  New  Holland  in  1696.  Extracted  from  MS.  Documents 
at  the  Hague.  In  "  Early  Voyages  to  Terra  Australis,  edited  by  R.  H. 
Major."  Hakl.  Soc.  Pub.  Ser.  I,  vol.  25,  pp.  112- 119.  London, 
1859.     8°.     [Ac.  6172/73-] 

Weert  (Sebald  de). — Kort  ende  waerachtigh  Verhael  van  't  gheene  seeckere 
vijf  Schepen,  van  Rotterdam  in  t'  jaer  1598,  den  27  Junij  nae  de  Straet 
Magaljanes  varende,  over-ghekomen  is,  tot  den  21  Januarij  1600,  toe, 
op  welcken  dagh  Capiteyn  Sebald  de  Weert,  met  't  Schip,  't  Gheloove 
ghenoemt,  .  .  .  bedwonghen  werd  weder  naer  buys  te  keeren,  etc. 
In  Isaak  Commelin's  ','  Begin  ende  Voortgangh,"  etc.  Deel  i.  pt.  4. 
pp.  31.     [Amsterdam,]  1646.     odl.  fol.     [566.  f.  16-19.] 

Journael  van  't  geene  vijf  Schepen  van  Rotterdam  in  't  Jaer  1598  den 

27  Juny  na  de  Straet  Magalanes  varende,  over  gekomen  is,  tot  den 
21  January  1600,  toe,  op  welcken  Dagh  Capiteyn  Sebald  de  Weert,  mit 
het  Schip  't  Geloove  genaemt  de  selve  Straet  verlatende  gedwonghen 
wiert  weder  naer  Huys  te  keeren,  etc.  pp.  32.  Gedricckt  by  Gillis 
Joosten  Saeghman,  in  de  Nicuwe-straet,  Ordinaris  Drucker  van  dejour- 
nalen  ter  Zee  en  de  Landt-Reysen:  f  Amsterdam,  [1663.]  4°. 
[10057.  dd.  50.  (6.)]. 

Of  Sebald  de  Wert  his  Voyage  to  the  South  Sea,  and  miserie  in  the 

Straights  nine  Moneths,  etc.    In  "  Purchas  His  Pilgrimes. "  Pt.  I,  pp.  78-79. 
London,  1625.     fol.     [904.  h.  4-7.] 

Wijk  (Jacob  van). 

6"^^  Bennet  (R.  G.) 


INDEX. 


INDEX 


The  Variations  of  Proper  Na7nes  (often  i?zcorrect^  sometimes  obsolete) 
are  given  in  parenthesis  as  they  appear  in  the  Text.  See  also  the 
Note  on  p.  Ixi, 


Aa,  Abraham  Jacob  van  der,  Biogra- 
phisch  Woordenboek  (1852-78),  xiv, 
xxxii,  Ix,  127,  135,  152 

Abraham's  River,  named  after 
Abraham  Pieterssen,  48 

Abroles.     See  Abrolhos. 

Abrolhos,  Shoals  of  the  (Abroles),  15, 
180 

Aburco,  98 

Acapul.     See  Acapulco. 

Acapulco,  Mexico,  seaport  (Aqua- 
polco),  4,  7,  (Aquapolque),  106  ; 
plan  of,  Plate  14  ;  Spaniards  of, 
III  ;  Speilbergen  at  (Acapul),  152 

Acca,  native  name  of  chica,  91 

Acheen,  xxxix,  153,  (Aschien)  157 

Acosta,  Joseph  de,  Historia  natural 
y  moral  de  las  Indias  (1590),  46. 
See  also  Bibliography. 

[Natural  and  Moral  History  of 

the   Indies   (1880),    91.      See  also 
Bibliography. 

Adamsz.,  Lambrecht,  called  Lanck- 
haer.  Captain,  129 

Admiral-General  at  Sea.  See  Mau- 
rice, Prince  of  Orange. 

Admirant,  Spanish  Vice- Admiral,  73, 
et  seq, 

Aeohts,  of  Vlissingen,  one  of  Speil- 
bergen's  six  ships,  ii,  12,  48,  et 
^^'I'  ;  59>  74>  765  82,  128  ;  Plates 
9,  II,  13,  16  ;  161 

Africa,  lands  beyond,  3 

Speilbergen's      voyage      to, 

xxxvii,  et  seq. 

Aix-la-Chapelle,  Captain  Lam- 
brecht Adamsz.,  of,  130 

Albaca.     See  Albay. 

Albay,  volcano,  (Albaca)  118 

Albedien.     See  St.  Lowys  Albedin. 

Albedin.     See  St.  Lowys  Albedin. 

Albert,  Archduke  of  Austria,  defeat- 
ed by  Prince  Maurice  at  Nieuport, 


Albuquerque,  Aflfonso  de,  152 

Alcaldes,  87,  96,  145  ;  de  corte,  64 

Alkayer,  172 

Alvares,  Pedro,  Sergeant-Major,  107 

Alvares,  Pedro,  skipper,  31 

Alvares  de  Pigar,  Pedro.  See  Al- 
vares de  Pilgar. 

Alvares  de  Pilgar,  Pedro,  Vice- 
Admiral,  70,  Plate  9. 

Alveris  d'Avila,  Don  Juan,  li. 

Alwaldas.     See  Alcaldes. 

Amazon,  mouth  of  the,  discovered 
by  Vicente  Yanez  Pinzon  (1499),  14 

Amboina,  Laurens  Reael,  Governor 
of,  128  ;  ships  arrive  from,  132  ; 
Portuguese  in,  146 ;  troops  and 
forts  in,  155  ;  map  of,  Plate  21. 

Amboyna.     See  Amboina. 

America,  North,  J.  C.  May  on  coasts 

of,   XXX 

Am  eric  (B  To  mi  UnJecimi,  Appendix  ^ 

1620.     See  Bry  (Johan  Israel). 
Amersfoort,  Pieter  Both,  of,  xxxii 
Amesfort.     See  Amersfoort, 
Amsterdam,  Groote  Sonne,  ship,  of. 

See  Groote  Sonne. 

,  Isbrant  Cornelissen,  of,  130 

and  Zeeland,  two  vessels  of, 

132 
Amsterdafji,  ship,  xxxii,  153 
Andes,  growth  of  coca  in  the,  91 
Anian,  Straits  of.  See  Behring  Straits. 
Anssen,  Willem    van.  Captain,   17, 

20,  24,  (Anssing)  155. 
Anssing,  Willem  van.     See  Anssen. 
Anthropophagus,     Jan     Comelisz. 

May,  xxiv 
Antilopy  177 
Antwerp,  de  Schotsen,  a  family  of, 

26;   Pieter  Backer,  of,  130,    154; 

Barth.    van  Speilbergen,  of,  155  ; 

Hans  de  Hase,  of,  1 56 
Apala,  Don  Mingo  de,  Commander, 

71 


256 


INDEX. 


Aquapolco.     See  Acapulco. 
Aquapolque.     See  Acapulco. 
Aquilamo,  144 
Araquipa.     See  Arequipa. 
Arauco,  (Auroca)  61  ;  description  of, 

(Auraco)  100,  loi 
Arbatal,    Don   Fray    Augustijn    de, 

Bishop  of  Ayacucho,  97 
Arent,  yacht,  128,  157,  161,  231 
Arequipa,   (Aripica)  68,    (Araquipa) 

96,  (Ariquipa)  98 
Arica,  Chile,   seaport,  4,  58,  (Aric- 

qua)65,  66,91,  94,  98 
Aricqua.     See  Arica. 
Arimoa  Island,  223 
Aripica.     See  Arequipa. 
Ariquipa.     See  Arequipa. 
Armada,  of  Lima.     See  Lima. 

,  of  Pannama.     See  Panama. 

Armes    of  Amsterdam,    ship.       See 

Wapen  van  A}?tsterdam. 
Aroba,  Spanish  weight  of  25  lbs.,  92, 

94 
Arthus,  Gothard,  of,  Dantzig,  xv 
Ascension,  island,  164 

,  Martin  Vaz  Islands,  180 

Aschien.     See  Acheen. 

Asher,     George     Michael,      Henry 

Hudson  the  Navigator,  i860,  xxiv, 

etc. 
Asia,  lands  beyond,  3 
Astorga,  li 
Audiencia,  Councillors  of  the,  Peru, 

86,  87  ;  of  Sucre,  94 
Auditoria,  university  classes,  90 
Auroco.     See  Arauco. 
Auroca.     See  Arauco. 
Australian  Company,  The,  167 
Axgen.     See  Coca. 
Axicoca.     See  Coca. 
Axij.     See  Coca. 
Ayacucho,  95  ;  description  of,  97 
Azores,  xxix,  170 


Bachian.     See  Batjan. 

Bacjan.     See  Batjan. 

Backer,  Pieter,  Captain,  of  Antwerp, 

130*  154 
Backian.     See  Batjan. 
Baerels.     See  Cabreras,. 
Baerle,  Kaspar  van,  1584- 1648,  Iviii 
Baie  de  Cordes.     See  Cordes  Bay. 
Baie  Verte,  43 
Baixos  of  S.  Anna.     See  Shoals  of 

Saint  Ann. 
Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink,  Reinier 

Cornells,    Isaac   Le   Maire,    1 865, 

xlii,  xliv,  xlvi,  etc.,  232 
Balay.     See  Belay. 


Baldavia.     See  Valdivia. 

Balsem,  Plate  13 

Balthazar,  Floris,  publisher,  of  Delft, 

xxxvi 
Ban,  Claes  Jansz.,  under-factor,  174, 

194,  208,  etc.,  211 
Banana  Island,  173,  176 
Banca,  Island,  151 
Banda,  xxxiv,  150,  162;  Portuguese 

in,  146;  Schot's  Letter  to  Governor 

of  (16 10),  lix  ;  troops  and  forts  in, 

155  ;  Vyanen  at,  128 
Banda  Islands,  Plate  21 
Bantam,  Java,  xxix,  xxxii,  xl,  lix, 

150,  156,  159;  Dutch  fleet  at,  162; 

Speilbergen  proceeds  to,  132 
Barachelos.    See  Barrachelos. 
Barefooted  Friars,  Lima,  Monastery 

of  the,  89 
Barentsz.,  Willem,  xxxiv 
Barlaeus,    Casparus.        See    Baerle, 

Kaspar  van. 
Barnevelt,   Johan  van   Olden.     See 

Oldenbarnevelt. 
Barnevelt,  Fort,  Batjan,   Plate  20; 

155 
Bamevelt's  Island,  xliv,  189 
Barrachelos,  145 
Barranca,  99 
Basilan   Island,   5,   126,  (Taguima) 

152 
Bastiaensz.,    Cornells.     See  Sebas- 

tiaensz. 
Batavia,   xl,    149  ;    foundation    of, 

151 

Batiai.     See  Batjan. 

Batjan,  Island,  Iviii,  (Bacjan)  134, 
(Batiai)  136,  137,  155,  230;  map 
of,  Plate  20 

Batsian.     See  Batjan. 

Batticaloa,  harbour  of,  xxxviii 

Baxios.     See  Baixos. 

Beguins,  Lima,  Monastery  of  the,  89 

Behring  Straits,  xxx 

Beke,  Charles  Tilstone,  A  True  De- 
scription of  Three  Voyages^  1853, 
xxv,  etc. 

Belay,  The  King's,  Plate  25,  207 

Belgica,  Fort,  Neira,  Plate  21,  155 

Bennet,  R.  G.,  Verhandeling  {1^27), 
xxvi 

Bergel,  Hendrick  van.  Governor  of 
Banda  (1610),  lix 

Bergen-op-Zoom,  Captain  Goossen 
van  Mammeren,  of,  154  ;  Speil- 
bergen dies  at,  (Jan.  31,  1620),  xli 

Bernevelt.     See  Barnevelt. 

Beschrijving  van  de  Voyagie  om  den 
geheelen  Werelt  Cloot,  1602,  See 
Noort,  Olivier  van. 


lNDE5t. 


257 


Betel  Nuts,  220 

Beverlin,  Henrick.     See  Beverlingh, 

Hendrick. 
Beverlingh,  Hendrick,  of  Ter-Goude, 

Captain,  130,  155 
Bibliotheca  Historica,  1782-1802.    See 

Struve,  Burcard  Gotthelf. 
Biographisch  Woordenboek.     See 

Aa,  Abraham  Jacob  van  der. 
Birds  of  Paradise,    New    Guinea, 

226 
Biscayan   Captain,  at  Arauco,  100, 

lOI 

Block-Marssens,  Adriaen,  155 
Blood  Flag  of  the  Dutch  East  India 

Company,  19 
Bogurones,  Islands,  Plate  19  ;  230 
Booro  Island,  230 
Booton     Island,     xvi,    xvii,    xxiii, 

xxviii,  etc.,  xxxiii,  lix,   121  ;  Chart 

of,  Plate  19;,  132,  157,  230 
Borneo,  trade  in  precious  stones,  158 
Bot,  Peter.     See  Both,  Pieter. 
Both,  Pieter,  Admiral,  of  Amersfoort, 

biography  of,  xxxii ;   Kort  verhael 

(1599-1601),  xxxii 
Bottomless    Island.        See    Eylant 

sonder  Gront. 
Botton,  Isle  de.     See  Booton  Island. 
Bourbon,  lie  de.     See  Reunion. 
Brandaris.     See  Hollandia. 
Bras,  of  Hoorn,  Captain  (1607),  1 
Braseil.     See  Brazil. 
Brasilia.     See  Brazil. 
Brava  or  Sao  Joao,  13 
Brave,  He  de.     See  Brava. 
Brazil,  Coast  of,  xxxi,  4,  14,  15,  64 ; 

Vicente  Yanez  Pinzon  sails  along 

(1499).  14 

Broad  Council,  13,  14,  17,  etc.,  34, 
44,  52,  82,  106,  113,  etc. 

Brosses,  Charles  de  (i709-i777)> 
Hist  aire  des  Navigations  aux  Ter- 
res  Australes^  1756,  xiii,  xviii,  xix, 
xxiii 

Brouck,  Pieter  van  den,  arrives  at 
Bantam  (1616),  153;  his  Histo- 
rische  ende  Jotirnaelsche  aenteycke- 
ningh,  ib. 

Brou'wer,  Pieter  Clementsz.,  of 
Hoorn,  166 

Bry,  Johann  Israel  de,  xiii,  etc. 

Bry,  Johann  Theodor  de,  xiii,  etc. 

Buder,  Christian  Gottlieb,  Editor, 
Bibliotheca  Historical  xxii 

Buers,  Pieter,  a  merchant,  37 

Burgarones.     See  Bogurones. 

Burney,  James,  Captain,  A  Chrono- 
logical History  {i^oz-il),  xii,  xix, 
XX,  xlv,  43,  69,  70,  82,  224. 


.     See  also  Bibliography. 

Burro.     See  Booro. 

Buton  Island.     See  Booton  I. 


Caarden,  Paulus  van.     See  Caerden. 
Cabayne.     S^^  Cambyna. 
Cabessecabinco.     See  Pangassani. 
Cabildo,  assembly,  94,  96,  98 
Cabitta.     See  Cavite. 
Cabo  de  la  Vapii,  Chile,  Plate  1; 
Cabo  de  las  Virgenes  (Cape  Ver- 
gine),  4,  (Cape  Virignie)  33,  (Cape 
Virginia),  36 
Cabo  Verde.     See  Cape  Verde. 
Cabona.     See  Cambyna. 
Cabreras,  Azores,  170 
Cadera.     See  Cape  la  Caldera. 
Cadipes.    See  Kadoepan. 
Cadiz,  xlix,  liv,  Iv 
Caerden,  Paulus  van  (fl.  1599-1611), 
Iviii ;  biography  of,    135  ;   his  two 
voyages  to  the  East  Indies,  ib.,  147 
Cailiou.     See  Callao. 
Cajou.     See  Kajao. 
Caldera,  Cape  la.    See  Cape  la  Cal- 

dera. 
Caldron,    Caspar,   Captain,    of   the 

Santa  Anna,  70,  84,  85 
Caliau  de  Lima.     See  Callao. 
Californes.     See  California. 
California,      Speilbergen's    Voyage 
along   coasts  of,  2,  152  ;   called  an 
island,  4;  Lower,  113 
Californis.     See  California. 
Caliou  de  Lima.     See  Callao. 
Caljou  de  Lima.     See  Callao. 
Calis.     See  Cadiz. 
Callander,   John,    Terr  is    Australis 

Cognita  (1766-68),  xix,  xxiii 
Callao,  Peru,  seaport,  4,  9,  68,  etc., 
78,    etc.,    84,    86,  92  ;    plan    of, 
Plate  1 1 
Callao,  valleys,  96 
Cambyna,  Island,  xxviii.  230 
Camotes,  potatoes,  88 
Camus,  Armand  Gaston  (1740- 1804), 
Memoire  (1802),  xiii,  xv,  xix,  xx, 
xxxi 
Canaria.     See  Canary  Islands. 
Canarie      Islands,       See     Canary 

Islands. 
Canary  Islands,  4,  13,  170 
Cancer,  Tropic  of.     See  Tropic. 
Candijs,  Mr.     See  Cavendish. 
Candis,  Thomas.     See  Cavendish. 
Candy.     See  Kandy. 
Caiieta,  Peru,^town,  4,  98,  99 
Canjette.     See  Cafieta. 
Cannetto.     See  Cafieta. 

S 


258 


INDEX. 


Canoy,  a  kind  of  skiff",  i8,  26,  28, 

31.45 
Cape  Corentien.    See  Cape  Corrien- 

tes. 
Cape  Corrientes,  113 
Cape  de  Bonne  Esperance.     See 

Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
Cape  de   Buona  Esperance.     See 

Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
Cape  de   Cadera.      See    Cape    La 

Caldera. 
Cape  de  Spirito  Santo.     See  Cape 

Espiritu  Santo. 
Cape  Desirado,  50 
Cape  des  Manilles,  116 
Cape    Espiritu    Santo,    Philippine 

Islands.  4,  116 
Cape  Frio,  14,  16 
Cape  Horn,  xliv,  189 
Cape  la  Caldera,  5,  125,  152 
Cape  Maurity,  49 
Cape    of    Good    Hope,    Speilber- 

gen's  account  of  the,  xxxvii,  etc.  ; 

xl,  37,  163- 

New  Guinea,  224 

Cape  of  Hoorn.     Sec  Cape  Horn. 

Cape  of  Santa  Helena,  102 

Cape  Saint  Lucas,  Lower  Califor- 
nia, 113 

Cape  Saint  Vincent,  Brazil,  xlix, 
liv,  Iv;  Plate  2 

Cape  Santhome,  Brazil,  15 

Cape  Spirite  Santos.  See  Cape 
Espiritu  Santo. 

Cape  van  Goede  Hoop,  See  Cape 
of  Good  Hope. 

Cape  Verde,  171 

Cape  Verde  Islands,  4,  164,  172; 
wrongly  marked  by  Vicente  Yanez 
Pinzon,  14 

Cape  Vergine.  See  Cabo  de  las 
Virgines. 

Cape  Vianen,  40 

Cape  Virginia.  See  Cabo  de  las 
Virgenes 

Cape  Virignie.  See  Cabo  de  las 
Virgenes. 

Capitanes  del  Ca?npo,  145 

Capricorn,  Tropic  of.     See  Tropic. 

Capul,  Island,  5,  7,  116,  118 

Caribbean  Sea,  66 

Caridade,  La,  Hospital  of,  Lima,  89 

Carnie?',  Spanish  galleon,  71 

Carolus,  Joris,  pilot,  xxx 

Casaubon,  Isaac  (i 559-1614),  xiv 

Casma,  86,  99 

Casmala.     See  Casma. 

Cassave,  223 

Casselton,  Mr,  See  Castleton,  Cap- 
tain, 


Castile,  Wine  of,  94 

Castilians,  133,  143 

Castilio,  Captain,  107 

Castleton,  Captain,  at  the  Moluccas, 
129 

Castro  Vireyna,  95 

Cavendish,  Thomas  (1555  -  1592), 
discovered  Port  Desire,  named 
after  his  own  ship  (Dec.  17,  1586), 
37  ;  at  Quintero,  65 

Cavite,  Plate  18 

Cayoa.     See  Kajoa. 

Celebes,  Plate  19,  text;  132,  157, 
228 

Ceram,  Plate  21,  text  ;  230 

Cercado,  Peru,  88 

Ceuta,  Ixiii 

Ceydores.     See  Oydores. 

Ceylon,  xxxvi,  xxxviii,  etc. 

Chancay,  98 

Charcas,  Audiencia  of,  87 

Charlas.     See  Charcas. 

Charles  I.,  of  England,  knights 
Laurens  Reael  (1626),  126,  etc. 

Chaucay.     See   Chancay. 

Chi<a,  or  acca.     See  Acca. 

Chica  Abia,  98 

Chile,  Audiencia  of  kingdom  of,  87  ; 
Don  Alonso  de  la  Ribera,  Gover- 
nor of  (161 5),  %']  ;  six  captains  from, 
71  ;  Speilbergen's  voyage  along 
coasts  of  (161 5),  2,  4,  51  ;  Vice- 
roy of,  69,  86,  etc. 

Kini;do'n  of,  and  its  Circum- 
stances. See  Dirickszoon,  Jacob,  of 
Purmerlant. 

Chileans,  53,  61,  65 

Chilean  Sea,  42,  46 

Chilenoises.     See  Chileans. 

Chili.     See  Chile. 

Chilli.     See  Chile. 

Chilue,  1 01 

China,  ships  from,  120;  junks,  123  ; 
Dutch  trade  with,  149  ;  Emperor 
of,  grants  Macao  to  Portugal  (1586), 
150 

Chinese,  in  Ternate,  142 

Chinese  Sailors,  122 

Chocoloichora.     See  Corocoro. 

Chronological  History,  1803-17.  See 
Burney  (James). 

Chuquisacas.     See  Sucre. 

Chusco      See  Cusco. 

Chuspa,  coca  bag,  91 

Ciudad  de  los  Reyes.     See  Lima. 

Civita  dos  de  los  {sic)  Reyos.  See 
Lima. 

Claesz.,  Aris,  supercargo,  xxxii,  167, 
174,  etc.,  194,  207,  etc.,  226 

Clawson,  Aris.     See  Claesz. 


INDEX. 


259 


Cleyn  Hollandia,  Het,   ship,  at  Ma- 

leye,  161 
Clipcouses,  mussels,  45,  47 
Clive,    Robert,    Baron   Clive   (1725- 

1774),  152 
Cloave.    See  Clove. 
Clove,  one  of  Castleton's  fleet,  129 
Cloves,  129;  trade  in,  145 
Coca,  erythoxylon  coca,  described  by 

Sir  Clements  Markham,  88,  91 
Cocos  Island,  102,  103,  200  ;  Plate 

Coen,  Jan  Pieterszoon,  Governor- 
General  of  the  Dutch  East  Indies, 
xl ;  126,  160,  231  ;  his  harsh  treat- 
ment of  Jacob  Le  Maire,  xliv,  etc.; 
biography  of,  151,  etc. 

Coenen,  Jan  Pieterssen.  See  Coen, 
Jan  Pieterszoon. 

Coigfnet,  Lieutenant,  22 

Columbus,  Christopher,  assisted  by 
Vicente  Yanez  Pinzon,  14 

Commelin,  Isaak  (1598- 1676),  Begin 
ende  Voort^angh  van  de  Vereenighde 
Nederlandtsche  Geoctroyerde  Oost- 
Indische  Conipagnie  (1646),  xv, 
xxix,  xxxii,  Ivi,  etc.,  135,  153,  186 

Concepcion,  La,  4,  62 ;  description 
of,  loi  ;  map  of,  Plate  6 

,  Bay  of,  58 

,    La,    Beguin  Monastery   of, 

Lima,  89 

Conception.     See  Concepcion,  La 

Concord,  one  of  Castleton's  ships,  129 

Condador.     See  Contador. 

Coninckx  Island,  Plate  22  ;  182 

Conseption.     See  Concepcion,  La. 

Contador,  92,  145 

Contatoor.     See  Contador. 

Contractation.     See  Contratacion. 

Contratacion,  house  of,  Lima,  92 

Conway,  Sir  William  Martin,  Early 
Dutch  and  English  Voyages  (igo^), 

XXX 

Copper,  at  Coquimbo,  100 
Coques  Island      See  Cocos  Island. 
Coquimbo,  100 
Coqunibo.     See  Coquimbo. 
Corcobado,  191 
Cordes,  Simon  de,  Ivii,  43 
Cordes  Bay,   20,  43. 
Cordus  Bay.     See  Cordes  Bay. 
Corea,  Strait  of,  158 
Cormandel.     See  Coromandel. 
Cornelio,  Josephi,  Spanish  prisoner, 

63 
Cornelissen,  Isbrant,  of  Amsterdam, 

Captain,  130 
,  Job,   skipper  of  the  ^olus, 

13 


Cornelissen,    Sybrant,    supercargo, 

death  of,  114 
Comeliszoon,  Cornelis.     See  Nai. 
Corocoro,  95 

Coromandel,  156,  161,  etc. 
Correcor,  227 
Corregidor,  94,  96 
Corregidor,  Island,  (Maribela),  120 

Plate  18 
Corregimentos,  86 

Corrigimentos.     See  Corregimentos. 
Corrigidor.     See  Corregidor. 
Coste,    Josephus    de.      See   Acosta 

(Joseph  de). 
Coubella,  Amlx)ina,  155 
Councillors  of  the  Audiencia,  86,  87 
Couteel,  Mathijs,  of  Bantam  (16 13), 

lix 
Cow,    The.     See     Cowes,    Isle    of 

Wight. 
Cowes,  Isle  of  Wight,  12 
Crawfurd,  John,  A  Descriptive  Dic- 
tionary   of    the     Indian    Islands 

(1856),  151,  etc. 
Crevecoeur,  Quintero,  65  ;  Plate  8 
Crevecuer.     See  Crevecoeur. 
Crimen  Icesce  majestatisy  19 
Crocodiles,  16,  175 
Cruyck,  Maerten  Pieterssen,  skipper 

of  the  Morgenster  (1614),  27,  33, 

44,  47,  49,  62 
Cruyck's  Island,  40 
Cusco,  description  of,  96,  etc. 
Cyna.     See  China. 


Dabildo.     See  Cabildo. 

Dampier,  224 

Defence,  one  of  Castleton's  ships,  129 

Delft,  Den  Engel,  ship,  of,  160 

Description    of  the     Goverytment   of 

Peru.     See  Madriga,  Pedro  de. 
Descriptive  Dictionary  of  the  Indian 

Islands,  \%^6.   iV^  Crawfurd,  John. 
Desirado,  Cape,  50 
Desire,  ship  of   Thomas   Cavendish 

1586),  37 
Desire,  Port,  discovered  by  Thomas 

Cavendish  (Dec.  17,  1586),  37,  181, 

etc.  ;  chart  of,  Plate  22 
Desolaso.'    See  Salayer. 
Diamonds,  in  Borneo. 
Diccionario  Historico-Biographico  del 

Peru,    1874-90.      See  Mendiburu, 

Manuel  de. 
Dierasno.     See  Durasno. 
Dirickszoon,  Jacob,  of  Purmerlant, 

The  Kingdom  of  Chili  and  its  Cir- 
cumstances,   bibliographical    note, 

Ixvii :  text,  100,  etc. 

S  2 


26o 


INDEX. 


Discourse,  A.     See   Schotte,  Apollo- 

nius. 
Djakatra.     See  Jacatra. 
Doessens,  Steven,  arrives  at  Bantam 

(1616),  153 
Doeveren.     See  Dover. 
Dort,  Holland,  35 
Dover,  Kent,  169 
Downs,  The,  12,  169 
Draeck,   Fran§ois.     See  Drake,  Sir 

Francis. 
Drake,  Sir  Francis,  Seeond  Circum- 

Navigation  {1577),  I33 
Druyff,    Frederick,    of    Enkhuizen, 

159 
Du   Chesne,  Franchoys,  Lieutenant, 

18;  a  prisoner  at  Rio  de  Janeiro, 

(1614),  27 
Dungeness,  Shingles,  12,  169 
Dunkirk,  169 

Durasno  {dierasno),  nectarines,  96 
Dussen,  Adriaen  van  der.  Captain, 

I30>  156 

Dutch,  naval  victory  over  Spain  at 
Gibraltar  (1607),  xlix,  etc. 

Dutch  East  India  Company,  founded 
March  20,  1602,  xxxix  ;  blood  flag, 
19  ;  description  of  their  forts  and 
troops,  Ix,  154-160;  sailing  mono- 
poly of,  165,  etc. 

,  Directors  of,  send  out  Speil- 

bergen,  4,  it  ;  their  resolution  of 
May  15,  1619,  on  the  Spiegel,  xxi, 
xxii 

Dutch  Fleet  in  the  East  Indies 
(1616),  description  of,  160,  etc. 

Dutch  Navigators,  activity  of,  3 

Duynkerchen.     See  Dunkirk. 

Early  Dutch  and  English  Voyages, 
1904.  See  Conway,  Sir  William 
Martin. 

Early  Voyages  to  Terra  Australis, 
1856.     See  Major,  Richard  Henry. 

East  Indian  Islands,  chart  of,  xxiii; 
Plate  19 

East  Indies,  xxxi,  37 

,  Spielbergen's  second  voyage 

to  (1614-17),  4 

Eendracht,  ship,  of  Hoorn,  151  ; 
fitted  out  for  Jacob  le  Maire,  167  ; 
confiscated,  151,  231 

Eendracht  Bay,  Hoorn  Island, 
Plate  25  ;  214 

Eetvelt,  Willem,  Captain,  of  Brus- 
sels, 154 

Embden.     See  Emden. 

Embocadero,  116 

Emden,  East  Friesland,  li,  liii 

Enckhuysen.     See  Enkhuizen. 


En   a  no,  Island,  161. 

Eftgel,  Den,  ship,  of  Delft,  160 

Engelsman,  Govert  den,  of  Rotter- 
dam, lii 

English  Channel,  50 

English  Ship,  captured  in  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  by  Pedro  Alvares 
de  Pilgar,  70  ;  at  Gamakora,  227 

Enkhuizen,  Frederick  Druyff,  of, 
159  ;  Jan  Hendricksen,  of,  20 

Equinoctial  Line,  4,  230 

Erythoxylon  coca.     See  Coca. 

Espiritu  Santo,  Cape,  Philippines.  4 

Essen,  Jan  Otten,  of,  114 

Esturges.     See  Astorga. 

Europe,  lands  beyond,  3 

Evertsz.,  Pieter,  82 

Eylant  sonder  Gront,  195 

Fenega,  90 

Ficos.     See  Tiku. 

Firando,  island.  Strait  of  Corea, 
description  of,  158,  etc. 

Firato.     See  Firando, 

Fiscal,  the,  of  Speilbergen's  fleet,  19, 
20,  28,  40,  54,  108 

,  of  Sucre,  94 

Five  Ships  of  Rotterdam,  Expedi- 
tion of  (1598),  Ivii,  43,  186 

Flags,  Blood  Flag  of  the  Dutch  East 
India  Company,  19  ;  flag  of  the 
House  of  Orange,  16;  white  ensign, 
17,  etc. 

Flamengo.     See  Fleming. 

Flanders,  22 

Fleming  (Flamengo),  28 

Flies,  Island  of.    5'^^Vliegen  Island. 

Flushing.     See  Vlissingen. 

Fogo.     6'ee  Fogue,  He  de. 

Fogue  (Fogo),  Isle  de,  13 

Foreman,  John,  The  Philippine 
Islands  {i8Sg),  120 

Fort  Barnevelt,  Batjan,  Plate  20  ; 

155 
Fort  Belgica,  Neira,  Plate  21  ;    155 
Fort  Maria,  131 
Fort  Mauritius,  Macjan,  129 
Fort  Molucco,  or  Hollandia,   Ter- 

nate,  134 
Fort  Nassau,  Neira,  Plate  21  ;    155 
Fort  San  Pedro  and  Paulo,  Ter- 

nate,  142 
Fort  Tacome,  or  Willem- stadt,  Ter- 

nate,  135 
Fort  Taroula,  Tidor,  142 
French  Ship,  27  ;  at  Sierra  Leone 

(1615),  176 
French  Wine,  14 
Friesland,  35 
Frio,  Cape,  14 


INDEX. 


261 


Galan,  port,  43 

Galao,  harbour  of.     See  Callao. 

Galeges,  Rio.     See  Gallegos. 

Galileo,  127 

Gallant,  port,  43 

Gallegos,  Rio,  32 

Gamakora,  (Gamme-duorre)  137, 
(Gamconorre)  143,  (Gammacanor) 
227 

Gamconorre.     See  Gamakora. 

Gammacanor.     See  Gamakora. 

Gamme-duorro.     See  Gamakora. 

Gammelamme,  131 

Gane,  Gilolo,  135 

Gannets,  180,  188 

Gedichten  van  Petnis  Scrivcrius 
(1738).     See  Schrijver,  PieLer. 

Geelkercken,  Nicolaes  van,  pub- 
lisher, of  Leyden,  xiii,  Ixiii 

Gemmalanor,  Gilolo,  fortress,  157 

General  Council,  102 

Gerensycque.     See  Teneriffe. 

Germany,  Don  Jan  de  Nagena, 
native  of,  71 

V  Gheloove,  Sebald  de  Weert's  ship 
(1598-1600),  186 

Giant's  Island,  40 

Gibraltar,  Bay  of,  xxxiv,  xlix 

Gids,  De  (1865),  xlii,  229,  232 

Gilolo,  Island,  134,  etc.,  144,  154, 
157,  226 

Gilt-heads,  191,  224 

Goede  Hooope,  De,  yacht,  147 

Goede  Reede.     See  Goeree. 

Goemenapi.     See  Gounong  Api. 

Goeree,  43,  172 

Gold  Mines,  of  Chile,  100 

Goldseekers,  The,  167 

Gonsales,  Jan  Baptista.  See  Gonzalez. 

Gonzalez,  Juan  Baptista,  Spanish 
skipper,  68,  81 

Goree,  172.     See  also  Goeree. 

Gosdey,  Henrick,  Captain,  129 

Gouda,  Captain  Hendrick  Bever- 
lingh,  of,  130,  155 

Gouden  LeeuWy  Den,  ship,  of  Rotter- 
dam, 161 

Gounong  Api,  Plate  21 ;  219 

Govert  den  Engelsman,  of  Rotter- 
dam, lii 

Graef,  Petrus.    See  Schrijver,  Pieter. 

Grande,  He,  Brazil,  14 

Grande,  Rio,  98 

Grandes,  lies,  16 

's  Gravenhaghe,  Captain  Abraham 
Hailing,  of,  130  ;  Capt.  Frederick 
Hamel,  of,  154 

Great  Canaries.  See  Canary  Islands. 

Great  Macaran,  159 

Great  Shore  Island,  40 


Green  Island.     See  Groene  Eylant. 
Gresei.     See  Gressik. 
Gressik,  Java,  157 
Groene  Eylant,  het,  215 
Gronovius,  Joannes  Fridericus,(  161 1- 

167 1 )  Iviii 
Groot,    Hugo   de,    (1583-1645)  xiv, 

Iviii,  127 
Groote  Mane,  of  Amsterdam,  one  of 

Speilbergen's  six  ships,  11,  18,  22, 

25»  49,  59,  no,  153;  Plates  10,  11, 

13,  16 
Groote  Sonne,  of  Amsterdam,  one  of 

Speilbergen's  six  ships,   11,  15,  25, 

59,  72,  108,  153;  Plates  13,  16 
Grotius,  Hugo.    See  Groot,  Hugo  de. 
Guamanga.     See  Ayacucho. 
Guanckaco.     See  Huanchaco. 
Guara.     See  Huaura. 
Guarme.     See  Huarmey. 
Guarmey.     See  Huarmey. 
Guayaquyl,  loi 
Guerme.     See  Huarmey. 
Guerrero,    Don    Bertholome   Lobo. 

See  Lobo  Guerrero,  Bartolome. 
Guiarme,     See  Huarmey. 
Guinea,  coast  of,  173 
Gull,    black  -  backed,    at    Coninckx 

Island,  183 
Gwarme.     See  Huarmey. 

Hailing,  Abraham,  of 's  Gravenhage, 

Captain,  130 
Halve  Maen.     See  Groote  Mane. 
Halve  Maene,  De,  ship  at  Maleye,  i6l 
Hamburch.     See  Hamburg. 
Hamburg,  Hieronimus  Hendricksen, 

of,  20 
Hamel,    Frederick,    Captain,    of  's 

Gravenhaghe,  127,  154 
Harderwijck,  Dirck  Voet,  of,  115 
Harmansen,   Wolfhart.      See   Har- 

mensz. 
Harmensz.,      Wolphert,     Admiral, 

Journael,  (i  601 -1603)  xxix 
Harnando,  Don  Melchior,  cousin  of 

the  Viceroy  of  Mexico,  108 
Hase,  Hans  de,  of  Antwerp,  156 
Heemskerck,     Jacob    van,     (1598) 

xxviii,  xxxiii,  etc.,  xl ;  (1607)  xlix 
Heinsius,  Daniel  (1580-1655)  Iviii 
Hendricksen,  Hieronimus,  of  Ham- 
burg,   mutineer,   executed   (1614), 

20 
Hendricksen,  Jan,  of  Enckhuysen, 

mutineer,  executed  (1614),  20 
Hendricxsz.,  Jan,  Boatswain  of  the 

Groote  Mane,  22,  1 10 
Hendricksz., Lambert,  of  Rotterdam, 

Captain,  (1607),  1 


262 


INDEX. 


Herentals,  Henrick  van,  130 

JJerico,  a  king,  212 

Hert,  Het,  yacht,  162 

*s  Hertogen-bossche,  Captain  Roe- 

lant  Philipsen,  of,  154 
Hirando.     See  Firando. 
Hirato.     See  Firando. 
Histoire  des  Navigations  aux  Terres 

Australes,     1756.        See    Brosses, 

Charles  de. 
Historia  natural y  moral  de  las  Indias, 

1590.     See  Acosta,  Joseph  de. 
Historical  .  .  .  discourse  of  a  voyage^ 

1608.     See  Matelief,  Cornells. 
Historic  naturael  ende  niorael  van  de 

Wester sche     Indien,     1598.        See 

Acosta,  Joseph  de. 
Historische    ende  Journaelsche    aen- 

teyckeninghy  1606-30.    See  Brouck, 

Pieter  van  den. 
History  of  Peru,  1892.    See  Markham, 

Sir  Clements  Robert,  K.G.B. 
History  of  the  East  Indies ^  1604.    See 

Acosta,  Joseph  de. 
Hittou,  Amboina,  155 
Hoen,  Simon  Jansz.,  135,  137 
Holland,  Dunes  in,  41 
Hollandia,  Fort,  Ternate,  135 
Hollandia,    or    Brandaris,    ship,    at 

Japara,  161 
Honden  Island,  195,  etc.,  231 
Hooft,  Pieter  (1581-1647),  Iviii,  127 
Hooge  Raad,  xlvi 
HoopCy  Dcy  ship,  at  Maleye,  160 
Hoorn,  Captain  Bras,  of,  1 
,  Jan  Pieterszoon  Coen,  born  at, 

151,  160 

,  Eendracht,  ship,  of,  151,  167 

,  Jan  Clemen tsz.  Kies,  of,   166 

,  West  Vriesen,  of,   150 

Hoorn^  yacht,  161,  167,  231 

Hoorn   Island,   map  of,   Plate  25  ; 

214 
Horses,  wild,  64 

Houdtwercken  (handtwercken),  158 
Houtman,    Cornells,    (1550  -  1617), 

XXXV,  xl 

Hovelingh,      den,     Vice  -  Admiral, 

Plate  9 
Huancavelica,   95 ;    description  of, 

97 
Huanchaco,  99 
Huarmey,    Peru,  4,   9,   76,  78,  99 ; 

description  of,  81,  plan  of;  Plate  12 
Huarochiri,  98 
Huaura,  99 
Hudson^  Henry y  the  Navigator ^  i860. 

See  Asher,  George  Michael. 
HuUu,   Dr.  J.  de,  of  the  Rljks  Ar- 

chief,  The  Hague,  xxi 


laffougho,  144 

lambe,  Sumatra,  153,  158 

Iambi.     See  lambe. 

Iambic.     See  lambe. 

lea  (Yea),  93,  95,  98 

He  de  Brave  (Brava,  or  Sao  Joao),  13 

He  de  Fogue  (Fogo),  13 

He  Grande,  Brazil,  14,  16,  20,  47 

He  Lamochie  (La  Mocha),  20 

lies  Grandes.     See  He  Grande. 

Ho  Grande.     See  He  Grande. 

Incarnation,  La,  Beguin  Monastery 

of,  Lima,  82 
Indians,  of  Chile  and  Peru,  54,  62, 

67,  76,  83,  etc.  ;  of  Corocoro,  95  ; 

of  Lima,  20,  etc.  ;  of  Potosi,  93 
Indies,  71 
Indigo,  162 
Inganfe.     See  Engano. 
Inquisition,  Tribunal  of  the,  at  Lima, 

92 
Insou,  Island,  223 

Instituta,  La,  University  of  Lima,  90 
Intendentes,   145 
Intretandos      See  Intendentes. 
lolo,  Moro,  144 
Isiau,  Moro,  144 
Islas  de  Las  Velas.     See  Ladrone 

Islands. 
Isle  of  Wight,  12 
Islos      de      Velos.      See    Ladrone 

Islands. 

Jacatra,  Java,  xl,  xll,  xliv,  xlvl,  Ix, 
231  ;  name  changed  to  Batavia, 
1 62 1,  149  ;  description  of,  156  ; 
Dutch  ships  at,  162 

Jacobsz.,  William,  of  Ter-vere,  Cap- 
tain, 129 

Jacrata.     See  Jacatra. 

Jager,  of  Amsterdam,  one  of  Spell- 
bergen's  six  ships,  11,  13,  14,  17, 
etc.,  44,  49,  53,  etc.,  60,  63, 
78,  82,  etc.  ;  Plates  ii,  12,  13,  15, 
16 

Jagher.     See  Jage  r. 

Jan  Baptista.  See  Gonzalez,  Jan 
Baptlsta. 

Jan  Martin,  College  of,  Lima.  See 
San  Martin. 

Jan  Mayen  Island,  xxx 

Jan  Sebastiaen,  Church  of,  Lima. 
See  San  Sebastian. 

Jansz. ,  Claes.    See  Ban,  Claes  Jansz. 

Janssz.,  Jan,  bookseller,  Amster- 
dam (1621),  Ixvil 

Jansz.,  Jaspar,  Governor  of  Am- 
boina, 229 

Jansz.,  J  oris,  of  Medembllk,  death 
of,  114 


iNt)EX. 


263 


Jansz.,  Thomas,  provost,  death  of, 
114 

Japan,  150  ;  Dutch  trade  in,  158 

Japanese  Sailors,  122,  129 

Japara,  Java,  149,  159,  161,  231 

Japarre.     See  Japara. 

Japatra.     See  Japara. 

Japon.     See  Japan. 

Jauja,  97,  98 

Java,  5,  8,  149,  156 

Jesti  Maria,  Spanish  galleon,  70; 
Plate  9 

Jesuits,  Society  of  the,  29  ;  in  Firan- 
do,  158  ;  in  Lima,  89 

John,  Don,  of  Austria,  li 

Johore,  King  of,  157 

Jonge,  Johan  Karel  Jacob  de,  Op- 
komst  van  het  Nederlandsch  Gezag 
in  Oost-Indie  (1862-65),  xxi,  xxvi, 
etc.,  xxxiv,  etc.,  Iviii,  etc.,  137 

Joor.     See  Johore. 

Journael  vande  Nassatcsche  Vloot 
(1643),  etc.  See  L'Hermite,  Jac- 
ques. 

Juamabeluca.     See  Iluancavelica 

Juamanga.     See  Ayacucho. 

Juancabelica.     See  Huancavelica. 

Juan  Evangheliste,  Church  of  Don, 
Lima,  88 

Juan  Fernando  Islands,  190 

Jubaltar.     See  Gibraltar. 

[ties.  Rector  of  University  of  Lima,  90 

Junks,  Chinese,  123 


Kadoepan,  xxviii 

Kaiser  Wilhelm  Land,  219 

Kajao,  Island,  136,  230 

Kandy,  Ceylon,  Maharajah  of,  re- 
ceives Speilbergen,  xxxvi,  xxxviii, 
etc. 

Kava,  Plate  25  ;  211 

Kies,,  Jan  Clementsz.,  of  Hoorn,  166 

Kingdom  of  Chili,  and  its  Circum- 
stances. See  Dirickszoon,  Jacob,  of 
Purmerlant. 

King's  House,  Lima,  92 

King's  Town  (Lima),  87 

Kiu-shiu,  west  coast  of,  158 

Koenen,  Jan  Pietersz.  See  Coen, 
Jan  Pieterszoon. 

Kort  Verhael,  1599-1601.  See  Both, 
Pieter. 

Krijn,  Jean.     See  Krijnen,  Jan. 

Krijnen,  Jan,  xviii ;  Plate  19,  text. 


Labona.     See  Laboua. 
Laboua,  136 
Ladrillero,  Captain,  46 


Ladrone  Islands,  Pacific  Ocean, 
5,  7,  113,  114,  152  ;  chart  of,  Plate 
16;  discovery  of  (1519),  115 

Ladrones,  116 

Laloda,  village,  228 

Lam,  ship  (i^l),  xxxvii 

Lam,  Jan  Dirkszoon,  of  Hoorn, 
Admiral,  xxxii,  129 

Lam,  John  Dirickeson.  See  Lam, 
Jan  Dirkszoon. 

La  Mocha,  Chile,  island,  4,  20,  51  ; 
map  of,  Plate  4 

La  Moche.     See  La  Mocha. 

Lamochie.     ^'ee  La  Mocha. 

La  Nasca.     See  Nasca. 

Lanckhaer.  See  Adamsz.,  Lam- 
brecht. 

Lapis  bezoar.     See  Lapis  lazuli. 

Lapis  lazuli,  in  Borneo,  158 

Lassoa  Point,  Celebes,  230 

Last,  equal  to  two  tons,  27,  153 

Latou,  202 

Laurens,   of   Bergen,    a   trumpeter, 

lOI 

Leeuwen  Island,  Plate  22;  185 

Le  Maire,  Daniel,  208 

Le  Maire,  Isaac,  of  Egmont,  xlii, 
etc.,  165  ;  Isaac  Le  Maire,  by 
R.  C.  Bakhuizen  van  den  Brink, 
1865,  xlii,  xliv,  xlvi,  etc.,  232 

Le  Maire,  Jacob,  (1585-1616)  pre- 
liminaries of  his  expedition,  165- 
167  ;  appointed  supercargo  and 
commander,  167  ;  secret  and  de- 
tailed instructions,  xliv  ;  leaves 
Texel  (14th  June,  161 5),  169  ;  loses 
his  yacht,  184 ;  discovery  of  le 
Maire  Straits  (Jan.  24,  1616),  187; 
names  Cape  Horn,  189  ;  discovers 
and  names  Willem  Schouten  I., 
224 ;  reaches  Ternate  (Sept.  17, 
1616),  229;  arrives  at  Jacatra(  Oct., 
1616),  151,  231  ;  Eendracht  con- 
fiscated, 151,  231  ;  Speilbergen's 
scepticism,  152,  his  change  of  feel- 
ing, xli ;  transferred  to  Speilber- 
gen's ship,  152,  232  ;  his  death, 
xlvi,  162  ;  its  cause,  xlvi ;  eulogy 
by  Speilbergen,  163  ;  Captain  Bur- 
ney  on  his  treatment,  xlv ;  his 
rights  of  discovery  recognised,  xlvi ; 
his  portrait,  opposite  165 ;  Austral- 
ische  Navigatien,  editions  of,  xxxi ; 
reason  for  including  them  in  the 
Spiegel,  164 ;  authorship  of,  xlvii, 
xlviii  ;  Chart  of  his  itinerary,  Plate 

23 
Le  Maire  Straits,  Chart  of,  Plate 
23  ;  discovery  of,  '(Jan.   24,   1616) 
xliv,  187 


2^4 


i^DEJt. 


Lenimens,  Franchoys,  secretary  to 
Laurens  Read,  127 

L'Hermite,  Jaques.  See  L'Hermite, 
Jaques. 

L'Hermite,  Jaques,  d.  1623,  Jonr- 
nacl  vande  Nassausche  Vloot^  1643, 
etc.,  Ivi,  etc. 

Lima,  Peru,  xxxi,  4,  58,  78,  97  ; 
Archbishop  of,  Bartolome  Lobo 
Guerrero,  (1609- 1622)  88  ;  Armada 
of,  80  ;  Audiencia  of,  87  ;  called 
Ciudad  de  los  Reyes,  %"] ;  churches, 
hospitals,  monasteries  of,  88,  etc. ; 
colleges  of,  89,  etc. ;  description  of, 
by  Pedro  de  Madriga,  87,  etc.  ; 
University  of,  90 

Pedro  de  Madriga,  native  of, 

86 

Speilbergen's  movements 

known  in,  (1615)  66 

Lima  de  Caliau.     See  Lima. 

Lindschoten,  Jan  Huyghens  van. 
See  Linschoten. 

Linschoten,  Jan  Pluyghen  van.  Voy- 
age oft  e  schipvaert,  {1601)  xxv 

Translator  of  J.  de  Acosta's 

Historia  statural,  (1598)  46 

Lisbon,  xlix,  27 
Loach,  lobo,  82 
Lobo,  loach,  82 
Lobo,  sea-wolf,  82 

Lobo   Guerrero,    Bartolonic,    Arch- 
•  bishop  of  Lima,  (1609-1622)  88 
Lobos  de  Afuera,  82 
Lobos  de  Tierra,  82 
Lobos  Islands,  82,  85  ;  Plate  13 
Loege  Cambello,  Ceram,  230 
Loga   Combella.     See  Loege  Cam- 
bello. 
Lolada.     See  Laloda. 
Loloda.     See  Laloda. 
Loretto,  Church  of,  Lima,  89 
Lotibes  (iobos),  loaches,  82,  85 
Loubes  Island.     See  Lobos  Islands. 
Lou'W,  Fort,  Amboina,  155 
Lucon.     See  Luzon. 
Luzon,  118 

Mabrabomba.     See  Banana  Island. 

Mabrobomba.     See  Banana  Island. 

Macao,  granted  to  Portuguese,  ( 1 586) 
150 

Macaran,  the  Great,  159 

Macassar,  Celebes,  157 

Mace,  129 

Macian.     See  Mackian. 

Mackian,  Island  of,  Iviii,  134,  230  ; 
account  of,  135,  etc.,  155;  Map  of, 
Plate  20  ;  Speilbergen  at,    129,  131 

Macoro.     See  Macao. 


Madeira,  13,  170 

Madera.     See  Madeira. 

Madre  de  Dies,  galleon,  liv 

Madriga,  Pedro  de,  of  Lima,  author 
of  the  Description  of  the  Govern- 
tfient  of  Peru,  86,  etc.  ;  biblio- 
graphy of,  Ivi,  etc. 

Madura,  coast  of,  xxxiv,  231 

Maen.     See  Groote  Mane. 

Magalhaens,  Femam,  discovers 
Ladrone  Islands,  (1519)  115,  116 

Magelanes.  See  Magellan,  Straits 
ot. 

Magellan,  Ferdinand.  See  Magal- 
haens, Femam. 

Magellan,  Straits  of.  Chart  of,  Plate 
3  ;  xxiii,  45  ;  importance  of,  xliii, 
etc.  ;  land  south  of,  189  ;  Speilber- 
gen's Voyage  through,  2,  4,  6,  8, 
20,  21,  33,  37,  46,  50 

Magellanes,  Ferdinandes.  6'^<?  Magal- 
haens, Fernam. 

Mahu,  Jacob,  Ivii 

Maize,  91 

Major,  Richard  Henry,  Early  Voy- 
ages to  Terra  Australis,  1 859,  xliii 

Makian.     See  Mackian. 

Malacca,  xxxix,  145,  etc.,  150 

Siege  of,  134  ;  Straits  of,  153 

Malacke.     See  Malacca. 

Maley.     See  Maleye. 

Maleya.     See  Maleye. 

Maleya,  fort.     See  Oranien. 

Maleye,  in  Ternate,  xxxii,  5,  8,  127, 
134  ;  Dutch  troops  and  forts  in,  154 

Mammeren,  Goossen  van,  Captain, 
of  Berghen-op-zoom,  154 

Mane.     See  Groote  Mane. 

Maneljos  Straits.  See  Manila,  Straits 
of, 

Manila,  Bay  of.  Chart  of,  Plate  18 

Straits  of,  xxxi,  4,  5,  8  ;  Chart 

of,  Plate  17 

Town  of,  5,    113,   118,  etc.; 

Plate  18  ;  ships  from,  take  in 
stores  at  Acapulco,  109 ;  Speilber- 
gen's Voyage  to,  2,  80,  115 

Manilja.     See  Manila. 

Manilles.     See  Manila. 

Manillies.     See  Manila. 

Manipa,  island,  230 

Manzanillo,  Mexico,  town,  4  ; 
Plate  15 

Mariannas,  Pacific  Ocean.  See  La- 
drone  Islands. 

Maribela.     See  Corregidor. 

Maribella,  Island.     See  Corregidor. 

Marico,  Tidor,  143,  154 

Marieco.     See  Marico. 

Mariveles,  village,  120 


INDEX. 


265 


Markham,  Sir  Clements  Robert, 
K.C.B.,  editor  of  Jos.  de  Acosta's 
Natural  and  Moral  History  of  the 
Indies,  2  vols.,  1880,  46,  91.  See 
also  the  Bibliography. 

,  History  oj  Fern  (1892),  86, 

91 
Marmosets,  174 
Martialis  Redivivus,  Pieter  Schrij- 

ver,  xiv 
Martin  Vaz  Islands,  iSo 
Mascarenhas,  Pero  de,  discoverer  of 

Reunion  Island  {1507),  163 
Massarius.     See  Reunion. 
Massepatan.     See  Masulipatam. 
Maastricht,    Heyndrick   Mayer,  of, 

155 

Masulipatam,  156 

Matelief,  Comelis,  Admiral,  134 ; 
biography  of,  ib.  ',  An  Historicall 
.  .  .  Discourse  of  a  Foyag-e  {1608), 
ib. 

Maurice,  Prince  of  Orange,  (1567- 
1625),  Dedication  of  the  Spiegel  to, 
I  ;  his  titles,  I  ;  his  victory  at 
Nieuport,  xxxxiii ;  his  portrait 
given  by  Speilbergen  to  Maharajah 
of  Kandy,  xxxix 

Mauritius,  Fort.   See  Fort  Mauritius. 

Mauritius,  Island,  xxix,  xxxii,  Speil- 
bergen at,  163 

Mauritius  de  Nassauw  Land,  187, 
etc. 

Maurity,  Cape,  49 

May,  Jan  Cornelisz.,  erroneously 
stated  to  be  author  of  Speilbergen's 
Journal,  xiii,  xvi,  etc,  xxiii,  etc.  ; 
biography  of,  xxvii,  etc.  ;  expedi- 
tion to  Spitsbergen  and  Novaya 
Zemlya,  xxx  ;  his  important  note, 
Ixi,  128  ;  Plate  19 

,  Jan  Jacobsz.,  skipper,  dis- 
covers Jan  Mayen  Island,  xxx 

Maye,  Jean  Cornelitz.  See  May, 
Jan  CorneHsz. 

Mayer,   Heyndrick,     of  Maastricht, 

Maystro  de  Sala,  Captain  of  the 
Guard,  87 

Medemblik,  170 

,  Joris  Jansz.,  of,  114 

Medenblik.     See  Medemblik. 

Medoor,  92 

Meeuwe,  of  Amsterdam,  one  of  Speil- 
bergen's six  ships,  II,  13,  14,  16, 
22  ;  mutiny  on  the,  18.  19,  33,  etc. 

Melocotones,  peaches,  96 

Memoire  bibliographique  sur  lei  four- 
naux  des  Navigatcurs  Nierlandais^ 
1867.     See  Tiele,  Pieter  Anton. 


Mimoire  sur  la  Collection  des  Grands 

et    Petits     Voyages,     (1802.)      See 

Camus,  Armand  Gaston. 
Mendiburu,  Manuel  de,  Diccivt.ario 

Historico-  Biografico  a  el  Peru  (1874- 

90),  86 
Mendo^a,  Andrea  Furtado  de,  xxix 
Mendosa,    Rodrigo  de.     See    Men- 

doza. 
Mendosa  and  Lima,  Don  Joan  de. 

See  Mendoza  y  Luna,  Juan  de. 
Mendoza,   Don  Gaua  (Garcia),  Go- 
vernor of  Chili,  46 
,  Don  Rodrigo  de,   encounters 

Speilbergen.   4,    7,    63,    69,    etc., 

Plate  9;  81,  108 
Mendoza  y  Luna,  Juan  de.  Marquis 

de    Montesclaros,   Viceroy  of  Peru 

(1607-1615),  69,  86 
Mendozza,    Don   Rodrigo  de.     See 

Mendoza. 
Mendura.     See  Mindoro. 
Mendura    pana.        See    Mindoro  ; 

Panay. 
Menendus,  Francisco,  Ensign,  107 
Mensch-eter  (Jan  CorneUsz.  May), 

XX 

Mestis,  18,  24 

Meuscheater  (j/V),  John  Cornelison 

(J.  C.  May),  xxxi,  etc. 
Meusel,  Johann  Georg,  Editor,  Bib- 

liotheca  Historica  (1782- 1802),  xxii, 

xxiii 
Mexico,  Armada  of,  Iv 
,  Speilbergen's   Voyage   along 

coasts  of,  xxxi,  2,  4,  103  ;  Viceroy 

of  (1615),  108 
Middelburch.     See  Middelburg. 
Middelburg,  Apollonius  Schot,   of, 

Iviii,  etc.,  133  ;  Abraham  Pieteisen, 

of,  48 
Middelburg,  ship,  of  Zeeland,  xxxii, 

153,  162 
Middleton,  David  (d.  1615),  133 
Middleton,   Sir  Henry  (1573- 16 13), 

133 
Mindanao,  Island,  5,  8,  125,  etc. 
Mindenao.     See  Mindanao. 
Mindoro,  4,  5 

Mines,  Indian  labour  in  the,  90,  97 
Minores,  Lima,  Monastery  of  the,  89 
Moa,  Island,  223 
Moca,  153 
Mocha,  La,  Chile,  island,  4,  20,  51  ; 

map  of,  Plate  4 
Molenwerf,  Jan  Jansz.,  of  Hoorn, 

166 
Molucca    Islands,    Dutch    seat    of 

government    moved    from,    (1618) 

151  ;   Dinch   troops   and    forts   in, 


266 


INDEX. 


154,  etc.  ;  iNIap  of,  xvii,  Plate  19; 

Spanish  Armada  at  the,  122,  etc.  ; 

Speilbergen's  Voyage  to,  2,  5,  11, 

127,  etc.  ;  trade  of  the,   133,  etc., 

150,  200 
Molucco,  Fort,  Ternate,  134 
Molucken,  Islands  of.     See  Molucca 

Islands. 
Molucques.     See  Molucca  Islands. 
Monasteries,  Lima,  89 
Monte   Castro,    Marquis   de.      See 

Mendoza  y  Luna,  Juan  de,  Marquis 

de  Montesclaros. 
Montes  Claros,    Marquis  de.     See 

Mendoza  y  Luna,  Juan  de. 
Mootish  Religion,  138 
Aforgenster,    of    Rotterdam,    one    of 

Speilbergen's  six  ships,  (i6i4)xxxi, 

II,  18, 24,  40,  59,  74,  ^^,  82; 

Plates  9,  10,  II,   13,   16;  pp.   114, 

131,  157,  160,  229;  Maerten  Pieter- 

ssen  Cruyck,  skipper  of  the,  27,  33, 

44,  47,  49,  62 
AJorghen-iterre.     See  Alorgenster. 
Morning  Starve,  ship.     See  Morgeu- 

ster. 
Moro,  coast  of,  144 
Mortier,  Island,  description  of,  134, 

etc.,  155,  230 
Moscovia,  xxv 
Mossel  Bay,  42 
Mothir.     See  Mortier. 
Motir.     See  Mortier. 
Mottir.     See  Mortier. 
Moucheron,     Balthazar     de,     xxiv, 

xxxvi 
Mount  Canapus.   See  Gounong  Api. 
Moy,  Jan  Cornelisz.     See  May. 
Moyses,  a  native,  218,  etc. 
Mussels,  45,  47 
Mutir.     See  Mortier. 
Mysory,  or  Willem  Schouten  Island, 

224 

Nacha,  La.     See  Nasca. 

Nagena,  Don  Jan   de.    Captain,    a 

German,  71 
Nahaca,  129 

Nai,  Cornelis  Corneliszoon,  xxiv,  etc. 
Nasca  (La  Nacha),  93,  98 
Nassau,  Maurice,  Prince  of  Orange, 

Count  of,  I 
Nassau,  Fort,  Neira,  Plate  21  ;  155 
Nassau,  ship,  arrives  at  Bantam,  153, 

161 
Nassau  Bay,  Tierra  del  Fuego,  xliv 
Nassausche  Vloot.    See  L'Hermite, 

Jaques. 
Natividaet.     See  Navidad. 
Natividat.     See  Navidad. 


Naturall  and  Morall  Historie  of  the 

East  and  West  Indies,   1604.     See 

Acosta,  Joseph  de. 
Navidad,    Mexico,    Puerto    de,   9 ; 

Chart  of,  Plate  15  ;  112 
Nay,  Cornelis  Cornelisz.     See  Nai. 
Neck,   Jacob  van.  Admiral,    (1598) 

xxviii,  XXXV 
Negapata.     See  Negapatam. 
Negapatam,  156,  161 
Negues,  Church  of  Signora  de,  26 
Neira,  Island,  Plate  21  ;  155 
Neptunus,  Den,  ship,  at  Maleye,  161 
Nera.     See  Neira. 
Netherlands,  Old  Colonial  Archives, 

xxvi 
States- General  of  the  United 

Provinces  of  the.  Dedication  of  the 

Spiegel  to,  i 
Neustra  Signora  del  Rosario  {sic). 

See  Nuestra  Seiiora. 
New  Guinea,  205,  215,  217,   221, 

225 
Nieuport,  Flanders,  battle  of,  xxxviii 
Nieiiw   Vrieslandt,   ship,    of   Hoorn, 

162 
Niejiw  Zee/ant,  7,  ship,  162 
Nieuwe  Maene,  De,  ship,  at  Maleye, 

160 
Nieuwe  Sonne,  De,  ship,  at  Maleye, 

160 
Noffaca,  Mackian,  155 
Noffagina,  fort,  Mackian,  135 
Noort,   Olivier  van,  37  ;    biography 

of,  181  ;  Beschrijvitig  van  de  Voy- 

agie  om  den  geheelen  Werelt-Cloot, 

(1602)  181,  etc. 
Nostra    Montecorate,    Church   of, 

Lima,  89 
Nostra  Prado,  Church  of,  Lima,  89 
Nostra  Signora  de  la  Conceptione  {sic), 

galleon,  liv 
Nostra  Signora  de  la  0.  {sic),  galleon, 

liv 
Nostra  Signora  de  la  Regla  {sic),  gal- 
leon, liv 
Nostra  Signora  de  los  Dolor os  {sic), 

galleon,  liv 
Nostra  Signora  del  Vega,  galleon,  liv 
Nostra  Signora  de  Rosaros  {sic),  gal- 
leon, liv 
Nouveau  Dictionnaiie  de  Geographie 

Universe  lie,  1 87  7- 1 900.    See  Vivien 

de  Saint  Martin,  Louis. 
Nova  Guinea.     See  New  Guinea. 
Nova  Hispania.     See  Mexico. 
Nova  Spania.     See  Mexico. 
Novaya  Zemlya,  xxi,  xxx 
Nuestra    de    las    Marsedes   {sic), 

Lima,  Monastery  of,  89 


INDEX. 


267 


Nuestra  Senora  del  Rosario,  142 
Nuremberg  Knives,  177 
Nutmegs,  129 

Obas  roots,  200,  etc. 

Obes.     See  Obas. 

Oldenbarnevelt,  Johan  van,  (1547- 

16 19)    attacks    Dutch    East   India 

Company,  xlii 
Oliver.     See  Noort,  Olivier  van. 
Opkoinst   van    het  Neierlandsch    Ge- 

zag  in    Cost- Indie  (1862-65).      See 

Jonge,  J.  K.  J.  de. 
Orun  Hollanda,  227 
Orange,  Flag  of  the  House  of,  19,  24 

Maurice,  Prince  of,  i 

Oranien,  fortress,  Ternate,  134 

Or  dor  OS  {Oydores),  94 

Orphan  Hospital,  Lima,  89 

Oruro,  Mines  of,  95 

Ostriches,  at  Coninckx  Island,  184  ; 

at  Porto  Desire,  Plate  22;  in  Tierra 

del  Fuego,  40 
Otten,  Jan,  of  Essen,  death  of,  114 
Oude  Maene,  De,    ship,    at  Maleye, 

160 
Oude  Sonne,  De,  at  Maleye,  160 
Our    Dear    Lady    of    Guadelupe, 

Monastery  of,  Lima,  19 
Oydores,  judges,  87,  94 

Pachacama,  98 

Pacific  Ocean  (Southern  Sea),  4,  6, 

20,   46,  49,  60,  64,130,  etc.,  Plate 

23  ;    James  Burney,   Chronological 

History  {\%oy\']),  43 
Pagadoor.     See  Pagador. 
Paiiador,  145 
Palataque.    See  Pulicat. 
Paleacate,    See  Pulicat, 
Palmites,  174,  177,  195 
Pana  (Panay),  5 
Panama,    58,   66,  99 ;    Armada  of, 

79,  83,  84  ;  Audiencia  of,  87 
Panay,  Island,  5,  124 
Paney.     See  Panay. 
Pangassani,  Plate  19,  text ;  230 
Pangoran,  The,  159 
Pannama.     See  Panama. 
Pannanra.     See  Panama. 
Papaugos.     See  Papuans. 
Papede,  223 
Papoos.     See  Papuans. 
Papua,  220,  224 
Papuans,  142,  220 
Parrots,  42 
Parsley,  45 
Pas-Caert,  sign  of  the,  op  't  Water, 

Amsterdam  (1621),  Ixvii 
Patache,  ship's  tender,  57,  60,  64 


Patagones,  or  Giant's  Island,  40 

Palates,  potatoes,  88 

Paton,  ascends  Albay  (1858),  118 

Paul  IV,  Pope,  founder  of  Order  of 
Theatins,  98 

Paula,  Dona,  wife  cf  the  Commander 
of  Payta,  84 

Pauw,  De,  yacht,  of  Amsterdam,  at 
Gamakora,  227 

Peyta,  Peru,  seaport,  xxxi,  4,  76,  78, 
82,  84,  loi  ;  plan  of,  Plate  13 

Peerle.    See  Perel. 

Penguin  Islands,  Ixi,  35,  40,  182 

Penguins,  41,  182,  187 

Pepper,  trade  in  Sumatra,  158 

Pepper  Bay,  43 

Peraca,  Jeronimo,  Field-Marshal,  71 

Perel,  ship,  122 

Peru,  Description  of  the  Government 
of.     See  Madriga,  Pedro  de. 

,  Grand  Council  of  (1615),  68, 

69  ;  History  of.  Sir  Clements  R. 
Markham  (1892),  21;  Mines  of, 
90  ;  Speilbergen's  voyage  along  the 
coasts  of,  2  ;  trade  with,  78  ;  Vice- 
roy of,  Juan  de  Mendoza  y  Luna, 
Marquis  de  Montesclaros  (1607- 
1615),  69,  ?,6,  loi 

Pesos  Ensaiados,  86,  87,  95 

Peterson,  Claus,  pilot,  xxxii 

Peyta.     See  Payta, 

Philipinas,     See  Philippines. 

Philippine  Islands.  See  Foreman, 
John. 

Philippines,  4,  145,  148  ;  Governor- 
General  of,  146 

Philippus,  Spanish  town,  ruins  of,  41 

Philipsen,  Roelanf,  Captain,  of  's 
Hertoghen-bossche,  18,  154 

Pieterssen,  Abraham,  of  Middel- 
burch,  death  of,  48 

Pieterssen,  Maerten.  See  Cruyck, 
M.P. 

Pigar,  Pedro  Alvares  de.    See  Pilgar. 

Piguine  Islands.  See  Penguin 
Islands. 

Pilgar,  Pedro  Alvares  de,  Vice- 
Admiral,  70 

Pingay,  oar,  217 

Pinguins  Islands.  See  Penguin 
Islands. 

Pinguijns  Islands.  See  Penguin 
Islands. 

Pinzon,  Vincent  Yanez  (Captain 
Vincent),  (1470 -i  1530)  wrongly 
marks  Cape  Verde  Islands  in  \f, 
14  ;  biographical  note  on,  14 

Pisco,  23,  95,  98 

Pleydmuyen.     See  Plymouth. 

Pleymuyen.     See  Plymouth. 


26S 


INDEX. 


Plymouth,  ii,  170 

Point  de  Galle,  Ceylon,  xxxviii. 

Poleway.     See  Pulo  Way. 

Porreo,  Don  Gregorio  de,   Governor 

of  Acapulco  (1615);  109 
Port  Desire,  discovered  by  Thomas 

Cavendish    (Dec.    17,    1586),     37  ; 

178  ;  chart  of,  Plate  22 
Port  Galan,  or  Gallant,  43 
Porto  Vela.     See  Porto  Bello. 
Porto  Bello,  Panama,  66 
Port  Desirado.     See  Port  Desire. 
Porto  Royal.     Set  Puerto  Real. 
Porto  Santo,  170 
Portug^uese,  in  Brazil  (1614),  18,  22, 

etc,  65  ;   in  Ceylon,  xxxviii ;  in  the 

Moluccas,  133,  136 
Potesia.  See  Potosi. 
Potosi,   66,    69  ;  description  of,   93, 

etc.  ;  mines  of,  93 
Priaman,  Sumatra,  153,  158 
Provinciaal    Utrechtsche  Genoot- 

schap,  xxvi 
Ptolemaeus,  Claudius,  countries  un- 
known to,  3 
Ptolemy.    See  Ptolemaeus,  Claudius. 
Puerto  Real,  Iv 
Puguine     Islands.        Set    Penguin 

Islands. 
Pulicat,    Coromandel,    Dutch   castle 

at,  156 
Pulo  Nera.     See  Neira. 
Pulo  Way,  the  Water  Island,  129, 

155 
Punta  Lavapie,  Chile,  Plate  5 
Puorto  Dale,  xxxvii 
Purchas,  Samuel,  the  Elder,  Pure  has 

his  Pilgrimes  (1625),  xv,  129,  133, 

etc.,  153,  156,   182 

Quicksilver,  93 ;    in   Huancavelica, 

97 
Quintera.     See  Quintero. 
Quintero,  Chile,  seaport,  4,  63,  64, 

65  ;  chart  of  bay,  Plate  8 
Quinquina,  Island,  62  ;  Plate  6 
Quiri-quyna.     See  Quiriquina. 
Quito,  Audiencia  of  Province  of,  87 
Quorogerij.     See  Huarochiri. 

Rabbits,  41 

Ram,  ship,  (1601)  xxxvii 

Reader,  The,  19 

Reael,    Laurens,    (i  583-1637)   xxxii, 

xliv,   8;    biography  of,    126,    etc.; 

appointed  Governor  of  the  Dutch 

East  Indies,  132,  229,  etc. 
Real,  Laurence.    See  Reael,  Laurens. 
Kecueil  des  Voyages,  1725.     SeeV^^n- 

neville,  Rene  Augustin  Constantin 

de. 


Red  Sea,  153 

Reform  ados,   145 
Refresco,  bay  of,  172 
Refrisco,  xxxvii 

Relation  of  a  Wonderful!  Voiage, 
1619.     0)<?(f  Schouten,  Willem.' 

Renneville,  Rene  Augustin  Constan- 
tin de,  (1650-1723)  Rccueil  des 
Voyages y  (1725)  xii,  xiii,  xvi,  etc., 
xxiii,  Ivi,  etc.  ;  43,  135,  153.  See 
also  the  Bibliography. 

Resoliitie  van  de  Vergadering  van 
XVIf  (15  May,  1619)  xxi,  xxii 

Retormados.     See  Refoi  inados. 

Reunion,  or  Bourbon,  island,  163 

Revenge,  Port,  Pulo  Way,  155,  etc. 

Reyers,  Hendrick,  Boatswain's- mate, 

47 
Reyes,  Los,  town  of,  (Lima),  91 
Reynierssoon,  Adriaen  Paeuw,(  1619) 

xxi,  xxii 
Reynst,  Gerhardt,  Governor-General 

of  the  Dutch  East  Indies,  126,  229 
Ribera,    Alonso  de  la,   Governor  of 

Chile,  (1615)87 
Riemlande,  Comelis.,  xxxii 
Rijks  Archief,  The  Hague,  xxi,  xxx, 

Ivii 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  16,  27,  64 
Rio  de  Javero.     See  Rio  de  Janeiro. 
Rio  de  Plata,  22,  31 
Rio  de  Plate,  31.    Set  Rio  de  Plata. 
Rio  Fresco,  172 
Rio  Galeges  (Gallegos),  32 
Rio  Gevera.     See  Rio  de  Janeiro. 
Rio  Javero.     See  Rio  de  Janeiro. 
Rocca  Partida,  113 
Rodrigo,  Don.     See  Mendoza,  Rod- 

rigo  de. 
Rosario,  Le,  Spanish  Galleon,  (161 5) 

Rotterdam,  Expedition  of  five  ships 

of,  (1598).     ^^^  Five  Ships. 
Ruffijn,  Lieutenant,  24 
Rufisque,  172 
Russia  (Moscovia),  xxv 


Sabongo.     See  Sabougo. 

Sabou,  creek,  xxxi,  229 

Sabougo,  137,  143 

Sago,  136,  144,  158 

Saint  Ann.  See  Shoals  of  Saint  Ann. 

Saint  Clara,  Brazil,  15 

Saint  Helena,  Island,  163,  etc. 

Saint  Jago.     See  Santiago. 

Saint  John's  Island,  215 

Saint   Lucas,    Bay  of.       See   Cape 

Saint  Lucas. 
Saint  Maria.     See  Santa  Maria. 
Saint  Thomas,  Bengal,  xxxix 


INDEX. 


269 


St.   Vincent    (San  Vicente),  Brazil, 

4,  65  ;  map  of,  Plate  2 
Salagua,   Mexico,  Bay  of,  4,   no; 

chart  of,  Plate  15 
Salayer,  Island,  230 
Salayer  Straits,  230 
Salor.     See  Solor. 

Salt  Isles.    See  Cape  Verde  Islands. 
Salt  Ships,  Dutch,  169 
Salvages,  170 

Sampans,  Indian,  120;  Plate  18 
Sail  Ajidries  {sic),    Spanish  galleon, 

(1615),  71 
San  Andries  {sic).  Hospital  of,  Lima, 

89 
San  Augustin,  Lima,  Monastery  of, 

89 
S.  Augustine  (j/V),  galleon,  li 
San  Benedicito,  Island,  113 
San  Bernardino  Passage,  116 
Sail  Christoffel  (sic),  galleon,  liv 
San  Diego,  Lima,  88 
San  Diego,  Spanish   galleon,    {161 5) 

San  Domingo,  Lima,  Monastery  of, 

89 
San    Francisco,    Lima,    Monastery 

of,  89 
San     Francisco,       Spanish     galleon, 

(1615)71,  75 
San  Josepho,  Beguin  Monastery  of, 

Lima,  89 
San  Lasaro,  Hospital  of,  Lima,  89 
San  Lucar,  xlix,  liv,  Ixi 
San  Lucas.     See  San  Lucar. 
San  Marcello,  Lima,  Church  of,  88 
San  Martin,  College  of,  Lima,  90 
San  Michiel  {sic),  84 
San  Nicolas,  galleon,  liv 
San  Pedro,  galleon,  liv 
San  Pedro,  Hospital  of,  Lima,  89 
San  Sebastian,  Church  of,  Lima,  88 
San  Thome,  Cape,  Brazil,  15 
San  Torinio,  College  of,  Lima,  90 
San    Vicente,    near  Santos,  Brazil, 

4,  20,  23,  65  :  map  of,  Plate  2 
Sancta  Helena.      See  Saint  Helena. 
Sancta  Maria,   Chile.       See  Santa 

Maria. 
Sanctus,  town  of,  Brazil.    See  Santos. 
Sangir  Island,  5,  127 
Sangnijn,     See  Sangir  Island. 
Sanguine.     See  Sangir  Island. 
Santa,  99 
Santa  Anna,  Baixos  of,  173 

,  Church  of,  Lima,  88 

,  Hospital  of,  Lima,  89 

,    Spanish    galleon,    liv,    70; 

Plate  9 
Santa  Clara,  Beguin  Monastery,  of, 

89 


Santa  Crusada,  Tribunal  of,  Lima, 
92 

Santa  Maria,  Chile,  Island,  4,  53, 
etc,  57,  63,  65  ;  map  of,  Plate  5 

Santa  Maria  de  Negue,  Church  of, 
Brazil,  Plate  2 

Santhome,  Cape.    See  San  Thome. 

Santiago,  Chile,  4,  63,  64  ;  descrip- 
tion of,  Plate  7 

,  Bay  of,  Mexico,  Plate  15 

Santissima  Trinedada  {sic)^  Beguin 
Monastery  of,  Lima,  89 

Santos,  Brazil,  9,  23,  etc.  ;  Plate  2 

Sao  Joao  (Brava),  13 

Sato  de  los  Cavalles,  El,  Lima,  88 

Sceuta.     See  Ceuta. 

Schaep,  ship  (1601),  xxxvii 

Schily.     See  Chile. 

Schot,  Apollonius.     See  Scholte. 

Schotsen,  de,  family  of  Antwerp,  26 

Schotte,  Apoll(jnius,  of  Antwerp 
(1 579- 1639),  biography  of,  Iviii, 
etc.,  26;  his  Discourse,  133,  etc., 
160 ;  his  letter  to  Governor  of 
Banda  (1610),  Hx 

Schouten,  Jan  Cornelisz.,  brother  of, 
Willem  Schouten,  death  of,  192, 
231 

Schouten,  Willem  Cornelisz.,  Jour- 
nael,  xi,  xxiv,  xxxi,  xliii,  etc.,  xlvii; 
names  Willem  Schouten  Island, 
xliv ;  sent  home  by  Coen,  xliv 

,   Relation    of  a    Wonderfttll 

Voiage  (16 19),  xxxi 

Schouts,  Cornelis,  cabin-boy,  207 

Schrijver,  Pieter  (1576- 1660),  Dedi- 
cation oi  Spiegel  io,  xiv  ;  biography 
of,  xiv 

Scilly  Islands,  50 

Scotte,  Apollonius.     See  Schotte. 

Scriverius,  Petrus.  See  Schrijver, 
Pieter. 

Scurvy,  21 

Sea-calves,  82 

Sea-lions,  182,  185 

Sea-wolf,  loho,  82 

Seals,  187 

Sebald's  Islands,  186 

Sebastiaensz. ,  Cornelis,  in  Tidor,  143 

Segertsz.,  Cornelis,  of  Hoorn,  166 

Selages.     See  Salagua. 

Selagues.     See  Salagua. 

Selebes.     See  Celebes. 

Seylmaker,  Ley,  of  Flushing,  1 

Shingles,  Dungeness,  12,  169 

Ships,  list  of  Dutch,  in  the  East 
Indies  (16 16),  160,  etc. 

Shoals  of  Saint  Ann,  173 

Siao,  Island,  near  Celebes,  228 

Siauw.     See  Siao. 

Sierra  Leone,  173 


2/0 


INDE5^. 


Sierra  Liona.     See  Sierra  Leone. 

Sig^nora  de  Negues  {sic),  Church 
of,  26 

Silbe.     See  Sileda. 

Silean  Sea.     See  Chilean  Sea. 

Sileda,  Sumatra,  158 

Silva,  Don  Geronimo  de,  Governor 
of  the  Mohiccas,  145,  etc. 

Silva,  Don  Juan  de,  122,  etc.,  140, 
143,  etc.  ;  147  ;  his  death,  150 

Silver  Mines,  Potosi,  93 

Singels.     See  Shingles. 

Sint  Maria,     See  Santa  Maria. 

SintO  Marcello.     See  San  Marcello. 

Skeletons,  10  feet  long,  Plate  22, 
text. 

Skull,  as  drinking- cup,  lOO 

Smelts,  182 

Snoeck,  Regnier  Symonsz.,  207 

Snow,  Terra  del  Fuego,  42,  189 

Socorro,  Island,  113 

Solis,  Esteban,  ascends  Albay  (1592), 
118 

Solor,  lix  ;  map  of,  Plate  21  ;   157 

Somerdam.     See  Somerdick. 

Somerdick,  Henrick  Steur,  of,  Cap- 
tain, 129,  155 

Soti.     S  e  Groote  Sonne. 

Sonne.     See  Groote  Sonne. 

Soppy,  village,  227 

Sorlinges,  Pacific  Ocean,  50 

Sorlinges  (Scilly  Islands),  50 

Sorlingues  (Scilly  Islands),  50 

South  Pole,  xliii 

Southern  Sea.     See  Pacific  Ocean. 

Spain,  8,  52,  54,  55,  61  ;  King  of,  29, 
68,  86 ;  naval  engagement  with 
Dutch  (1607),  xlix,  etc.  ;  list  of 
.ships  lost,  liv  ;  silver  shipped  from 
Arica  to,  66  ;  Armada  of  Lima 
attacks  Speilbergen  (161 5),  68,  etc.; 
Armada  of  Panama,  79 

Spanish  Wine,  15,  24,  44 

Speck,  Jacob,  in  Japan,  158 

Speelberghen,  Barthelomeus  van, 
Governor  of  Batjan,  155 

Speilbergen,  Joris  van,  his  expedition 
of  1 60 1,  xxxvii ;  names  Table 
Bay,  ib.  ;  arrives  off  Point  de  Galle, 
1602.  xxxviii ;  proceeds  to  Kandy, 
ib.  ;  friendly  relations  with  the 
Maharajah,  xxxix  ;  returns  home, 
1604,  xl  ;  his  First  Journal  (Delft, 
1604,  1605),  xxxvi,  et  seq.  ;  present 
as  Commissary-General  at  the  bat- 
tle off  Gibraltar  (1607),  xli  ;  his 
letter  to  the  States-General,  xlix,  et 
seq.  ;  appointed  Commander- Gen- 
eral of  1 6 14  expedition,  2  ;  passes 
through  Straits  of  Magellan  (April- 
May,  1615),  38-50;  orders  and  re- 


gulations for  his  fleet,  56-61  ;  deteats 
a  Spanish  fleet  (July,  1615),  72-77; 
bombards  Payta,  82  ;  reaches  the 
Ladrone  Islands  (January,  1616), 
114;  passes  through  Straits  of 
Manila  (February,  1616),  117; 
reaches  Ternate  (March,  1616), 
127  ;  receives  Jacob  le  Maire  on 
board,  152  ;  prepares  to  sail  home- 
wards (Dectmber,  1616),  153; 
arrival  in  Zeeland  (July  i,  1617), 
164.  Original  edition  of  his  Jour- 
nal, xiii ;  other  editions,  xiv  xvii ; 
its  authorship  erroneously  attribu- 
buted  to  May,  xii,  et  seq. ;  its  Dedi- 
cation, xiv  ;  East  India  Company 
endeavours  to  stop  its  publication, 
xvii.  A  native  of  Zeeland,  xl  ;  his 
eulogy  by  Captain  Burney,  xii ;  his 
arms,  xxxvi  ;  form  of  name,  xxxv, 
xxxvi;  died  at  Bergen -op -Zoom, 
1620,  xl 

Spelbergh,  Joris  van.  See  Speilber- 
gen. 

Spice  Islands.  See  Molucca  Islands. 

Spierincx.     See  Spieringh. 

Spiering,  smelt,  182. 

Spieringh  Bay,  Plate  22  ;  182,  185 

Spilbergen,  Joris  van.  See  Speil- 
bergen. 

Spilberghen,  Joris  van.  See  Speil- 
bergen. 

Spilberghen  Bay,  47 

Spirito  Santo,  Cape  de.  See  Cape 
Espiritu  Santo. 

Spirito  Santo,  El,  Hospital  of,  Lima, 
89, 

Spirito  Santo,  River,  xxxi 

Spitsbergen,  Early  Dutch  and  En- 
glish Voyages  to  Spitsbergen,  1904, 
xxx 

Spitsbergen,  Expedition  of  J.  C. 
May  to  (1611-12),  xxi,  xxx 

Stadholder,  or  Lieutenant,  86 

Staten  Land,  xliv,  187 

States-General.     See  Netherlands. 

Sterre.     See  Morgensfer. 

Steur,  Henrick,  of  Somerdick,  129, 

155 

Stevens,  Balten,  of  Vlissinghen,  22 

Stewart,  ascends  Albay,  (1858)  118 

St.  Jans  Eylant,  215 

St.  LovTys  Albedin,  Captain,  71, 
(St.  Lovis  Albedien)  72 

St.  Lovis  Albedien.  See  St.  Lowys 
Albedin. 

Strabis,  Don  Diego  de,  Field- 
Marshal,  71 

Strabo,  Greek  historian  and  geo- 
grapher, (63  B.C. -24  A.D.)  countries 
unknown  to,  3 


INDEX. 


271 


Straits  of  Tagima,  5 

Streto  de  Celebes.      See    Salayer 

Straits. 
Struve,  Burcard  Gotthelf,  Bibliotheca 

Historica,  1 782- 1 802,  xxii 
Stulinck,  Christiaen,  the  Fiscal,  19 
Sucre,  description  of,  94  ;  President 

of,  ib, 
Sumatra,  xxxix,  153,  158 
Surij,  Andries,  of  lambe,  158 
Swart,  Anthoni,  Captain,  loi 
Swarten  Beer,  Den,  ship,  162 
Swarten  Leeuw,  Den,  ship,  sails  for 

Japan,  161 
Sylves,  Don  Jan  de.    See  Silva,  Don 

Juan  de. 
Synese.     See  Chinese. 


Tabalole.     See  Tabelole. 
Tabelale.     See  Tabelole. 
Tabelole,  Mackian,  129,  136,  155 
Table  Bay,  xxxvii 
Tacome,  Ternate,  135,  154 
Tafasor.     See  Tafifasor. 
Taffasoho.     See  Taffasor. 
Taffasor,  Mackian,  Iviii,    129,   135, 

155 
Tagima.     See  Taguima. 
Tagima  Sanguine,  Straits  of.     See 

Basilan  I.  and  Sangir  I. 
Tagimo.     See  Taguima. 
Taguima.     See  Basilan  Island. 
Talcahuano  Bay,  Plate  6 
Taloveque,  Ternate,  154 
Tambos,  inns,  96 
Tanger.     See  Tangier. 
Tangeran,  River,  151 
Tangier,  1 

Tarnata.     See  Ternate. 
Taroula,  Fort,  Tidor,  142 
Tasman,    Abel,    (1600- 1659)    xliii, 

224 
Tchica,  chica,  or  acca,  91 
Teatinos,  Theatins,  89 
Telting,     Dr.    A.,    of    the     Rijks 

Archief,  The  Hague,  xxi 
Tenerifa.     See  Teneriffe. 
Teneriffe,  13,  170 
Tergoes,  ship,  162 
Ter-Goude,    See  Gouda. 
Tergouw.     See  Gouda. 
Ternata.     See  Ternate. 
Ternate,  xvii,   xxxi,   etc.,    xliv,    5, 

152,  227;  description  of,  133,  etc.. 

King   of,    viii,    133  ;     Speilbergen 

sails  for,  123 
Terra  Ferma,  Kingdom  of,  86 
Terra  Australis  Cognita,  1766-68.  See 

Callander,  John. 


Terre  del  Fogue  (Tierra  del  Fuego), 

33,  37,  32 
Ter-vere.     See  Veere. 
Tessel.     See  Texel. 
Tetuan,   Morocco,  Bay  of,  liii 
Texel,    Le    Maire    at,    167,    169 ; 

Speilbergen  sails  from,  (August  8, 

1614)  II 
Teydoor.     See  Tidor. 
Theatins,  Order  of,  89 
Thevenot,     Melchisedech,      (1620- 

1692)  xiii 
Thiel,     See  Tiel. 

Thomas,  one  of  Castleton's  ships,  129 
Tidor,   Island,    129,  etc.,   134,  etc.; 

description  of,  142,  etc. ;  154,  etc.  ; 

227 
Tiel,  Gelderland,  Jan  Verhoeven,  of, 

.130,  156 
Tiele,  Pieter  Anton.  Mimoire  biblio- 

graphique   snr    les  Journmix    des 

Navi^ateurs     NSerlandaia,     1867, 

xix,  XX,  xxii,  xxiii,  xxxi,  xlviii,  Ivii, 

lix 
Tierra  del  Fuego,  Ixiii,  33,  37,  39 
Tiku,  Sumatra,  158 
Timor,  Hx,  157 
Tomba,  Rio  de.     See  Tumbez. 
Traitors'    Island.      See    Verraders 

Eylandt, 
Tropic  of  Cancer,  171 

Capricorn,  4,  192 

Trouw,  Dutch  ship,  at  Bantam,  161, 

231 
Trouwe,  ship,  at  Chilue,  loi 
True   Description   of  Three   Voyages, 

1853.     See  Veer,  Gerrit  de. 
Trujillo,  99 
Truxillo.     See  Trujillo. 
Tuban,  231 
Tumbez,  Rio,  102 
Turkish  Ducats,  153 
Turtles,  175,  225 
Tutuan,  i^ay  of.     See  Tetuan. 
Tymor,     See  Timor. 


United  Provinces  of  the  Nether- 
lands.    See  Netherlands. 
Utrecht,  Gysbrecht  van  Vyanen,  of, 

129,  155 
Utrecht,      Provinciaal     Utrechtsche 
Genootschap,  1827,  xxvi 


Vaeck,  Hendrick,  158 

Valck,   Den,  ship,  sails  for  Acheen, 

161 
Valdivia,  64  ;  description  of,  100 
Valla  Imperiael  {sic).  La,  Potosi,  93 
Valle  de  Xaura.     See  Jauja. 


2/2 


INDEX. 


Valparaiso,  Chile,  sea-port,  Ivii,  4, 
58,  62,  63,  64  ;  plan  of,  Plate  7 

VaJparesa.     See  Valparaiso. 

Val-Parijse,  Val-Parijsi.  See  Val- 
paraiso. 

Valparisa.     See  Valparaiso. 

Val  Parysa.     See  Valparaiso. 

Varancas.     See  Barranca. 
Veer,  Der,  ship,  lix 

Veere,  Speilbergen  sails  from  (1601), 
xxxxvii 

,    Captain    William    Jacohsz., 

of,  129 

Velos,  Islos  de  (Ladrone  Islands),  4 

Veer,  Gerrit  de,  A  True  Description 
of  Three  Voyages,  1853,  xxv,  etc. 

Velos.     See  Ladrone  Islands. 

Venice,  East  Indian  trade  of,  133 
Ventas,  inns,  96 

Vergine,  Cape.  See  Cabo  de  las 
Virgenes. 

Verhagen,  Steven,  Admiral,  xxxi, 
229 

Verhoeven,  Jan,  of  Tiel,  Captain, 
130.  156 

Verhoeven,  Pieter  Willemsz. ,  y^«;-- 
nae/  (1607- i6og),  lix,  Ix 

Verraders  Eylandt,  map  of,  Plate 
24 ;  204 

Vianen,  Cape,  40 

Vianen,  Cornells  van,  merchant,  20, 
40,  128 

Vianen,  Gysbrecht  van,  of  Utrecht, 
129,  155 

Viceroy  of  Peru  and  Chilli  (Chile), 
69,   lOI 

Vincent,  Captain.  See  Pinzon,  Vi- 
cente Yanez. 

Visscher,  Roemer,  127 

Vivien  de  Saint  Martin,  Louis, 
Noiiveau  Dictionnaire  de  Geo^ra- 
phie  Universelle  ( 1 877- 1 900),  xl,  220 

Vlamingh,  Willem  de  {1696),  xliii 

Vliegen  Island,  196 

Vlissingen,  xxix 

,  yEolus,  of,   one  of  Speilber- 

gen's  six  ships,  11,  12 

,  Balten  Stevens,  of,  22  ;  Speil- 
bergen returns  to  (March  24,  1604), 
xl 

Vlissingken,  De,  ship,  at  Maleye,  160 

Voedt,  Dirck.     See  Voet. 

Voet,    Dirck,   ensign,   24  ;  death  of, 

Vogels  Island,  Plate  22 
Vondel,  Joost  van  den  (1587- 1679), 
xiv,  127 


Vorstius,    AeHus   Everardus    (1568- 

1624),  Ivii 
Vossius,  127 
Voyage  ofte  Schipvaert,    1601.      See 

Linschoten,  Jan  Huyghen  van. 
Vrieslaftd,  ship,  of  Enkhuizen,  xxvii, 

etc.,  162 
Vulcan  Island,  219 
Vyanen,  van.     See  Vianen,  van. 
Vyvere,  Pieter  de,  goldsmith,  131 

Waldavia.     See  Valdivia. 

Wapen  van  Amsterdam,  ship,  xxxii, 

153'  162 
Warnaert,  of  Friesland,  a  mutineer, 

35 
Wanvijck,   Wijbrand    van,    (1598), 

xxviii 
Watercress,  45 
Waterlant  Island,  196 
Weert,    Sebaldt   de,    Ivii,   43,    186  ; 

A  Short  and  True  Account,  ih. 
West  Vriesen,  ship,  of  Hoorn,  150 
Whales,  179,  187,  225 
White  Ensign,  17 
Wicht.     See  Wight,  Isle  of. 
Wight,  Isle  of,  12,  170 
Wijk,     Jacob      van,     Verhandeling, 

(1827)  xxvi 
Willem,  Blauwen,  skipper,  35 
Willem  Schouten  Island,  xliv,  224 
Willemsen,    Job,    Provost- General, 

death  of,  116 
Willem-Stadt,  Temate,  135 
Willemsz.,   Pieter,    Captain,   (1607) 

lii 
Wit,  Jan  de.  Captain,  79,  82,  83,  103 
Witsen,    Gerrit  Jacob,    (16 19)    xxi, 

xxii 
Wittert,  Admiral,  135,  147,  etc. 

Xaura.     See  Jauja. 

Yea.  See  lea. 
Ycho,  herb,  93 
Yla.     See  lea. 

Zabou,  Gilolo,  154 

Zeeland,  Dunes  of,  39  ;  Groote 
Maane,  ship,  of,  153  ;  Speilbergen 
a  native  of,  xl ;  two  captains  from, 
130;  two  vessels  of  Zeeland  and 
Amsterdam,  132 

Zeeland,  ship,  xxviii,  xxxii,  153 

Zeira.     See  Ceram. 

Zeram.     See  Ceram. 

Zingels  (Shingles),  Dungeness,  12 


LONDON : 
PRINTED   AT  THE   BEDFORD   PRESS,  20   AND   21,  BEDFORDBURY,  W.C. 


XLhc  IbaMuiPt  Societi^ 

(Founded  1846.) 
1906. 

President. 
Sir  CLEMENTS    MARKHAM,    K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  Ex.-Pres.  R.G.S. 

Vice-Presidents. 

The  Right  Hon.  The  EARL  of  LIVERPOOL. 

The  Right  Hon.  Thb  Lord  AMHERST  of  HACKNEY. 


Council. 


The    Right    Hon.    Lord   BELHAVEN 

AND  STENTON. 
Colonel  GEORGE  EARL  CHURCH. 
Sir  WILLIAM  MARTIN  CONWAY. 
GEORGE  WILLIAM  FORREST,  CLE. 
WILLIAM  FOSTER,  B.A. 

The  Right  Hon.  Sir  GEORGE 
TAUBMAN  GOLDIE,  K.C.M.G., 
D.C.L.,    LL.D.,   F.R.S.,  Pres.  R.G.S. 

ALBERT  GRAY,  K.C. 

Colonel  Sir  THOMAS  HUNGERFORD 

HOLDICH,    K.C.M.G.,     K.C.S.L, 

C.B.,  R.E. 


EDWARD  HEAWOOD,  M.A. 
JOHN  SCOTT  KELTIE,  LL.D. 
Admiral    Sir     ALBERT    HASTINGS 

MARKHAM,  K.C.B. 
Capt.    JOHN    FRANKLIN    PARRY, 

R.N. 
ERNEST  GEORGE  RAVENSTEIN. 
Admiral   of    the    Fleet    Sir    F.    W. 

RICHARDS,  G.C.B. 
Admiral  of  the  Fleet  Sir  EDWARD 

HOBART  SEYMOUR,  G.C.B.,  O.M. 
LiEUT-CoL.    Sir   RICHARD    CARNAC 

TEMPLE,  Bart.,  CLE. 
RICHARD  STEPHEN  WHITEWAY. 


Hon.  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

BASIL  HARRINGTON   SOULSBY,  B.A.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S., 

Map    Room,    British    Museum,    W.C. 

Clerk  and  Assistant  Treasurer. 

Mr.  SAMUEL  JOHN  EVIS, 

RoyAl  Geographical  Society,  i,  Savile  Row,  W, 

Banlcers  in  London. 
Messrs.  BARCLAY  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  i.  Pall  Mall  East,  S.W. 

Bankers  in  New  York. 
THE  MORTON  TRUST  CO.,  38,  Nassau  Street. 

Agent  for  distribution  &  sale  of  Volumes. 
Mr.  BERNARD  QUARITCH,  15,  Piccadilly,  W. 


Annual  Subscription.— One  Guinea  (in  America  five  dollars). 


THE   HAKLUYT   SOCIETY,  established  in   1846,  has  for  its 
object  the  printing  of  rare  or  unpublished  Voyages  and  Travels. 
Books  of  this  class  are  of  the  highest  interest  and  value  to  students 
of  history,  geography,  navigation,  and  ethnology  ;  and  many  of  them, 
especially  the  original  narratives  and  translations  of  the  Elizabethan 


and  Stuart  periods,  are  admirable  examples  of  English  prose  at  the 
stage  of  its  most  robust  development. 

The  Society  has  not  confined  its  selection  to  the  books  of  English 
travellers,  to  a  particular  age,  or  to  particular  regions.  Where  the 
original  is  foreign,  the  work  is  given  in  English,  fresh  translations 
being  made,  except  where  it  is  possible  to  utilise  the  spirited  renderings 
of  the  sixteenth  or  seventeenth  century. 

More  than  a  hundred  volumes  have  now  been  issued  by  the  Society. 
The  majority  of  these  illustrate  the  history  of  the  great  age  of  discovery 
which  forms  the  foundation  of  modern  history.  The  discovery  of 
America,  and  of  particular  portions  of  the  two  great  western  continents, 
is  represented  by  the  writings  of  Columbus,  Amerigo  Vespucci, 
Cortes  and  Champlain,  and  by  several  of  the  early  narratives  from 
Hakluyt's  collection.  The  works  relating  to  the  conquest  of  Peru, 
and  to  the  condition  of  that  country  under  the  Incas,  are  numerous 
and  of  the  highest  value  ;  similar  interest  attaches  to  Strachey's 
Virginia  Britannia,  De  Soto's  Discovery  of  Florida,  and  Sir 
Robert  Schomburgk's  edition  of  Raleigh's  Discoverie  of  Guiana. 
The  works  relating  to  AFRipA  already  published  comprise 
Barbosa's  Coasts  of  East  Africa,  the  Portuguese  Embassy  to 
Abyssinia  of  Alvarez,  and  The  Portuguese  Expedition  to  Abyssinia 
in  1 54 1- 1 543,  as  narrated  by  Castanhoso  and  Bermudez,  The  Travels 
of  Leo  the  Moor,  and  The  Strange  Adventures  of  Andrew  Battell 
in  Guinea.  Notices  of  Australia,  India,  Persia,  China,  Japan, 
etc.,  as  they  appeared  in  early  times  to  European  eyes,  both  before 
and  after  the  discovery  of  the  Cape  route,  are  also  included  in  the 
series,  a  well-known  example  being  the  work  on  Cathay  and  the  Way 
Thither,  contributed  by  a  former  President,  Sir  Henry  Yule,  now 
one  of  the  rarest  of  the  Society's  publications,  and  of  this  a  Second 
Edition,  by  Professor  Henri  Cordier,  of  Paris,  is  to  be  issued 
in  1906.  The  Spanish  quest  of  Terra  Australis  is  given  in  The 
Voyages  of  Pedro  Fernandez  de  Quiros,  1595  to  1606.  The  search 
for  the  North-west  and  North-east  Passages  is  recorded  in  the 
narratives  of  Jenkinson,  De  Veer,  Frobisher,  Davis,  Hudson, 
Baffin,  etc.  ;  whilst  more  extensive  voyages  are  signalised  by  the 
great  names  of  Magellan,  Drake,  and  Hawkins. 

The  works  selected  by  the  Council  for  reproduction  are  printed 
(with  rare  exceptions)  at  full  length.  Each  volume  is  placed  in  the 
charge  of  an  editor  especially  competent— in  many  cases  from  personal 
acquaintance  with  the  countries  described — to  give  the  reader  such 
assistance  as  he  needs  for  the  elucidation  of  the  text.  Whenever 
possible,  the  interest  of  the  volumes  is  increased  by  the  addition  of 
reproductions  of  contemporary  portraits,  maps,  and  other  illustrations. 


As  these  editorial  services  are  rendered  gratuitously,  the  whole  of 
the  amount  received  from  subscribers  is  expended  in  the  preparation 
of  the  Society  s  publications. 

The  subscription  should  be  paid  to  the  Society's  Bankers, 
.Messrs.  Barclay  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  i,  Pall  Mall  East,  London,  S.W., 
on  the  first  of  January  in  each  year.  A  form  of  Banker's  Order  can 
be  obtained  from  the  Hon.  Secretary.  This  payment  entitles  the 
subscriber  to  receive,  free  of  charge,  the  current  publications  of  the 
Society.  Usually  three  volumes  are  issued  each  year.  Members 
have  the  sole  privilege  of  purchasing  sets  of  the  previous  publica- 
tions ;  and  the  Second  Series  of  the  Society's  volumes  is  also 
reserved  exclusively  for  its  subscribers.  In  addition,  they  are 
allowed  a  special  discount  of  not  less  than  15  per  cent,  on  the 
volumes  permitted  to  be  sold  to  the  public.  It  may  be  mentioned 
that  the  publications  of  the  Society  tend  to  rise  in  value,  and  those 
which  are  out  of  print  are  now  only  to  be  obtained  at  high  prices. 

The  present  scale  of  charges  for  back  volumes  is  as  follows  : — 

To  Members.— .y^/f  of  the  First  Sbries,  omitting  Nos.  i  to  10,  12,  13,  14,  19,  22,  25,  3d, 
37,  and  42,  to  be  sold  for         .....  .  net         ;C35. 

Also  single  copies  of  the  FiRST  Sbribs,  Vols.  20,  21,  23.  26-31. 
33.  34.  35,  38-41,  43.  45-5»,  53-ioo.  at  a  discount  of  not  less  than 
15%  on  the  prices  as  under. 

The  volumes  of  the  Second  Series  can  only  be  obtained  by  Members  on  Paying  tht 
arrears  of  subscription. 


To  THE  Public  GENERAiiLY.— ^   limited  number  of  single  copies  of  the  First   Series 
Vols.  20,  21,  23,  26-31,  33,  34,  35,  38-41,  43,  45-51,  53-IOO.  as  follows  :— 
Nos.  28,  29,  30,  31,  34,  46,  47,  48,  50,  51,  53,  55,  56,  58,  60  to  73.  76,  77. 

79  to  87,  90,  91,  92,  93,  94,  96,  97,  98,  at           .            .           .           .  lOf.  6^ 

Nos.  20,  21,  23,  26,  27,  41,  45,  49,  57,  74,  75,  78,  88,  89,  95,  99,  iqo,  at     .  15j.  0</ 

Nos.  33,  35,  38,  39.  40,  43,  54.  59.  at 26j.  0</. 

A  list  of  works  in  preparation  is  given  at  page  17.  The  Hon. 
Secretary  will  be  happy  to  furnish  any  further  information  that  may 
be  desired. 

A  short  Index  to  Countries,  Places,  Authors,  Editors,  etc.,  for  the 
First  and  Second  Series  of  the  Society's  Publications,  1847  to  1905, 
has  been  added  at  page  19. 

Gentlemen  desiring  to  be  enrolled  as  members  should  send  their 
names  to  the  Hon.  Secretary.  Applications  for  back  volumes  should 
be  addressed  to  the  Society's  Agent,  Mr.  Quaritch,  i  5,  Piccadilly, 
London,  W. 


WORKS     ALREADY     ISSUED 


FIRST     SERIES. 

1847-1898. 

l-The  Observations  of  Sir  Richard  Hawkins,  Knt., 
In  his  Voyage  into  the  South  Sea  in  1593.      Reprinted  from    the  edition 
of    1622,    and    edited    by    Admiral    Charles    Ramsay    Drinkwater 
Bethune,  C.B.     pp.  xvi.  246.  Index. 

(First  Edition  out  of  print.     See  No.  57.  j     Issued  for  1847. 

2— Select  Letters  of  Christopher  Columbus, 

With  Original  Documents  relating  to  the  Discovery  of  the  New  World.  Trans- 
lated and  Edited  by  Richard  Henry  Major,"  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of  Maps, 
British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.  S.     pp.  xc.  240.  Index. 

{First  Edition  out  of  pHnt.  See  No.  43.  Two  copies  only  were  printed  on 
vellum,  one  of  which  is  in  the  British  Museum,  C.  29.  k.  14.) 

Issued  for  1847. 

3— The  Discovery  of  the  Large,  Rich,  &  Beautiful  Empire  of  Guiana, 

With  a  relation  of  the  great  and  golden  City  of  Manoa  (which  the  Spaniards 
call  El  Dorado),  &c.,  performed  in  the  year  1595  by  Sir  Walter  Ralegh, 
Knt.  .  .  .  Reprinted  from  the  edition  of  1596.  With  some  unpublished 
Documents  relative  to  that  country.  Edited  with  copious  explanatory  Notes 
and  a  biographical  Memoir  by  Sir  Robert  Hermann  Schomburgk,  Ph.  D. 
pp.  Ixxv.  XV.  I  Map.  Index. 

i^Out  of  print.     Second  Edition  in  preparation.)   Issued  for  i^^^. 

4-Sir  Francis  Drake  his  Voyage,  1696, 

By  Thomas  Maynarde,  together  with  the  Spanish  Account  of  Drake's 
attack  on  Puerto  Rico.  Edited  from  the  original  MSS.  by  William 
Desborough  Cooley.     pp.  viii.  65.  [Out  0/ print.)    Issued  for  \^/^%. 

6— Narratives  of  Voyages  towards  the  North- West, 
In  search  of  a  Passage  to  Cathay  «&  India,   1496  to  163 1.     With  selections 
from   the  early  Records   of  .  .   .  the  East  India   Company  and  from  MSS. 
in  the  British  Museum.    Edited  by  Thomas  Rundall.    pp.  xx.  259.  2  Maps. 

(  Out  of  print. )    Issued  for  1 849. 

6— The  Historie  of  Travaile  into  Virginia  Britannia, 

Expressing  the  Cosmographie  and  Commodities  of  the  Country,  together  with 
the  manners  and  customs  of  the  people,  gathered  and  observed  as  well  by  those 
who  went  first  thither  as  collected  by  William  Strachey,  Gent,  the 
first  Secretary  of  the  Colony.  Now  first  edited  from  the  original  MS.  in  the 
British  Museum  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of  Maps,  British 
Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.     pp.  xxxvi.  203.  i  Map.  6  Illus.  Glossary.  Index. 

(  Out  of  print. )    Issued  for  1 849. 

7-Divers  Voyages  touching  the  Discovery  of  America 

And  the  Islands  adjacent,  collected  and  published  by  Richard  Hakluyt, 
Prebendary  of  Bristol,  in  the  year  1582.  Edited,  with  notes  &  an  introduction 
by  John  Winter  Jones,  Principal  Librarian  of  the  British  Museum, 
pp.  xci.  171.  6.  2  Maps,  i  Illus.  Index.       ( Out  of  print.  J    Issued  for  1850. 


8— Memorials  of  the  Empipe  of  Japon 

In  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth  Centuries.  (The  Kingdome  of  Japonia. 
Harl.  MSS.  6249.— The  Letters  of  Wm.  Adams,  161 1  to  1617.)  With  a 
Commentary  by  Thomas  Rundall.     pp.  xxxviii.     186.  i  Map.  5  lUus. 

(  Out  of  print. )     Issued  for  1 850. 

9— The  Discovery  and  Conquest  of  Terra  Florida, 
By  Don  Ferdinando  de  Soto,  &  six  hundred  Spaniards  his  followers.  Written 
by  a  Gentleman  of  Elvas,  employed  in  all  the  action,  and  translated  out  of 
Portuguese  by  Richard  Hakluyt.  Reprinted  from  the  edition  of  161 1. 
Edited  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  &  a  Translation  of  a  Narrative  of  the 
Expedition  by  Luis  Hernandez  de  Biedma,  Factor  to  the  same,  by  William 
Brenchley  Rye,  Keeper  of  Printed  Books,  British  Museum,  pp.  Ixvii.  200. 
V.  I  Map.  Index.  (Out  of  print.)    Issued  for  1851. 

10— Notes  upon  Russia, 

Being  a  Translation  from  the  Earliest  Account  of  that  Country,  entitled  Rerum 
Muscoviticarum  Commentarii,  by  the  Baron  Sigismund  von  Herberstein, 
Ambassador  from  the  Court  of  Germany  to  the  Grand  Prince  Vasiley  Ivanovich» 
in  the  years  1517  and  1526.  Translated  and  Edited  with  Notes  &  an 
Introduction,  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of  Maps,  British 
Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.     Vol.  i.  pp.  clxii.  116.     2  Illus. 

(Vol.  2  =  No.  12.)  (Out  of  print.)     Issued  for  iS$i. 

11— The  Geography  of  Hudson's  Bay, 

Being  the  Remarks  of  Captain  W.  Coats,  in  many  Voyages  to  that  locality, 
between  the  years  1727  and  1751.  With  an  Appendix  containing  Extracts 
from  the  Log  of  Captain  Middleton  on  his  yoyage  for  the  Discovery  of  the 
North-west  Passage,  in  H.M.S.  *'Furnace,"  in  1741-3.  Edited  by  JoAn 
Barrow,  F.R.S.,  F.S.A.     pp.  x.  147.  Index.  Issued  for  18^2. 

12— Notes  upon  Russia. 
(Vol.  I.  =No.  10.)     Vol.  2.     pp.  iv.  266.  2  Maps,  i  Illus.  Index. 

{Out  of  print.)   Issued  for  iB$2, 

13 -A  True  Description  of  Three  Voyages  by  the  North-East, 

Towards  Cathay  and  China,  undertaken  by  the  Dutch  in  the  years  1594,  1595 
and  1596,  with  their  Discovery  of  Spitzbergen,  their  residence  often  months  in 
Novaya  Zemlya,  and  their  safe  return  in  two  open  boats.  By  Gerrit  de 
Veer.  Published  at  Amsterdam  in  1598,  &  in  1609  translated  into  English 
by  William  Philip.  Edited  by  Charles  Tilstone  Beke,  Ph.D., 
F.S.A.     pp.  cxlii.  291.  4  Maps.  12  Illus.  Index. 

(Out  of  print.     See  also  No.  54.^     Issued  for  1 853. 

14>15_The  History  of  the  Great  and  Mighty  Kingdom  of  China  and 
the  Situation  Thereof. 
Compiled  by  the  Padre  Juan  Gonzalez  de  Mendoza,  &  now  reprinted  from 
the  Early  Translation  of  R.  Parke.  Edited  by  SiR  Gkorge  Thomas 
Staunton,  Bart.,  M.P.,  F.R.S.  With  an  Introduction  by  Richard 
Henry  Major,  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of  Maps,  British  Museum,  Sec  R.G.S., 
2  vols.  Index.  {Vol.  m\,  out  of  print.)         Issued  for  1854. 

16— The  World  Encompassed  by  Sir  Francis  Dralce. 

Being  his  next  Voyage  to  that  to  Nombre  de  Dios.  [By  SiR  Francis 
Drake,  the  Younger.]  Collated  with  an  unpublished  Manuscript  of  Francis 
Fletcher,  Chaplain  to  the  Expedition.  With  Appendices  illustrative  oi 
the  same  Voyage,  and  Introduction,  by  William  Sandys  Wrighi 
Vaux,  F.R.S.,  Keeper  of  Coins,  British  Museum,  pp.  xl.  295.  i  Map. 
Index.  Issued  for  18SS' 


17— The  History  of  the  Two  Tartar  Conquerors  of  China, 

Including  the  two  Journeys  into  Tartary  of  Father  Ferdinand  Verbiest,  in  the 
suite  of  the  Emperor  Kang-Hi.  P>om  the  French  of  Pere  Pierre  Joseph 
d'Ori.eans,  of  the  Company  of  Jesus,  1688.  To  which  is  added  Father 
Pereira's  Journey  into  Tartary  in  the  suite  of  the  same  Emperor.  From  the 
Dutch  of  Nicolaas  Witsen.  Translated  and  Edited  by  the  Earl  of 
Ellesmerk.  With  an  Introduction  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A., 
Keeper  of  Maps,  British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.     pp.  xv.  vi.  153.  Index. 

Issued  for  1855. 

18— A  Collection  of  Documents  on  Spitzbergen  and  Greenland, 

Comprising  a  Translation  from  F.  Martens'  Voyage  to  Spitzbergen,  167 1  ;  a 
Translation  from  Isaac  de  La  Peyrere's  Histoire  du  Groenland,  1663,  and  God's 
Power  and  Providence  in  the  Preservation  of  Eight  Men  in  Greenland  Nine 
Moneths  and  Twelve  Dayes.  1630.  Edited  by  Adam  White,  of  the  British 
Museum,     pp.  xvi.  288.  2  Maps.  Index.  Issued  for  1856. 

19— The  Voyage  of  Sir  Henry  Middleton  to  Bantam  and  the  Maluco  Islands, 
Being  the  Second  Voyage  set  forth  by  the  Governor  and  Company  of 
Merchants  of  London  trading  into  the  East  Indies.  From  the  (rare)  Edition 
of  1606.  Annotated  and  Edited  by  Holton  Corney.  M.R.S.L.  pp.  xi.  83. 
52.  viii.  3  Maps.  3  Illus.  Bibliography.  Index. 

( Out  of  print).     Issued  for  1856. 

20— Russia  at  the  Close  of  the  Sixteenth  Century. 

Comprising  the  Treatise,  "The  Russe  Commonwealth"  by  Dr.  Giles 
Fletcher,  and  the  Travels  of  Sir  Jerome  Horsey,  Knt.,  now  for  the  first 
time  printed  entire  from  his  own  MS.  Edited  by  Sir  Edward  Augustus 
Bond,  K.C.B.,  Principal  Librarian  of  the  British  Museum,  pp.  cxxxiv.  392. 
Index.  Issued  for  1857. 

21— History  of  the  New  World,    By  Girolamo  Benzoni,  of  Milan. 

Showing  his  Travels  in  America,  froin  a.d.  1541  to  1556,  with  sorhe 
particulars  of  the  Island  of  Canary.  Now  first  Translated  and  Edited  by 
Admiral  William  Henry  Smyth,  K.S.F.,  F.R.S.,  D.C.L.  pp.  iv.  280. 
19  Illus.  Index.  Issued Jor  1857. 

22— India  in  the  Fifteenth  Century. 

Being  a  Collection  of  Nai'ratives  of  Voyages  to  India  m  the  century  pieceding 
the  Portuguese  discovery  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ;  from  Latin,  Persian, 
Russian,  and  Italian  Sources.  Now  first  Translated  into  English.  Edited 
with  an  Introduction  bv  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of 
Maps,  British  Museum,     pp.  xc.  49.  39.  32.  10.  Index. 

{Out  of  print.)     Issued  for  1858. 

23— Narrative  of  a  Voyage  to  the  West  Indies  and  Mexico, 

In  the  years  1599-1602,  with  4  Maps  and  5  Illustrations.  By  Samuel 
Champlain.  Translated  from  the  original  and  unpublished  Manuscript, 
with  a  Biographical  Notice  and  Notes  by  Alice  Wilmere.  Edited  by 
Norton  Shaw.    pp.  xcix.  48.  Issued  for  1858. 

24— Expeditions  into  the  Valley  of  the  Amazons,  1539,  1540,  1639, 
Containing  the  Journey  of  Gonzalo  Pizarro,  from  the  Royal  Commen- 
taries of  Garcilasso  Inca  de  la  Vega ;  the  Voyage  of  Francisco  de  Orellana, 
from  the  General  History  of  Herrera ;  and  the  Voyage  of  Cristoval  de  Acufia. 
Translated  and  Edited  by  SiR  Clements  K.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S., 
ex-Pres.  R.G.S.  pp.  Ixiv.  190.  i  Map.  List  of  Tribes  in  the  Valley  of  the 
Amazons.  Issued  for  1859. 


25— Early  Voyages  to  Terra  Australls, 

Now  called  Australia.  A  Collection  of  documents,  and  extracts  from  early 
MS.  Maps,  illustrative  of  the  history  of  discovery  on  the  coasts  of  that  vast 
Island,  from  the  beginning  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  to  the  time  of  Captain 
Cook.  Edited  with  an  Introduction  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A., 
Keeper  of  Maps,  British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.  pp.  cxix.  200.  13.  5  Maps, 
^"^ex.  ( Out  of  print. )     Issued  for  1 859. 

26— Narrative  of  the  Embassy  of  Ruy  Gonzalez  de  Clavijo  to  the  Court 
of  Timour,  at  Samarcand,  A.D.,  1403-6. 

Translated  for  the  first  time  with  Notes,  a  Preface,  &  an  introductory  Life  of 
Tmiour  Beg,  by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C  B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres. 
R.G.S.     pp.  Ivi.  200.  I  Map.  Issued  for  i860. 

27— Henry  Hudson  the  Navigator,  1607-13. 

The  Original  Documents  in  which  his  career  is  recorded.  Collected,  partly 
Translated,  &  annotated  with  an  Introduction  by  George  Michael 
ASHER,  LL.D.  pp.     ccxviii.  292.  2  Maps.  Bibliography.  Index. 

Issued  for  i860. 

28— The  Expedition  of  Pedro  de  Ursua  and  Lope  de  Aguirre, 

In  search  of  El  Dorado  and  Omagua,  in  1560-61.  Translated  from  Fray 
Pedro  Simon's  "  Sixth  Historical  Notice  of  the  Conquest  of  Tierra  Firme,^' 
1627,  by  William  Bollaert,  F.R.G.S.  With  an  Introduction  by  Sir 
Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres.  R.G.8.  pp.  lii.  237. 
I  Map.  Issued  for  1S6 1. 

29— The  Life  and  Acts  of  Don  Alonzo  Enriquez  de  Guzman, 

A  Knight  of  Seville,  of  the  Order  of  Santiago,  A.d.  1518  to  1543.  Translated 
from  an  original  &  inedited  MS.  in  the  National  Library  at  Madrid.  With 
Notes  and  an  Introduction  by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B., 
F.R.S.,  ex-Pres.  R.G.S.     pp.  xxxv.  168.  i  lUus.  Issued  for  1862. 

30— The  Discoveries  of  the  World 

From  their  first  original  unto  the  year  of  our  Lord  1555.  By  Antonio 
Galvano,  Governor  of  Ternate.  [Edited  by  F.  de  Sousa  Tavares.] 
Corrected,  quoted,  &  published  in  England  by  Richard  Hakluyt,  1601. 
Now  reprinted,  with  ihe  original  Portuguese  text  (1563),  and  edited  by 
Admiral  Charles  Ramsay  Dri nkwater  Bethune,  C. B.    pp.  iv.  viiii.  242. 

Issued  for  1862. 

31— Mirabilia  Descripta.    The  Wonders  of  the  East. 

By  Friar  Jordan  us,  of  the  Order  of  Preachers  &  Bishop  of  Columbum  in 
India  the  Greater,  ctrca  1330.  Translated  from  the  Latin  Original,  as  published 
at  Paris  in  1839,  in  the  Reaieil  de  Voyages  et  de  Mimoires,  of  the  Society  de 
Geographic.  With  the  addition  of  a  Commentary,  by  Col.  Sir  Henry 
Yule,  K.C.S.L,  R.E.,  C.B.     pp.  iv.  xviii.  68.  Index.         Issued  for  1863. 

32— The  Travels  of  Ludovico  di  Varthema 

In  Egypt,  Syria,  Arabia,  Persia,  India,  &  Ethiopia,  a.d.  1503  to  1508. 
Translated  from  the  original  Italian  edition  of  15 10,  with  a  Preface,  by 
John  Winter  Jones,  F.S.  A.,  Principal  Librarian  of  the  British  Museum, 
&  Edited,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  the  Rev.  George  Percy 
Badger,     pp.  cxxi.  321.  i  Map.  Index.  Issued  for  1863. 


8 

33— The  Travels  of  Pedro  de  Cieza  de  Leon,  A.D.  1532-50, 

From  the  Gulf  of  Darien  to  the  City  of  La  Plata,  contained  in  the  first  part  of 
his  Chronicle  of  Pern  (Antwerp,  1554).  Translated  &  Edited,  with  Notes 
&  an  Introduction,  by  SiR  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S., 
ex-Pres.  R.G.S.     pp.  xvi.  Ivii.  438.  Index. 

(Vol.  2  =  No.  68.)  Issued  for  1864. 

34— Narrative  of  the  Proceedings  of  Pedrarias  Davila 

In  the  Provinces  of  Tierra  Firme  or  Castilla  del  Oro,  &  of  the  discovery  of  the 
South  Sea  and  the  Coasts  of  Peru  and  Nicaragua.  Written  by  the  Adelantado 
Pascual  de  Andagoya.  Translated  and  Edited,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduc- 
tion, by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres.  R.G.S. 
pp.  xxix.  88.  I  Map.  Index.  Issued  for  1865. 

35— A  Description  of  the  Coasts  of  East  Afi»ica  and  Malabar 

In  the  beginning  of  the  Sixteenth  Century,  by  Duarte  Barbosa,  a 
Portuguese.  Translated  from  an  early  Spanish  manuscript  in  the  Barcelona 
Library,  with  Notes  &  a  Preface,  by  Lord  Stanley  of  Alderley. 
pp.  xi.  336.  2  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1865. 

36-37— Cathay  and  the  Way  Thither. 

Being  a  Collection  of  mediaeval  notices  of  China,  previous  to  the  Sixteenth 
Century.  Translated  and  Edited  by  Colonel  Sir  Henry  Yule,  K.C.S.I., 
R.E.,  C.B.  With  a  preliminary  Essay  on  the  intercourse  between  China  &  the 
Western  Nations  previous  to  the  discovery  of  the  Cape  Route.  2  vols. 
3  Maps.  2  Illus.  Bibliography.  Index. 

{Out  of  print.     New  Edition  in  preparation.)         Issued  for  i9)66. 

38— The  Three  Voyages  of  Sir  Martin  Frobisher, 

In  search  of  a  Passage  to  Cathaia  &  India  by  the  North- West,  A.D.  1576-8. 
By  George  Best.  Reprinted  from  the  First  Edition  of  Hakluyt's  Voyages. 
With  Selections  from  MS.  Documents  in  the  British  Museum  &  State  Paper 
Office.  Edited  by  Admiral  Sir  Richard  CoLLiNSON,  K. C.B.  pp.  xxvi. 
376.  2  Maps.  I  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1867. 

39— The  Philippine  Islands, 
Moluccas,  Siam,  Cambodia,  Japan,  and  China,  at  the  close  of  the  i6th  Century. 
By  Antonio  de  Morga,  1609.  Translated  from  the  Spanish,  with  Notes  & 
a  Preface,  and  a  Letter  from  Luis  Vaez  de  Torres,  describing  his  Voyage 
through  the  Torres  Straits,  by  Lord  Stanley  of  Alderley.  pp.  xxiv.  431. 
2  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1868. 

40— The  Fifth  Letter  of  Hernan  Cortes 
To  the  Emperor  Charles  V.,  containing  an  Account  of  his  Expedition  to 
Honduras    in    1525-26.      Translated    from  the    original   Spanish   by    Don 
Pascual  de  Gayangos.     pp.  xvi.  156.  Index.  Issued  for  1868. 

41— The  Royal  Commentaries  of  the  Yncas. 

By  the  Ynca  Garcilasso  de  la  Vega.    Translated  and  Edited,  with  Notes 
&  an  Introduction,   by   Sir  Clements    R.    Markham,  K.C.B.    F.R.S., 
ex-Pres.  R.G.S.     Vol.  i.  (Books  I. -IV.)     pp.  xi.  359.  i  Map.  Index. 
(Vol.  2.=  No.  45.)  Issued  for  iS6g. 

42— The  Three  Voyages  of  Vasco  da  Gama, 

And  his  Viceroyalty,  from  the  Lendas  da  India  of  Caspar  Correa  ;  accom- 
panied by  original  documents.  Translated  from  the  Portuguese,  with  Notes 
&  an  Introduction,  by  Lord  Stanley  of  Alderley.  pp.  Ixxvii.  430. 
XXXV.  3  Illus.  Index.  {Out  of  print.)         Issued  for  iS>6<). 


43— Select  Letters  of  Christopher  Columbus, 

With  other  Original  Documents  relating  to  his  Four  Voyages  to  the  New 
World.  Translated  and  Edited  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A., 
Keeper  of  Maps,  British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.  Second  Edition,  pp.  iv.  142. 
3  Maps.  I  Illus.     Index. 

(First  Edition  =  No.  2.)  Issued  for  1870. 

44— History  of  the  Im4ms  and  Seyyids  of  'Om&n, 
By  Salil-Ibn-Razik,  from   a.d.  661-1856.      Translated   from   the  original 
Arabic,  and  Edited,  with  a  continuation  of  the  History  down  to  1870,  by  the 
Rev.  George  Percy  Badger,  F.R.G.S.     pp.  cxxviii.  435.  i  Map.  Biblio- 
graphy. Index.  Issued  for  \%1o. 

45— The  Royal  Commentaries  of  the  Yncas. 

By  the  Ynca  Garcilasso  de  la  Vega.      Translated  &  Edited  with  Notes, 
an  Introduction,  &  an  Analytical  Index,  by  SiR  Clements  R.  Makkham, 
K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres.  R.G.S.     Vol.  II.     (Books  V.-IX.)  pp.  553. 
(Vol.  i.=No.  41.)  Issued Jor  1871. 

46— The  Canarian, 

Or  Book  of  the  Conquest  and  Conversion  of  the  Canarians  in  the  year  1402, 
by  Messire  Jean  de  Bethencourt,  Kt.  Composed  by  Pierre  Boutier  and 
Jean  le  Verrier.  Translated  and  Edited  by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A., 
Keeper  of  Maps,  British  Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.  pp.  Iv.  229.  i  Map.  2  Illus. 
Index.  Issued  fur  1871. 

47— Reports  on  the  Discovery  of  Peru. 
I.  Report  of  Francisco  de  Xeres,  Secretary  to  Francisco  Pizarro.  II.  Report 
of  Miguel  de  Astete  on  the  Expedition  to  Pachacamac.  III.  Letter  of 
Hernando  Pizarro  to  the  Royal  Audience  of  Santo  Domingo.  IV.  Report  of 
Pedro  Sancho  on  the  Partition  of  the  Ransom  of  Atahuallpa.  Tran>lated  and 
Edited,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  SiR  Clemen  is  R.  Makkham, 
K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres.  R.G.S.     pp.  xxii.  143.  i  Map.     Issued  for  1872. 

48— Narratives  of  the  Rites  and  Laws  of  the  Yncas. 

Tianslated  from  the  original  Spanish  MSS.,  &  Edited,  with  Notes  and  an 
Introduction,  by  SiR  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres. 
R.G.S.     pp.  XX.  220.  Index.  Issued  for  1872. 

49 -Travels  to  Tana  and  Persia, 
By  JosAFA  Barbaro  and  Ambrogio  Contarini.  Translated  from  the 
Italian  by  William  Thomas,  Clerk  of  the  Council  to  Edward  VI.,  and  by 
S.  A.  Roy,  and  Edited,  with  an  Introduction,  by  Lord  Stanley  of 
Alderley.  pp.  xi.  175.  Index.  A  Narrative  of  Italian  Travels  in  Persia, 
in  the  Fifteenth  and  Sixteenth  centuries.  Translated  and  Edited  by 
Charles  Grey.     pp.  xvii.  231.  Index.  •        Issued jor  1873. 

60— The  Voyages  of  the  Venetian  Brothers,  Nicolo  &  Antonio  Zeno, 

To  the  Northern  Seas  in  the  Fourteenth  century.  Comprising  the  latest 
known  accounts  of  the  Lost  Colony  of  Greenland,  &  of  the  Northmen  in 
America  before  Columbus.  Translated  &  Edited,  with  Notes  and  Introduc- 
tion, by  Richard  Henry  Major,  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of  Maps,  British 
Museum,  Sec.  R.G.S.     pp.  ciii.  64.  2  Maps.  Index.  Issued  Jor  1873. 

51 -The  Captivity  of  Hans  Stade  of  Hesse  in  1547-55, 

Amont?  the  Wild  Tribes  of  Eastern  Brazil.  Translated  by  Albert  Tootal, 
of  Rio  de  Janiero,  and  annotated  by  Sir  Richard  Francis  Burton 
K.C.M.G.     pp.  xcvi.  169.  Bibliography.  Issued  for  xZ-j^ 


52-The  First  Voyage  Round  the  World  by  Magellan.     1518-1521. 

Translated  from  the  Accounts  of  Pigafetta  and  other  contemporary  writers. 
Accompanied  by  original  Documents,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  Lord 
Stanley  of  Alderley.     pp.  Ix.  257.  xx.  2  Maps.  5  Illus.  Index. 

Issued  for  1874. 

53 -The  Commentaries  of  the  Great  Afonso  Dalboquerque, 

Second  Viceroy  of  India.     Translated  from  the  Pt»rtuguese  Edition  of  1774, 
and  Edited  by  Walter  de  Gray  Birch,  F.K.S.L.,  of  the  British  Museum. 
Vol.  I.     pp.  Ix.  256.  2  Maps.  I  Illus.  (Index  in  No.  69.) 
(Vol.  2  =  No.  55.     Vol.  3  =  No.  62.     Vol.  4  =  No.  69.)      Issued  for  1875. 

54— The  Three  Voyages  of  William  Barents  to  the  Arctic  Regions,  in  1594, 

1595,  &  1595. 
By  Gerrit  de  Veer.     Edited,  with  an  Introduction,  by  Lieut.  Koolemans 
Beynen,  of  the  Royal  Netherlands  Navy.     Second  Edition,    pp.  clxxiv.  289. 
2  Maps.  12  Illus.  Issued  for  1876. 

( First  Edition  =  No,  13.) 

55— The  Commentaries  of  the  Great  Afonso  Dalboquerque, 

Second  Viceroy  of  India.  Translated  from  the  Portuguese  Edition  of  1774, 
with  Notes  and  an  Introduction,  by  Walter  de  Gray  Birch,  F.R.S.L.,  of 
the  British  Museum.  Vol.  2.  pp.  cxxxiv.  242.  2  Maps.  2  Illus.  (Index  in 
No.  69. )  Issued  for  1875. 

(Vol.  i=:No.  53.     Vol.  3 -No.  62.     Vol.  4  =  No.  69.) 

56— The  Voyages  of  Sir  James  Lancaster,  Knt.,  to  the  East  Indies, 

With  Abstracts  of  Journals  of  Voyages  to  the  East  Indies,  during  the  Seven- 
teenth century,  preserved  in  the  India  Office,  &  the  Voyage  of  Captain  John 
Knight,  1606,  to  seek  the  North- West  Passage.  Edited  by  Sir  Clements 
R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres.  R.G.S.     pp.  xxii.  314.     Index. 

Issued  for  1877. 

57— The  Hawkins'  Voyages 

During  the  reigns  of  Henry  VIII,  Queen  Elizabeth,  and  James  I.  [Second 
edition  of  No.  i.]  Edited  by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K  C.B.,  F.R.S., 
Pres.  R.G.S.    pp.  lii.  453.  i  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1877. 

(First  Edition  =  No.   i). 

58 -The  Bondage  and  Travels  of  Johann  Schiltberger,  a  Native  of  Bavaria, 
in  Europe,  Asia,  &  Afl?ica. 

From  his  capture  at  the  battle  of  Nicopolis  in  1396  to  his  escape  and  return 
to  Europe  in  1427.  Translated  from  the  Heidelberg  MS-,  Edited  in  1859  by 
Professor  Karl  Fr.  Neumann,  by  Commander  John  Buchan  Telfek, 
R.N.;  F.S.A.  Wiih  Note>  hy  Professor  B.  Bruun,  &  a  Preface,  Introduction, 
&  Notes  by  the  Translator  &  Editor.  pp.  xxxii.  263.  i  Map.  Bibliography. 
Index.  Issued  for  1878. 

69— The  Voyages  and  Works  of  John  Davis  the  Navigator. 
Edited     by    Admiral     Sir     Albert     Hastings    Markham,     K.C.B. 
pp.  xcv.  392.  2  Maps.  15  Illus.  Bibliography.  Index.  Issued  for  \%'j%. 

The  Map  ot  the  World,  A.D.  1600. 
Called  by  Shakspere  •*  The  New  Map,  with  the  Augmentation  of  the  Indies." 
To  illustrate  the  Voyages  of  John  Davis.    Issued  for  1878. 


IT 

60-61 -The  Natural  &  Moral  History  of  the  Indies. 
By  Father  Joseph  de  Acosta.  Reprinted  from  the  English  Translated  Ediiion 
of  Edward  Grimston,  1604;  and  Edited  by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham, 
K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres.  R.G.S.  Vol.  i,  The  Natural  History  B^oks  I.-IV. 
pp.  xlv.  295.  Vol.  2,  The  Moral  History  Books,  V.-VH.  pp.  xiii.  295-551. 
Index.  Jsswdfor  1^79. 

Map  of  Peru. 
To  Illustrate  Nos.  33,  41,  45,  60,  and  61.  Issued  for  1879. 

62— The  Commentaries  of  the  Great  Afonso  Dalboquerque, 

Second  Viceroy  of  India.  Translated  from  the  Portuguese  Edition  of  1774, 
with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  Walter  de  Gray  Birch,  F.S.A.,  of 
the  British  Museum.  Vol.  3.  pp.  xliv.  308.  3  Maps.  3  Illus.  (Index  m 
No.  69. )  Issued  for  1 880. 

63-The  Voyages  of  William  Baffin,  1612-1622. 

Edited,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham, 
K.C.B.,  F.K.S.,  ex-Pres.  R.G.S.     pp.  lix.  192.  8  Maps,  i  Illus.  Index. 

Issued  for  1 880. 

64— Narrative  of  the  Portuguese  Embassy  to  Abyssinia 
During  the  years  1520- 1527.     By  Father  Francisco  Alvarez.     Translated 
from  the  Portuguese  &    Edited,  with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,   by  Lord 
Stanley  of  Alderley.     pp.  xxvii.  416.  Index.  Issued  for  1881. 

66— The  History  of  the  Bermudas  or  Summer  Islands. 
Attributed  to  Captain  Nathaniel   Butler.     Edited   from  a  MS.  in  the 
Sloane  Collection,  British  Museum,  by  General  Sir  John  Henry  Lefroy, 
R.A.,  K.C.M.G.,    C.B.,    F.R.S.      pp.  xii.  327.   i  Map.  3  Illus.  Glossary. 
Index.  Issue:/  for  1881. 

66-67— The  Diary  of  Richard  Cocks, 
Cape-Merchant  in  the  English  Factory  in   Japan,  1615-1622,  with  Corres- 
pondence (Add.  MSS.  31,300-1,  British  Museum).     Edited  by  SiR  Edward 
Maunde   Thompson,  K.C.B,,  Director  of  the  British  Museum.     Vol.  r. 
pp.  liv.  349.     Vol.  2,  pp.  368.  Index.  Issued Jor  1882. 

68— The  Second  Part  of  the  Chronicle  of  Peru,  1532-1550 
By  Pedro  de  Cieza  de  Leon.    1554.    Translated  and  Edited,  with  Notes 
&  an  Introduction,  by  Sir   Clkmknts  R.    Markham,    K.C.B.,    F.R.S., 
ex-Pres.  R.G.S.     pp.  Ix.  247.     Index.  Issued  for  1883. 

(Vol.  i  =  No.  33.) 

69— The  Commentaries  of  the  Great  Afonso  Dalboquerque. 

Second  Viceroy  of  India.  Translated  from  the  Portuguese  Edition  01  1774, 
with  Notes  &  an  Introduction,  by  Walter  de  Gray  Birch,  F.S.A.,  of  the 
British  Museum.  Vol.  4.  pp.  xxxv.  324.  2  Maps.  2  Illus.  Index  to  the 
4  vols.  Jssuedfor  1 883. 

(Vol.  i=No.  53.     Vol.  2  =  No.  55.     Vol.  3  =  No.  62.) 

70-71— The  Voyage  of  John  Huyghen  van  Linschoten  to  the  East  Indies. 

From  the  Old  English  Translation  of  1598.  The  First  Book,  containing  his 
Description  of  t:ie  East.  In  Two  Volumes,  Edited,  the  First  Volume,  by 
the  late  Arthur  Coke  Burneli,  Ph.D.,  C.I.E.,  Madras  C.  S.  ;  the 
Second  Volume,  by  Pieter  Anton  Tiele,  of  Utrecht.  .  Vol  i.  pp.  Hi.  307. 
Vol,  2.     pp.  XV.  341.  Index.  Issued  for  1884. 


12 

72-73— Early  Voyages  and  Travels  to  Russia  and  Persia, 

By  Anthony  Jenkinson  and  other  Englishmen,  with  some  account  of  the 
first  Intercourse  of  the  English  M-ith  Russia  and  Central  Asia  by  way  of  the 
Caspian  Sea.  Edited  by  Edward  Delmar  Morgan,  and  Charlfs  Henby 
GooTE,  of  the  British  Museum.  Vol.  i.  pp.  clxii.  176.  2  Maps.  2  lUus. 
Vol.  2.  pp.  177-496.  2  Maps.  I  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1885. 

74-75-The  Diary  of  William  Hedges,  Esq., 

Afterwards  Sir  William  Hedges,  during  his  Agency  m  Bengal ;  as  well  as  on 
his  Voyage  out  and  Return  Overland  (1681-1687).  Transcribed  for  the  Press, 
with  Introductory  Notes,  etc.,  by  R.  Barlow,  and  Illustrated  by  copious 
Extracts  from  Unpublished  Records,  etc.,  by  Col.  Sir  Henry  Yule, 
K.C.S.I.,  R.E.,  C.B.,  LL.D.  Vol.  i.  The  Diary,  with  Index,  pp.  xii.  265. 
Vol.  2.  Notices  regarding  Sir  William  Hedges,  Documentary  Memoirs  of  Job 
Charnock,  and  other  Biographical  &  Miscellaneous  Illustrations  of  the  time  in 
India,     pp.  ccclx.  287.  18  Illus.  Issued  for  1886. 

(Vol.  3  =  No.  78.) 

76-77— The  Voyage  of  Francois  Pyrard,  of  Laval,  to  the  East  Indies, 

The  Maldives,  the  Moluccas  and  Brazil.     Translated  mto  English  from  the 
Third    French    Edition    of   1619,    and    Edited,    with    Notes,    by    Albert 
Gray,  K.C,  assisted  by  Harky   Charles   Purvis  Bell,  Ceylon   C.  S. 
Vol.  I.  pp.  Iviii.  I  Map.  11  Illus.     Vol.  2.  Part  I.  pp.  xlvii.  287.  7  Illus. 
(Vol.  2.  Part  II.=No.  80.)  Issued  for  1887. 

78— The  Diary  of  William  Hedges,  Esq. 

Vol.  3.  Documentary  Contributions  to  a  Biography  of  Thomas  Pitt,  Governor 
of  Fort  St.  George,  with  Collections  on  the  Early  History  of  the  Company's 
Settlement  in  Bengal,  &  on  Early  Charts  and  Topography  of  the  Pluglf  River, 
pp.  cclxii.  I  Map.  8  Illus.  Index  to  Vols.  2,  3.  Issued  for  1888. 

(Vols.  I,  2  =  Nos.  74,  75.) 

79— Tractatus  de  Globis,  et  eorum  usu. 

A  Treatise  descriptive  of  the  Globes  constructed  by  Emeiy  Molyneux,  and 
Published  in  1592.     By  Robert  Hues.    Edited,  with  annotated  Indices  &  an 
Introduction,  by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres. 
R.G.S.     To  which  is  appended, 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Circumnavigation  of  England, 
And  for  a  Voyage  to  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar.     From  a  Fifteenth  Century 
MS.      Edited,  with  an  Account  of  the  MS.,  by   James   Gairdner,  of  the 
Public  Record  Office  ;    with   a   Glossary  by   Edward  Delmar  Morgan. 
pp.  1.  229.  37.  I  Illus.  I  Map.  Issued  for  1888. 

80— The  Voyage  of  Frangois  Pyrard,  of  Laval,   to  the  East  Indies,  the 
Maldives,  the  Moluccas,  and  Brazil. 

Translated  into  English  from  the  Third  French  Edition  of  161 9,  and  Edited, 
with  Notes,  by  Albert  Gray,  K.C,  assisted  by  Harry  Charles  Purvis 
Bell,  Ceylon  Civil  Service.    Vol  2.  Pt.  II.  pp.  xii.  289-572.    2  Maps.    Index. 
(Vol  I.  Vol.  2.  Pt.  I.  =  Nos   76,  77.)  Issued  for  1889. 

81— The  Conquest  of  La  Plata,  1535-1555. 
I. — Voyage  of  Ulrich  Schmidt  to  the  Rivers  La  Plata  and  Paraguai,  from 
the  original  German  edition,  1567.  II.  The  Commentaries  of  Alvar  Nufiez 
Cabeza  de  Vaca.  From  the  original  Spanish  Edition,  1555.  Translated, 
with  Notes  and  an  Introduction,  by  H.  E.  Don  Luis  L.  Dominguez, 
Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Argentine  Republic,  pp.  xlvi.  282.  i  Map 
Bibliography.  Index.  Issued  for  1889. 


13 

82-83- The  Voyage  of  Fpan9ois  Leguat,  of  Bresse,  1690-98. 

To  Rodriguez,  Mauritius,  Java,  and  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Transcribed 
from  the  First  English  Edition,  1708.  Edited  and  Annotated  by  Capt.  Samuel 
Pasfield  Oliver,  (late)  R.A.  Vol  i.  pp.  Ixxxviii.  137.  i  Illus.  6  Maps. 
Bibliography.     Vol.  2.  pp.  xviii.  433.  5  Illus.  5  Maps.  Index. 

Issued  for  1890. 

84-85— The  Travels  of  Pietpo  della  Valle  to  India. 
From   the    Old  English  Translation  of  1664,  by  G.  Havers.     Edited,  with 
a  Life  of  the  Author,  an   Introducion  &   Notes   by  Edward  Grey,  late 
Bengal  C.  S.     Vol.  i.  pp.  Ivi.  192.  2  Maps.  2  Illus.  Bibliography.      Vol.  2. 
pp.  xii.  193-456.  Index.  Issued fori^i. 

86— The  Journal  of  Christopher  Columbus 
During  his  First  Voyage  (1492-93),  and  Documents  relating  to  the  Voyages 
of  John  Cabot  and  Gaspar  Corte  Real.    Translated,  with  Notes  &  an  Intro- 
duction, by  Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres.  R.G.S. 
pp.  liv.  259.  3  Maps.  I  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1892. 

87— Early  Voyagjes  and  Travels  in  the  Levant. 
I. — The  Diary  of  Master  Thomas  Dallam,   1599-1600.    II. — Extracts  from 
the  Diaries  of  Dr.  John   Covel,   1670-1679.     With  some  Account  of  the 
Levant  Company  of  Turkey  Merchants.    Edited  by  James  Theodore  Bent, 
F.S.A.,  F. R.G.S.     pp.  xlv.  305.  Illus.  Index. 

Issued  for  1892. 

88-89— The  Voyages  of  Captain  Lulce  Foxe,  of  Hull,  and  Captain  Thomas 
James,  of  Bristol, 

In  Search  of  a  N.-W.  Passage,  1631-32  ;  with  Narratives  of  the  Earlier 
North-West  Voyages  of  Frobisher,  Davis,  Weymouth,  Hall,  Knight,  Hudson, 
Button,  Gibbons,  Bylot,  Baffin,  Hawkridge,  &  others.  Edited,  with  Notes  & 
an  Introduction,  by  Robert  Miller  Christy,  F.L.S.  Vol.  i.  pp.  ccxxxi. 
259.  2  Maps.  2  Illus.     Vol.  2.  pp.  viii.  261-681.  3  Maps,  i  Illus.  Index. 

Issued  for  1893. 

90— The  Letters  of  Amerigo  Vespucci 

And  other  Documents  illustrative  of  his  Career.  Translated,  with  Notes  & 
an  Introduction,  by  Sir  Clements  K.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F. R.S.,  ex-Pres. 
R.G.S.     pp.  xliv.  121.  I  Map.  Index. 

Issued  for  1894. 

91- Narratives  of  the  Voyages  of  Pedro  Sarmiento  de  Gamboa  to  the 
Straits  ot  Magellan.  1579-80. 

Translated  and  Edited,  with  Illustrative  Documents  and  Introduction,  by 
Sir  Clements  R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  ex-Pres.  R.G.S.  pp.  xxx. 
401.  I  Map.  Index. 

Issued  for  1894. 

92-93-94— The  History  and  Description  of  Aft>ica, 

And  of  the  Notable  Things  Therein  Contained.  Written  by  Al-Hassan  Ibn- 
Mohammed  Al-Wezaz  Al-Fasi,  a  Moor,  baptized  as  Giovanni  Leone,  but 
better  known  as  Leo  African  us.  Done  into  English  in  the  year  1600  by 
John  Pory,  and  now  edited  with  an  Introduction  &  Notes,  by  Dr.  Robert 
Brown.  In  3  Vols.  Vol.  i.  pp.  viii.  cxi.  224.  4  Maps.  Vol.  2.  pp.  225-698 
Vol.  3.  pp.  699- II 1 9.  Index.  r       ^  ^       „ 

Issued  for  1895. 


95— The  Chronicle  of  the  Discovery  and  Conquest  of  Guinea. 

Written  by  Gomes  Eannes  de  Azurara.  Now  first  done  into  English 
and  Edited  by  Charles  Raymond  Beazley,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  and  Edgar 
Prestage,  B.A.  Vol.  I.  (Ch.  I.— xl.)  With  Introduction  on  the  Life  & 
Writings  of  the  Chronicler,     pp.  Ixvii.  127.  3  Maps,  i  Illus. 

(Vol.  2  =  No.  100.)  Issued  for  1896. 

96-97— Danish  Arctic  Expeditions,  1605  to  1620.    In  Two  Books. 

Book  I.  The  Danish  Expeditions  to  Greenland,  1605-07;  to  which  is  added 
Captain  James  Hall's  Voyage  to  Greenland  in  1612.  Edited  by  Christian 
Carl  August  Gosch.     pp  xvi.  cxvii.  205.  10  Maps.  Index. 

Issued  for  1896. 

Book  2.  The  Expedition  of  Captain  Jens  Munk  to  Hudson's  Bay  in  search 
of  a  North- West  Passage  in  1619-20.  Edited  by  Christian  Carl  August 
Gosch.     pp.  cxviii.  187.  4  Maps.  2  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1897. 

98— The  Topographia  Christiana  of  Cosmas  Indicopleustes,   an 
Egyptian  Monk. 

Translated  from  the  Greek  and  Edited  by  John  Watson  McCrindle,  LL.D. 
M.R.A.S.     pp.  xii.  xxvii.  398.  4  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1897. 

99— A  Journal  of  the  First  Voyage  of  Vasco  da  Gama,  1497-1499. 
By  an  unknown  writer.     Translated   from   the   Portuguese,    with  an    Intro- 
duction and  Notes,  by  Ernest  George  Ravenstein,  F.R.G.S.     pp.  xxxvi. 
250.  8  Maps.  23  Illus.    index.  Issued  for  1898. 

100— The  Chronicle  of  the  Discovery  and  Conquest  of  Guinea. 

Written  by  Gomes  Eannes  de  Azurara.      Now  first  done  into  English  and 
Edited   by  Charles    Raymond   Beazley,    M.A.,   F.R.G.S.,  and  Edgar 
PRkSTAGE,  B.A.     Vol.  2.      (Ch.  xli. — xcvii.)     With  an  Introduction  on  the 
Early  History  of  African  Exploration,  Cartography,  &c.     pp.  cl.  362.  3  Maps 
2  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1898. 

(Vol.  l=No.  95.) 


15 


WORKS  ALREADY  ISSUED. 


SECOND    SERIES. 
1899,  etc. 

1-2— The  Embassy  of  Sir  Thomas  Roe  to  the  Court  of  the  Great  Mogrul, 

1615-19. 
Edited  from  Contemporary  Records  by  William   Foster,   B.A.,   of  the 
India  Office.    2  vols.    Portrait,  2  Maps,  &  6  Illus.  Index.      Issued  for  1899. 

3— The  Voyage  of  Sir  Robert  Dudley  to  the  West  Indies  and 
Guiana  in  1594. 

Edited  by  George  Frederic  Warner,  Litt.D.,  F.S.A.,  Keeper  of 
Manuscripts,  British  Museum,  pp.  Ixvi.  104.  Portrait,  Map,  &  i  Illus. 
Index.  Issued  for  1899. 

4— The  Journeys  of  William  of  Rubruclc  and  John  of  Pian  de  Carpine 
To  Tartary  in  the  13th  century.     Translated  and  Edited  by  H.  E.  the  Hon. 
Wm.  Woodville  Rockhill.     pp.  Ivi.  304.  Bibliography.  Index. 

Issued  for  1900. 
6— The  Voyage  of  Captain  John  Saris  to  Japan  in  1613. 
Edited  by  H.  E.  Sir  Ernest  Mason  Satow,  K.C.M.G.     pp.  Ixxxvii.  242. 
Map,  &  5  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1900. 

6— The  Strange  Adventures  of  Andrew  Battell  of  Leigh  in  Essex. 

Edited  by  Ernest  George  Ravenstein,  F.R.G.S.  pp.  xx.  210.2  Maps. 
Bibliography.  Index.  Issued  for  1900. 

7-8— The  Voyage  of  Mendana  to  the  Solomon  Islands  in  1568. 

Edited  by  the  Lord  Amherst  of  Hackney  and  Basil  Thomson.  2  vols. 
5  Maps,  &  33  Illus.  Index.  Issued  for  1901. 

9- The  Journey  of  Pedro  Teixeira  from  India  to  Italy  by  land,  1604-05; 

With  his  Chronicle  of  the  Kings  of  Ormus.  Translated  and  Edited  by  William 
Frederic  Sinclair,  late  Bombay  C.  S.,  with  additional  notes  &c.,  by 
Donald  William  Ferguson,     pp.  cvii.  292.  Index.  Issued  for  1901. 

10— The  Portuguese  Expedition  to  Abyssinia  in  1541,  as  narrated  by 

Castanhoso  and  Bermudez.  Edited  by  Richard  Stephen  Whitkway, 
late  I.C.S.  With  a  Bibliography,  by  Basil  H.  Soulsby,  F.S.A.,  Super- 
intendent of  the  Map  Department,  British  Museum,  pp.  cxxxii.  296.  Map,  & 
i2  Illus.  Bibliography.  Index.  Issued  for  1902. 

11— Early  Duteh  and  English  Voyages  to  Spitzbergen  in  the  Seventeenth 

Century, 

Including  Hessel  Gerritsz.  "  Histoire  du  Pays  nomme  Spitsljerghe,"  1613, 
translated  into  English,  for  the  first  time,  by  Basil  H.  Soulsby,  F.S.A.,  of 
the  British  Museum  :  and  Jacob  Segersz.  van  der  Brugge,  "Journael  of  Dagh 
Register,"  Amsterdam,  1634,  translated  into  English,  for  the  first  time,  by 
J.  A.  J.  DE  Villiers,  of  the  British  Museum.  Edited,  with  introductions 
and  notes  by  Sir  Martin  Conway,  pp.  xvi.  191.  3  Maps,  &  3  Illus. 
Bibliography.     Index.  Issued  for  1902, 

12— The  Countries  round  the  Bay  of  Bengal. 

Edited,  from  an  unpublished  MS.,  1669-79,  by  Thomas  Bowrey,  by  Col.  Sir 
Richard  Carnac  Temple,  Bart.,  CLE.  pp.  hi.  387.  19  Illus.  &  i  Chart. 
Bibliography.  Index.  Issued  for  1903, 


i6 

13— Four  Narratives  of  Voyages,  undertaken  by  order  of  the  Viceroy 

of  Peru,  in  tiie  Pacific, 

With  detailed  accounts  of  Tahiti   and   Easter    Island.       1774.       Edited   by 

Bolton   Glanvill  Corney,  I.S.O.,   M.D.,  Chief  Medical    Officer,   Fiji. 

Vol.  I.  lUus.  Bibliography.  Index.  To  be  issued  for  1903. 

14,  15— The  Voyages  of  Pedro  Fernandez  de  Quiros,  1595  to  1606. 

Translated  and  Edited  by  Sir  Clements  Markham,  K.CB.,  Pres.  R.G.S., 
President  of  the  Hakluyt  Society.  With  a  Note  on  the  Cartography  of  the 
Southern  Continent,  and  a  Bibliography,  by  Basil  H.  Soulsby,  F.S.A., 
Superintendent  of  the  Map  Department,  British  Museum.  2  vols.  3  Maps. 
Bibliography.  Index,  Issued  for  1904. 

16— John  Jourdain's  Journal  of  a  Voyage  to  the  East  Indies,  1608-1617. 
(Sloane  MS.  858,  British  Museum).      Edited  by  William  Foster,  B.A., 
of  the  India  Office,     pp.  Ixxxii.  394.     With  Appendices,  A — F,  and  a  Biblio- 
graphy, by  Basil  H.  Soulsby,  F.S.A.  4  Maps.  Index.  Issued  for  1905. 

17— The  Travels  of  Peter  Mundy  in  Europe  and  India,  1628-1634. 

Edited  from  an  unpublished  MS.  in  the  Bodleian  Library,  Oxford,  by 
Lieut. -Col.  Sir  Richard  Carnac  Temple,  Bart.,  CLE.  Illus.  Biblio- 
graphy. Index.  To  be  issued  for  1905. 

18.- East  and  West  Indian  Mirror. 

By  JORis  VAN  Speilbergen.  An  Account  of  his  Voyage  Round  the  World 
in  the  years  1614  to  161 8,  including  the  Australian  Navigations  of  Jacob  le 
Maire.  Translated  from  the  Dutch  edition,  '*  Oost  ende  West-Indische 
•Spiegel,  &c.,"  Nicolaes  van  Gcelkercken :  Leyden^  1619,  by  J.  A.  J.  de 
Villiers,  of  the  British  Museum.  With  a  Bibliography  &  Index  by 
Basil  H.  Soulsby,  F.S.A.    26  Illus.  &  Maps.    Index. 

To  be  issued  for  1906. 

19-20— Cathay  and  the  Way  Thither. 

Being  a  Collection  of  Mediaeval  Notices  of  China,  previous  to  the  Sixteenth 
Century.  Translated  and  Edited  by  the  late  Colonel  Sir  Henry  Yule, 
K.C.S.L,  R.E.,  C.B.  2  vols.  Maps  &  Illustrations.  Bibliography.  Index. 
Second  Edition  of  Series  L,  Vols.  36  &  37.  Edited  by  M.  Henri  Cordier, 
Professeur  a  I'Ecole  Speciale  des  Langues  Orientales  Vivantes,  Paris ; 
President  de  la  Societe  de  Geographie,  Paris.  To  be  issued  for  1906. 


EXTRA     SERIES. 

1-12- The  Principal  Navigations,  Voyages,  Traffiques,  &  Discoveries  of  the 

English  Nation, 
Made  by  Sea  or  Over-land  to  the  remote  and  farthest  distant  quarters  of  the 
earth  at  any  time  within  the  compasse  of  these  1600  yeeres.     By  Richard 
Hakluyt,   Preacher,  and   sometime  Student  of  Christ  Church   in   Oxford. 
With  an  Index.     12  vols.      James   MacLehose  &   Sons  :    Glasgow,  1903-5. 

{Out  of  print.) 

13— The  Texts  &  Versions  of  John  de  Piano  Carpini  and  William  de 

Rubruquis. 

As  printed  for  the  first  time  by  Hakluyt  in  1598,  together  with  some  shorter 

pieces.       Edited    by    Charles    Raymond    Beazley,    M.A.,    F.R.G.S. 

|)p.  XX.  345.  Index.  University  Press:  Cambridge,  1903.  (Out  of  print.) 

14-33— Hakluytus  Posthumus  or  Purchas  His  Pilgrimes. 

Contayning  a  History  of  the  World  in  Sea  Voyages  and  Lande  Tra veils  by 
Englishmen  and  others.  By  Samuel  Purchas,  B.D.  20  vols.  Maps  & 
Illus.     James  MacLehose  &  Sons  :  Glasgow,  1905-6. 


OTHER    WORKS    UNDERTAKEN    BY    EDITORS. 


1.  The    History   of  the    Conquest  of  the   Seven  Islands  of  Gran    Canada 

Written  by  the  Reverend  Father  Juan  de  Ab'reu  Galindo,  cf 
the  Order  of  the  Patriarch  Saint  Francis,  native  of  the  province  of 
Andalusia,  in  the  year  1632.  Published  at  Santa  Cruz  de  Tenerife,  in 
1848. 

An  Account  of  the  Origin  and  Miracles  of  the  Holy  Image  of  Our  Lady 
of  Candelaria,  which  appeared  in  the  Island  of  Tenerife,  together  with 
a  description  of  the  said  Island.  Compiled  by  Father  Alonso  de 
ESPINOSA,  of  the  Order  of  Preachers.  Fernando  Mexia :  Seville, 
1594.  Translated,  with  an  introduction  and  notes  by  Sir  Clements 
R.  Markham,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  President  of  the  Hakluyt  Society. 
lUus.   Maps.    Bibliography.    Index. 

2.  Four  Narratives  of  Voyages,  undertaken  by  order  of  the  Viceroy  of  Peru, 

in  the  Pacific,  with  detailed  accounts  of  Tahiti  and  Easter  Island,  1774. 
4  vols.  Edited  by  Bolton  Glanvill  Corney,  I.S.O.,  M.D.,  Chief 
Medical  Officer,  Fiji. 

3.  The  Discovery  of  the  Large,  Rich,  and  Beautiful  Empire  of  Guiana,  with 

a  relation  of  the  great  and  golden  City  of  Manoa  (which  the  Spaniards 
call  El  Dorado),  etc.,  performed  in  the  year  1595  by  Sir  Walter 
Ralegh,  Knt.  .  .  .  Reprinted  from  the  edition  of  1596.  With  some 
unpublished  Documents  relative  to  that  country.  Edited  (in  1848) 
with  copious  explanatory  Notes  and  a  biographical  Memoir  by  Sir 
Robert  Hermann  Schomburgk,  Ph.D.  Second  Edition  (of  Ser.  I, 
vol.  3),  by  H.  E.  Sir  Evekard  Ferdinand  im  Thurn,  K.C.M.G., 
C.B.,  F.R.G.S. 

4.  The  Voyages  of  Luigi  di  Cadamosto,  the  Venetian,  along  the  West  Coast 

of  Africa,  in  the  years  1455  and  1456.  Translated  from  the  earliest 
Italian  text  of  1507,  in  Montalboddo  Fracan's  Paesi  novamente 
ritroyati,  and  Edited  by  Henry  Yule  Oldham,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S. 

5.  The  True  History  of  the  Conquest  of  Mexico  (Historia  verdadera  de  la 

Conquista  de  la  Nueva  Espana).  Translated  from  the  original  MS.  in 
Mexico,  published  by  photography  in  1904,  and  edited  by  Alfred 
Percival  Maudslay,  F.R.G.S. 

6.  The    Letters   of  Pietro   Delia  Valle  from   Persia,   &c.      Translated  and 

Edited  by  H.  E.  Major  Sir  Maithew  Nathan,  K.C.M.G.,  R.E., 
F.R.G.S. 

7.  An  Abstract  of   and   Index   to    the    First    Series,  vols,    i-ioo,   of  the 

Hakluyt  Society's  Publications.  By  William  Foster,  B.  A.,  and  Basil 
Harrington  Soulsby,  B.A.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S. 

B 


i8 

8.  An  Index  and  Bibliography  to  vols.  4,  5,  8,  23,  24,  26,  28,  29,  30,  41,  45, 

47,  49,  51,  54,  and  79.  By  Basil  Harrington  Soulsby,  B.A., 
F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S.  These  will  be  supplied,  on  publication,  to  any 
Member,  past  or  present,  who  sends  in  his  name  to  the  Hon. 
Secretary. 

9.  Journal  of  a  Voyage  in  Tibet.     By    Fra  Cassiano    Beligatti,    from    the 

Macerata  MS.    Translated  &  Edited  by  Prof.  R.  Norton. 


19 


INDEX 

TO  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  SERIES  OF  THE  SOCIETY'S 
PUBLICATIONS,  1847-1905. 


Abd-er-Razzak,  i.  22 
Abyssinia,  i.  32,  64  ;  ii.  10 
Acosta,  Joseph  de,  i.  60,  61 
Acuna,  Cristoval  de,  i.  24 
Adams,  Will.,  i.  8,  66,  67  ;  ii.  5 
Africa,  i.  21,  58,  82,  83,  92-94,  95,  100 
Africa,  East,  i.  32,  35,  64  ;  ii.  10 
Aguirre,  Lope  de,  i.  28 
Albuquerque,   Affonso   de,  i.  53,  55, 

62,  69 
Alcock,  Thomas,  i.  72,  73 
Alessandri,  Vincentio  d',  i.  49 
Al    Hassan    Ibn    Muhammad.       See 

Hasan. 
Alvarez,  Francisco,  i.  64 
Alvo,  Francisco,  i.  52 
Amapaia,  i.  3 
Amazon,  i.  24 
America,  Central,  i.  40 
America,  North,  i.   2,  4,  6,  7,  9,  11, 

18,  21,  23,  43,  50,  65,  96,  97 
America,  South,  i.  3,  21,  24,  28,  33, 

34,  41,  43,  45,  47,  51,  60,  61,  68, 

76,  77,  80,  81,  91  ;  ii.  3 
Amherst  of  Hackney,  Lord,  ii.  7,  8 
Andagoya,  I'ascual  de,  i.  34 
Angiolello,  Giovanni  Maria,  i.  49 
Angola,  ii.  6 
Aquines,   Juan.       See   Hawkins,   Sir 

John. 
Arabia,  i.  32 ;   ii.  16 
Arctic  Regions,  i.  13,  54,  88,  89,  96, 

97 
Arias,  Dr.  Juan  Luis,  i.  25  ;  ii.  14,  15 
Arias  d'Avila,  Pedro,  i.  21,  34 
Arromaia,  i.  3 

Asher,  George  Michael,  i.  27 
Asia,  i.  5,  8,  13-15,  17,   19,   22,   26, 

35-39,  42,  44,  49,  53-55,  58,  62,  66, 

67,  69-78,  80,  82,  83,  87 ;  ii.  1,  2,  4, 

5,  12,  16,  17 
Astete,  Miguel  de,  i.  47 
Atahualpa,  i.  47,  68 
Australasia,  i.  25  ;  ii.  7,  8,  14,  15 
Avila,  Francisco  de,  i.  48 


Avila,    Pedro    Arias    d'.      See   Arias 

d  Avila. 
Azov,  i.  49 
Azurara,    Gomes    Eannes    de.       See 

Eannes. 

Badger,  George  Percy,  i.  32,  44 

Baffin,  William,  i.  5,  63,  88,  89 

Balak,  John,  i.  13,  54 

Bantam,  i.  19 

Barbaro,  Giosafat,  i.  49 

Barbosa,  Duarte,  i.  35,  52 

Barcelona  MSS.,  i.  35 

Bardsen,  Ivar,  i.  50 

Barentsz.,  William,  i.  13,  27,  54 

Barker,  Edmund,  i.  56 

Barlow,  R.,  i.  74,  75,  78 

Barrow,  John,  F.R.S.,  i.  11 

Battell,  Andrew,  ii.  6 

Beazley,  Charles  Raymond,  i.  95,  100  ; 

Extra  Ser.  13 
Beke,  Charles  Tilstone,  i.  13,  54 
Bell,  Harry  Charles  Purvis,  i.  76,  77, 

80 
Belmonte  y  Bermudez,  Luis  de,  ii. 

14,  15 
Bengal,  i.  74,  75,  78  ;  ii.  12 
Bent,  James  Theodore,  i.  87 
Benzoni,  Girolamo,  i.  21 
Bermudas,  i.  65,  86 
Bermudez,  Joao,  ii.  10 
Beste,  George,  i.  38 
B^thencourt,  Jean  de,  i.  46 
Bethune,  Charles  Ramsay  Drinkwater, 

i.  1,  30 
Beynen,  Koolemans,  i.  54 
Biedma,  Luis  Hernandez  de,  i.  9 
Bilot,  Robert,  i.  88,  89 
Birch,  Walter  de  Gray,  i.  53,  65,  62, 

69 
Bollaert,  William,  i.  28 
Bond,  Sir  Edward  Augustus,  K.C.P,, 

i.  20 
Boty,  Iver,  i.  13 
Boutier,  Pierre,  i.  46 


20 


Bowrey,  Thomas,  ii.  12 

Bracciolini,  Poggio,  i.  22 

Brazil,  i.  51,  76,  77,  80 

British  Museum  MSS.,  i.  2,  4,  5,  6,  8, 

16,  20,  25,  38,  52,  53,  55,  62,  65-67, 

69 
Brown,  Dr.  Robert,  i.  92-94 
Bruun,  Philip,  i.  58 
Burnell,  Arthur  Coke,  C.T.E.,  i.  70, 

71 
Barre,  Walter,  i.  19 
Burrough,  Christopher,' i.  72,  73 
Burrough,  William,  i.  72,  73 
Burton,    Sir    Richard    Francis, 

K.C.M.G.,i.  51 
Butler,  Nathaniel,  i.  65,  86 
Button,  Sir  Thomas,  i.  5,  88,  89 
Bylot,  Robert,  i.  5,  63,  88,  89 

Cabe9a  de  Vaca,   Alvar  Nunez.      See 

Nunez  Cabe9a  de  Vaca. 
Cabot,  John,  i.  86 
Cabot,  Sebastian,  i.  5, 12 
Cambodia,  i.  39 
Canarian,  The,  i.  46 
Canary  Islands,  i.  21,  46 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  i.  82.  83 
Carpino,    Joannes,    de    Piano.       See 

Joannes. 
Caspian  Sea,  i.  72,  73 
Ca.ssano,  Ussan,  i.  49 
Castanhoso,  Miguel  de,  ii.  10 
Castilla,  del  Oro,  i.  34 
Cathay,  i.  5,  13,  36-38,  54 
Champlain,  Samuel,  i.  23 
Chanca,  Dr.,  i.  2,  43 
Charles  V.,  Emperor,  i.  40 
Charmick,  Job,  i.  74,  75,  78 

Cheinie,  Richard,  i.  72,  73 
China,  i.  5,  13-15,  36,  37,  39,  54 

Christy,  Robert  Miller,  i.  88,  89 

Cieza  de  Leon,  Pedro  de,  i.  33,  68 

Cinnamon,  Land  of,  i.  24 

Clavigo,  Rny  Gonz.alez  de.     See  Gon- 
zalez de  Clavigo. 

Cliffe,  Edward,  i.  16 

Clifford,  George,  i.  59 

Colts,  William,  i.  11 

Cocks,  Richard,  i.  8,  66,  67 

Cogswell,  Joseph  G.,  i.  27 

Collinson,  Sir  Richard,  K.C.B.,  i.  38 

Columbus,  Christopher  : 
Journal,  i.  86 
Letters,  i.  2,  43 

Congo,  ii.  6 

Contarini,  Ambrogio,  i.  49  . 

€onti,  Nicolo,  i.  22 

Conway,  Sir  William  Martin,  ii.  11 

Cooley,  William  Desborongh,  i.  % 

Coote,  Charles  Henry,  i.  72,  73 


Corney,  Bolton,  i.  19 

Corney,  Bolton  Glanvill,  LS.O.,M.n., 

ii.  13 
Correa,  Gaspar,  i.  42 
Corte  Real,  G.ispar,  i.  86 
Cortes.  Hernando,  i. ,  21,  40 
Cosmas  Indicopleu.stes,  i.  98 
Covel,  John.  i.  87 
Crosse,  Ralph,  i.  56 
Cumberland,  Earl  of,  i.  59 
Cuzco,  i.  47 

Dalboquerqiie,    Afonso.       See    Albu- 
querque. 

Dallam,  Thomas,  i.  87 

Dalrymple,  Alexander,  i.  25  ;  ii.  14, 15 

Dampier,  William,  i.  25 

Danish  Arctic  Expeditions,  i.  96,  97 

Dati,  Giuliano,  i.  2,  43 

Davila,  Pedrarias.    See  Aria.s  d'Avila. 

Davis,  John,  i.  5,  59,  88,  89 

De  Villiers,  John  Abraham  Jacob, 
ii.   11,  18 

Digges,  Sir  Dudley,  i.  63 

Dominguez,  Don  Luis  L.,  i.  81 

Donck,  Adrian  vander,  i.  27 

Doughty,  Thomas,  i.  16 

Downton,  Nicholas,  i.  56 

Drake,  Sir  Francis,  i.  4,  16 

Drake,  Sir  Francis,  the  Younger,  i.  16 

Dryandri,  Joh.,  i.  51 

Ducket,  Jeffrey,  i.  72,  73 

Dudley,  Sir  Robert,  ii.  3 

Dutch  Voyages,  i.  13  ;  ii.  11 

East  India  Company,  i.  5,  19 
East  Indie.s.     See  India. 
Easter  Island,  ii.  13 
Eannes,  Gomes,  de  Zurara,  i.  95,  100 
El  Dorado,  i.  3,  28 
Eden,  Richard,  i.  12 
Edwards,  Arthur,  i.  72,  73 
Egypt,  i.  32 
Ellesmere,  Earl  of,  i.  1 7 
Elvas,  Gentleman  of,  i,  9 
Emeria,  i.  3 
Engronelanda,  i.  50 
Enriquez  de  Guzman,  Alonzo,  i.  29 
Eslanda,  i.  50 
Estotilanda,  i   50 
Ethiopia.     See  Abyssinia. 
Europe,  i.  10,  12,  13.  18,  20.  49,  54 
58,64,72,73,79;  ii.  9,  11,17 

Ferguson,  Donald  William,  ii.  9  ' 
Figueroa,  Christoval  Suarez  de.     See 

Suarez  de  Figueroa. 
Fletcher,  Francis,  i.  16 
Fletcher,  Giles,  i.  20 
Florida,  i.  7,  9      ' 


21 


Fort  St.  George,  i.  74,  76,  78 

Foster,  William,  B.A.,  ii.  1,  2, 16 

Fotherby,  Robert,  i.  63 

Fox,  Luke,  i.  5,  88,  89 

Foxe,  Luke.     See  Fox. 

Frisian  da,  i.  50 

Frobisher,  Sir  Martin,  i.  5,  38,  88,  89 

Furnace,  H.M.S.,  i.  11 

Gairdner,  James,  i.  79 

Galvao,  Antonio,  i.  30 

Gama,  Christovao  da,  ii.  10 

Gama,  Vasco  da,  i.  42,  99 

Gamboa,    Pedro   Sarmiento   de.     See 

Sarmiento  de  Gamboa. 
Gastaldi,  Jacopo,  i.  12 
Gatonbe,  John,  i.  63 
Gayangos,  Pascual  de,  i.  40 
Gerritsz.,  Hessel,  i.  27,  54  ;  ii.  11 
Gibbons,  William,  i.  5,  88,  89 
Gibraltar,  Straits  of,  i.  79 
Globes,  i.  79 

Ood's  Power  <k  Providence,  i.    18 
Gonzalez  de  Clavijo,  Ruy,  i.  26 
Gosch,  Christian  Carl  August,  i.  ^Q,  97 
Gray,  Albert,  i.  76,  77,  80 
Great  Mogul,  ii.  1,  2 
Greenland,  i.  18,  50,  96,  97 
Grey,  Charles,  i.  49 
Grey,  Edward,  i.  84,  85 
Grimston,  Edward.     See  Grimstone. 
Grimstone,  Edward,  i.  60,  61 
Guiana,  i.  3  ;  ii.  3 
Guinea,  i.  95,  100;  ii.  6 

Hackit,  Thomas,  i.  7 
Hakluyt,  Richard  : 

Divers  Voyages,  i.  7 

Galvano,  i.  30 

Principall  Navigations,  i.   16,  20, 
38,  59  ;  Extra  Ser.  1-12 

Terra  Florida,  i.  9 

Will  of,  i.  7 
Hall,  James,  i.  5,  88,  89,  96,  97 
Hasan  Ibn  Muhammad,  al  Wazzan,  al 

Fasi,  i.  92-94 
Havers,  George,  i.  84,  85 
Hawkins,  Sir  John,  i.  4,  57 
Hawkins,  Sir  Richard,  i.  1.  57 
Hawkins,  William,  i.  57 
Hawkridge,  William,  i.  88,  89 
Hedges,  Sir  William,  i.  74,  75.  78 
Heidelberg  MS.,  i.  58 
Herbet  stein.  Sigismund  von,  i.  10,  12 
Hernandez  de  Biednia,  Luis,  i.  9 
Herrera,  Antonio  de,  i.  24 
Honduras,  i.  40 
Horsey,  Sir  Jerome,  i.  20 
Houtman's  Abrolhos.  i.  25 
Hudson,  Henry,  i.  13,  27,  88,  89 


Hudson's  Bay,  i.  11,  96,  97 
Hues,  Robert,  i.  79 
Hugh  River,  i.  78 

Icaria,  i.  50 

Imftms  and  Seyyids  of  'Omdn  i.  44 

India,  i.  5,  22,  32,  38,  42,  53,  55,  56, 

69,  62,  70.  71,  74-78,  80,  84,  85  ;  u. 

1,  2,  12,  16,  17 
India  Office  MSS.,  i.  5,  56,  66,  67 
Indian  Language,  Dictionarie  of  the, 

i.  6 
Indies,  West,  i.  4,  23  ;  ii.  3 

James  I.,  i.  19 

James,  Thomas,  i.  5,  88,  89 

Janes,  John,  i.  59 

Japan,  i.  8,  39,  66,  67  ;  ii.  5 

Java,  i.  82,83 

Jeannin,  P.,  i.  27 

Jenkinson,  Anthony,  i.  72,  73 

Joannes,    de    Piano    Carpino,  ii.    4  ; 

Extra  Ser.  13 
Jones,  John  Winter,  i.  7,  22,  32 
Jordanus  [Catalani],  i.  31 
Jourdain,  John,  ii   16 
Jovius,  Paulus,  i.  12 
Juet,  Robert,  i.  27 

Keeling,  William,  i.  56 
Knight,  John,  i.  5,  56,  88,  89 

Lambrechtsen,  i.  27 

Lancaster,  Sir  James,  i.  56 

La  Peyr^re,  Isaac  de,  i.  18 

La  Plata,  River,  i.  81 

Lasso   de   La  Vega,  Garcia,  El  Inea, 

i.  24,  41,  45 
Lefroy,  Sir  John   Henry,  K.C.M.G., 

i.  65,  86 
Leguat,  Franyois,  i.  82,  83 
Le  Maire,  Jacob,  ii.  18 
Lendas  da  India,  i.  42 
Leo  Africanus,  i.  92-94 
Leone,  Giovanni,  i.  92-94 
Leupe,  P.  A.,  i.  25 
Levant,  i.  87 
Le  Verrier,  Jean,  i.  46 
Leza,  Gaspar  Gonzalez  de,  i.  39  ;   ii. 

14,  15 
Linschoten,  Jan  Huyghen  van,  i.  70, 

71 

McCrindle,  John  Watson,  i.  89 
Madras,  i.  74.  75,  78 
Madrid  MSS.,  i.  29 
Magellan,  Ferdinand,  i.  52 
Magellan,  Straits  of,  i.  91 
Major,  Richard  Henry,  i.  2,  6,  10,  12, 
14,  15,  17,  22,  25,  43,  46,  60 


22 


Malay  Archipelago,  ii.  16 

Malabar,  i.  35 

Maldive  Islands,  i.  76,  77,  80 

Maluco  Islands.    See  Molucca  Islands. 

Manoa,  i.  3 

Markham,  Sir  Albert  Hastings,  K.C.B., 

i.  59 
Markham,  Sir  Clements  Robert,  K.C.B., 

i.  24,  26,  28,  29,  33,  34,  41,  56,  57, 

60,  61,  63,  68,  79,  86,  90,  91  ;  ii.  14 

15 
Martens,  Friedrich,  i.  18 
Mauritius,  i.  82,  83 
Maynarde,  Thomas,  i.  4 
Mendafia  de  Neyra,  Alvaro,  i.  25,  39  ; 

ii.  7,  8,  14,  15 
Mendoza,  Juan  Gonzalez  de,  i.  14,  15 
Mexico,  i.  23 

Middleton,  Christopher,  i.  11 
Middleton,  Sir  Henry,  i.  1 9,  oQ 
Mirahilia  Descripta,  i.  31 
Mogul,  The  Great,  ii.  1,  2 
Molucca  Islands,  i.  19,39,  52,  76,  77,  80 
Molyneux,  Emery,  i.  79 
Montezuma,  i.  61 

Morga,  Antonio  de,  i.  39  ;  ii.  14,  15 
Morgan,  Henry,  i,  59 
Morgan,   Edward   Delmar,  i.  72,  73, 

79,  83,  86 
Mundy,  Peter,  il  17 
Munk,  Jens,  i.  96,  97 
Miinster,  Sebastian,  i.  12 
Muscovy  Company,  i.  7,  63  ;  ii.  11 

Neumann,  Karl  Friedrich,  i.  58 

New  Hebrides,  ii.  14,  15 

New  World,  i.  2,  43 

Nicaragua,  i.  34 

Nikitiu,  Athanasius,  i.  22 

Nombre  de  Dios,  i.  16 

Norsemen  in  America,  i.  50 

North- East  Voyages,  i.  13 

North- West  Passage,  i.  5,  11,  38,  56, 

88,  89,  96,  97 
Northern  Seas,  i.  50 
Nova  Zembla,  i.  13,  54 
Nunez  Cabe9a  de  Vaca,  Alvar,  i.  81 

Oliver,  Samuel  Pasfield,  i.  82,  83 
Omagua,  i.  28 
'Oman,  i.  44 

Ondegardo,  Polo  de,  i.  48 
Orellana,  Francisco  de,  i.  24 
Orleans,  Pierre  Joseph  d',  i.  17 

Pachacamac,  i.  47 
Pacific  Ocean,  ii.  13 
Paraguay,  River,  i.  81 
Parke,  Robert,  i.  14,  15 
Pelsart,  Francis,  i.  25 


Pellham,  Edward,  i.  18 

Pereira,  Thomas,  i.  17 

Persia,  i.  32,  49,  72,  73 

Peru,  i.  33,  34,  41,  45,  47,  60,  61,  68 

Peru,  Chronicle  of,  i.  33,  68 

Philip,  William,  i.  13,  54 

Philippine  Islands,  i.  39 

Pigafetta,  Antonio,  i.  52 

Pitt  Diamond,  i.  78 

Pitt,  Thomas,  i.  74,  75,  78 

Pizarro,  Francisco,  i.  21 

Pizarro,  Gonzalo,  i.  21,  24 

Pizarro,  Hernando,  i.  47 

Pochahontas,  i.  6 

Pool,  Gerrit  Thomasz.,  i.  25 

Portugal,  i.  64  ;  ii.  10 

Pory,  John,i.  92-94 

Powhatan,  i.  6 

Prado     y    Tovar,    Don     Diego     de, 

ii.  14,  15 
Prestage,  Edgar,  i.  95,  100 
Prester  John,  i.  64  ;  ii.  10 
Pricket  Abacuk,  i,  27 
Public  Record  Office  MSS.,  i.  38 
Puerto  Rico,  i.  4 
Purchas,  Samuel,  i.  13,  56,  63  ;  Extra 

Ser.  14-33 
Pyrard,  Fran9oi8,  i.  76,  77,  80 

Quatrem^re,  i.  22 

Quiros,    Pedro  Fernandez  de,  i.   25, 
39  ;  ii.  14,  15 

Raleigh,  Sir  Walter,  i.  3 
Ramusio,  Giovanni  Battista,  i.  49,  52 
Ravenstein,  Ernest  George,  i.  99  ;  ii.  6 
Recueil  de  Voyages,  i.  31 
Ribault,  John,  i.  7 
Rockhill,  William  Woodville,  ii.  4 
Rodriguez,  Island,  i.  82,  83 
Roe,  Sir  Thomas,  ii.  1,  2 
Roy,  Eugene  Armand,  i   49 
Rubruquis,  Gulielraus  de,  ii.  4  ;    Ex- 
tra Ser.  13 
Rundall,  Thomas,  i.  5,  8 
Russe  Commonwealth,  i.  20 
Russia,  i.  10,  12,  20,  72,  73 
Rye,  William  Brenchley,  i.  9 

Salil-Ibn-Ruzaik,  i.  44 
Samarcand,  i.  26 
Sanclio,  Pedro,  i.  47 
Santo-Stefano,  Hieronimo  di,  i.  22 
Saris,  John,  i.  8  ;  ii.  5 
Sarmiento  de  Gamboa,  Pedro,  i.  91 
Schiltberger,  Johann,  i.  58 
Schmidel,  Ulrich,  i.  81 
Schmidt,  Ulrich.     See  Sohmide. 
Schomburgk,  Sir  Robert  Hermann,  i.  3 
Seaman's  Secrets,  i.  59 


23 


Segersz.,  Jacob,  ii.  11 

Sellman,  Edward,  i.  38 

Shakspere's  "New  Map,"  i,  59 

Sharpeigh,  Alexander,  i.  56 

Shaw,  Norton,  i.  23 

Siam,  i.  39 

Simon,  Pedro,  i.  28 

Sinclair,  W.  Frederic,  ii.  9 

SloaneMSS..  i.  25.  65 

Smith,  Capt.  John,  i.  65,  86 

Smith,  Sir  Thomas,  i.  19,  63,  65 

Smyth,  William  Henry,  i.  21 

Solomon  Islands,  ii.  7,  8 

Somers,  Sir  George,  i.  65 

Soto,  Ferdinando  de,  i.  9 

Soulsby,  Basil  Harrington,  ii.  10,  11, 

14,15 
Sousa  Tavares,  Francisco  de,  i.  30 
South  Sea  i.  1,  57 
Spanish  MSS.,i.  29,48 
Speilbergen,  Joris  van,  ii.  18 
Spitsbergen,  i.  13,  18,  54  ;  ii.  11. 
Staden,  Johann  von,  i.  51 
Stanley  of  Alderley,  Lord,  i.  35,  39, 

42,  52 
Staunton,  Sir  George  Thomas,  Bart., 

i.  14,15 
Stere,  William,  i.  13 
Strachey,  William,  i.  6 
Suarez  de  Figueroa,  Christoval,  i.  57  ; 

ii.  14,  15 
Summer  Islands,  i.  65,  86 
Syria,  i.  32 

Tahiti,  ii.  13 

Tamerlane,  The  Great,  i.  26 

Tana  (Azov),  i.  49 

Tartary,i.  17  ;   ii.  4 

Tavares,    F.   de   Sousa.       See   Sousa 

Tavares,  F.  de. 
Teixeira,  Pedro,  ii.  9 
Telfer,  John  Buchan,  i.  58 
Temple,  Sir   Richard  Carnac,  Bart., 

ii.  12,  17 
Terra  Florida,  i.  9 
Thomas,  William,  i.  49 
Thompson,     Sir     Edward     Maunde, 

K.C.B.,i.  66,67 
Thomson,  Basil  Home.  ii.  7,  8 
Thome,  Robert,  i.  7 
Tiele,  Pieter  Anton,  i.  70,  71 
Tierra  Firme,  i.  28,  34 
Timour,  Great  Khan,  i.  26 
Tootal,  Albert,  i.  51 
Topographia  Christmna,  i.  98 


Torquem&da,  Fray  Juan  de,  ii.  14,  15 
Torres,  Luis  Vaez  de,  i.  25,  39  ;  ii.  14, 

15 
Toscanelli,  Paolo,  i.  86 
Towerson,  Gabriel,  i.  19 
Tractatus  de  Globis,  i.  79 
Trausylvanus,  Maximilianus,  L  52 
Turbervile,  George,  i.  10 
Turkey  Merchants,  i.  87 

Ursua,  Pedro  de,  i.  28 

Valle,  Pietro  della,  i.  84,  85 
Varthema,  Ludovico  di,  i.  19,  32 
Vaux,  William  Sandys  Wright  i,  16 
Vaz,  Lopez,  i.  16 
Veer,  Gerrit  de,  i.  13,  54 
Verarzanus,  John,  i.  7,  27 
Verbiest,  Ferdinand,  i.  17 
Vespucci,  Amerigo,  i.  90 
Virginia  Britannia,  i.  6 
Vivero  y  Velasco,  Kodrigo  de  i.  8 
Vlamingh,  Willem  de,  i.  25 
Volkersen,  Samuel,  i.  25 

Warner,   George    Frederic,    Litt.D., 

ii.  3 
Weigates,  Straits  of,  i.  13,  54 
West  Indies.     See  Indies,  West. 
Weymouth,  George,  i.  5,  88,  89 
White,  Adam,  i.  18 
Whiteway,  Richard  Stephen,  ii.  10 
Wielhorsky,  i.  22 
William  of  Rubruck.    See  Rubruqui.-s 

Gulielmus  de 
Wilmere,  Alice,  i.  23 
Winter,  John,  i.  16 
Witsen,  Nicolaas,  i.  17,  25 
Wolstenholme,    Sir   John,   i.   63,   88, 

89 
Worlde's  Hydrographical  Description^ 

1.59 
Wright,  Edward,  i.  59 

Xeres,  Francisco  de,  i.  47 

Yncas,  Rites  and  Laws,  i.  48 
Yucas,  Royal  Commentaries,  i.  41,  45 
Yule,   Sir  Henrv,   K.C.S.I.,  i.  31,  36, 
37,74,75,  78 

Zeno,  Antonio,  i.  50 
Zeno,  Caterino,  i.  49 
Zeno,  Nicolo,  i.  50 
Zychman,  1,  51 


24 


LAWS    OF    THE    HAKLUYT    SOCIETY. 


I.  The  object  of  this  Society  shall  be  to  print,  for  distribution  among  the 
members,  rare  and  valuable  Voyages,  Travels,  Naval  Expeditions,  and  other 
geogfraphical  records. 

II.  The  Annual  Subscription  shall  be  One  Guinea  (for  America,  five  dollars, 
U.S.  currency),  payable  in  advance  on  the  ist  January. 

III.  Each  member  of  the  Society,  having  paid  his  Subscription,  shall  be 
entitled  to  a  copy  of  every  work  produced  by  the  Society,  and  to  vote  at  the 
general  meetings  within  the  period  subscribed  for  ;  and  if  he  do  not  signify, 
before  the  close  of  the  year,  his  wish  to  resign,  he  shall  be  considered  as  a  member 
for  the  succeeding  year. 

IV.  The  management  of  the  Society's  affairs  shall  be  vested  in  a  Council 
consisting  of  twenty-two  members,  viz.,  a  President,  two  Vice-Presidents,  a 
Treasurer,  a  Secretary,  and  seventeen  ordinary  members,  to  be  elected  annually  I 
but  vacancies  occurring  between  the  general  meetings  shall  be  filled  up  by  the 
Council. 

V.  A  General  Meeting  of  the  Subscribers  shall  be  held  annually.  The 
Secretary's  Report  on  the  condition  and  proceedings  of  the  Society  shall  be 
then  read,  and  the  meeting  shall  proceed  to  elect  the  Council  for  the  ensuing  year. 

VI.  At  each  Annual  Election,  three  of  the  old  Council  shall  retire. 

VII.  The  Council  shall  meet  when  necessary  for  the  dispatch  of  business,  three 
forming  a  quorum,  including  the  Secretary;  the  Chairman  having  a  casting  vote. 

VIII.  Gentlemen  preparing  and  editing  works  for  the  Society,  shall  receive 
twenty-five  copies  of  such  works  respectively. 


25 


LIST     OF     MEMBERS.— 1906. 


Members  are  requested  to  inform  the  Hon.  Secretary  of  any  errors  or 
alterations  in  this  List. 


Aberdare,  The  Right  Hon.  Lord,  F.R.G.S.,  Longwood,  Winchester. 
Aberdeen  University  Library,  Aberdeen  (P.  J.  Anderson  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1895  Adelaide  Public  Library,  North  Terrace,  Adelaide,  South  Australia  (J.  li.  G. 

Adams  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Admiralty,  The  Whitehall,  S.W.  (F.  Brand  Esq.,  I.S.O.,  Librarian).  [2  C0PI^:s.] 
Advocates'  Library,  11,  Parliament  Square,  Edinburgh  (James  T.  Clark   Esq., 

Keeper). 
.  1899    Alexander,  William  Lindsay,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Pinkieburn,  Musselburgh,  N.B. 
All  Souls  College,  Oxford  (G.  Holden  Esq.,  Librarian). 
American  Geographical  Society,  11,  West  Slst  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

(G.  C.  Hirlbut  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Amherst, of  Hackney,  The  Right  Hon.  Lord,F.S.A.,  Didlington  Hall,  Brandon, 

Norfolk. 
1901     Andrews,  Commander  Francis  Arthur  Lavington,   R.N.,  H.M.S.   "Ocean," 

China  Squadron. 
Antiquaries,   The  Society  of,   Burlington    House,   Piccadilly,    W.    (Cliarle« 

Hercules  Read  Esq  ,  Secretary). 
Army  and  Navy  Club,  36,  Pall  Mall,  S.W. 
1904     Arnold,   Dr.   Clarence  R.,  4,   5,  6,  First  National  Bank  Building,  Colorado 

Springs,  Colorado,  U.S.A. 
Athenaeum  Club,  Pall  Mall,  S.W.  (H.  R.  Tedder  Esq.,  Librarian). 

Baer,  Joseph  &  Co.,  Messrs.,  Hochstrasse  6,  Frankfort-on-Main,  Germany. 
1847     Bagram,  John  Ernest,  Esq.,  3,  Hastings  Street,  Calcutta. 
1900     Baldwin,  Alfred,  Esq.,  M.P.,  F.R.G.S.,  Wilden  House,  near  Stourport. 

1899  Ball,  John  B.,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Ashburton  Cottage,  Putney  Heath,  S.W. 

1893  Barclay,  Hugh  Gurney.  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Colney  Hall,  Norwich. 

1900  Basset,  M.  Rene,  Directenr  de  I'EcoIe  Superieure  des  Lettres  d' Alger,  L'Agha 

77,  rue  Michelet,  Alger- Mustapha,  Algiers. 

1898  Bastos,  Senhur  Jose  (Antiga  Casa  Bertrand),  73,  Rua  Garrett,  Lisbon. 

1894  Baxter,  James  Phinney,  Esq.,  61,  Deering  Street,  Portland.  Maine,  U.S.A. 

1896  Beaumont,    Admiral    Sir    Lewis    Anthony,    K.C.B.,    K.C.M.G.,    F.R.G.S., 

Admiralty  House,  Devon])()rt. 
1894    Beazley,   Charles  Raymond,   Esq.,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S.,   27,  Norham   Road  and 

Merton  College,  Oxford. 
1904     Beetem,  Charles  Gilbert,  Esq.,  110,  South  Hanover  Street,  Carlisle,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

1899  Belfast   Library  and   Society   for   Promoting   Knowledge,   Douegall   Square 

North,  Belfast  (Geo.  Maxwell  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1896     Belhaven  and   Stenton,  Col.  The  Right  Hon.  the  Lord,  R.E.,  F.R.G.S.,  41, 
Lennox  Gardens,  S.W. 
Berlin  Geographical  Society  (Gesellschaft  fiir  I<]rdkunde),  Wilhelmstrasse  23, 
Berlin,  S.W.,48  (Hauptmann  a.  D.  Georg  Kollm,  Secretary). 
1847     Berlin,  the  Royal  Library   of,   Opernplatz,  Berlin,    W.  (Wirkl.   Geh.  Ober- 
Reg.  Rat.  Prof.  Aug.  Wilmanns,  Director). 
Berlin  University,  Geographical  Institute    of,  Georgeustrasse  34-36,  Berlin 

N.W.  7  (Baron  von  Kichthofen.  Director). 
Birch,  Dr.  Walter  de  Gray,  F.S.A.,  19,  Bloomsbury  Square,  W.C. 


26 

Birmingham  Central  Free  Library,  Ratclifi  Place,  Birmingham  (A.  Capel  Shaw 

Esq.,  Chief  Librarian). 
Birmingham    Old  Library,   The,  Margaret  Street,  Birmingham  (Charles  E. 

Scarse  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Board  of  Education,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
Bodleian  Library,  Oxford,     [copies  presented.] 
1894     Bonaparte,  H.  H.  Prince  Roland  Napoleon.  Avenue  d'Jena  10,  Paris. 
1847     Boston    Athenaeum    Library,    lOJ,    Beacon    Street,    Boston,   Mass.,    U.S.A. 
(Charles  Knowles  Bolton  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Boston    Public    Library,    Copley    Square,    Boston,    Mass.,    U.S.A.    (James 

Lynam  Whitney  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Bowdoin  College,  Brunswick,  Maine,  U.S.A.  (George  T.  Little  Esq..  Librarian). 
1894     Bower,  Lt.-Col.  Hamilton,  17th  Bengal  Lancers,  Legation  Guard,  Peking. 
1896     Bowring,  Thomas  B.,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  7,  Palace  Gate,  Kensington,  W. 
1894     Brewster,  Charles  0.,  Esq.,  133  East  65th  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

1893  Brighton  Public  Library,   Royal   Pavilion,   Church   Street,   Brighton  (John 

Minto  Esq.,  Librarian). 
British   Guiana  Royal  Agricultural  and   Commercial   Society,    Georgetown, 

Demerara. 
1847     British  Museum,  Department  of  British  and  Mediaeval   Antiquities  (C.  H. 

Read  Esq.,  Keeper). 
1847     British  Museum, Department  of  Printed  Books  (G.  K.  Fortescue  Esq.,  Keeper). 

[copies  presented.] 
British  Museum  (Natural  History),  Cromwell  Road,  S.W.  (B.   B.  Woodward 

Esq.,  Librarian). 
1896     Brock,  Robert  C.  H.,  Esq.,  1612,  Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
Brooke,  Sir  Thomas,  Bart.,  F.S.A.,  Armitage  Bridge,  Huddersfield. 
Brookline  Public  Library,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A.   (Miss  Louisa  M.  Hooper, 

Librarian). 
Brooklyn  Mercantile  Library,  197,  Montague  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

(Willis  A.  Bardwell  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Brown,    Arthur   William   Whateley,    Esq.,    F.R.G.S.,  62,   Carlisle  Mansions, 

Carlisle  Place,  Victoria  Street,  S.W. 
Brown,  General  John  Marshall,  218,  Middle  Street,  Portland,  Maine,  U.S.A. 

1898  Brown  University,  Providence,  Rhode  Island,  U.S.A.,  P.O.  Box  109  (Harry 

Lyman  Koopman  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1899  Bruce,  A.  M.,  Esq.,  Hong-Kong  and  Shanghai  Bank,  Bangkok,  Siam. 
1903     Buckle,  Admiral  Claude  Edward.  The  Red  House,  Raithby,  Spilsby. 

1896     Buda-Pesth,  The  Geographical  Institute  of  the  University  of,  Hungary  (Prof. 

Loczy  Lajos,  Librarian). 
Bunting,  W.  L.,  Esq.,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  Royal  Naval  College,  Osborne,  Isle  of 

Wight. 
1899     Burdekin,  Benjamin  Thomas,  Esq.,  The  Terrace,  Eyam,  Sheffield. 

1894  Burgess,  James,  Esq.,  CLE.,  LL.D.,  F.R.G.S.,  22,  Seton  Place,  Edinburgh. 
Burns,  Capt.  John  William,  Kilmahew,  Cardross,  Dumbartonshire. 

1903     California,   University  of,  Berkeley,  Cal.,  U.S.A.  (Joseph  Cummings  Rowell 

Esq.,  liibrarian). 
1899     Cambray  &  Co..  Messrs.  R.,  6,  Hastings  Street,  Calcutta. 

Cambridge  University  Library,  Cambridge  (Francis  John  Henry  Jenkinson 

Esq.,  Librarian). 
Canada,  The  Parliament  Library,   Ottawa  (Alfred   Duclos  De   Celles  Esq. 
Librarian). 
1896     Cardiff  Public  Library,  Trinity  Street,  Cardiff  (J.  Ballinger  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899     Carles,    William    Richard,     Esq.,    C.M.G.,    F.R.G.S.,    Silwood,    The    Park, 
Cheltenham. 
Carlisle,  The  Rt.  Hon.  the  Earl  of,  Naworth  Castle.  Bamptou,  Cumberland. 
Carlton  Club  Library,  Pall  Mall,  S.W.  (Henry  T.  Cox  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899     Carnegie  Library,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  U.S.A.  (E.  H.  Anderson  Esq.,  Librarian). 


27 

1901  Cator,  Ralph  Bertie  Peter,  Esq.,  (Judge   of   H.B.M.    Supreme  Court,  Con- 

stantinople), Wateringbury,  Kent, 
1894     Chamberlain,  Right  Hon.  Joseph,  M.P.,  F.R.S.,  40,  Princes  Gardens,  S.W. 
1 899     Chambers,  Commander  Bertram  Mordaunt,  R.N.,F.  K.G.S.,  H.M.  S."  Resolution," 
River  Med  way. 
Chetham's    Library,    Hunt's   Bank,  Manchester   (Walter   F.    Browne  Esq., 

Librarian). 
Chicago  Public  Library.  Chicago,  III,  U.S.A.  (Fred.  H.  Hild  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899     Chicago   University  Library,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A.  (Mrs.  Zella  Allen  Dixson, 

Librarian). 
1896     Christ  Church,  Oxford  (F.  Haverfield  Esq.,  Librarian). 

Christiania   University  Library,  Christiania,  Norway  (Dr.  A.   C.   Drolsum, 
Librarian). 

1894  Church,  Col.  George  Earl,  F.R.G.S.,  216,  Cromwell  Road,  S.W. 
Cincinnati  Public  Library,  Ohio.  LT.S.A.  (N.  D.  C.  Hodges  Esq ,  Librarian). 
Clark,   John    Willis,    Esq.,   F.S.A.,    Scroope    House,   Trumpington   Street, 

Cambridge. 
1903     Clay,  John,  Esq.,  University  Press,  and  3,  Harvey  Road,  Cambridge. 

1895  Colgan,  Nathaniel,  Esq.,  15,  Breffin  Terrace,  Sandycove,  co.  Dublin. 
Colonial  Office,  The,  Downing  Street,  S.W.  (C.  Atchley  Esq.,  I.S.O  ,  Librarian). 

1899     Columbia  University,  Library  of,  New  York,  U.S.A.  (James  H.  Canfield  Esq., 

Librarian). 
1899     Constable,  Archibald,  Esq.,  14,  St.  Paul's  Road,  Camden  Town,  N.  W. 

1896  Conwav,    Sir   William    Martin,    M.A.,    F.S.A.,    The    Red   House,    Homton 

Street,  W. 

1903  Cooke,  William  Charles,  Esq.,  Vailima,  Bishopstown,  Cork. 

Copenhagen   Royal  Library  (Det  Store   Kongelige   Bibliothek)   Copenhagen 

(Dr.  H.  O.  Lange,  Chief  Librarian). 
1894     Cora,  Professor  Guido,  M.A.,  Via  Goito,  2,  Rome. 

Cornell   University,  Ithaca,   New   York,    U.S.A.   (Geo.   Wm.   Harris    Esq., 

Librarian). 

1904  Corney,  Bolton  Glanvill,  Esq,,  I.S.O,,  M.D.,  Suva,  Fiji. 

Cornin^'  H   k'  Erl^'/^  Messrs.  Bickers  &  Son,  1,  Leicester  Square,  W. 
1894     Cortissoz,  Royal  Esq.,  Editorial  Room,  New  York  Tribune,  154,  Nassau  Street, 

New  York  City,  U.S.A. 
1893     Cow,  John,  Esq.,  Elfinsward,  Hayward's  Heath  Sussex. 

1902  Cox,  Alexander  G.,  Esq.,  Imperial  Railways  of  North  China,  Tientsin. 

1904     Croydon  Public  Libraries,  Central  Library,  Town  Hall,  Croydon  (L.  Stanley 

Jast  Esq.,  Chief  Librarian). 
Curtis,  Benjamin  Bobbins,  Esq.,  63,  Wall  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 
1893     Curzon   of  Kedleston,  The  Right  Hon.  Lord,  G.M.S  I.,  G.M.I.E.,  F.R.G.S. 

1,  Carlton  House  Terrace,  S.W. 


Dalton,  Rev.  Canon  John  Neale,  C.M.G.,  C.V.O.,  F.S.A.,  4,  The  Cloisters, 
Windsor. 
1899     Dampier,  Gerald  Robert,  Esq.,  I.C.S.,  Dehra  Dun,  N.W.P.,  India. 

Danish  Royal  Naval  Library  (Det  Kongelige  Danske  S^kaart  Archiv),  Copen- 
hagen (Dr.  G.  I.  Colm,  Librarian). 
Davis,    Hon.    Nicholas    Darnell,    C.M.G.,     Georgetown,     Demerara,    British 
Guiana. 
1894     De  Bertodano,  Baldomero  Hyacinth,  Esq.,  Cowbridge  House,  Malmesbury, 
Wilts. 
Derby,  The  Right  Hon.  the  Earl  of,  K.G.,  c/o  Rev.  J.  Richardson,  Knowsley, 

Prescot.  , 

Detroit  Public  Library,  Michigan,  U.S.A.  (Henry  M.  Utley  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1893     Dijon  University  Library,  Rue  Monge,  Dijon,  Cote  d'Or,  France  (M.  Balland, 
Librarian). 


28 

D'Oleire,  Herr  (Triibner's   Buchhandlung),   Am   Miinster-platz,   Strassburg, 

Alsace. 
Doubleday,  Henry  Arthur,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  2,  Whitehall  Gardens,  S.W. 
Dresden  Geographical  Society   (Verein  fiir  Erdkunde),    Kleine  Briidergasse 

2111,  Dresden— A.  1.  (Herr  Otto  Mortzsch,  Bibliothekar). 
.  1902     Dublin,  Trinity  College  Library  (Rev.  T.  K.  Abbott,  D.D.,  Librarian). 

Ducie,  The  Right  Hon.  the  Earl  of,  F.R.S.,  F.R.G.S.,  Tortworth  Court,  Falfield. 

1903  Fames,  James  Bromley,  Esq.,  M.A.,B.  C.  L  ,  lO.King's  Bench  Walk,  Temple,E.C. 
1899     Ecole  Frangaise  d'Extreme  Orient,  Saigon,  Indo-Chine  Frangaise. 

:  1892     Edinburgh  Public  Library,  George  IV.  Bridge,  Edinburgh  (Hew  Morrison 
Esq.,  Librarian). 
Edinburgh  University  Library,  Edinburgh  (Alex.  Anderson  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1904  Edmonds,  The  Rev.  Canon  Walter  John,  B.D.,  The  Close,  Exeter. 
Edwards,  Francis,  Esq.,  83,  High  Street,  Marylebone,  W. 

Faber,  Reginald  Stanley,  Esq.,  M.A.,  F.S.A.,  90,  Regent's  Park  Road,  N.W. 

Fellowes  Athenaeum,  46,  Millmont  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
.1899     Ferguson,  David,  Esq.,  M.I.M.E.,  F.R.G.S.,  140,  Hyndland  Drive,  Kelvinside, 

Glasgow. 
1899     Ferguson,  Donald  William,  Esq.,  Samanala,  20,  Beech  House  Road,  Croydon. 
1894     Fisher,  Arthur,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  St.  Aubyn's,  Tiverton,  Devon. 

1896  Fitzgerald,  Captain  Edward  Arthur,  5th  Dragoon  Guards. 

1904  Flanagin,  Hugh  William,  Esq.,  B.E.,  B.A.,  Yorkville,  Summer  Hill,  Cork. 
Ford,  John  Walker,  Esq.,  D.L.,  FS.A  ,  EnBeld  Old  Park,  Winchmore  Hill,  K 
Foreign   Office,  The,  Downing  Street,  S.W.     (Richard  William   Brant  Esq., 

Librarian). 
Foreign  Office  of  Germany  (Auswartiges  Amt),  Wilhelmstrasse,  Berlin,  W. 
1893     Forrest,  George  William,  Esq.,  CLE.,  F.R.G.S.,  Rose  Bank,  Iffley,  Oxford. 

1902  Foster,  F.  Apthorp,  Esq.,  24,  Milk  Street.  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S  A. 

1893     Foster,  William,  Esq.,  B.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  Registry  and  Record  Department,  India 

Office,  S.W. 
1899     Fothergill,  M.  B.,  Esq.,  c/o  Imperial  Bank  of  Persia,  Bushire,  Persian  Gulf, 

via  Bombay. 

George,  Charles  William,  Esq.,  51,  Hampton  Road,  Bristol. 
Gill,  Joseph  Withers,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,.66,  West  Hill,  St.  Leonards-on-Sea. 
1901     Gill,  W.  Harrison,  Esq.,  c/o  Messrs.  C.  A.  &  H.  Nichols,   Peninsular  House, 

Monument  Street,  E.G. 
Gladstone  Library,  National  Liberal  Club,  Whitehall  Place,  S.W. 
Glasgow  Universitv  Library,  Glasgow  (James  Lymburn  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Godman,    Frederick    Du    Cane,   Esq.,    D.C.L.,     F.R.S.,     F.S.A.,    F.R.G.S , 

10,  Chandos  Street,  Cavendish  Square,  W. 

1905  Goldie,  The  Right.  Hon.  Sir  George  Taubman,  K.C.M.G.,  F.R.S.,  President 

R.G.S.,  Naval  &  Military  Club,  Piccadilly,  W. 

1906  Goodrich,  Professor  Joseph  K.,  Imperial  Government  College,  Kyoto,  Japan. 

1897  Gosch,  Christian  Carl  August,  Esq.,  21,  Stanhope  Gardens,  S.W. 

1899  Gosling,  F.  Goodwin,  Esq.,  Hamilton,  Bermuda. 

1893  Gosset,  General  Mathew  William  Edward,  C.B.,  F.R.G.S.,  Westgate  House, 

Dedham,  Essex. 
Gottingen    University    Library,    Gottingen,     Germany   (Prof.    Dr.    Richard 
Pietschmann,  Director). 

1900  Graham,  Michael,  Esq.,  Glasgow  Herald,  69,  Buchanan  Street,  Glasgow. 
Gray,    Albert,   Esq.,    K.C.,    F.R.G.S.,    Catherine  Lodge,    Trafalgar    Square, 

Chelsea,  S.W. 

1894  Gray,  Matthew  Hamilton,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Lessness  Park,  Abbey  Wood,  Kent. 

1903  Greenlee,  William  B.,  Esq.,  95,  Buena  Avenue,  CJiicago,  111.,  U.S.A. 


29 

1898  Greever,  C.  0.,  Esq.,  1345,  East  Ninth  Street.  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  U.S.A. 

1899  Griffiths,  John  G.  ,Esq.,  21,  Palace  Court,  Kensington  Gardens,  W. 
Grosvenor  Library,  Buffalo,  N.Y.,  U.S.A.  (E.  P.  Van  Duzell  Esq.,  Librarian) 

1899     Gruzevski,  C.  L.,  Esq.,  107,  College  Street,  San  Antonio,  Texas,  U.S.A. 

Guildhall  Library,  E.G.  (Charles  Welch  Esq.,  F.S.A.,  Librarian). 
1894     Guillemard,  Arthur  George,  Esq.,  96,  High  Street,  Eltham,  Kent. 

Guillemard,  Francis  Henry  Hill,  Esq.,  M.A.,  M.D.,  F.R.G.S.,  The  Old   Mill* 
House,  Truinpington,  Cambridge. 

Hamburg  Coramerz-Bibliothek,  Hamburg,  Germany  (Dr.  Baasch,  Librarian). 
1901     Hammersmith  Public  Libraries,  Carnegie  (Central)  Library,  Hammersmith, 

W.    (Samuel  Martin  Esq.,  Chief  Librarian). 
lOlX)     Hamilton,  Wm.  Pierson,  Esq.,  32,  East  36th  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

1898  Hannen,  The  Hon.  Henry  Arthur,  The  Hall,  West  Farleigh,  Kent. 

1905     Harrison,  William  P.,  Esq.,  192,  West  Division  Street,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A. 

Harvard  University,   Cambridge,  Mass.,  U.S.A.  (Wm.  Coolidge  Lane  Esq., 
Chief  Librarian). 

1899  Harvie-Brown,  John  Alexander,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Dunipace,  Larbert,  Stirlingshire. 
1899     Haswell,    George   Handel,  Esq.,    Ashleigh,    Hamstead    Road,    Handsworth, 

Birmingham. 
Heawood,  Edward,  Esq.,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S. 
1899     Heidelberg  L'niversity  Library,  Heidelberg  ( Prof.  Karl  Zh ngenieister.  Librarian). 
1904     Henderson,  George,  Esq.,  c/o  Messrs.  Octavius  Steel  and  Co.,  5,  Fenchurch 
Street,  E.G. 

1903  Henderson,  Turner,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Studley  Priory,  Oxford. 

Hervey,  Dudley  Francis  Amelius,  Esq.,C.  M.G.,F.R.G.S.,Westfields,  Aldeburgh, 

Suffolk. 
Hiersemann,  Herr  Karl  Wilhelm,  Konigsstrasse,  3,  Leipzig. 
1902     Hippislev,  Alfred  Edward,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  I.M.  Customs,  Shanghai,  China. 

1893  Hobhou^e.  Charles  Edward  Henry,  Esq.,  M.P.,  The  Ridge,  Cor.sliam.  Wilts. 

1904  Holdich.  Colonel  Sir  Thomas    Hungerlord,  K.C.M.G.,  K.C.I.E.,  C.B.,  R.E., 

F.R.G.S.,  41,  Courtfield  Road,  S.W. 
1899     Hoover,  Herbert  C,  Esq.,  39,  Hyde  Park  Gate,  S.W. 

Horner,  John  Francis  Fortescue,  Esq.,  Mells  Park,  Frome,  Somerset. 
Hoyt  Public  Library,  East  Saginaw,  Mich.,  U.S.A.  (Miss  Ames,  Librarian). 
1896     Hubbard,  Hon.  Gardiner  G.,  1328,  Connecticut  Avenue",  Wiishington,  D.C.,U.SA. 
1899     Hiigel,  Baron  Anatole  A.  A.  von,  F.R.G.S.,  Curator,  Museum  of  Archaeology 
and  Ethnology,  Cambridge. 

1894  Hull  Publio  Libraries,  Baker  Street,  Hull  (W.  F.  Lawton  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1847     Hull   Subscription  Library,   Albion   Street.    Hull   (William   Andrews   Esq., 

Librarian). 

1899     Im  Thurn,  H.  E.  Sir  Everard  Ferdinand.  Esq.,  K.C.M.G.,  C.B.,  Government 

House,  Suva,  Fiji,  and  1,  East  India  Avenue,  E.G. 
1847     India    Office,    Downing   Street,   S.W.    (Frederick  W.    Thomas   Esq.,   M.A., 

Librarian).      [20  COPIES.] 
1899     Ingle,  William  Bruncker,  Esq.,  4,  Orchard  Road,  Blackheath,  S.E. 
1892     Inner  Temple,  Hon.  Society  of  the,  Temple,  E.G.  (J.  E.  L.  Pickering  Esq., 

Librarian). 
1899     Ireland,    Prof.    Alleyne,    St.    Botolph    Club,  2,   Newbury   Street,    Boston 

Ma^s.  U.S.A. 
1903     Irvine,  William,  Esq.,  Holliscroft,  49,  Castelnau,  Barnes,  S.W. 

1899     Jackson,  Stewart  Douglas,  Esq.,  61,  St.  Vincent  Street,  Glasgow. 
1898     James,  Arthur  Curtis.s,  Esq.,  92  Park  Avenue,  New  York  City.  U.S.A. 
1896     James,  Walter  B.,  Esq.,  M.D.,  17,  West  54th  Street,  New  York  City,  L'.S.A. 
1847     .John   Carter  Brown  Library,  357,  Benefit  Street,  Providence,  Rhode  Island, 
U.S.A.  (George  Parker  Winship,  E.sq.,  Librarian) 

John  Rylands  Library,  Deansgate,  Manchester  (H.  Guppy  Esq.,  Librarian). 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Md.,  U.S.A.  (N.  Murray  Esq.,  Liliaiian) 


so 

Johnson,  General  Sir  Allen  Bayard,  K.C.R.,  60,  Lexham  Gardens,  Cromwell 
Road,  S.W. 
1899     Johnson,  Rev.  Samuel  Jenkins,  F.R.A.S.,  Melplash  Vicarage,  Bridport. 
1399     Johnson,  W.  Morton,  Esq.,  Woodleigh,  Altrincham. 

1903     Kansas  University  Library,  Lawrence,  Kans.,  U.S.A.  (Miss  Carrie  M.  Watson, 
Librarian). 
Keltie,  John  Scott,  Esq.,  LL.D.,  Secretary  R.G.S.,  1,  Savile  Row,  Burlington 

Gardens,  W. 
Kelvin,  The  Rt.  Hon.  Lord,  F.R.S.,  LL.D.,  Netherhall,  Largs,  Ayrshire. 
1899     Kiel,   Royal  University  of,  Kiel,  Schleswig-Holstein  (Geh.  Reg.  Rath.,  Emil 
Steffenhagen,  Director). 
Kimberley  Public  Library,  Kimberley,  Cape  Colony  (Bertram  L.  Dyer  Esq., 
Librarian). 

1898  Kinder,  Claude  William    Esq.,  C.M.G.,  Imperial  Chinese  Railways,  Tientsin, 

North  China. 
King's  Inns,  The  Hon.  Society  of  the,   Henrietta  Street,  Dublin  (Joseph  J. 
Carton  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1899  Kitching,  John,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Oaklands,  Queen's  Road,  Kingston  Hill,  S.W. 
Klincksieck,  M.  Charles,  11,  Rue  de  Lille,  Paris. 

1900  Langtou,  J.  J.  P.,  Esq.,  802,  Spruce  Street,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  U.S.A. 

1900     Larchmont    Yacht    Club,     Larchmont,    N.Y.,  U.S.A.     (F.    D.    Shaw   Esq. 
Chairman  of  Library  Committee). 

1898  Leechman,  Carey  B.,  Esq.,  10,  Earl's  Court  Gardens,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
Leeds  Library,  18,  Commercial  Street,  Leeds  (D.  A.  Cruse  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Lehigh  University,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa.,   U.S.A.   (W.  H.  Chandler  Esq., 

Director). 
1893     Leipzig,  Library  of  the  University  of,  Leipzig  (Prof.  Oskar  Leop.  v.  Gebhardt, 
Direktor). 

1899  Levy,  Judah,  Esq.,  17,  Greville  Place,  N.W. 

1905     Lincoln,  Arthur,  Esq.,  29,  Wall  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 
1902     Linnev,  Albert  G.,  Esq.,  Bootham  School,  51,  Bootham,  York. 

Liverpool,  The  Right  Hon.  the  Earl  of,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  2,  Carlton  House 

Terrace,  S.W. 
Liverpool   Free   Public   Library,   William    Brown   Street,    Liverpool    (Peter 
Co  well  Esq  ,  Librarian). 
1896     Liverpool    Geographical   Society   14,    Hargreaves   Buildings,    Chapel  Street, 
Liverpool  (Capt.  E.  C.  D.  Phillips,  R.N.,  Secretary). 
Loescher,  Messrs.  J.,  and  Co.,  Corso  Umberto  1°,  307,  Rome. 
Logan,  William,  Esq.,  Heatheryhaugh,  Moffat,  Damfriesshire. 
1847     London  Institution,  11,  Finsbury  Circus,  E.C.  (R.  W.  Frazer  Esq.,  LL.B., 

Librarian). 
1847     London  Library,  12,  St.  James's  Square,  S.W.  (C.  T.  H.  Wright  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1895     Long  Island  Historical  Society,  Pierrepont  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

(Miss  Emma  Toedteberg,  Librarian). 
1899     Los  Angeles  Public  Library,  Los  Angeles,  Cal.,  U.S.A.  (Miss  Mary  L.  Jone.s, 
1899  Librarian). 

Lowrey,  Joseph,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  The  Hermitage,  Loughton,  Essex. 
1899     Lubetsky,  S.  A.  S.  le  Prince  Droutskoy,  89,  Rue  Miromesnil,  Paris. 

Lucas,  Charles  Prestwood,  Esq.,  C.B.,  Colonial  Office,  Downing  Street,  S.W. 
1895     Lucas,  Frederic  Wm., Esq.,  S.Swithin's,  169,  Trinity  Road,  Upper  Tooting. S.W. 
1905     Luquer,  The  Rev.  Lea,  St.  Matthew's  Rectory,  Bedford,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

1898  Lydenberg,  H.  M. ,  Esq.,  New  York  Public  Library,  40,  Lafayette  Place,  New 

York  City,  U.S.A. 
Lyons   University  Library,  Lyon,  France  (M.  le  Professeur  Dreyfus,   Chief 
Librarian). 

1899  LyttletonAnnesley,  Lieut. -General  Sir  Arthur  Lyttelton,  K.C.V.O.,  F.R.G.S. 

Templemere,  Oatlands  Park,  Weybridge. 


31 

1899     MacLehose,  James  John,  Esq.,  M.A.,  F.S.A.,  7,  University  Gardens,  Glasgow. 

Macmillan  and  Bowes,  Messrs.,  1,  Trinity  Street,  Cambridge. 
1899     Macrae,  Charles  Colin,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  93,  Onslow  Gardens,  S.W. 

1904  Malvern   Public   Library,    Graham   Road,    Great  Malvern    (Miss   M.    Lucy, 

Librarian). 
Manchester  Public  Free  Libraries,  King  Street,   Manchester    (C.  W.  Sutton 

Esq.,  Librarian). 
Manierre,  George,  Esq.,  184,  La  Salle  Street,  Chicago.  111.,  U.S.A. 
Markham,  Admiral   Sir  Albert  Hastings,  K.C.B.,  F.R.G.S.,  12,   Petersham 

Terrace,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
1852     Markham,  Sir  Clements  Robert,  K.C.B.,  F.R.S.,  F.S.A.,  21,  Eccleston  Square, 

S.W. 

1892  Marquand,  Henry,  Esq.,  Whitegates  Farm,  Bedford,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

1905  Marsden,  T.  lil.,  Esq.,  Norbury,  Prestbury,  near  Macclesfield. 

1899     Martelli,  Ernest  Wynne,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S,,  4,  New  Square,  Lincoln's  Inn,  W.C. 
Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  1154,  Boylston  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

(Samuel  A.  Green  Esq.,  LL.D.,  Librarian). 
1899     Massie,   Major    Roger    Henry,    R.A.,    D.A.QM.G.,   Army    Head   Quarters 

Pretoria,  South  Africa. 

1898  Mathers,  Edward  Peter,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  6,  Queen's  Gate  Terrace,  S.W. 
Maudslay,  Alfred  Percival,  E'aq.,  F.R.G.S.,  32,  Montpelier  Square,  Knights- 
bridge,  S.W.,  and  St.  James's  Club,  Piccadilly,  W. 

McClurg,  Messrs.  A.  C  ,  &  Co..  215-221,  Wabash  Avenue,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A. 
1905     McKay,  J.  Albert,  Esq.   421,  Wood  Street,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  U  S.A. 

1899  McKerrow,  Ronald  Brunlees,  Esq.,  30,  Manchester  Street,  W. 

1896     Mecredy,  Jas.,  Esq.,  M.A.,  B.L.,  F.R.G.S.,  Wynberg,  Blackrock,  co,  Dublin. 

1901  Merriman,  J.  A.,  Esq.,  c/o  Standard  Bank  of  South  Africa,  Ltd.,  Durban,  Natal. 
1899     Michell,  Sir  Lewis  L.,  c/o  The  British  South  Africa  Company,  2,  London  Wall 

Buildings,  E.C. 

1893  Michigan,  University  of,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  U.S.A.  (Raymond  C.  Davis  Esq., 

Librarian). 
1899     Middletown,  Conn.,  Wesleyan  University  Library,  U.S.A.   (William  J.  James 

Esq.,  Librarian).  [U.S.A. 

1904     Mikkelsen,  Michael  A.,  Esq.,  54,  Grove  Street,  Tarrytowu,  New  York  City, 
1896     Milwaukee   Public  Library,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin,  U.S.A.    (Dr.   George  W. 

Peckham,  Librarian). 

1895  Minneapolis  Athenaeum,  Minneapolis,  Minn.,  U.S.A.     (Miss  Jessie  McMillan, 

Librarian). 
1899     Minnesota  Historical  Society,  St.  Paul,  Minnesota,  U.S.A. 

Mitchell   Library,    21,   Miller    Street,    Glasgow   (Francis    T.    Barrett  Esq , 
Librarian). 

1898  Mitchell,  Alfred,  Esq. ,  New  London,  Conn.,  U.S.A. 

Mitchell,  Wm.,  Esq.,  c/o  Union  Bank  of  Scotland,  Holburn  Branch,  Aberdeen. 

1902  Mombasa  Club,  Mombasa,  East  Africa. 

1899  Monson,  The  Right  Hon.  Lord,  C.V.O.,  Burton  Hall,  Lincoln. 

1901     Moreno,  Dr.  Francisco  J.,La  Plata  Museum,  La  Plata,  Argentine  Republic. 

Morgan,  Edward  Delmar,  Esq.,  15,  Roland  Gardens,  South  Kensington,  S.W. 
1893     Morris,  Henry  Cecil  Low,  Esq.,  M.D.,  F.R.G.S.,  Gothic  Cottage,  Bognor,  Sussex. 

1896  Morris,  Mowbray,  Esq.,  59a,  Brook  Street,  Grosvenor  Square,  W. 

1900  Morrison,   George    Ernest,    Esq.,    M.D.,    F.R.G.S.,    Times   Correspondent, 

c/o  H.B.M.  Legation,  Peking. 
1899     Morrisson,  James  W.,  Esq.,  200-206,  Randolph  Street,  Chicago,  111.,  U.S.A. 
1906     Morse,  Chas.  J  ,  Esq.,  1825,  Asbury  Avenue,  P^vanston,  Illinois,  U.S.A. 
1895     Moxon,  Alfred  Edward,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  c/o  Mrs.  Gough,  The  Lodge,  Souldern, 

near  Banbury. 
1899    Mukhopadhyay,  The  Hon.  Dr.  Asutosh,  M.A.,  LL.D.,  77,  Russa  Road  North, 

Bhowanipore,  Calcutta. 
Munich  Royal  Library  (Kgl.    Hof-u.  Staats-Bibliothek),  Munich,  Germany 

(Konigl.  Geheimrath  Dr.  von  Laubmann,  Director). 

1901  Murray,  Hon.  Charles  Gideon,  Brooks's,  St.  James's  Stieet,  S.W. 


32 

Nathan,  H.  E.Major  Sir  Matthew,  K.C.M.G.,  R.E.,  F.R.G.S.,  11,  Pembridge 

Square,  W.,  and  Government  House,  Hong  Kong. 
1894     Naval  and  Military  Club,  94,  Piccadilly,  W. 

Netherlands,   Royal  Geogra])hical  Society   of  the    (Koninklijk  Nederlandsch 

Aardrijkskuudig  Geuootschap),  Singel  421,  Amsterdam  (J.  Yzermann  Esq., 

Bibliothecaris.) 
Newberry   Library,    The,   Chicago,  111.,    U.S.A.   (John   Vance  Cheney,   Esq., 

Librarian). 
1847     Newcastle-upon-Tyne    Literary  and   Philosophical    Society,  Westgate   Road, 

Newcastle  on-Tyne. 
Newcastle-upon-Tyne  Public  Library,  New  Bridge  Street,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

(Basil  Anderton  Esq.,  B.A.,  Chief  Librarian). 

1894  New  London  Public  Library,  Conn.,  U.S.A. 

New    South   Wales,    Public    Library    of,    Sydney,    N.S.W.    (Henry   C.    L. 
Anderson,  M.A.,  Principal  Librarian). 
1899     New  York    Athletic    Club,    Central    Park,    South,    New  York  City,  U.S.A. 
(John  C.  Gulick  Esq.,  chairman  of  Library  Committee). 

1895  New  York  Public  Library,  40,  Lafayette  Place,  New  York  City,  U.S.A.  (Dr. 

John  S.  Billings,  Director). 
New  York  State  Library,  Albany,  New  York,   U.S.A.  (Melvil  Dewey  Esq., 
Director). 
1894     New  York  Yacht  Club  (Library  Committee),  67,  Madison  Avenue,  New  York 
City,  U.S.A. 

1897  New  Zealand,  The  High  Commissioner  for  (Hon.  William  Pember  Reeves),  13, 

Victoria  Street,  S.W. 
1905     Nijhoff,  M.  Martinus,  Nobelstrat,  18,  The  Hague. 
1905     Nichols,  George  L.,  Esq.,  66  East  56th  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

1896  North  Adams  Public  Library,  Massachusetts,  U.S.A. 

1893     Northcliffe,  The  Right  Hon.  Lord.  F.R.G.S.,  Elmwood,  St.  Peter's,  Thanet. 

Northumberland,  His  Grace  the   Duke  of,  K.G.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  c/o  J.  C. 

Hodgson  Esq.,  Alnwick  Castle. 
1899     Nottingham  Public  Library,  Sherwood  Street,  Nottingham  (J.  P.  Briscoe  Esq., 

Librarian). 

1898  Omaha  Public  Library,  19th  and  Harney  Streets,  Omaha,  Nebraska,  U.S.A. 

(Miss  Edith  Tobitt,  Librarian). 
Oriental  Club,  Hanover  Square,  W. 
1902     Otani,  Kozui,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Nishi  Honganji,  Horikawa,  Kyoto,  Japan. 
Oxford  Union  Society,  Oxford  (The  Chief  Librarian). 

1902     Palmella,  His  Grace  the  Duke  of,  Lisbon. 

Paris,     Bibliotheque    Nationale,     Rue    de    Richelieu,    Paris    (M.     Marchal, 

Conservateur). 
Paris,  Institut  de  France,  Quai  de  Conti  23,  Paris  (M.  R^beliiau,  Librarian). 

1899  Parish,  Frank,  Esq.,  5,  Gloucester  Square,  Hyde  Park,  W. 

1900  Parlett,  Harold  George,  Esq.,  British  Legation,  Tokio,  Japan. 

1902     Parry,    Captain  John  Franklin,  R.N.,   H.M.S.  "Egeria,"  Esquimalt,  British 
Columbia. 

Peabody  Institute,  Baltimore,  Md., U.S.A.  (Philip  Reese  Uhler  Esq.,  Librarian). 

Peckover,  Alexander,  Esq.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  Bank  House,  Wisbech. 
1896     Peech,  W.  H.,  Esq.,  St.  Stephen's  Club,  Westmin.ster,  S.W. 
1893     Peek,  Sir  Wilfred,  Bart.,  c/o  Mr.  Grover,  Rousdon,  Lyme  Regis. 
1904     Peirce,  Harold,  Esq.,  222,  Drexel  Building,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 
1899     Peixoto,  Dr.  J.  Rodrigues,  8,  Rue  Alrate.  Comandar^,  Rio  de  Janeiro. 
1899     Pequot  Library,    Southport,    Conn.,    U.S.A.    (W.    H.   Holman    Esq.,   Chief 

Librarian). 
1902     Percival,  H.  M.,  Esq.,  14,  Park  Street,  Calcutta. 
1001     Perthes,   Herr  Justus,    Geographische   Anstalt,   Gotha,   Germany,      [copies 

PRESENTED.] 


33 

Pethenck,  Edward  Augustus,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  85,  Hopton  Road,  Streatham 
S.W. 

1895  Philadelphia  Free  Library,  Pa.,  U.S.A.  (John  Thomson  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Philadelphia,    Library    Company    of,    corner    Juniper    &    Locust    Streets, 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A.  (James  G.  Barnwell  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899     Philadelphia,  Union   League  Club,  Broad  Street,  PhUadelphia,  Pa.,   U.S.A. 

(Alfred  Lee  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899     Philadelphia,  University  Club,  1510  Walnut  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A. 

(Ewing  Jordan  Esq.,  M.D.,  Librarian). 
1899     Plymouth  Proprietary  and   Cottonian   Library,   Cornwall   Street,  Plymouth 

(John  L.  C.  Woodley  Esq.,  Chief  Librarian). 
Poor,  Henry  William,  Esq.,  1,  Lexington  Avenue,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 
Portico    Library,    57,    Mosley    Street,    Manchester  (Ernest  Marriott    Esq., 

Librarian). 
1904     Pratt,  John  Thomas,  Esq.,  H.B.M.  Consulate,  Ningpo,  China. 
1894     Pretoria  Government  Library,  Pretoria,  Transvaal,  South  Africa. 

1894    Quaritch,  Bernard  Alfred,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  15,  Piccadilly,  W.  (12  copies). 

1890     Raffles  Library  and  Museum,  Singapore  (Dr.  Richard  Hanitsch,  Director). 

Ravenstein,  Ernest  George,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  2,  York  Mansions,  Battersea  Park 
S.W. 
1906     Rees,  Hugh,  Esq.,  119,  Pall  Mall,  S.W. 

Reform  Club,  Pall  Mall,  S.W. 
1899     Reggio,  Andre  C,  Esq.,  43,  Tremont  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
lS9o     Rhodes,  Josiah,  Esq.,  The  Elms,  Lytham,  Lancashire. 
1902     Rice,  A.  Hamilton,  Esq.,  M.D.,  389,  Beacon  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

Richards,   Admiral   of  the   Fleet   Sir   Frederick  William,  G.C.B.,  F.R.G.S. 
/  34,  Hurlingham  Court,  S.W. 

/  Riggs,  E.  F.,  Esq.,  1311,  Mass.  Avenue,  Washington,  D.C.,  U.S.A. 

1896  Riugwalt,  John  S.,  Jun.,  Esq.,  Lock  Box  147,  Mt.  Vernon,  Knox  County,  Ohio, 

U.S.A. 

1892  Rittenhouse  Club,  1811,  Walnut  Street,   Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.S.A.  (Carroll 

Smythe  Esq.,  Secretary,  Library  Committee).  • 
Rockhill,  H.E.  the  Hon.  William  Woodville,  United  States  Minister,  Peking, 
China. 
1899     Rodd,  H.E.  Sir  James  Rennell,  G.C.V.O.,  K.C.M.G.,  C.B.,  F.R.G.S.,  British 
Embassy,  Stockholm. 

1898  Rohrscheid  and  Ebbecke,  Herrn,  Strauss'sche  Buchhandlung,  Bonn,  Germany. 

1893  Royal  Artillery  Institution,  Woolwich. 

Royal   Colonial  Institute,   Northumberland  Avenue,  W.C.  (James  R.  Boos^ 
Esq.,  Librarian). 

1896  Royal  Cruising  Club,  40,  Chancery  Lane,  W.C. 
Royal  Engineers'  Institute,  Chatham. 

1847     Royal     Geographical     Society,    1,     Savile    Row,    Burlington    Gardens,   W. 
(Edward  Heawood  Esq.,  Librarian),     [copies  presented.] 
Royal     Scottish     Geographical     Society,     Queen     Street,    Edinburgh    (Jas. 
Burgess  Esq.,  LL.D.,  CLE.,  Librarian). 

1897  Royal  Societies  Club,  63,  St.  James's  Street,  S.W.  (D.  Lewis-Poole  Esq.,  Hon. 

Secretary). 
Royal  United  Service  Institution,  Whitehall,  S.W. 

1899  Runciman,  Walter,  Jr.,  Esq.,  M.P.,  West  Denton  Hall,  Scotswood-on-Tyne. 
1904     Ruxton,    Captain  Upton  Fitz  Herbert,  F.R.G.S.,  Worcestershire  Regiment, 

The  Residency,  Sokoto,  Northern  Nigeria. 

1900  Ryley,  John  Horton,  Esq.,       \  Melrose,  22,  Woodwarde  Road,  East  Dulwich, 
1900     Ryley,  Mrs.  Florence,  LL.A.,  J      S.E. 

St.  Andrews  University,  St.  Andrews  (Jas.  Maitland  Anderson  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899    St.  Deiniol's  Library,  Ha  warden  (Rev.  G.  C.  Joyce,  Librarian). 

c 


34 

1893  St.  John's,  New  Brunswick,  Free  Public  Library  (J.  R.  Ruel,  Esq.  Chairman) 
St.  Louis  Mercantile  Library,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  U.S.A.  (William  L.  R.  Gifford 

Esq.,  Librarian). 
St.  Martin's-in-the-Fields  Free  Public  Library,  115,  St.  Martin's  Lane,  W.C. 
St.  Petersburg  University  Library,  St.  Petersburg  (Dr.  Alex.  Roman.  Kreis- 

berg,  Librarian). 

1894  St.    Wladimir   University,     Kiew,     Russia     (Dr.    Venjamin    Aleks.    Kordt, 

Librarian). 
1902     Sanborn,  George  P.,  Esq.,  29,  Wall  Street,  Drexel  Building,  New  York  City, 
U.S.A. 

1899  Sanford,  Charles  Henry,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  102,  Eaton  Square,  S.W. 

1900  San  Francisco  Public  Library,  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  U.S.A.  (G.  T.  Clark  Esq. 

Librarian). 
Satow,  H.  E.  Sir  Ernest  Mason,  K.C.M.G.,  F.R.G.S.,  British  Legation,  Peking. 
1896     Saunders,  Howard,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  7,  Radnor  Place,  Hyde  Park,  W. 
1899     Sclater,  Dr.  William  Lutley,  South  African  Museum,  Cape  Town,  S.  Africa. 
1899     Seattle  Public  Library,  Seattle,  Washington,  U.S.A.     (C.  Wesley  Smith  Esq., 

Librarian). 
1894    Seymour,  Admiral  of  the  Fleet  Sir  Edward  Hobart,  G.C.B.,  O.M.,  F.R.G.S., 

Queen  Anne's  Mansions,  St.  James's  Park,  S.W. 

1898  Sheffield  Free  Public  Libraries,  Surrey  Street,  Sheffield  (Samuel  Smith  Esq., 

Librarian). 

1899  Shields,  Cuthbert,  Esq.,  Corpus  Christi  College,  Oxford. 

Signet    Library,    11,    Parliament    Square,     Edinburgh    (A.  G.    Main   Esq., 

Librarian). 
Sinclair,  Mrs.  William  Frederic,  102,  Cheyne  Walk,  Chelsea,  S.W. 
1899     Smith,   Frederick    Alexander,    Esq.,    10,    Cumberland   Mansions,   Bryanston 

Square,  W. 
1904     Smith,  John  Langford,  Esq.,  H.  B.  M.  Consular  Service,  China,  c/o  Messrs. 

Henry  S.  King  &  Co.,  9,  Pall  Mall,  S.W. 
1906     Smith,  J.  de  Berniere,  Esq.,  4,  Gloucester  Terrace,  Regent's  Park,  N.W. 
1896     Smithers,  F.   Oldershaw,   Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Dashwood  House,  9,  New  Broad 

Street,  E.C. 
1899     Sneddon,  George T.,  Esq.,  8,  Merry  Street,  Motherwell,  Lanarkshire. 
1899     Society  Geografica  Italiana,  Via  del  Plebiscite  102,  Rome. 

Socidt^  de  Gdographie,  Boulevard  St.  Germain,  184,  Paris  (M.  le  Baron  Hulot, 

Secretaire  G^n^ral). 
1899     Soulsby,  Basil  Harrington,  Esq.,  B.A.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  Map  Department, 

British  Museum,  W.C,  and  3,  Spring  Gardens,  S.W. 
1899  South  African  Public  Library,  Cape  Town,  South  Africa. 
1899     Southam,    Herbert   Robert    Henry,    Esq.,    F.S.A.,   Innellan,    Sutton   Road, 

Shrewsbury. 
1904     Speight,  Ernest  Edwin,  Esq.,  B.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  The  Green,  Shaldon,  Teignmouth, 

Devon. 
1894     Stairs,  James  W.,  Esq.,  c/o  Messrs.  Stairs,  Son  and  Morrow,  Halifax, Nova  Scotia. 

1904  Stanton,  John,  Esq.,  High  Street,  Chorley,  Lancashire. 

1894  Stephens,  Henry  Charles,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,    Cholderton   Lodge,    Cholderton, 

Salisbury. 
1847     Stevens,  Son,  and  Stiles,  Messrs.  Henry,  39,  Great  Russell  Street,  W.C. 
1906     Stock,  C.  A.,  Esq.,  Odell  Gazette  and  Reporter,  Odell,  Illinois,  U.S.A. 

Stockholm,  Royal  Library  of  (Kongl.  Biblioteket),  Sweden  (Dr.  Erik  Wilhelm 

Dahlgren  Librarian). 

1895  Stockton   Public   Library,   Stockton,  Cal.,  U.S.A.   (W.   F.  Clowdsley    Esq., 

Librarian). 

1905  Storer,  Albert  H.,  Esq.,  Ridgefield,  Ct.,  U.S.A. 
Strachey,  Lady,  69,  Lancaster-gate,  Hyde  Park,  W. 

1894     Stringer,  George  Alfred,  Esq,,  248,  Georgia  Street,  Buffalo,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 

Stubbs,  Captain  Edward,  R.N.,  13,  Greenfield  Road,  Stoney croft,  Liverpool. 
1904     Suarez,  Colonel  Don  Pedro  (Bolivian   Legation),  Santa  Cruz,  74,  Compayne 
Gardens,  N.W, 


a 

1905     Sullivan,   John  Cotter,  Esq.,   301,   West  Commerce  Street,  San  Antonio, 

Texas,  U.S.A. 
1899     Sykes,  Major  Percy  Molesworth,  C.M.G.,F.R.G.S.,  Queen's  Bay8,H.M.'8  Consul 

Kerman,  Persia,  vid  Teheran. 


1900    Tangye,  Richard  Trevithick  Gilbertstone,  Esq.,  LL.B.,  1,  King's  Bench  Walk, 

Temple,  E.G.,  and  16,  Tite  Street,  Chelsea,  S.W. 
1897     Tate,  George  Passman,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Survey  of  India  Department,  Bombay. 
1894     Taylor,  Captain  William  Robert,  F.R.G.S.,  1,  Daysbrook  Road,  Streatham 
Hill,  S.W. 
Temple,  Lieut.-Col.  Sir  Richard  Camac,  Bart.,  C.I.E.,  F.R.G.S.,  The  Naah, 
Worcester,  and  Naval  and  Military  Club,  S.W. 
1894     Thomson,  Basil  Home,  Esq.,  Governor's  House,  H.M.'s  Prison,  Princetown, 

S.  Devon. 
1896     Tighe,  Walter  Stuart,  Esq.,  Coolmoney,  Stratford-on-Slauey,  Co.  Wicklow. 
1904     Todd,  Commander  George  James,  R.N.,  H.M.S.  "  Coquette,"  Me<literranean. 
1896     Toronto  Public  Library,  Toronto,  Ont.,  Canada  (James  Bain  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Toronto  University,  Toronto,  Ont.,  Canada  (H.  H.  Langton  Esq.,  Librarian). 
Travellers'  Club,  106,  Pall  Mall,  S.W. 
1900     Triuder,    Arnold,    Esq.,    F.R.G.S.,   The  Hollies,  Rydens   Road,    Walton-on- 
Thames. 
Trinder,  Henry  William,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Northbrook  House,  Bishops  Waltham, 

Hants. 
Trinder,  Oliver  Jones,  Esq.,  Cedar  Grange,  Caterham  Valley,  Surrey. 
Trinity  College,  Cambridge. 

Trinity  House,  The  Hon.  Corporation  of.  Tower  Hill,  E.C.  (H.  S.  Liesching 
Esq.,  Librarian). 
1894     Troop,  W.  H.,  Esq.,  c/o  Messrs.  Black  Bros,  and  Co.,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia. 

Turnbull,  Alexander  H.,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  Elibank,  Wellington,  New  Zealand, 
and  c/o  Messrs.  A.  L.  Elder  and  Co.,  Ltd.,  7,  St.  Helen's  Place,  E.C. 
1902    Tweedy,  Arthur  H.,  Esq.,  Widmore  Lodge,  Widmore,  Bromley,  Kent. 

1847     United   States   Congress,   Library  of,   Washington,   D.C.,   U.S.A.    (Herbert 

Putnam  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899     United  States  National  Museum  (Library  of),  Washington,  D.C.  U.S.A.  (Cyrus 
Adler  Esq.,  Librarian). 
United   States  Naval   Academy  Library,    Annapolis,    Md.,    U.S.A..    (Prof. 

Arthur  Newton  Brown,  Librarian). 
University  of  London,  Imperial  Institute,  S.W. 
Upsala  University  Library,  Upsala,  Sweden  (Dr.  Claes  Annerstedt,  Librarian). 


1905     Van  Norden,  Theodore  Langdon,  Esq.,  Van  Norden  Trust  Company,    786, 
Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

1905  Van  Norden,  Warner  M.,  Esq.,  Van   Norden   Trust  Company,   786,   Fifth 

Avenue,  New  York,  U.S.A. 

1896     Van  Raalte,  Charles,  Esq.,  Brownsea  Island,  Poole,  Dorset. 

1900    Vernon,  Roland  Venables,  Esq.,  B.A.,  Colonial  Office,  Downing  Street,  S.W. 
Victoria,   Public  Library,  Museums,  and  National   Gallery  of,    Melbourne, 
Australia  (E.   La  T.  Armstrong  Esq.,  Chief  Librarian),  c/o  the  Agent- 
General  for  Victoria,  142,  Queen  Victoria  Street,  E.C. 

1847     Vienna  Imperial  Library  (K.  K.  Hof-Bibliothek),  Vienna  (Dr.  Hofrath  Josef 
Karabacek,  Chief  Librarian). 

1906  Vienna,  K.  K.  Geographische  Gesellschaft,  Wollzeile  33,  Vienna  (Dr.    Leo 

Bouchal,  Chief  Librarian). 
Vignaud,  Henry,  Esq.,  Ambassade  des  Etats  Unis,  18,  Avenue  Kleber,  Paris. 


36 

1904     Wagner,  Herrn  H.,  and  E.  Debes,   Geographische  Anstalt,  Briiderstrasse  23, 
Leipzig. 

1902  War  Office,   Mobilisation  and  Intelligence  Library,  Winchester  House,  St. 

James's  Square,  S.W.  (F,  J.  Hudleston  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1894     Warren,  William  R.,  Esq.,  68,  William  Street,  New  York  City,  U.S.A. 

Washington,  Department  of  State,  D.C.,  U.S.A.  (Andrew  Hussey  Allen  Esq., 

Chief  of  Bureau  of  Rolls). 
Washington,    Library    of    Navy    Department,    Washington,    D.C.,   U.S.A. 

(Superintendent  of  Naval  War  Records). 
1899     Watanabe,  Chiharu,  Esq.,  4,  Shimotakanawamachi,  Shibaku,  Tokyo,  Japan, 

&  c/o  the  Rev.  A.  Tanner,  St.  Anne's  Vicarage,  Highgate  Rise,  N. 
Watkinson    Library,   Hartford,    Connecticut,   U.S.A.    (Frank    B.    Gay   Esq., 

Librarian). 

1892  Webster,   Sir  Augustus   Frederick   Walpole   Edward,   Bart.,    Battle   Abbey, 

Sussex. 
1899     Weld,  Rev.  George  Francis,  Hingham,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 

1903  Wells,  Professor  David  Collins,  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover,  N.  H.,  U.S.A. 
1899     Wesleyan  University,  Library  of,  (W.  J.  James,  Esq.,  Librarian),  Tabor,  New 

Jersey,  U.S.A. 

1899  Westaway,     Engineer     Commander      Albert    Ernest     Luscombe,     H.M.S. 

"  Bulwark,"  Mediterranean  Fleet. 

1898  Westminster  School  (Rev.  G.  H.  Nail,  M.A.,  Librarian)  Dean's  Yard,  S.W. 

1904  Whall,  William  B.,  Esq.,  Board  of  Trade,  11,  Linkfield,  .Alusselburgh. 

1900  White,    Dr.  Henry,   F.R.G.S.,  English   Mission  Hospital,  Yezd,  Persia,  via 

Berlin. 

1893  Whiteway,  Richard  Stephen,  Esq. ,  Brownscombe,  Shottermill,  Surrey. 

1896     Wildy,  Augustus  George,  Esq.,  F.R.G.S.,  1,  Raymond  Buildings,  Gray's  Inn, 
W.C. 

1899  Williams,  0.  W.,  Esq.,  Fort  Stockton,  Texas,  U.S.A. 

1899  Wilmanns,  Frederick  M.,  Esq.,  89,  Oneida  Street,  Milwaukee,  Wise,  U.S.A. 
1895     Wisconsin,   State   Historical   Society   of,    Madison,  Wise,   U.S.A.   (Isaac   S. 

Bradley  Esq.,  Librarian). 

1900  Woodford,    Charles   Morris,  Esq.,   F.R.G.S.,  Government  Residence,  Tulagi, 

British  Solomon  Islands. 
Worcester,  Massachusetts,  Free  Library,  Worcester,  Mass.,  U.S.A.  (Samuel 
S.  Green  Esq.,  Librarian). 
1899    Wyndham,  The  Right  Hon.  George,  M.P.,  35,  Park  Lane,  W. 

Yale  University,  New  Haven,   Conn.,  U.S.A.    (Addison  Van  Name    Esq., 
Librarian). 

1894  Young,  Alfales,  Esq.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  U.S.A. 

Young,  Sir  Allen  William,  C.V.O.,  C.B.,  F.R.G.S.,  18,  Grafton  Street,  Bond 
Street,  W. 
1894     Young  &  Sons,  Messrs.  Henry,  12,  South  Castle  Street,  Liverpool. 

Ziirich,  Stadtbibliothek,  Ziirich,  Switzerland   (Dr.   Hermann  Escher,  Chief 
Librarian). 


37 


LIST   OF   MEMBERS'   AGENTS.— 1906. 


Agents  are  requested  to  inform  the  Hon.  Secretary  of  any 
Errors  in  this  List. 


Messrs.    Edward   G.   Allen  and  Son,   Ltd.,   28,   Henrietta    Street,   Covent 
Garden,  W.C. 

Brooklyn  Mercantile  Library. 
Canada,  The  Parliament  Library,  Ottawa. 
Cornell  University  Library. 
Johns  Hopkins  University  Library. 
Peabody  Institute,  Baltimore. 
Philadelphia,  Library  Company  of. 
United  States,  Congress  Library. 
Yale  University  Library. 

Messrs.  A.  Asher  and  Co.,  13,  Bedford  Street,  Covent   Garden,  W.C,   and 
13,  Unter  den  Linden,  Berlin,  W. 
Berlin,  The  Royal  Library. 
Foreign  Ofl&ce  of  Germany. 
Kiel  Royal  University  Library. 
Gottingen  University  Library. 
Munich  Royal  Library. 
Vienna  Imperial  Library. 

Mr.  James  Bain,  14,  Charles  Street,  Haymarket,  S.W. 
Captain  Edward  Arthur  Fitzgerald. 
John  Walker  Ford  Esq. 
John  Francis  Fortescue  Horner  Esq. 

Messrs.  Thos.  Bennett  and  Sons,  Carl  Johans-Gade  35,  Christiania,  c/o  Messrs. 
Cassell  and  Co.,  Ltd.,  La  Belle  Sauvage,  Ludgate  Hill,  E.C. 
Christiania  University  Library. 

Messrs.  Bickers  and  Son,  1,  Leicester  Square,  W. 
C.  R.  Corning  Esq. 
H.  K.  Corning  Esq. 

Messrs.  Black  Bros,  and  Co. ,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia. 
W.  H.  Troop  Esq. 

The  British  South  Africa  Company,  2,  London  Wall  Buildings,  E.C. 
Sir  Lewis  E.  Michell. 

Mr.  H.  W.  Bryant,  Librarian,  Portland,  Maine,  U.S.A. 
James  Phinney  Baxter  Esq. 

Messrs.  C.  D.  Cazenove  and  Son,  26,  Henrietta  Street,  Covent  Garden,  W.C. 
Messrs.  A.  C.  McClurg  and  Co. 
Toronto  Public  Library. 
Toronto  University  Library. 

Messrs.  Dulau  and  Co.,  37,  Soho  Square,  W. 
British  Museum  (Natural  History). 


38 

Mr.  Francis  Edwards,  83,  High  Street,  Marylebone,  W. 
Copenhagen  Royal  Library. 
Mr.  Francis  Edwards. 

Messrs.  A.  L.  Elder  and  Co.,  Ltd.,  7,  St.  Helen's  Place  E.C. 
Alexander  H.  Turnbull  Esq. 

Monsieur  Henri  Georg,  36-38,  Passage  de  I'Hotel-Dieu  Lyon,  Rhone,  France. 
Lyons  University  Library. 

Messrs.  Henry  Grevel  and  Co.,  33,  King  Street,  Covent  Garden,  W.C. 
Los  Angeles  Public  Library. 

Messrs.  Grindlay  and  Co.,  54,  Parliament  Street,  S.W. 

Lieut- Col.  Hamilton  Bower,  17th  Bengal  Lancers. 
Gerald  Robert  Dampier  Esq.,  I.C.S. 
William  Logan  Esq. 

Messrs.  Jones  and  Evans,  Ltd.,  77,  Queen  Street,  Cheapside,  E.C. 
Raffles  Library  and  Museum. 

Messrs.  Kegan     Paul,    Trench,    Triibner    and    Co.,    Ltd.,    Dryden     House, 
43,  Gerrard  Street,  Soho,  W. 
Adelaide  Public  Library. 
Boston  Athenaeum  Library. 
Boston  Public  Library. 
Bowdoin  College  Library. 
Herr  D'OMire. 
Fell  owes  Athenaeum. 
Heidelberg  University  Library. 
M.  Charles  Klincksieck. 
Paris,  Biblioth^que  Nationale. 
Paris,  Institut  de  France. 
St.  Petersburg  University  Library. 
Worcester  (Mass.)  Free  Library. 

Herr  W.   H.  Ktihl,  Jagerstrasse  73,  Berlin,  W.,  c/o  Mr.  David  Nutt,  57-59, 
Long  Acre,  W.C, 

Berlin  Geographical  Society  (Gesellschaft  fiir  Erdkunde). 
Berlin  University  Geographical  Institute. 

Herr  C.  J.  Lundstrom,  Akademische  Buchhandlung,  Upsala,  Sweden. 
Upsala  University  Library. 

Messrs.  James  MacLehose  and  Sons,  61,  St.  Vincent  Street.  Glasgow. 
Glasgow  University  Library. 

Messrs.  Melville  and  Mullen,  12,  Ludgate  Square  E.C. 

Victoria  Public  Library,  Museums,  and  National  Gallery. 

Mudie's  Select  Library,  Ltd.,  30  to  34,  New  Oxford  Street,  W.C. 
Pretoria  Government  Library. 

Mr.  David  Nutt,  57,  Long  Acre,  W.C. 
M.  Martinus  NijhofiF. 

Mr.  Young  Johnstone  Pentland,  38,  West  Smithfield,  E.C. 
Herr  Karl  Wilhelm  Hiersemann. 


39 

Mr.  Bernard  Quaritch,  15,  Piccadilly,  W. 
Robert  C  H.  Brock,  Esq. 
F.  Goodwin  Gosling  Esq. 
Larchmont  Yacht  Club. 
Lehigh  University  Library. 
Minnesota  Historical  Society. 
H.  M.  Percival  Esq. 
Pequot  Library. 

Mr.  Bernard  Quaritch.     [12  copies.] 
Watkinson  Library. 

Messrs.  Henry  Sotheran  and  Co. ,  37,  Piccadilly,  W.,  and  140,  Strand,  W.C. 

Hoyt  Public  Library. 

Kimberley  Public  Library. 

Michigan  University  Library. 

New  Zealand,  The  High  Commissioner  for. 

St.  Wladimir  University  Library. 

Seattle  Public  Library. 

Stockton  Public  Library,  Cal.,  U.S.A. 
Standard  Bank  of  South  Africa,  Ltd.  Durban,  Natal. 

J.  A.  Merriman  Esq. 
Mr.   G.    E.  Stechert,   2,  Star  Yard,  Carey  Street,  W.C.  (New  York  :    9,  East 
16th  Street  ;  Paris  :  76,  Rue  de  Rennes  ;  Leipzig  :  Hospitalstrasse  10.) 

Carnegie  Library,  Pittsburgh. 

Columbia  University  Library. 

Kansas  University  Library. 

Milwaukee  Public  Library. 

Minneapolis  Athenaeum. 

New  York  State  Library. 

Philadelphia  Free  Library, 

St.  Louis  Mercantile  Library. 

San  Francisco  Public  Library. 

Prof.  Daniel  Collins  Wells. 
Messrs.  B.  F.  Stevens  and  Brown,  4,  Trafalgar  Square,  W.C. 

California,  University  of. 

Chicago  Public  Library. 

Chicago  University  Library. 

George  Manierre  Esq. 

Newberry  Library,  Chicago. 

New  York  Public  Library. 

H.E.  the  Hon.  W.  W.  Rockhill. 

United  States  Naval  Academy  Library. 

Washington,  Department  of  State  Library. 

Washington,  Navy  Department  Library. 
Mr.  James  Thin,  54  and  55,  South  Bridge,  Edinburgh. 

Edinburgh  University  Library. 
Messrs.  Tiffany  and  Co.,  221,  Regent  Street,  W.    (New  York  :  Union  Square  ; 
Paris  :   36  bis.  Avenue  de  1' Opera.) 

Alfred  Mitchell  Esq. 
Messrs.  Truslove  and  Hanson,  Ltd.,  153,  Oxford  Street,  W. 

Public  Library  of  New  South  Wales. 
Union  Bank  of  Scotland,  Ltd.,  Holburn  Branch,  Aberdeen. 

William  Mitchell  Esq. 
Monsieur  H.  Welter,  4,  Rue  Bernard  Palissy,  Paris.     (Leipzig :   Salomon- 
strasse  16.)     c/o  Mr.  Quaritch,  15,  Piccadilly,  W. 

Dijon  University  Library. 


40 

Messrs.  William  Wesley  and  Son,  28,  Essex  Street,  Strand,  W.C. 

Leipzig  University  Library,  c/o  Herrn  Otto  Harrassowitz,  Leipzig. 
United  States  National  Museum  Library. 

Messrs.  Wyman  and  Sons,  Ltd.,  109  Fetter  Lane,  E.G.,  and  32,  Abingdon 
Street,  S.W. 

Admiralty  Library.     [2  copies.] 

Foreign  Office  Library. 

War  Office,  Intelligence  Division,  Library. 


REGISTERED    POSTAL    PACKETS. 

The  following  Members  desire  their  Publications  to  be  Registered 

C.  L.  Gruzevski,  Esq. 
John  C.  Sullivan,  Esq. 


PRINTHD  AT  THE  BEDFORD  PRBS8,  20  AND  21,  BBDFORDBURV,  STRAND,  LONDOX,  W.C. 


G       Spilbergen,  Joris  van 

A20  The  East  and  West  Indian 

S83     mirror 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY